Page 1

Flush-mounted inserts

UNIVERSAL FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS

ONE INSERT – lets you be creative The new QuickFlex inserts are every inch the pioneer: with new and improved functionality, they make installation a snap – connecting, aligning, fastening, checking and expanding the inserts is now quicker, safer and more convenient. This is achieved by specially-moulded wiring compartments, optimised cable routing, practical plug-in terminals for fastening, and the low mounting depth, which permits simple wiring. Components with several decouplings and rounded edges also ensure optimum safety during installation. An added advantage: QuickFlex modules can be retrofitted and expanded with QuickFix socket-outlets and bases such as the LED lighting module, which can be used to create lighting accents.

Convenient front-side testing

CONNECTING made easy • Low mounting depth for greater freedom of movement when wiring • Plug-in terminals with funnel-shaped cable entry for easy and quick wiring • Ergonomic: connections are angled at 35°, making installation considerably easier • Circuit diagram on rear for a safe overview of the wiring • Easy-to-operate, easy-access release levers

• Clear and easily recognisable connection markings • Test contacts allow convenient testing and measuring from front – without the need for disassembly of switches

Fast and safe alignment

Super-fast fastening Intelligent additional functions can be retrofitted without the need for disassembly work • The bases are pre-equipped for LED lighting modules: simply plug in and you're done • The red or multicoloured LED lighting module can be used as a control light or as an orientation light

• Just three short turns of the quickfastening screws and the base will sit securely in the box • 100% safety due to fully-insulated retaining ring • 100% flush claws for easy and safe installation in cavity wall boxes • Easy claw-return makes changes to mounting and realignments easier than ever

©2010

|Flush-mounted inserts

www.merten.de

• The 1 mm stainless-steel retaining ring is “indestructible” and resistant to bending even on uneven walls • Its rounded edges make installation even safer • The zinc-plated surface makes the alignment markings and identification markings even more visible • The acclaimed retaining ring interlocking system enables quick and easy alignment and installation of multiple combinations

301


Flush-mounted inserts

Flush-mounted Inserts | Conversion made easy QuickFlex, Merten's new switch and socket-outlet base, enables quick and simple installation, and can be combined with other functional modules. The electrician can install the unit in only three steps, greatly decreasing installation time. Additional functionality is provided by the QuickFlex modules; for example, the ambient light for the socket-outlet base or the orientation light for the switch base can all be adjusted. QuickFlex combined innovative technology with high-quality processing

Push-button| Previous flush-mounted inserts

and materials, and is easy and economical to use – key factors for both electricians and end-users alike. The following two tables list the old flush-mounted inserts and the equivalent new QuickFlex sockets. The new Merten article numbering system makes converting to QuickFlex sockets even easier. The numbering system makes it easy and convenient to order Merten products. The article numbers are comprised of four logical number blocks: functions, variants, design, and colour code. In the future,

switch | NEW: QuickFlex flush-mounted inserts

Art. no.

Description

Description

Art. no.

Version

311600

Rocker switch inserts, two-way

One-/two-way switch insert, 1-pole

MEG5136-0000

10 AX, plug-in terminals

MEG5136-0000

16 AX, plug-in terminals

MEG3516-0000

16 AX, screw/lift terminals

MEG3115-0000

10 AX, plug-in terminals

MEG3615-0000

16 AX, plug-in terminals

MEG3515-0000

16 AX, screw/lift terminals

MEG3117-0000

10 AX, plug-in terminals

MEG3617-0000

16 AX, plug-in terminals

MEG3517-0000

16 AX, screw/lift terminals

MEG3126-0000

10 AX, plug-in terminals

MEG3626-0000

16 AX, plug-in terminals

MEG3526-0000

16 AX, screw/lift terminals

311500

311700

311601

Rocker switch inserts, two-circuit Rocker switch inserts, intermediate Rocker switch inserts, double two-way

Two-circuit switch insert, 1-pole

Intermediate switch insert, 1-pole

Double two-way switch insert, 1-pole

325500

Two-circuit control switch insert with N terminal, two-circuit

Two-circuit switch insert with N-terminal, 1-pole

MEG3125-0000

10AX, plug-in terminals

311200

Rocker switch insert, one-way, 2-pole

On/off-switch insert, 2-pole

MEG3112-0000

10 AX, plug-in terminals

MEG3612-0000

16 AX, plug-in terminals

Two-way switch/two-way push-button insert

MEG3128-0000

10 AX + 10 A, plug-in terminals

One-/two-way control switch insert, 1-pole

MEG3106-0000

10 AX, plug-in terminals

MEG3606-0000

16 AX, plug-in terminals

MEG3506-0000

16 AX, screw/lift terminals

MEG3136-0000

10 AX, plug-in terminals

MEG3636-0000

16 AX, plug-in terminals

MEG3536-0000

16 AX, screw/lift terminals

MEG3102-0000

10 AX, plug-in terminals

MEG3602-0000

16 AX, plug-in terminals

MEG3502-0000

16 AX, screw/lift terminals

MEG3105-0000

10 AX, plug-in terminals

MEG3605-0000

16 AX, plug-in terminals

MEG3135-0000

10 AX, plug-in terminals

MEG3635-0000

16 AX, plug-in terminals

MEG3535-0000

16 AX, screw/lift terminals

MEG3137-0000

10 AX, plug-in terminals

MEG3637-0000

16 AX, plug-in terminals

325600

Rocker control switch insert, two-way

One-/two-way switch insert, orientation light, 1-pole 325200

Rocker control switch insert, one-way, 2-pole

One-way control switch insert, 2-pole

Two-circuit control switch insert, 1-pole

www.merten.de

Two-circuit switch insert with orientation light, 1-pole

302

each number block will be preceded by the abbreviation MEG.

Intermediate switch insert with orientation light, 1-pole

Flush-mounted inserts | Š2010


Flush-mounted inserts

Conversion made easy | Flush-mounted Inserts Push-button | NEW: QuickFlex flush-mounted inserts

Art. no.

Description

Description

Art. no.

Version

315000

Rocker button insert, make contact, 1-pole

Push-button insert, make contact, 1-pole

MEG3150-0000

10 A, plug-in terminals

MEG3050-0000

10 A, screw/lift terminals

315900

315901

315902

315903

315800

Push-button insert with orientation light, MEG3160-0000 make contact, 1-pole MEG3560-0000

10 A, plug-in terminals 16 A, screw/lift terminals

Rocker button insert, make contact, 1-pole, with separate signalling contact Rocker button insert, two-way, 1-pole

Push-button insert, with separate signalling contact, make contact, 1-pole

MEG3154-0000

10 A, plug-in terminals

Push-button insert with N-terminal, two-way, 1-pole

MEG3156-0000

10 A, plug-in terminals

MEG3056-0000

10 A, screw/lift terminals

Double rocker button insert, 2 make contacts

Double push-button insert, 2 make contacts, 1-pole

MEG3155-0000

10 A, plug-in terminals

MEG3055-0000

10 A, screw/lift terminals

Double push-button insert, 2 two-way, 1-pole

MEG3159-0000

10 A, plug-in terminals

MEG3059-0000

10 A, screw/lift terminals

Double push-button insert, 1 break contact, 1-pole + 1 make contact, 1-pole

MEG3153-0000

10 A, plug-in terminals

Push-button insert with N-terminal, make contact, 1-pole

MEG3151-0000

10 A, plug-in terminals

Double push-button insert, with orientation light, 2 make contacts, 1-pole

MEG3165-0000

10 A, plug-in terminals

Push-button insert for keycard, with separate signalling contact, make contact, 1-pole

MEG3754-0000

10 A, plug-in terminals

Push-button insert for keycard, with separate signalling contact and orientation light, make contact, 1-pole

MEG3760-0000

10 A, plug-in terminals

Double rocker button insert, 1 make contact/ 1 break contact

Rocker button insert for hotel keycard holder, two-way

311501

Roller shutter rocker switch insert, 1-pole

Two-circuit switch insert, 1-pole

MEG3715-0000

10 A, plug-in terminals

311502

Roller shutter rocker switch insert with additional contact

Two-circuit switch insert with additional contact, 1-pole

MEG3714-0000

10 A, plug-in terminals

315500

Roller shutter rocker button insert, 1-pole

Roller shutter push-button insert, 1-pole

MEG3755-0000

10 A, plug-in terminals

Pull-cord switch insert, with separate signalling contact, make contact, 1-pole

MEG3184-0000

10 A, plug-in terminals

Pull-cord two-way switch insert, 1-pole

MEG3186-0000

10 AX, plug-in terminals

Pull-cord on/off switch insert, 2-pole

MEG3182-0000

10 AX, plug-in terminals

LED lighting module for switches/ push-button switches

MEG3901-0006

100-230 V, red

LED lighting module for switches/ push-button switches

MEG3921-0000

8-32 V, multicolour

MEG3901-0000

100-230 V, multicolour

LED lighting module for double switches/push-button switches as control lamp

MEG3902-0000

100-230 V, multicolour

MEG3922-0000

8-32 V, multicolour

LED lighting module for double switches/push-button switches to aid with orientation

MEG3942-0000

100-230 V, multicolour

4367xx 4366xx

396502

396176

396276

Pull-cord two-way switch insert, System M

Neon lamp attachment with integrated lamp

Light attachment for two-circuit control switch

Light attachment for two-circuit switch

Š2010

|Flush-mounted inserts

www.merten.de

Push-button| Previous flush-mounted inserts

303


Flush-mounted inserts

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES

A

Rocker switch insert 20 A

Flush-mounted insertsFlush-mounted inserts/accessoriesFlush-mounted insertsUniversal insertsFlush-mounted inserts/accessoriesA

• Surface-mounted visible installation possible in connection with surface-mounted housing. • Switch inserts with connecting terminals in accordance with VDE 0632. • Can be illuminated in accordance with German workplace regulations. –

Technical Information: Flush-mounted inserts

20 A, AC 250 V With screw terminals.

Version

Art. no.

one-way, 2-pole

311201

PU PG

Info

10/50 1

Rocker control switch insert 10 A Switch and push-button inserts System M switch rockers → 38, System Design switch rockers → 153, OCTOCOLOR switch rockers → 212, AQUADESIGN switch rockers → 237, System Basis switch rockers → 277 – Technical Information: Circuit diagrams for installation of switches and push-buttons

10 AX, AC 250 V Can also be used as a 1-pole, one-way control switch. With plug-in terminals.

˜

Rocker switch insert 10 A 10 AX, AC 250 V With plug-in terminals.

Contents: With neon lamp.

Version

Art. no.

one-way, 2-pole two-way

325200 325600

PU PG 10/50 1 10/100 1

Info disc. disc.

Rocker double control switch insert 10 A with N terminal Version

Art. no.

PU PG

two-way intermediate one-way, 2-pole

311600 311700 311200

10/100 1.8 10/50 1 10/50 1

10 AX, AC 250 V With plug-in terminals.

Info disc. disc. disc.

Version

Art. no.

two-circuit

325500

Rocker double switch insert 10 A

10 A, 250 V AC With plug-in terminals.

Accessories: Light attachment for two-circuit switch, art. no. 396276.

Version

Art. no.

two-circuit

311500

PU PG 10/100 1

Info disc.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

make contact, 1-pole make contact, 1-pole, with separate signalling contact two-way, 1-pole

315000 315900

10/100 1.8 10/50 1

disc. disc.

315901

10/50 1

disc.

Rocker double switch insert 10 A

Version

Art. no. 311601

Info

Rocker double button insert 10 A

10 AX, AC 250 V With screw terminals.

double two-way

Info disc.

Rocker button insert

10 AX, AC 250 V With plug-in terminals.

˜

PU PG 10/50 1

10 A, 250 V AC 2 separate conducting paths. With plug-in terminals. PU PG

10/50 1

Info disc.

Rocker switch insert 16 A

Version

Art. no.

2 make contacts 1 make contact/1 break contact

315902 315903

16 AX, AC 400 V Illuminated. With screw terminals.

PU PG 10/50 1 10/50 1

Info disc. disc.

Rocker button insert for hotel keycard holder 6 A, 230 V AC With plug-in terminals.

www.merten.com

˜

304

Accessories: Light attachment, art. no. 396376.

Version

Art. no.

one-way, 3-pole with screw terminals

311300

PU PG 10/50 1

Info

˜

Accessories: Neon lamp attachment with integrated lamp, art. no. 396502. Plug-in light attachment E 10, art. no. 396576. LED lamp E 10, art. no. 3951... Neon lamp E 10, art. no. 395100.

Version

Art. no.

two-way

315800

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES | Switch and push-button inserts | ©2010

PU PG 10/50 1

Info disc.


Flush-mounted inserts

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES

A

Two-circuit switch insert 1 pole

Rocker switch inserts

With claw and screw fixing.

Features: • Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex lighting modules with no dismantling of switches. • Front-attachment measurement and test contacts; accessible without dismantling switches. • Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. • Flush-mounted claws with return springs. • High-gloss galvanised retaining ring insulated to the claw. System M switch rockers → 38, System Design switch rockers → 153, OCTOCOLOR switch rockers → 212, AQUADESIGN switch rockers → 237, System Basis switch rockers → 277 – Technical Information: Circuit diagrams for installation of switches and push-buttons ˜

˜

Accessories: LED lighting module for double switches/push-buttons as orientation light, MEG3942-0000.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

plug-in terminals

˜

10 AX, 250 V AC 16 AX, 250 V AC

MEG3115-0000 MEG3615-0000

10/60 1 10/60 1

new new

10/60 1

new

screw terminals with lift clamp

˜

16 AX, 250 V AC

One-way switch insert 1 pole

MEG3515-0000

Intermediate switch insert 1 pole

With claw and screw fixing. Circuit diagram:

With claw and screw fixing.

2 1

˜

Accessories: LED lighting module for switches/push-buttons 100-230 V, MEG3901-00... LED lighting module for switches/ push-buttons 8-32 V, MEG3921-00...

Version ˜

L

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

plug-in terminals

10 AX, 250 V AC

MEG3111-0000

˜

Accessories: LED lighting module for switches/push-buttons 100-230 V, MEG3901-00... LED lighting module for switches/ push-buttons 8-32 V, MEG3921-00...

Version ˜

10/60 1

Art. no.

With claw and screw fixing.

˜

Info

plug-in terminals

10 AX, 250 V AC 16 AX, 250 V AC

Two-way switch insert 1 pole

PU PG

MEG3117-0000 MEG3617-0000

10/60 1 10/60 1

new new

10/60 1

new

screw terminals with lift clamp

16 AX, 250 V AC

MEG3517-0000

Double two-way switch insert 1 pole With claw and screw fixing. Accessories: LED lighting module for switches/push-buttons 100-230 V, MEG3901-00... LED lighting module for switches/ push-buttons 8-32 V, MEG3921-00...

Version ˜

PU PG

Info

MEG3116-0000 MEG3616-0000

10/60 1.8 10/60 1

new new

10/60 1

new

plug-in terminals

10 AX, 250 V AC 16 AX, 250 V AC ˜

Art. no.

screw terminals with lift clamp

16 AX, 250 V AC

MEG3516-0000

Version ˜

PU PG

Info

plug-in terminals

10 AX, 250 V AC 16 AX, 250 V AC ˜

Art. no.

MEG3126-0000 MEG3626-0000

10/60 1 10/60 1

new new

10/60 1

new

screw terminals with lift clamp

16 AX, 250 V AC

MEG3526-0000

www.merten.com

˜

©2010

| Rocker switch inserts | FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES

305


Flush-mounted inserts

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES

A

˜

Two-circuit switch insert 1 pole with neutral terminal

Two-way switch insert 1 pole with indicator light

With claw and screw fixing.

With claw and screw fixing.

Accessories: LED lighting module for double switch/push-button as control lamp, MEG3902-0000, MEG3922-0000. LED lighting module for double switches/push-buttons as orientation light, MEG3942-0000.

Version ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

plug-in terminals

10 AX, 250 V AC

MEG3125-0000

10/60 1

new

Contents: With red 230 V lighting module for switch/push-button.

Version ˜

Art. no.

Info

plug-in terminals

10 AX, 250 V AC 16 AX, 250 V AC ˜

PU PG

MEG3106-0000 MEG3606-0000

10/60 1 10/60 1

new new

10/60 1

new

screw terminals with lift clamp

16 AX, 250 V AC

One-way switch insert 2 pole

MEG3506-0000

Two-way switch insert 1 pole with locator light

With claw and screw fixing.

With claw and screw fixing.

˜

Accessories: LED lighting module for switches/push-buttons 100-230 V, MEG3901-00... LED lighting module for switches/ push-buttons 8-32 V, MEG3921-00...

Version ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

plug-in terminals

10 AX, 250 V AC 16 AX, 250 V AC

MEG3112-0000 MEG3612-0000

10/60 1 10/60 1

new new

Contents: With red 230 V lighting module for switch/push-button.

Version ˜

Art. no.

Info

plug-in terminals

10 AX, 250 V AC 16 AX, 250 V AC ˜

PU PG

MEG3136-0000 MEG3636-0000

10/60 1 10/60 1

new new

10/60 1

new

screw terminals with lift clamp

16 AX, 250 V AC

One-way switch insert 3 pole

MEG3536-0000

One-way switch insert 2 pole with indicator light

Illuminated.

With claw and screw fixing.

˜

Accessories: Light attachment, art. no. 396376.

Version ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

Info —

screw terminals

16 AX, 400 V AC

311300

10/50 1

Version ˜

Two-way switch and two-way push button insert The left rocker is designed as a 10 AX, 250 V AC two-way switch and the right rocker is a 10 A, 250 V AC push-button. With claw and screw fixing.

˜

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

plug-in terminals 10/60 1

new

www.merten.com

10 AX/10 A, 250 V AC MEG3128-0000

306

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES | Rocker switch inserts | ©2010

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

plug-in terminals

10 AX, 250 V AC 16 AX, 250 V AC

Version ˜

Contents: With red 230 V lighting module for switch/push-button.

MEG3102-0000 MEG3602-0000

10/60 1 10/60 1

new new

10/60 1

new

screw terminals with lift clamp

16 AX, 250 V AC

MEG3502-0000


Flush-mounted inserts

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES Two-circuit switch insert 1 pole with indicator light

One-way switch insert 1 pole with indicator light

With claw and screw fixing.

With claw and screw fixing. Circuit diagram:

A

2 1

Contents: With red 230 V LED lighting module for double switch/ push-button as indicator light.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

Contents: With red 230 V lighting module for switch/push-button.

Version

Info

plug-in terminals

10 AX, 250 V AC 16 AX, 250 V AC

MEG3105-0000 MEG3605-0000

10/60 1 10/60 1

new new

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

plug-in terminals

˜ ˜

L

10 AX, 250 V AC 16 AX, 250 V AC

MEG3101-0000 MEG3601-0000

10/60 1 10/60 1

screw terminals with lift clamp

˜

16 AX, 250 V AC

MEG3501-0000

10/60 1

One-way switch insert 1 pole with separate signalling contact With claw and screw fixing. Circuit diagram:

Rocker button inserts

2 1

˜

Features: • Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex lighting modules with no dismantling of switches. • Front-attachment measurement and test contacts; accessible without dismantling switches. • Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. • Flush-mounted claws with return springs. • High-gloss galvanised retainer ring insulated to the claw.

Accessories: LED lighting module for switches/push-buttons 100-230 V, MEG3901-00... LED lighting module for switches/ push-buttons 8-32 V, MEG3921-00...

Version ˜

L

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

plug-in terminals

10 AX, 250 V AC

MEG3114-0000

10/60 1

Two-circuit switch insert 1 pole with locator light With claw and screw fixing.

System M switch rockers → 38, System Design switch rockers → 153, OCTOCOLOR switch rockers → 212, AQUADESIGN switch rockers → 237, System Basis switch rockers → 277 – Technical Information: Circuit diagrams for installation of switches and push-buttons ˜

Push-button insert make contact 1 pole —

Version ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

plug-in terminals

10 AX, 250 V AC 16 AX, 250 V AC ˜

With claw and screw fixing.

Contents: With red 230 V LED lighting module for double switch/ key as locator light

MEG3135-0000 MEG3635-0000

10/60 1 10/60 1

new new

10/60 1

new

˜

screw terminals with lift clamp

16 AX, 250 V AC

MEG3535-0000

Accessories: LED lighting module for switches/push-buttons 100-230 V, MEG3901-00... LED lighting module for switches/ push-buttons 8-32 V, MEG3921-00...

Version ˜

With claw and screw fixing.

˜

Info

MEG3150-0000

10/60 1.8

new

10/60 1

new

plug-in terminals

10 A, 250 V AC

screw terminals with lift clamp

10 A, 250 V AC

MEG3050-0000

Contents: With red 230 V lighting module for switch/push-button.

Version ˜

PU PG

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

plug-in terminals

10 AX, 250 V AC 16 AX, 250 V AC

MEG3137-0000 MEG3637-0000

10/60 1 10/60 1

www.merten.com

Intermediate switch insert 1 pole with locator light

Art. no.

new new

©2010

| Rocker button inserts | FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES

307


Flush-mounted inserts

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES

A

Push-button insert make contact 1 pole with separate signalling contact

Double push-button insert twoway 1 pole With claw and screw fixing.

With claw and screw fixing.

˜

Accessories: LED lighting module for switches/push-buttons 100-230 V, MEG3901-00... LED lighting module for switches/ push-buttons 8-32 V, MEG3921-00...

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

Version ˜

plug-in terminals

10 A, 250 V AC

MEG3159-0000

10/60 1

Info

10/60 1

new

10/60 1

new

screw terminals with lift clamp

10 A, 250 V AC MEG3154-0000

PU PG

plug-in terminals

10 A, 250 V AC ˜

˜

Art. no.

MEG3059-0000

new

Double push-button insert 1 make contact 1 pole + 1 break contact 1 pole

Push-button insert two-way 1 pole With claw and screw fixing.

With claw and screw fixing.

˜

Accessories: LED lighting module for switches/push-buttons 100-230 V, MEG3901-00... LED lighting module for switches/ push-buttons 8-32 V, MEG3921-00...

Version ˜

Art. no.

˜

MEG3156-0000

MEG3056-0000

PU PG

Info

plug-in terminals MEG3153-0000

10/60 1

new

Info

10/60 1

new

Two-way switch and two-way push button insert

10/60 1

new

The left rocker is designed as a 10 AX, 250 V AC two-way switch and the right rocker is a 10 A, 250 V AC push-button. With claw and screw fixing.

screw terminals with lift clamp

10 A, 250 V AC

Art. no.

10 A, 250 V AC

plug-in terminals

10 A, 250 V AC ˜

PU PG

Version

Double push-button insert make contact 1 pole With claw and screw fixing. Version ˜

Art. no.

Accessories: LED lighting module for double switches/push-buttons as orientation light, MEG3942-0000.

Version ˜

PU PG

MEG3155-0000

Info

10/60 1

new

10/60 1

new

new

With claw and screw fixing.

screw terminals with lift clamp

10 A, 250 V AC

MEG3055-0000

˜

Accessories: LED lighting module for switches/push-buttons 100-230 V, MEG3901-00... LED lighting module for switches/ push-buttons 8-32 V, MEG3921-00...

Version ˜

www.merten.com

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES | Rocker button inserts | ©2010

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

plug-in terminals

10 A, 250 V AC

308

10/60 1

Push-button insert break contact 1 pole with neutral terminal

plug-in terminals

10 A, 250 V AC ˜

Art. no.

Info

plug-in terminals

10 AX/10 A, 250 V AC MEG3128-0000 ˜

PU PG

MEG3151-0000

10/60 1

new


Flush-mounted inserts

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES Push-button insert make contact 1 pole with locator light

A

Special switch functions

With claw and screw fixing.

Contents: With red 230 V lighting module for switch/push-button.

Version ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

plug-in terminals

10 A, 250 V AC ˜

Features: • Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex lighting modules with no dismantling of switches. • Front-attachment measurement and test contacts; accessible without dismantling switches. • Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. • Flush-mounted claws with return springs. • High-gloss galvanised retainer ring insulated to the claw.

MEG3160-0000

10/60 1

new

10/60 1

new

˜

screw terminals with lift clamp

16 A, 250 V AC

MEG3560-0000

Time switches (complete items) can be found in the System Basis, System M, System Design or OCTOCOLOR ranges.

Pull-cord two-way switch insert 1 pole

Double push-button insert make contact 1 pole with locator light

With claw and screw fixing.

With claw and screw fixing.

Contents: With red 230 V LED lighting module for double switch/ key as locator light

Version ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

Version ˜

Info

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

plug-in terminals

10 AX, 250 V AC

MEG3186-0000

10/60 1

new

plug-in terminals

10 A, 250 V AC

MEG3165-0000

10/60 1

new

Pull-cord one-way switch insert 2 pole

Push-button insert make contact 1 pole for hotel keycard holder with separate signalling contact

With claw and screw fixing.

With claw and screw fixing.

Version ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

Version

Info

plug-in terminals

10 A, 250 V AC

˜

MEG3754-0000

10/60 1

Art. no.

Info

plug-in terminals

10 AX, 250 V AC

new

PU PG

MEG3182-0000

10/60 1

new

Pull-cord push-button insert make contact 1 pole with separate signalling contact

Push-button insert make contact 1 pole for hotel keycard holder with separate signalling contact and locator light

With claw and screw fixing.

With claw and screw fixing.

Contents: With red 230 V lighting module for switch/push-button.

Version ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

Version

Info

plug-in terminals

10 A, 250 V AC

˜

MEG3760-0000

10/60 1

PU PG

Info

plug-in terminals

10 A, 250 V AC

new

Art. no.

MEG3184-0000

10/60 1

new

www.merten.com

©2010

| Special switch functions | FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES

309


Flush-mounted inserts

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES

A

Time switch insert

Semi-cylinder lock with key removal in centre position

AC 250 V, 16 A (4 A for motors) Possible deviation of up to + 12 %.

To be completed with: Central plate for time switch insert, 15 min, art. no. System M 5674.., 5390..,5393.., System Basis 5380.., System Design 5383.., OCTOCOLOR 5381... Central plate for time switch insert, 120 min, art. no. System M 5675.., 5392..5394.., System Basis 5382.., System Design 5384.., OCTOCOLOR 5389... – Technical Information

Standardised quality locking cylinder made by ABUS Pfaffenhain GmbH. On request, can be integrated into new locking system at ABUS Pfaffenhain GmbH. Length: 40 mm.

˜

Version

Art. no.

2-pole, 15 min 2-pole, 120 min

538000 538200

PU PG

Contents: With 3 keys.

Version

Art. no. MEG3985-0003

Version

Art. no. 317400

PU PG

Info

1/40 8

Fan switch insert 10 A, 250 V AC For switching fans at three different speeds.

˜

To be completed with: Central plate for fan switch, art. no. 3171.., 4371...

Version

Art. no. 317100

PU PG

Info

1/40 1

Universal switch insert for cylinder locks 10 A, 250 V AC For standard semi-cylinder locks of 40 mm in length. No zero position! To be completed with: Central plate for two-way maintained-contact switch, art. no. System M 3195.., 3181.., System Basis 3186.., OCTOCOLOR 3346... – Technical Information — Contents: Without lock. ˜

Art. no. 318601

PU PG

Info

1/50 8

www.merten.com

Version 2-pole

310

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES | Special switch functions | ©2010

new

Contents: With 3 keys.

Version

To be completed with: Central plate for three-step rotary switch, art. no. System M 5672.., 4373..5388.., System Basis 3174.., System Design 3169.., OCTOCOLOR 3173...

Info

Standardised quality locking cylinder made by ABUS Pfaffenhain GmbH. On request, can be integrated into new locking system at ABUS Pfaffenhain GmbH. Length: 40 mm.

Three-step rotary switch insert

˜

PU PG 1/48 8

Semi-cylinder lock with key removal in 3 positions

Info

1/40 8 1/40 8

16 A, AC 250 V For 3-level switching of fans for air conditioning devices, heating systems or extractor hoods.

Art. no. MEG3985-0001

PU PG 1/48 8

Info new


Flush-mounted inserts

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES

A

Universal dimmer insert, 2-gang

Button dimmer

AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz For ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads, e.g. incandescent lamps, dimmable wound transformers and electronic transformers. (Phase control or phase alignment). The universal dimmer automatically recognises the connected load. Do not connect any mixed loads. With memory function, can be switched off.

• Memory function: When the light is switched on, it has the last set brightness level. Explanation of symbols: 230 V incandescent lamps 230 V halogen lamps Dimmable, wound transformers

Neutral conductor:not required (2 conductor system) Nominal power/per channel: 50-200 W/VA

Electronic transformers for phase alignment dimmer Electric motors System M touch sensor surfaces → 48, System Design touch sensor surfaces → 159, OCTOCOLOR touch sensor surfaces → 215, AQUADESIGN touch sensor surfaces → 238, System Basis touch sensor surfaces → 280 – Technical Information: Dimmer basics; Dimmer and load types; Lamps/dimmer matrix ˜

To be completed with: Push-button module, 2-gang, art. no. System M 568499, System Design 568199. Rockers for 2-gang pushbutton module, art. no. System M 6192.., 6252.., System Design 6262... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. – Technical Information ˜

Universal super dimmer insert

Version

Art. no.

AC 230 V For ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads, e.g. incandescent lamps, dimmable wound transformers or electronic transformers. Phase control or phase alignment The universal dimmer automatically recognises the connected load. Do not connect any mixed loads. With memory function, can be switched off.

2 x 50-200 VA

568099

To be completed with: Sensor cover, art. no. System M 5776.., 5701.., 5704.., System Basis 5741.., System Design 5737.., OCTOCOLOR 5742.., AQUADESIGN 5738... TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... In the TRANCENT range with control electronics, 1-gang, art. no. 569090 and TRANCENT glass sensor covers, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Central plate comfort rotating regulator for Universal super dimmer insert, art. no. System M 5678.., 5677... In the CONNECT radio system with the CONNECT sensor cover for dimmer inserts art. No. System M 5036.., 5026..., System Design 5046... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. – Technical Information — Note: The insert from version 3A only can be used in conjunction with the CONNECT radio system.

AC 230 V For incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps. (Phase control) With memory function, can be switched off.

Art. no. 577099

PU PG

To be completed with: Sensor cover, art. no. System M 5776.., 5701.., 5704.., System Basis 5741.., System Design 5737.., OCTOCOLOR 5742.., AQUADESIGN 5738... TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... In the TRANCENT range with control electronics, 1-gang, art. no. 569090 and TRANCENT glass sensor covers, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

60-400 W 60-600 W, halogen 500 W

573399 577299

PU PG

Info

1/60 8 1/60 8

Info

1/50 8

www.merten.com

Version 25-420 VA

Info

Memory super dimmer insert for ohmic load

Neutral conductor: not required (2 conductor system) ˜

PU PG 1/50 8

©2010

| Button dimmer | FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES

311


Flush-mounted inserts

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES

A

Memory halogen super dimmer insert for inductive load AC 230 V For dimmable, wound transformers and incandescent lamps (inductive/ohmic load). (Phase control) With memory function, can be switched off.

Contact switch System M touch sensor surfaces → 48, System Design touch sensor surfaces → 159, OCTOCOLOR touch sensor surfaces → 215, AQUADESIGN touch sensor surfaces → 238, System Basis touch sensor surfaces → 280 – Technical Information: Electronic/relay switch ˜

Electronic switch insert To be completed with: Sensor cover, art. no. System M 5776.., 5701.., 5704.., System Basis 5741.., System Design 5737.., OCTOCOLOR 5742.., AQUADESIGN 5738... TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... In the TRANCENT range with control electronics, 1-gang, art. no. 569090 and TRANCENT glass sensor covers, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. – Technical Information

AC 230 V For ohmic load such as incandescent lamps, 230 V halogen lamps.

˜

Version

Art. no.

20-500 VA

573599

PU PG

Info

1/60 8

Memory ET super dimmer insert for capacitive load AC 230 V For electronic transformers (MET and other brands) and incandescent lamps (ohmic load). (Phase alignment) Noise-free, short-circuit-proof, with overload protection, and soft start function to protect the lamps. With memory function, can be switched off. To be completed with: Sensor cover, art. no. System M 5776.., 5701.., 5704.., System Basis 5741.., System Design 5737.., OCTOCOLOR 5742.., AQUADESIGN 5738... TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... In the TRANCENT range with control electronics, 1-gang, art. no. 569090 and TRANCENT glass sensor covers, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With universal relay insert, art. no. 575897, with preset push-button function. – Technical Information

Switching capacity: 25-400 W Neutral conductor: not required (2 conductor system) To be completed with: Sensor cover, art. no. System M 5776.., 5701.., 5704.., System Basis 5741.., System Design 5737.., OCTOCOLOR 5742.. or TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... In the TRANCENT range with control electronics, 1gang, art. no. 569090 and TRANCENT glass sensor covers, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. – Technical Information — Note: The electronic switch insert, cannot be used in conjunction with the CONNECT radio system. ˜

Version

Art. no.

25-400 W

575799

20-315 W

577899

PU PG

Info

1/60 8

www.merten.com

Art. no.

312

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES | Contact switch | ©2010

Info

Electronic push-button insert AC 230 V Pulse generator for surge switches or protective circuits. The switching function is determined by the surge switch or protective circuit used.

˜

Version

PU PG 1/50 8

Connected load: 4-100 VA Switching current: 10-500 mA Pulse duration: approx. 40 ms Neutral conductor: not required (2 conductor system) To be completed with: Sensor cover, art. no. System M 5776.., 5701.., 5704.., System Basis 5741.., System Design 5737.., OCTOCOLOR 5742.., AQUADESIGN 5738... TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... In the TRANCENT range with control electronics, 1-gang, art. no. 569090 and TRANCENT glass sensor covers, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

4-100 VA

574697

PU PG 1/60 8

Info


Flush-mounted inserts

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES Relay universal insert

Electronic switch insert

AC 230 V For ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads such as incandescent lamps, energy-saving lamps, LV halogen lighting with conventional transformer, electronic transformers, fluorescent lamps. Neutral conductor required. Functions: • Push-button function: switched on as long as the push-button is touched, max. 1 minute • Switching function: ON/OFF • Time function: 5 s to 1 h

AC 230 V For ohmic load such as incandescent lamps, 230 V halogen lamps.

Connected load: max. 1000 W/VA, 500 VA for LV halogen lamps with conventional transformer, max. 140 µF capacitive load To be completed with: Sensor cover, art. no. System M 5776.., 5701.., 5704.., System Basis 5741.., System Design 5737.., OCTOCOLOR 5742.., AQUADESIGN 5738... TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... In the TRANCENT range with control electronics, 1-gang, art. no. 569090 and TRANCENT glass sensor covers, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

max. 1000 W/VA

575897

PU PG

Switching capacity: 40-300 W Neutral conductor: not required (2 conductor system) To be completed with: ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module, art. no. System M 5755.., 5784.., System Basis 5782.., System Design 5786.., OCTOCOLOR 5753.., AQUADESIGN 5781... ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module with switch, art. no. System M 5728.., 5785.., System Basis 5783.., System Design 5795.., OCTOCOLOR 5756... ARGUS 180/2.20 m flush-mounted sensor module, art. no. System M 5688.., 5687... In the CONNECT radio system with the CONNECT sensor cover for switch inserts art. no. System M 5034.., 5024..., System Design 5044... – Technical Information — Note: A maximum of two electronic switch inserts may be wired in parallel. The insert from version 2A only can be used in conjunction with the CONNECT radio system. ˜

Version

Art. no.

40-300 W

576799

Switching capacity: 0-1000 VA Capacitive load: max. 140 µF Neutral conductor: required (3 conductor system)

Roller shutter/two-circuit insert AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz Neutral conductor required.

Version

Art. no.

1000 VA

576499

PU PG 1/50 8

Info

To be completed with: ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module, art. no. System M 5755.., 5784.., System Basis 5782.., System Design 5786.., OCTOCOLOR 5753.., AQUADESIGN 5781... ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module with switch, art. no. System M 5728.., 5785.., System Basis 5783.., System Design 5795.., OCTOCOLOR 5756... ARGUS 180/2.20 m flush-mounted sensor module, art. no. System M 5688.., 5687... In the CONNECT radio system with the CONNECT sensor cover for switch inserts art. no. System M 5034.., 5024..., System Design 5044... – Technical Information — Note: Replace the relay switch insert, art. no. 576899. ˜

Version

Art. no.

0-1000 VA

576897

PU PG

Info

1/50 8

www.merten.com

To be completed with: Roller shutter control electronics, art. no. 569092, two-circuit control electronics, art. no. 569091. – Technical Information

Info

AC 230 V For ohmic and complex loads such as incandescent lamps, fluorescent lamps, energy-saving lamps, LV halogen lighting etc.

1/50 8

˜

PU PG 1/50 8

Relay switch insert

Info

Switching capacity: AC 230 V, 1000 W/VA for both channels together Capacitive load: AC 230 V, max. 140 µF Power consumption: <1 W Wire range: max. 2x2.5 mm2

A

©2010

| Contact switch | FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES

313


Flush-mounted inserts

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES

A

Extension inserts

Rotary dimmers

System M touch sensor surfaces → 48, System Design touch sensor surfaces → 159, OCTOCOLOR touch sensor surfaces → 215, AQUADESIGN touch sensor surfaces → 238, System Basis touch sensor surfaces → 280 – Technical Information: Electronic sensor switch ˜

• Surface-mounted visible installation possible in conjunction with surface-mounted housing. • The following applies for all types of dimmers: If the dimmers cannot dissipate sufficient heat (cavity walls, multiple combinations, surface-mounted combinations and built-in dimmers on DIN rails), the connected loads specified may not be exploited to the maximum.

Extension insert For memory super, halogen super and TELE dimmer, electronic push-button, time switch, relay switch and MET transformers. The extension unit cannot be controlled remotely. Operated as with main unit. To be completed with: Sensor cover, art. no. System M 5776.., 5701.., 5704.., System Basis 5741.., System Design 5737.., OCTOCOLOR 5742.., AQUADESIGN 5738... – Technical Information

Explanation of symbols: 230 V incandescent lamps 230 V halogen lamps Dimmable, wound transformers Electronic transformers for phase alignment dimmer

˜

Version

Art. no. 573999

PU PG

Info

1/60 8

Extension TELE insert

Electric motors System M rotary dimmer cover → 51, System Design rotary dimmer cover → 162, OCTOCOLOR rotary dimmer cover → 215, System Basis rotary dimmer cover → 281 – Technical Information: Dimmer basics; Dimmer and load types; Lamps/dimmer matrix ˜

For memory super, halogen super and TELE dimmer, electronic push-button, time switch, relay switch and MET transformers. Neutral conductor required. Can be remote controlled. Operated as with main unit. To be completed with: TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... In the TRANCENT range with control electronics, 1-gang, art. no. 569090 and TRANCENT glass sensor covers, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... – Technical Information

Universal rotary dimmer insert AC 230 V, 50 Hz For ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads, e.g. incandescent lamps, dimmable wound transformers or electronic transformers. Phase control or phase alignment The universal dimmer automatically recognises the connected load. Do not connect any mixed loads. With pressure-operated two-way switch.

˜

Version

Art. no. 573998

PU PG

˜

Info

1/60 8

To be completed with: Central plate with rotary knob, MEG525003../-04../-06.. System M, MEG5250-40../-41../-41.. System Design. Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA, 5726.. OCTOCOLOR.

Version 20-420 W/VA 20-600 W/VA

Art. no. MEG5138-0000 MEG5139-0000

PU PG 1/72 8 1/72 8

Info new new

Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressure-operated on/ off switch AC 230 V, 50 Hz For incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps. (Phase control). With pressure-operated on/off switch. To be completed with: Central plate with rotary knob, MEG525003../-04../-06.. System M, MEG5250-40../-41../-41.. System Design. Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA, 5726.. OCTOCOLOR. – Technical Information ˜

Version

www.merten.com

40-400 W

314

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES | Extension inserts | ©2010

Art. no. MEG5131-0000

PU PG 1/72 8

Info new


Flush-mounted inserts

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES Dimmer insert for ohmic load

Rotary dimmer insert for inductive load

AC 230 V For incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps. With pressure-operated one-way switch. (Phase control).

To be completed with: Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts, art. no. System M 5670.., 5699..,5399.., System Basis 5723.., System Design 5720.., OCTOCOLOR 5726... – Technical Information

A

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For dimmable, wound transformers, incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps (inductive/ ohmic load). (Phase control). With pressure-operated two-way switch.

˜

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

60-400 W

572199

1/50 8.5

Info disc.

To be completed with: Central plate with rotary knob, MEG525003../-04../-06.. System M, MEG5250-40../-41../-41.. System Design. Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA, 5726.. OCTOCOLOR. – Technical Information ˜

Version

Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressure-operated twoway switch

Art. no.

40-600 W/VA

To be completed with: Central plate with rotary knob, MEG525003../-04../-06.. System M, MEG5250-40../-41../-41.. System Design. Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA, 5726.. OCTOCOLOR. – Technical Information Art. no. MEG5132-0000

PU PG 1/72 8

Info new

Dimmer insert for ohmic load AC 230 V For incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps. With pressure-operated two-way switch. (Phase control).

Nominal power: 60-1000 VA Motor load: 60-600 VA Neutral conductor:required To be completed with: Central plate with rotary knob, MEG525003../-04../-06.. System M, MEG5250-40../-41../-41.. System Design. Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA, 5726.. OCTOCOLOR. – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

60-1000 VA

PU PG 1/72 8 1/72 8.5

Info new

Info disc. disc.

To be completed with: Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 1000 VA, art. no. System Design 5717.., OCTOCOLOR 5715... – Technical Information — Note: Not to be combined with System Basis or System M. ˜

Version

Art. no.

75-900 W/halogen 700 W

572799

PU PG 1/30 8

Info disc.

www.merten.com

Art. no. 572499 572299

PU PG 1/72 8

AC 230 V For incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps. With pressure-operated two-way switch. (Phase control).

To be completed with: Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts, art. no. System M 5670.., 5699..,5399.., System Basis 5723.., System Design 5720.., OCTOCOLOR 5726... – Technical Information Version

MEG5135-0000

Dimmer insert 900 W for ohmic load

˜

60-400 W 60-600 W, halogen 500 W

Info new

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For dimmable, wound transformers, incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps (inductive/ ohmic load). (Phase control). With pressure-operated on/off switch.

˜

Version

PU PG 1/72 8

Rotary dimmer insert for inductive load

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps. (Phase control). With pressure-operated two-way switch.

40-400 W

MEG5133-0000

©2010

| Rotary dimmers | FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES

315


Flush-mounted inserts

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES

A

LV halogen dimmer insert for inductive load

Electronic potentiometer insert 1-10 V

AC 230 V For dimmable, wound transformers and incandescent lamps (inductive/ohmic load). With pressure-operated two-way switch. (Phase control).

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For fluorescent lamps with electronic ballast or electronic transformer with 1-10 V interface. With pressure-operated on/off switch 1.7 A.

To be completed with: Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts, art. no. System M 5670.., 5699..,5399.., System Basis 5723.., System Design 5720.., OCTOCOLOR 5726... – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

20-500 VA

572599

1/72 8.5

To be completed with: Central plate with rotary knob, MEG525003../-04../-06.. System M, MEG5250-40../-41../-41.. System Design. Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA, 5726.. OCTOCOLOR. – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no. MEG5142-0000

PU PG 1/72 8

Info new

Info disc.

Electronic potentiometer insert 1-10 V

Rotary dimmer insert for capacitive load AC 230 V, 50 Hz For electronic transformers and incandescent lamps (ohmic load). (Phase alignment). With pressure-operated two-way switch. Noise-free, short-circuit-proof, with overload protection, and soft start function to protect the lamps.

For fluorescent lamps with electronic ballast or electronic transformer with 1-10 V interface. With pressure-operated one-way switch 5 A. To be completed with: Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts, art. no. System M 5670.., 5699..,5399.., System Basis 5723.., System Design 5720.., OCTOCOLOR 5726... – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no. 572999

To be completed with: Central plate with rotary knob, MEG525003../-04../-06.. System M, MEG5250-40../-41../-41.. System Design. Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA, 5726.. OCTOCOLOR. – Technical Information — Note: Suitable for Merten MET transformers.

PU PG 1/50 8

Info disc.

˜

Version 20-315 W 20-630 W

Art. no. MEG5136-0000 MEG5137-0000

PU PG 1/72 8 1/72 8

Dimmer insert for inductive load AC 230 V For dimmable wound transformers, motors, incandescent lamps and fluorescent lamps (inductive/ohmic load). With pressure-operated two-way switch and additional switch contact. (Phase control). In conjunction with the base load of the speed controller, this can be used as a dimmer for argon fluorescent lamps (Ø 38 mm) and as a dimmer in circuits with automatic mains disconnection.

Info new new

ET dimmer insert for capacitive load AC 230 V For electronic transformers (MET and other brands) and incandescent lamps (ohmic load). With pressure-operated two-way switch. (Phase alignment) Noise-free, short-circuit-proof, with overload protection, and soft start function to protect the lamps. To be completed with: Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts, art. no. System M 5670.., 5699..,5399.., System Basis 5723.., System Design 5720.., OCTOCOLOR 5726... – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

20-315 W

577199

1/50 8.5

Connected load: 600 W incandescent lamps, 500 W halogen lamps, 500 VA dimmable, wound transformers To be completed with: Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts, art. no. System M 5670.., 5699..,5399.., System Basis 5723.., System Design 5720.., OCTOCOLOR 5726... Accessories: Base load, art. no. 542894. – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

25-600 VA

573299

PU PG 1/50 8

Info disc.

Info

Base load

disc.

Consists of 4 x 6 watt resistors. 1 set required per dimmer and per power booster in parallel connection (can be replaced by a 25 watt incandescent lamp). Version

Art. no.

www.merten.com

542894

316

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES | Rotary dimmers | ©2010

PU PG 1/48 8

Info disc.


Flush-mounted inserts

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES Speed control insert

Roller shutter switch insert with additional contact 1 pole

AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz, max. 2.7 A For stepless speed control of single-phase motors such as induction motors, split-pole motors and universal motors. With separate switching outlet for controlling slats or to switch ohmic loads. With short-circuit protection.

With mechanical reverse lock-out and electrical interlock. With claw and screw fixing. 1

Up

L

Down

To be completed with: Central plate for speed controller, art. no. System M 5676.., 5696.., 5398.., System Basis 5836... — Note: Replaces speed controller insert, art. no. 573699. ˜

Version

Art. no. 583699

PU PG

Info

Note: With an additional contact for switching off the bell function in connection with MEG5209-03../5876.. and 587092, when the "Please do not disturb / Make up room" application is used.

Version

1/50 8

A

˜

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

plug-in terminals

10 A, 250 V AC

MEG3714-0000

10/60 1

new

Roller shutter rocker switch insert with additional contact

Roller shutter switch inserts

Features: • Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex lighting modules with no dismantling of switches. • Front-attachment measurement and test contacts; accessible without dismantling switches. • Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. • Flush-mounted claws with return springs. • High-gloss galvanised retaining ring insulated to the claw.

10 A, 250 V AC With mechanical reverse lock-out and electrical interlock. ˜ —

Accessories: Light attachment for multi switch art. no. 396176. Note: With an additional contact for switching off the bell function in connection with MEG5209-03../5876.. and 587092, when the "Please do not disturb / Make up room" application is used.

Version

Art. no. 311502

System M roller shutter cover → 52, System Design roller shutter cover → 162, OCTOCOLOR roller shutter cover → 215, AQUADESIGN roller shutter cover → 238, System Basis roller shutter cover → 281 – Technical Information: Roller shutter switch and push-button

PU PG 10/50 1

Info disc.

˜

Roller shutter push-button insert 1 pole With mechanical reverse lock-out and electrical interlock. With claw and screw fixing.

Roller shutter switch insert 1 pole

Up

With mechanical reverse lock-out and electrical interlock. With claw and screw fixing. ˜

Up

L

Down

To be completed with: Rocker for roller shutter switches and pushbuttons, art. no. System M 4324.., 4355.., 4344.., System Basis 3155.., System Design 4115.., OCTOCOLOR 3315...

Version Version ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

˜

plug-in terminals

10 A, 250 V AC

10/60 1

311501

10/50 1

10/60 1

new

Info

To be completed with: Rocker for roller shutter switches and pushbuttons, art. no. System M 4324.., 4355.., 4344.., System Basis 3155.., System Design 4115.., OCTOCOLOR 3315...

Version

Art. no.

1-pole

315500

PU PG 10/50 1

Info disc.

disc.

www.merten.com

1-pole

PU PG

MEG3755-0000

10 A, 250 V AC With mechanical reverse lock-out and electrical interlock.

˜

To be completed with: Rocker for roller shutter switches and pushbuttons, art. no. System M 4324.., 4355.., 4344.., System Basis 3155.., System Design 4115.., OCTOCOLOR 3315... Art. no.

Info

Roller shutter rocker button insert

10 A, 250 V AC With mechanical reverse lock-out and electrical interlock.

Version

PU PG

new

Roller shutter rocker switch insert

˜

Art. no.

plug-in terminals

10 A, 250 V AC MEG3715-0000

L

Down

©2010

| Roller shutter switch inserts | FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES

317


Flush-mounted inserts

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES

A

Roller shutter/two-circuit insert

Semi-cylinder lock with key removal in centre position

AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz Neutral conductor required. Switching capacity: AC 230 V, 1000 W/VA for both channels together Capacitive load: AC 230 V, max. 140 µF Power consumption: <1 W Wire range: max. 2x2.5 mm2 To be completed with: Roller shutter control electronics, art. no. 569092, two-circuit control electronics, art. no. 569091. – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

1000 VA

576499

PU PG

Standardised quality locking cylinder made by ABUS Pfaffenhain GmbH. On request, can be integrated into new locking system at ABUS Pfaffenhain GmbH. Length: 40 mm. —

Contents: With 3 keys.

Version

Info

To be completed with: Central plate for momentary/maintainedcontact switch insert for roller shutters, art. no. System M 5671.., 5698.., 5387.., System Basis 3172.., System Design 3192.., OCTOCOLOR 3170...

Version

Art. no.

2-pole

317200

PU PG

PU PG

˜

Standard blind control insert AC 230 V, 50 Hz For local control of a blind/roller shutter motor with limit switch. Motor protection through interlocked relay contacts. Without extension input.

To be completed with: Central plate for momentary/maintainedcontact switch inserts for roller shutters, art. no. System M 3194.., 3193.., System Basis 3185.., OCTOCOLOR 3349.., AQUADESIGN 3482... — Contents: Without lock. ˜

PU PG

Info

1/50 8

www.merten.com

Art. no. 318901

318

Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz Neutral conductor:required Switching capacity: max. 1 motor 1000 VA Outputs: 2 make contacts (interlocked) Pulse duration: 2 minutes Connecting terminals: Screw terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2x1.5 mm2

Info

10 A, 250 V AC For standard semi-cylinder locks of 40 mm in length.

Version

new

System M blind control system → 53, System Design blind control system → 163, OCTOCOLOR blind control system → 216, System Basis blind control system → 281

1/50 8

Roller shutter push-button insert for cylinder locks

2-pole

Info

Blind control system

To be completed with: Central plate for momentary/maintainedcontact switch inserts for roller shutters, art. no. System M 3194.., 3193.., System Basis 3185.., OCTOCOLOR 3349.., AQUADESIGN 3482... — Contents: Without lock. Art. no.

PU PG 1/48 8

Info

˜

318501

Art. no. MEG3985-0003

10 A, 250 V AC For standard semi-cylinder locks of 40 mm in length.

Version

new

Contents: With 3 keys.

Version

1/40 1

Momentary/maintained-contact switch insert for roller shutters for cylinder locks

2-pole

Info

Standardised quality locking cylinder made by ABUS Pfaffenhain GmbH. On request, can be integrated into new locking system at ABUS Pfaffenhain GmbH. Length: 40 mm.

Momentary/maintained-contact switch insert for roller shutters

˜

PU PG 1/48 8

Semi-cylinder lock with key removal in 3 positions

1/50 8

10 A, 250 V AC Can be used as push-button with the locking disc provided. Operated via a rotary knob.

Art. no. MEG3985-0001

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES | Blind control system | ©2010

To be completed with: Blind push-buttons and blind time switches for the blind control system. In the CONNECT radio system with the CONNECT radio roller shutter push-button with sensor connection art. No. System M 5035.., 5025..., System Design 5045... – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

1000 VA

580698

PU PG 1/50 8

Info


Flush-mounted inserts

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES Blind control insert with extension input

Multiple control relay for roller shutters, flush-mounted

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For controlling a blind/roller shutter motor with limit switch. A mechanical roller shutter switch/push-button or an additional blind control insert can be connected via the extension input to implement group/central control. Wind alarm function possible with extension input. Motor protection through interlocked relay contacts.

6 A, AC 250 V Suitable for a size 60 flush-mounted box. Flat 22 mm design. For local control using push-buttons, installation in a deep flush-mounted box. For controlling up to 2 roller shutter motors locally, in groups or centrally. With separation of load and control circuit, as well as forced locking in both directions of movement. Motors are controlled individually using a roller shutter rocker switch and centrally using the blind time switches or blind push-buttons of the Merten blind control system.

Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz Neutral conductor: required Switching capacity: max. 1 motor 1000 VA Outputs: 2 make contacts (interlocked) Reversing time: minimum 500 ms Connecting terminals: Screw terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2x1.5 mm2 To be completed with: Blind push-buttons and blind time switches for the blind control system. In the CONNECT radio system with the CONNECT radio roller shutter push-button with sensor connection art. No. System M 5035.., 5025..., System Design 5045... Accessories: Wind sensor interface, art. no. 580693. – Technical Information — Note: In combination with the standard blind time switch, art. no. 5809.., 5859.., 5839.., 5819.., the extension input does not work.

Mains voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz ±10 % Control voltage: AC 230 V ±10 % Power consumption: 10 mA in relay operation Switching voltage: max. AC 250 V Switching current: max. 6 A Temperature range: 0 -60 °C Terminals: max. 1.5 mm2 Dimensions: 22x49x52 mm (HxWxD) Installation: (deep) flush-mounted box

˜

Version

Art. no.

1000 VA

580699

PU PG

Info

To be completed with: Blanking cover, art. no. System M 3916.., 3918.., 3917.., System Basis 3920.., System Design 3919.., OCTOCOLOR 3926... – Technical Information ˜

Version

1/50 8

A

Art. no. 576398

PU PG

Info

1/100 8

Multiple control relay insert for roller shutters 5 A, AC 250 V Suitable for a size 60 flush-mounted box. With a multiple control relay, it is possible to control 2 motors locally by manual operation or centrally. The multiple control relays can be cascaded. To be completed with: Blanking cover, art. no. System M 3916.., 3918.., 3917.., System Basis 3920.., System Design 3919.., OCTOCOLOR 3926... – Technical Information ˜

Art. no. 576399

PU PG

System M room thermostat cover → 56, System Design room thermostat cover → 166, OCTOCOLOR room thermostat cover → 218, System Basis room thermostat cover → 283 – Technical Information: Heating control ˜

Room temperature control insert with switch

Info

With thermal recirculation. Fourth terminal for night economy.

1/24 8

Heating nominal current: 10 (4) A To be completed with: Central plate for room temperature control unit with switch, art. no. System M 5348.., 5361.., System Basis 5385.., System Design 5397.., OCTOCOLOR 5391... — Contents: Room temperature control insert, protective cover for plaster and screws. ˜

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

AC 230 V AC 24 V

536302 536304

1/50 8.5 1/50 8

Info

www.merten.com

Version

Room temperature control inserts

©2010

| Room temperature control inserts | FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES

319


Flush-mounted inserts

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES

A

Room temperature control insert with changeover contact

ET power booster for capacitive load

For electric underfloor heating if the additional heater has to be interlocked, air conditioning (cooling), valve drives (de-energised open or closed). With thermal recirculation.

AC 230 V For power extension of ET dimmers (art. no. 577199) or ET super dimmers (art. no. 577899). The load must be evenly distributed across the ET dimmer and the ET power booster. (Phase alignment).

Heating nominal current: 10 (4) A Cooling nominal current: 5 (2) A To be completed with: Central plate for room temperature control unit with changeover contact, art. no. System M 5347.., 5362.., System Basis 5365.., System Design 5374.., OCTOCOLOR 5364... — Contents: Room temperature control insert, protective cover for plaster and screws. ˜

Version

Art. no.

AC 230 V AC 24 V

536400 536401

PU PG

Info

1/50 8 1/50 8

To be completed with: Blanking cover, art. no. System M 3916.., 3918.., 3917.., System Basis 3920.., System Design 3919.., OCTOCOLOR 3926... Blanking cover AQUADESIGN, art. no. 3483... – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

20-315 W

577399

Floor thermostat insert with switch

IR remote control Distance 2010 10 channel IR remote control. For the control of all TELE sensor covers, blind push-buttons with IR receiver, presence detectors with IR receivers and KNX devices with IR receivers.

˜

Version

Art. no.

AC 230 V, 10(4) A

537100

PU PG

Info

1/12 8

Power boosters –

Technical Information: Dimmer basics

Power booster AC 230 V For power extension of memory super dimmers, TELE dimmers, incandescent and fluorescent lamp dimmers. The load must be evenly distributed across dimmers and power boosters. (Phase control). To be completed with: Blanking cover, art. no. System M 3916.., 3918.., 3917.., System Basis 3920.., System Design 3919.., OCTOCOLOR 3926... Blanking cover AQUADESIGN, art. no. 3483... – Technical Information ˜

Art. no. 574099

PU PG

Info

1/60 8

www.merten.com

Version 25-600 VA

320

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES | Power boosters | ©2010

Info

Remote controls

With remote sensor on 4 m incoming lead, extendable with twin-core cable.

To be completed with: Central plate for floor thermostat insert with switch, art. no. System M 5349.., 5358.., System Basis 5371.., System Design 5375.., OCTOCOLOR 5372... — Contents: Room temperature control insert, remote sensor, protective cover for plaster and screws.

PU PG 1/60 8

Battery: 2 microcells (IEC LR 03, AAA) Range: up to 20 m Receiver: TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... Blind push-button with IR receiver and sensor connection, art. no. System M 5880.., 5864.., System Basis 5804..,System Design 5844.., OCTOCOLOR 5824... ARGUS Presence with IR receiver, art. no. 550591, 6309... Push-button, 4-gang plus with IR receiver, art. no. System M 6175.., 6279... — Contents: Without battery. ˜

Version

Art. no.

black

570222

PU PG 1/48 8

Info


Flush-mounted inserts

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES CONNECT radio universal remote control

Telephone socket-outlet TAE, 3-gang

Radio remote control and IR remote control in a single device. For activating: • Devices of the Merten CONNECT radio system • Merten IR devices • Up to five IR AV devices such as TV, DVD, DVDR, VCR, SAT, cable, AMP and DMR In connection with the CONNECT radio system, several rooms can be set up with radio components using the remote control. Each room can be configured with up to 9 groups with maximum 12 devices and 3 scenes with maximum 12 devices. Radio features: System administrator, transmitter

For the German market. For connecting analogue telephones/ancillary units. With screw terminals. 2×6/6 NF/F: 2 telephones, 1 ancillary unit 3×6 NFN: 1 telephone, 2 ancillary unit

Functions: EASY CONNECT: • Switch on, switch off, toggle, dim, raise/lower roller shutters, scene • Programming in EASY CONNECT as a system administrator • Individual programming of CONNECT radio push-buttons • Individual description of rooms and groups • Display of description in LCD display With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • additionally graphic programming of the EASY CONNECT functions Extended functions for IR/AV: • Trigger Philips Ambilight • Supports more than 1,000 manufacturers. Devices are selected from a list or by entering programming codes. • General use of the functions of a device (e.g. volume) in all modes.

˜

To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socket-outlet TAE, art. no. System M 2960.., 2979.., System Basis 2928.., System Design 2978.., OCTOCOLOR 2938...

Version

Art. no.

2×6/6 NF/F, white 3x6 NFN, white

465226 465236

Receiver: All receivers of the Merten CONNECT radio system. Note: The device can assume the properties of a system administrator. The remote control must be used as the system administrator in connection with the EASY CONNECT method. In connection with the CONNECT radio configurator, it can be used as required. Contents: With battery.With a codes table for nearly all conventional devices, like TV, VCR, DVD, SAT, AUX, ...

Version

Art. no.

Aluminium/black

506923

PU PG

Info

1/6 8

PU PG

Info

10/50 1 10/50 1

Telephone socket-outlet TDO 3x10 For the Austrian market. For connecting analogue terminal units.

To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socket-outlet TAE, art. no. System M 2960.., 2979.., System Basis 2928.., System Design 2978.., OCTOCOLOR 2938... Intermediate ring for combination inserts in line with DIN 49075, art. no. System M 5185.., 5181.., System Basis 5171.., System Design 5160.., OCTOCOLOR 5168... Intermediate ring with hinged lid for combination inserts in line with DIN 49075, art. no. System M 5186.., 5182.., System Basis 5174... — Can only be ordered via Merten in Vienna. ˜

Version

Art. no.

white

465930

Radio range: up to 100 m in free field, up to 30 m indoors IR range: up to 15 m Battery: 3 microcells (IEC LR 03, AAA) Display element: LCD display with 10 characters ˜

A

PU PG

Info

1/1 1

Combination socket-outlet RJ45/ TAE (Cat 3) For connecting a telephone and an analogue or digital terminal unit via the 8-pole RJ45 connector. With screw terminals. To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socket-outlet TAE, art. no. System M 2960.., 2979.., System Basis 2928.., System Design 2978.., OCTOCOLOR 2938... – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

8(6)-6F+N, white

465707

PU PG

Info

1/60 1

Communications inserts and accessories

Telephone socket-outlet TAE, 1-gang For the German market. For connecting an analogue telephone. With screw terminals. 1×6 F: 1 telephone To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socket-outlet TAE, art. no. System M 2960.., 2979.., System Basis 2928.., System Design 2978.., OCTOCOLOR 2938...

Version

Art. no.

1x6 F, white

465206

PU PG

Info

www.merten.com

˜

10/50 1

©2010

| Communications inserts and accessories | FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES

321


Flush-mounted inserts

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES

A

Line 21 Combination socket-outlet RJ45/TAE

Line 21 RJ45 insert 8/8 With integrated Line 21 technology. For connecting an analogue telephone/telecommunications system (RJ45, 8-pole) and a digital network device (RJ45, 8-pole) such as PC, HUB, router, Merten switch (art. no. 465711) or IC 1 (art. no. 6950.., 6951...) With 4 screw terminals for the installation line and 2 for analogue telephony.

With integrated Line 21 technology. For connecting an analogue telephone/telecommunications system (TAE) and a digital network device (RJ45, 8-pole) such as PC, HUB, router, Merten switch (art. no. 465711) or IC 1 (art. no. 6950.., 6951...) With 4 screw terminals for the installation line and 2 for the connection of additional telephone socket-outlets. Cable length: max. 50 m Transmission rate: max. 100 Mbit/s To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socket-outlet TAE, art. no. System M 2960.., 2979.., System Basis 2928.., System Design 2978.., OCTOCOLOR 2938... – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

8(6)-6F+N

465709

PU PG

Cable length: max. 50 m Transmission rate: max. 100 Mbit/s To be completed with: Central plate for RJ45 insert, 2-gang, art. no. System M 2961.., 2980.., System Basis 2927.., System Design 2926.., or OCTOCOLOR 2920... – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no. 465708

PU PG

Info

1/60 1

Info

1/60 1

RJ45 insert 2x8 For connecting analogue or digital terminal units via two 8-pole RJ45 connectors connected in parallel with bus-type cabling. With screw terminals.

RJ45 insert 8 For connecting analogue or digital terminals using an 8-pole RJ45 socket. With screw terminals.

To be completed with: Central plate for RJ45 insert, 2-gang, art. no. System M 2961.., 2980.., System Basis 2927.., System Design 2926.., or OCTOCOLOR 2920... – Technical Information ˜

˜

To be completed with: Central plate for RJ45 insert, 1-gang, art. no. System M 2962.., 2983.., System Basis 2917.., System Design 2918...

Version

Art. no. 465720

PU PG

Info

Version

Art. no.

white

465702

RJ45 insert 8/8 Cat 5e For connecting analogue or digital terminal units via two 8-pole RJ45 connectors. Connection via LSA terminals.

For connecting analogue or digital terminals using an 8-pole RJ45 socket. Connection via LSA terminals. ˜

To be completed with: Central plate for RJ45 insert, 1-gang, art. no. System M 2962.., 2983.., System Basis 2917.., System Design 2918...

Version

Art. no. 465721

PU PG

Info

To be completed with: Central plate for RJ45 insert, 2-gang, art. no. System M 2961.., 2980.., System Basis 2927.., System Design 2926.., or OCTOCOLOR 2920...

Version

Art. no.

white

465703

For connecting analogue or digital terminal units via two 8-pole RJ45 connectors. Connection via LSA terminals.

˜

To be completed with: Central plate for RJ45 insert, 2-gang, art. no. System M 2961.., 2980.., System Basis 2927.., System Design 2926.., or OCTOCOLOR 2920... – Technical Information ˜

PU PG

To be completed with: Central plate for RJ45 insert, 2-gang, art. no. System M 2961.., 2980.., System Basis 2927.., System Design 2926.., or OCTOCOLOR 2920...

Version

Art. no.

white

465706

Info

10/40 1

www.merten.com

Art. no. 465701

322

Info

RJ45 insert 8/8 Cat 6

For connecting analogue or digital terminal units via two 8-pole RJ45 connectors. With screw terminals.

Version

PU PG 1/50 1

1/50 1

RJ45 insert 8/8

white

Info

10/50 1

RJ45 insert 8 Cat 5e

˜

PU PG 10/40 1

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES | Communications inserts and accessories | ©2010

PU PG 1/50 1

Info


Flush-mounted inserts

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES Telephone connector VDo 4

Modular jack connector, Cat 3

For central plate with cable outlet for telephone connector VDo 4.

WE Western type. In line with US FCC 86, Cat 3. Connection with IDC clamping method.

A

Pin configuration Telecom/ISDN modular jack/8pole: 1a/4, 1b/5, 2a/3, 2b/6. ˜

To be completed with: Central plate with cable outlet for telephone connector VDo, art. no. System M 2968.., 2955.., System Basis 3925.., OCTOCOLOR 3927...

Version

Art. no.

4-pole, white

465304

PU PG

˜

Info

10/40 1

Telephone socket-outlet ADo 4 For connecting analogue terminal units.

To be completed with: Supporting plate for modular jack connector, art. no. 461590. Insert for modular jack connector, art. no. System M 464398, System Basis 461398, System Design 464398, OCTOCOLOR 463398. Central plate for modular jack connector, art. no. System M 2901.., 2957.., System Basis 2929...

Version

Art. no.

6-pole RJ 11/ Cat. 3, black 8-pole RJ 45/ Cat. 3, black

465516

5/250 1

PU PG

465518

5/250 1

Info

Modular jack connector, Cat 5 ˜

To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socket-outlet ADo, art. no. System Basis 2930.., OCTOCOLOR 2937... Accessories: Telephone socket-outlet ADo S 4, art. no. 465404.

Version

Art. no.

4-pole, white

465104

PU PG

WE Western type. In line with US FCC 86, Cat 5. Connection via LSA terminals. ˜

Info

10/40 1

Telephone socket-outlet ADo 8 Codeable For connecting analogue terminal units.

To be completed with: Supporting plate for modular jack connector, art. no. 461593. Insert for modular jack connector, art. no. System M 464399, System Basis 461399, System Design 464399, OCTOCOLOR 463399.

Version

Art. no.

8-pole RJ 45/ Cat. 5, black

465595

PU PG

Info

5/120 1

D-type socket connector, 9-pole Solder connection max. 0.6 mm2. To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socket-outlet ADo, art. no. System Basis 2930.., OCTOCOLOR 2937... Accessories: Telephone socket-outlet ADo S 8, art. no. 465408. — Contents: A setting knob for coding is included in every pack of 10. ˜

Art. no. 465108

PU PG

Info

10/40 1

Telephone plug ADo S 4

Version

Art. no.

9-pole

465009

For telephone socket-outlet ADo. ˜

Version

Art. no. 465404

PU PG

Info

5/150 1

Telephone plug ADo S 8 For telephone socket-outlet ADo. ˜

Solder connection max. 0.6 mm2. To be completed with: Central plate for D-type subminiature connector, 15-pole, art. no. System M 4677.., ,4682.., System Basis 4602... Insert for D-type subminiature connector, 15-pole, art. no. System M 464392, System Basis 461392, System Design 464392, OCTOCOLOR 463392. — Contents: With locking pin for M3 screw. ˜

Version

Art. no.

15-pole

465015

To be completed with: Telephone socket-outlet ADo 8, art. no. 465108.

Version

Art. no.

8-pole, white

465408

PU PG

Info

D-type socket connector, 15-pole

To be completed with: Telephone socket-outlet ADo 4, art. no. 465104.

4-pole, white

PU PG 5/500 1

PU PG

Info

5/500 1

D-type socket connector, 25-pole Solder connection max. 0.6 mm2.

Info

To be completed with: Central plate for D-type subminiature connector, 25-pole, art. no. System M 4678.., 4683.., System Basis 4603... Insert for D-type subminiature connector, 25-pole, art. no. System M 464393, System Basis 461393, System Design 464393, OCTOCOLOR 463393. — Contents: With locking pin for M3 screw.

5/250 1

˜

©2010

Version

Art. no.

25-pole

465025

PU PG

Info

5/500 1

| Communications inserts and accessories | FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES

www.merten.com

Version 8-pole, white

To be completed with: Central plate for D-type subminiature connector, 9-pole, art. no. System M 4676.., 4681.., System Basis 4601... Insert for D-type subminiature connector, 9-pole, art. no. System M 464391, System Basis 461391, System Design 464391, OCTOCOLOR 463391. — Contents: With locking pin for M3 screw. ˜

323


Flush-mounted inserts

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES

A

BNC connector Ø 12.5 mm

TV/audio

Crimp connection up to Ø 6 mm.

˜

Broadband cable/satellite through-way box, 2-gang DIN EN 50083-1/A1, DIN EN 80083-2/A1 Broadband directional coupler box for loopthrough systems in broadband cable, communal aerial and satellite distribution systems. Suitable for flush-mounted boxes of Ø 55-65 mm. With claw and screw fixing.

To be completed with: Central plate for BNC/TNC socket, art. no. System M 4691.., 4685.., 4686.., System Basis 4605... Insert for BNC/TNC sockets, art. no. System M 464395, System Basis 461395, System Design 464395, OCTOCOLOR 463395.

Version

Art. no. 465010

PU PG

Info

5/500 1

Reichle & De-Massari connection module, unshielded

˜

To be completed with: Central plate for antenna socket-outlet, art. no. System M 2967.., 2975.., System Basis 2948.., System Design 2941.., OCTOCOLOR 2943...

Version

Connection with ICD clamping method (no equipment necessary). ˜

Version

Art. no. 465580 465582

PU PG

Info

Reichle & De-Massari connection module, shielded

˜

To be completed with: Insert for Reichle & De-Massari, art. no. 464384. Accessories: Reichle & De-Massari splash flange, art. no. 465591. Reichle & De-Massari splash sleeve, art. no. 465590.

Version

Art. no.

Cat 5e, 1xRJ45/s Cat 6, 1xRJ45/s

465581 465583

PU PG

˜

To be completed with: Central plate for antenna socket-outlet, art. no. System M 2967.., 2975.., System Basis 2948.., System Design 2941.., OCTOCOLOR 2943...

Version

DIN EN 50083-1/A1, DIN EN 80083-2/A1 Single satellite socket-outlet, 3-gang. For individual branch-circuit and star-type distribution systems in communal aerial and satellite distribution systems. With DC transmission via the satellite connection. Suitable for flushmounted boxes of Ø 55-65 mm. With claw and screw fixing. DC transmission: max. 24 V/320 mA Signal: 22 kHz and DiSEqC

To be completed with: Insert for Reichle & De-Massari, art. no. 464384. Reichle & De-Massari splash sleeve, art. no. 465590. — Contents: 1 PU = 10 pieces. Art. no.

PU PG

Info

1/60 1

Reichle & De-Massari splash sleeve The splash sleeve is pulled over the connecting cable. In conjunction with the splash flange, protection type IP 44 is also achieved with plug-in connecting cable. To be completed with: Reichle & De-Massari splash flange, art. no. 465591. — Note: Splash installation tool (three-prong pliers) can be ordered directly from Reichle & De-Massari. www.merten.com

˜

324

Version

Art. no.

transparent

465590

PU PG

Info

Satellite antenna socket-outlet, 3-gang

˜

465591

PU PG 1/54 1

Info

2/100 1 2/100 1

In the AQUADESIGN switch range, protection type IP 44 is achieved for all Reichle & De Massari modules with the splash flange.

Version

Art. no. 466099

Reichle & De-Massari splash flange

blue

Info

DIN EN 50083-1/A1, DIN EN 80083-2/A1 Broadband directional coupler box for branch-circuit and star-type distribution systems in broadband cable, communal aerial and satellite distribution systems. With DC transmission via the TV connection. Suitable for flush-mounted boxes of Ø 55-65 mm. With claw and screw fixing. DC transmission: max. 24 V/400 mA Signal: 22 kHz and DiSEqC

2/100 1 2/100 1

Connection with ICD clamping method (no equipment necessary).

PU PG 1/54 1

Broadband cable/satellite antenna branch-circuit box, 2-gang

To be completed with: Insert for Reichle & De-Massari, art. no. 464384. Accessories: Reichle & De-Massari splash flange, art. no. 465591. Reichle & De-Massari splash sleeve, art. no. 465590.

Cat 5e, 1xRJ45/u Cat 6, 1xRJ45/u

Art. no. 466098

Info

10/600 1

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES | TV/audio | ©2010

˜

To be completed with: Central plate for antenna socket-outlet, art. no. System M 2967.., 2975.., System Basis 2948.., System Design 2941.., OCTOCOLOR 2943...

Version

Art. no. 466097

PU PG 1/54 1

Info


Flush-mounted inserts

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES Loudspeaker connection insert, 1-gang

LED lighting module for double switches/push-buttons as orientation light

The poles are labelled in different colours. Conductor cross-section up to max. 10 mm2. With quick plug-in terminals. With screw terminals on the back. ˜

Power consumption 2x0.65 mA For all two-circuit switch/push-button inserts or double switch/push-button inserts from QuickFlex. The colours red, blue and green can each be set on the RGB LEDs via three switches. Combinations of colours are also possible. For use as orientation light. The module can be replaced from the front without any dismantling of switches.

To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socket-outlet TAE, art. no. System M 2960.., 2979.., System Basis 2928.., System Design 2978.., OCTOCOLOR 2938...

Version

Art. no.

polar white anthracite

466919 466914

PU PG

Info

10/50 1 10/50 1 —

Loudspeaker connection insert, 2-gang

Version

Version

Art. no. 467019 467014

PU PG

Info

Accessories for universal inserts —

Power consumption 0.65 mA For all 1 and 2-pole switch inserts from QuickFlex. Red LED. For use as control light or orientation light. The module can be replaced from the front without any dismantling of switches.

Version

Art. no. MEG3901-0006

PU PG 1/150 1

Version

Info —

Power consumption 0.65 mA For all 1 and 2-pole switch inserts from QuickFlex. The colours red, blue and green can be set on the RGB LEDs via three switches. Combinations of colours are also possible. For use as control light or orientation light. The module can be replaced from the front without any dismantling of switches.

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

1/150 1

new

1/150 1

new

PU PG

Info

1/150 1

new

1/150 1

new

Contents: With neon lamp.

Version

Art. no.

grey

396502 10/1000 1

PU PG

Info

Plug-in light attachment E 10 For all 1- and 2-pole switch inserts. For monitoring or lighting. Caution! For low voltage variants (e.g. 8 V) we recommend a display lamp, 24-30 V, tubular, E 10, up to 25 mm in length. To be completed with: Neon lamp E 10, art. no. 395100. LED lamp E 10, art. no. 3951... — Contents: Without neon lamp. ˜

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

396576 10/1000 1

www.merten.com

Version

100-230 V, multicol- MEG3901-0000 oured 8-32 V, multicoloured MEG3921-0000

Art. no.

100-230 V, multicol- MEG3902-0000 oured 8-32 V, multicoloured MEG3922-0000

AC 230 V, 0.65 mA For all 1- and 2-pole switch inserts. For monitoring or lighting.

new

Contents: With RGB LED.

new

Neon lamp attachment with integrated lamp

LED lighting module for switches/ push-buttons

Info

Contents: With two RGB LEDs.

Contents: With LED.

100-230 V, red

PU PG 1/150 1

Power consumption 2x0.65 mA For all two-circuit switch/push-button inserts or double switch/push-button inserts from QuickFlex. The colours red, blue and green can each be set on the RGB LEDs via three switches. Combinations of colours are also possible. For use as control lamp. The module can be replaced from the front without any dismantling of switches.

10/50 1 10/50 1

LED lighting module for switches/ push-buttons

Art. no. MEG3942-0000

LED lighting module for double switch/push-button as control lamp

To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socket-outlet TAE, art. no. System M 2960.., 2979.., System Basis 2928.., System Design 2978.., OCTOCOLOR 2938...

polar white anthracite

Contents: With two RGB LEDs.

100-230 V, multicoloured

The poles are labelled in different colours. Conductor cross-section up to max. 10 mm2. With quick plug-in terminals. With screw terminals on the back. ˜

A

©2010

| Accessories for universal inserts | FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES

325


Flush-mounted inserts

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES

A

LED lamp

Light attachment for 3-pole switch

AC/DC 230 V, AC/DC 24 V Suitable for plug-in light attachment E 10 or light signal E 10 insert. To be completed with: Plug-in light attachment E 10, art. no. 396576. Light signal E 10 insert, art. no. 319016. — Note: Current consumption approx. 20 mA

AC 400 V, 1.25 mA For 3-pole switch. Contacts the outside terminals (400 V).

˜

Version

Art. no.

AC 230 V, red AC 230 V, yellow AC 230 V, green AC 230 V, blue AC 230 V, white AC 24 V, red AC 24 V, yellow AC 24 V, green AC 24 V, blue AC 24 V, white

395120 395121 395122 395123 395124 395131 395132 395133 395134 395135

PU PG 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240

Info

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

To be completed with: Rocker switch insert, art. no. 311300. Rocker switch, art. no. 340339. Rocker control switch, art. no. 372375. — Contents: With neon lamp. ˜

Version

Art. no.

AC 400 V, 1.25 mA

396376

PU PG

Info

5/1020 1

Light signal E 10 insert AC 250 V, max. 3 W With E 10 holder and red hood

Neon lamp E 10 AC 230 V, 0.65 mA Low current consumption (approx. 0.65 mA) and low starting voltage (max. 120 V) mean it is particularly suitable for stairwell and fluorescent lamp circuits. ˜

To be completed with: Plug-in light attachment E 10, art. no. 396576.

Version

Art. no.

AC 230 V, 0.65 mA

395100

PU PG

Info

20/ 1 4080

To be completed with: Central plate for light signal insert art. no. System M 3976.., 3978.., System Basis 3977.., , OCTOCOLOR 3191... Neon lamp E 10, art. no. 395100. LED lamp E 10, art. no. 3951... Accessories: Hood for light signal E 10, art. no. 319011/12/13/ 14. — Contents: Without neon lamp. ˜

Version

Art. no.

hood, red

319016

Shatter-proof flat version for light signal E 10 insert.

AC 230 V, 2x1 mA For monitoring or lighting applications. ˜

To be completed with: Two-circuit control switch insert with N terminal, art. no. 325500. Roller shutter rocker switch insert with additional contact, art. no. 311502. — Contents: With neon lamp. Version

Art. no. 396176

PU PG 1/150 1

Info

Info

Hood for light signal E 10

Light attachment for multi switch

˜

PU PG 10/50 1

Accessories from: Light signal E 10 insert, art. no. 319016.

Version

Art. no.

red green clear yellow

319011 319012 319013 319014

PU PG 1/250 1/250 1/250 1/250

Info

1 1 1 1

disc.

Extension claws For suspending in the standard claw. For the installation of flush-mounted inserts such as switches, push-buttons, socket-outlets etc. in the case of flush-mounted boxes which are built in too deeply.

Light attachment for two-circuit switch AC 230 V, 2x1 mA For lighting purposes. To be completed with: Rocker switch insert, art. no. 311500. — Contents: With neon lamp. ˜

Version

Art. no. 396276

PU PG 1/150 1

Info

Contents: 1 PU consists of two extension claws and one rubber band.

Version

Art. no. 533591

disc.

PU PG

Info

50/900 1

Assortment of screws in plastic box Contents: 20 screws for socket-outlet covers, plain. 20 screws for socket-outlet covers, black. Version

Art. no.

www.merten.com

539591

326

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES | Accessories for universal inserts | ©2010

PU PG 14/224 1

Info


Flush-mounted inserts

FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES Capacitor

Surge protection module for socket-outlets

AC 230 V, 0.33 µF For use in push-button circuits to prevent flickering of the neon lamp and/or instantaneous switching of the installation relay when several push-buttons with neon lamps are in use. For interference suppression of inductive loads, e.g. relays, contactors, fluorescent lamps, transformers, if the induction voltage of these devices leads to the retriggering of the ARGUS. Version

Art. no.

AC 230 V, 0.33 µF

542895

PU PG

Info

10/450 8

Miniature version of direct line-side fine protection with acoustic fault signal. The module can be installed for example in waterproof SCHUKO socket-outlets. It is advisable to clearly mark the relevant cover of the socket-outlet. Type of protection: Fine protection Failure indication: Acoustic signal Version

Art. no.

red

533497

Base load

Art. no.

PU PG

542894

1/48 8

Version

Art. no. 550892

for 500/600 VA

550992

for 1000 VA

551092

for halogen and halogen super dimmers 500 VA for roller shutter control and time switch 1000 VA

551192

551292

PU PG 20/ 4080 20/ 4080 20/ 4080 20/ 4080

Info disc.

Mounting depth: 32 mm Type of protection: Fine protection Failure indication: Acoustic signal Special features: Test function Info

Version

8

8

DIN 42801 part 2 Suitable for use as a potential equalisation socket-outlet insert. Solder connection up to 6 mm2.

20/ 8 4080

To be completed with: Potential equalisation socket-outlet insert, art. no. System M 2904.., 2982.., 2906.., System Basis 2970.., System Design 2973.., OCTOCOLOR 2972...

Version

PU PG

Leakage current: (8/20) 4.5 kA (1x), 1 kA (100x) Residual voltage at discharge current: (1 kA) approx. 1000 V

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

615022

1/20 9.1

Info

Dirt cover for switches and socket-outlets For protection of switches and socket-outlets from damage due to painting/varnishing work. Version green

Art. no. MEG3900-0000

PU PG 1/60 1

Info new

Info

1/150 8 www.merten.com

552119

PU PG

Info

For professional labelling of DIN A4 labelling sheets in System Basis, System M, System Design and OCTOCOLOR.

10/300 8 10/300 8

AC 230 V, +6 % / -10 % For electronic transformers MET and ET dimmers. For protecting the transformer or dimmer during parallel operation of fluorescent lamps and other inductive loads with transformers. Connection parallel to the input side of the transformer or dimmer. 1 module for max. 10 transformers per circuit is recommended.

Art. no.

PU PG 10/500 1

Labelling software

Info

Surge protection module

Version

Art. no. 297190

Ø11.5 mm: art. no. 5761.., 5762.. Ø15.5 mm: year of manufacture up to 07.95: art. no. 5765.., 5766.., 5781.., 5782.. 576101 576102

Info

Potential equalisation angled connector

8

For roller shutter controls and time switches. The battery has a life of approx. 3-6 years.

ø 11.5 mm ø 15.5 mm

PU PG 1/50 8

8

Spare battery

Art. no.

Art. no. 533498

˜

Version

Info

For all combination SCHUKO flush-mounted socket-outlets. Suitable for standard size 60 installation box. It is advisable to clearly mark the cover of the relevant socket-outlet.

Replacement fuse for 400 W

PU PG 1/100 8

Surge protection module for socket-outlet combinations

Consists of 4 x 6 watt resistors. 1 set required per dimmer and per power booster in parallel connection (can be replaced by a 25 watt incandescent lamp). Version

A

©2010

| Accessories for universal inserts | FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES

327


Radio system

Radio system Connect

THE SAFEST AND MOST RELIABLE CONNECTIONS The CONNECT radio system ensures reliability and safety. The transmitter and receiver makes constant use of re-routing technology, and the system operates free of interference at 868 MHz. Diagnostic aids that are easy to operate tell the user whether the radio connection is working. And Easy Connect facilitates quick and simple programming of the radio transmitter and receiver. This intelligent technology provides a reliable basis for current operations, and is paving the way for the innovations of the future. CONNECT is already employing Z-Wave®, the standard that will network the households of the future. Intelligent recording of electricity, gas, and water meters to enable energy-efficient and low CO2 operation. In addition, CONNECT is ideally suited as an addition to existing electrical installations. This makes it possible for existing buildings to be easily retrofitted with modern communication and control technology.

Without re-routing technology reflective wall

Radio transmitter

Radio receiver Radio receiver

No way through: with reflective walls or obstacles, the receiver waits for the radio signal in vain.

With re-routing technology reflective wall

Radio transmitter

Radio receiver Radio receiver

The most reliable solution: the new CONNECT radio system signal searches further "stopovers" for the best path to the desired receiver.

Z-Wave® is a registered trademark of Zensys Inc. and their branch offices in the USA and other countries. More information at: www.z-wavealliance.org.

www.merten.de

CONNECT radio push-button, 2-gang

328

Flush-mounted CONNECT radio receiver, universal dimmer Movement detector radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT

Radio system CONNECT | ©2010


Radio system Connect

Radio system

Contents

CONNECT radio central unit The CONNECT radio central unit connects numerous functions of the “radio world” and the “IP world” in a single control unit. You can access many functions even when you aren't home. The CONNECT radio central unit has an additional Ethernet connection and is controlled via merten@home.

High-resolution, backlit TFT colour display (number of colours: 16-bit/64.000, brightness: 400 cd/m2) Wide reading angle (60°–  80°) Real-time clock Very straightforward and convenient operation via dial ring (clickwheel) with four cursor keys and the enter key Favourite key (request menu) Home key calls up the menu structure directly Eight freely programmable push-buttons for direct control of functions Red status LEDs Individually configurable labelling field

Intended for flush mounting

www.merten.de

Integrated radio antenna Ethernet connection Available in the colours aluminium and polar white

©2010

| Radio system CONNECT

329


CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM Radio systemCONNECT radio systemSystem electronicsCONNECT radio systemCONNECT radio systemB

Radio system

Functions and device overview

B

Devices

Device features

Radio functions Radio features

CONNECT radio central unit, merten@home, colour 5059..

■■ Central device with eight freely programmable operator buttons ■■ merten@home user interface

CONNECT radio universal remote control 506923

■■ Remote control for the radio receivers, Merten IR devices, and up to five IR AV devices

CONNECT radio push-button, Move ■■ Mobile operating push button, battery powered System M 5080.., 5081.. System Design 5082..

CONNECT configuration tool (optional) ■■ CONNECT radio system, central control and visualisation ■■ Administration of central functions of the radio system (scenes, seasonal switch programs, history functions)

■■ Switch on, switch off, toggle, dim, raise/lower roller shutters, scene

■■ Graphic programming of the EASY CONNECT functions

■■ Toggle, dim

■■ Switch on, switch off, push-button operation (bell), scenes

CONNECT radio push-button, 1-gang System M 5061.., 5051.. System Design 5071..

■■ Operating push button, battery powered, 2 channels, 12 radio receivers/channel

■■ Switch on, switch off, dim, raise/ lower roller shutters

■■ Toggle, push-button operation (bell), scenes, division of channels

CONNECT radio push-button, 2-gang System M 5062.., 5052.. System Design 5072..

■■ Operating push button, battery powered, 4 channels, 12 radio receivers/channel

■■ Switch on, switch off, dim, raise/ lower roller shutters

■■ Toggle, push-button operation (bell), scenes, division of channels

CONNECT radio sensor surface, for ■■ Control buttons switch inserts System M: 5034.., 5024.. System Design: 5044..

■■ Toggle

■■ Staircase lighting function, ON/OFF delay, master/slave

CONNECT radio sensor surface for ■■ Control buttons dimmer inserts System M: 5036.., 5026.. System Design: 5046..

■■ Switch on (to memory value), switch off, dim

■■ Adjustable dimming speed, staircase lighting function, master/ slave, brightness limit, switch on to brightness limit, memory function that can be switched off

CONNECT radio roller shutter push- ■■ Control buttons button with sensor connection System M: 5035.., 5025.. System Design: 5045..

■■ Roller shutters Up/Down, save sun sensor light value locally

■■ Master/slave, slats, up/down duration

CONNECT radio transmitter flush-mounted, 4-gang 506004

■■ Battery powered, for up to 4 floating switch contacts ■■ Remote control of the receivers via push-buttons

CONNECT radio receiver, flushmounted, 1-gang switch 507501 AC 230 V, 10 A

■■ Switching a load via make contact

witching and dimming external ■■ S CONNECT radio receiver, flushmounted, 1-gang universal dimmer loads 507900 AC 230 V, 25 VA-250 VA

■■ Switch on, switch off, dim, raise/ lower shutters, push-button operation (bell), configuration as push-button or switch for all inputs. ■■ Switch on, switch off, toggle

■■ Staircase lighting function, ON/OFF delay

■■ Switch on (to memory value), switch off, dim

■■ Adjustable dimming speed, staircase lighting function, master/ slave, brightness limit, switch on to brightness limit, memory function that can be switched off

CONNECT radio receiver, flushmounted, 2-gang switch 507502 AC 230 V, 6 A

■■ Switching two loads via make contact

■■ 1. Channel can be used, switch on, switch off, toggle

■■ 2. Staircase lighting function, ON/OFF delay

CONNECT radio receiver, flushmounted, 1-gang switch, 2-pole 507601 AC 230 V, 10 A

■■ Switching a load via a 2-pole make contact

■■ Switch on, switch off, toggle

■■ Staircase lighting function, ON/OFF delay

CONNECT radio receiver, flushmounted, 1-gang roller shutter 507801 AC 230 V, 6 A, cos j = 0.6 500 VA

■■ Controlling a roller shutter drive

■■ Roller shutter Up/Down, Stop

■■ Slats, up/down duration

www.merten.com www.merten.de

330

EASY CONNECT

©2010 CONNECT RADIOCONNECT SYSTEM |©2010 Radio system


CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM Radio system

Functions and device overview Devices

Device features

B

Radio functions Radio features

EASY CONNECT

CONNECT configuration tool (optional)

CONNECT radio plug adapter, switch 508519 AC 230 V, 50 Hz 16 A, cosj=1, max. 35mF

■■ Switching external loads with SCHUKO plug

■■ Switch on, switch off, toggle

■■ Staircase lighting function, ON/OFF delay

CONNECT radio plug adapter, universal dimmer 508619 AC 230 V, 50 Hz 40 VA-350 VA

■■ Switching and dimming external loads with SCHUKO plug

■■ Switch on (to memory value), switch off, dim

■■ Adjustable dimming speed, staircase lighting function, brightness limit, switch on to brightness limit, memory function that can be switched off

Radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT 5095..

■■ Outdoor movement detector ■■ Up to four radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT devices can be networked and set via the remote control

Remote control for radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT 509590

■■ Radio remote control ■■ Functions: Permanent ON, permanent OFF, automatic, brightness threshold, switching duration, set and change the sensitivity to movement

CONNECT radio valve drive for heaters, comfort/standby 509201

■■ For manually adjusting the desired room temperature locally

■■ ARGUS is fully integrated into the radio network ■■ Teaching receivers ■■ Function module like scene, message and alarm

■■ Up to four radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT devices can be networked and set via the remote control

■■ Via radio central unit CONNECT: Reduce/increase temperature by 4 °C

Radio receiver for flush-mounted installation inserts

Functions

Design covers

System M

5034.., 5024..

System Design 5044.. Electronic switch insert 576799 (40 - 300 W)

Switching of ohmic loads

Relay switch insert 576897 0-1000 W/VA, max. 140 µF

Switching of ohmic, inductive or capacitive loads

Universal super dimmer insert 577099 For 50 Hz: 25 - 420 VA; For 60 Hz: 25 - 340 W

Dimming of ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads

Standard blind control insert 580698 (max. 1 motor 1000  VA)

Controlling a blind/roller shutter drive

Blind control insert with extension input 580699 (max. 1 motor 1000  VA)

Controlling a blind/roller shutter drive

CONNECT radio sensor surface for dimmer inserts

CONNECT radio roller shutter push-button with sensor connection

5036.., 5026..

5035.., 5025..

5046..

5045..

www.merten.de www.merten.com

CONNECT radio sensor surface, for switch inserts

©2010 ©2010

|| CONNECT RADIOCONNECT SYSTEM Radio system

331


CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM Radio systemCONNECT radio systemSystem electronicsCONNECT radio systemCONNECT radio systemB

Radio system

Merten CONNECT radio system The Merten CONNECT radio system is a bi-directional radio network. That means that all devices can transmit and receive signals simultaneously. It is possible, for example, for signals to be routed or for alternative radio transmission paths to be searched for (e.g. during temporary faults).

B

Technical Information: Radio system

CONNECT radio system, central unit

CONNECT radio central unit, merten@home, colour

There are two configuration methods: • The EASY CONNECT method: For the connection of max. five devices which are in the direct vicinity of one another (e.g. in one room). Configuration is carried out manually. Due to their complexity, some devices cannot be programmed with EASY CONNECT, or not all of the functions can be programmed. These devices are marked with a special symbol. • Using the CONNECT radio configuration tool: For systems between different rooms with up to 100 devices and extensive functions (scenes, central switching function, switch times, individual key assignment). For both types of installation method a so called "system administrator" must always be integrated.

Central device with eight freely programmable operator buttons and 3.5" colour display for the central control and visualisation of a Merten CONNECT radio system. The user interface is merten@home. Radio features: Router The radio central unit is configured with the CONNECT radio configurator. It is installed in a flush-mounted double box. For the optional flush mounted power supply an additional flush-mounted box is covered by the radio central unit. Functions: • Administration of central functions of the radio system (32 scenes, time switch with 20 weekly and 12 annual time switch programs, 1 history function) • IP address: fixed or dynamic assignment via DHCP • Integrated web server for PC operation, touch panel, PDA operation with merten@home • Integrated real-time clock with reserve power of 4 hrs. • Piezo loudspeaker for acoustic alarm • Alarm/message display and additional e-mail forwarding • Signalling when e-mails arrive • Multimedia application: Controlling network mp3 players or streaming clients • JPG image slide shows (FTP server on the Internet) • Displaying current news (RSS feeder)

Properties: • Secure transmission using frequency range 868 MHz • Clear addressing enables interference-free operation of multiple radio systems side by side • Very flexible installation and configuration • No cable routing required, due to the use of battery-powered transmitters • Extension of existing installations • Implementation of groups, scene controlling options and central functions • The extensive product spectrum covers all areas of application such as lighting control, roller shutter control, scene and heating control. • Simple teaching of freely programmable functions • Extremely flat, battery-powered push-buttons, e.g. for attaching to glass • Indoor transmission range: approx. 30 m (depending on place of installation and building characteristics such as materials and wall strengths) • Range in free field: approx. 100 m

Power consumption: max. approx. 7 W Power supply: DC 24 V, 0.3 A Operating elements: clickwheel, arrow buttons, back key, home key, 8 operator buttons for direct access Display size: 3.5“ (8.9 cm) Resolution: 320 x 240 pixels Display type: TFT with 16 million colours Interfaces: 1 x RJ45 Ethernet 10/100 MBit/s; CONNECT radio system Memory: 8 MB Flash/RAM Radio frequency: 868 MHz Radio range: up to 50 m in free field, up to 20 m indoors Dimensions: 220 x 105 x 50 mm (HxWxD) Type of protection: IP 20

Explanation of symbols: Z-Wave standard The device is compatible with Z-wave products from other manufacturers. The device can assume the functions of the system administrator. We recommend you use only fixed devices as system administrator (e.g. CONNECT radio push-button, 1-gang). The device has the routing function. It automatically relays signals and maintains fault-free operation. The device transmits signals.

The device receives signals and switches accordingly e.g. light or roller shutter.

www.merten.com

The EASY CONNECT method is not available or only available with restrictions.

332

Z-Wave® is a registered trademark of Zensys Inc. and their branch offices in the USA and other countries.

CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM | CONNECT radio system, central unit | ©2010

Accessories: Power supply, flush-mounted, art. no. 505599. Double mounting box, art. no. 528668. Transmitter: All transmitters of the Merten CONNECT radio system. Receiver: All receivers of the Merten CONNECT radio system. — Note: A RJ45 connector suitable for field assembly is recommended for the Ethernet connection, e.g. FM45 from Reichle+DeMassari. The CONNECT radio configuration tool, including updates, is available at www.merten.de or on the Merten info CD. Contents: With design frame. ˜

Version

Art. no.

polar white aluminium

505919 505960

PU PG 1/6 8 1/6 8

Info


CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM Power supply, flush-mounted

CONNECT radio system, push-button

For supplying power to the CONNECT radio central unit, merten@home. The power supply is installed via a flush-mounted box directly above the radio central unit's flushmounted double box.

Radio remote control and IR remote control in a single device. For activating: • Devices of the Merten CONNECT radio system • Merten IR devices • Up to five IR AV devices such as TV, DVD, DVDR, VCR, SAT, cable, AMP and DMR In connection with the CONNECT radio system, several rooms can be set up with radio components using the remote control. Each room can be configured with up to 9 groups with maximum 12 devices and 3 scenes with maximum 12 devices. Radio features: System administrator, transmitter

For supplying power to: CONNECT radio central unit, merten@home, colour art. no. 5059...

Version

Art. no. 505599

PU PG

Info

1/70 8

Functions: EASY CONNECT: • Switch on, switch off, toggle, dim, raise/lower roller shutters, scene • Programming in EASY CONNECT as a system administrator • Individual programming of CONNECT radio push-buttons • Individual description of rooms and groups • Display of description in LCD display With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • additionally graphic programming of the EASY CONNECT functions Extended functions for IR/AV: • Trigger Philips Ambilight • Supports more than 1,000 manufacturers. Devices are selected from a list or by entering programming codes. • General use of the functions of a device (e.g. volume) in all modes.

CONNECT radio system, configurator

CONNECT radio USB data interface For connecting a PC equipped with a USB interface to the Merten CONNECT radio system. The radio system is conveniently configured on the PC using the CONNECT radio configurator and is set up via the data interface. Radio features: System administrator Functions: • "plug and play" installation • Driver for all common Windows operating systems • Fastening clip for fastening on to a Notebook display • Power supply via the PC's USB interface. Transmitter: All transmitters of the Merten CONNECT radio system. Receiver: All receivers of the Merten CONNECT radio system. — Contents: CD with CONNECT radio configuration tool, USB cable. ˜

Version

Art. no. 506801

PU PG

Radio range: up to 100 m in free field, up to 30 m indoors IR range: up to 15 m Battery: 3 microcells (IEC LR 03, AAA) Display element: LCD display with 10 characters

Info

1/12 8 ˜

CONNECT radio configuration tool Software for conveniently programming the Merten CONNECT radio system components. Functions: • Graphic user interface. To link the components, drag the connection lines with the mouse. • Filter functions • Analysis and search functions • Diagnostics functions: e.g. single diagnosis of the radio system at the installation location • Conformance measurement • Documentation of installation and diagnostics log

Receiver: All receivers of the Merten CONNECT radio system. Note: The device can assume the properties of a system administrator. The remote control must be used as the system administrator in connection with the EASY CONNECT method. In connection with the CONNECT radio configurator, it can be used as required. Contents: With battery.With a codes table for nearly all conventional devices, like TV, VCR, DVD, SAT, AUX, ...

Version

Art. no.

Aluminium/black

506923

PU PG

Info

1/6 8

Note: The CONNECT radio configuration tool, including updates, is available at www.merten.de or on the Merten info CD.

www.merten.com

B

CONNECT radio universal remote control

Primary supply: AC 230 V, 48-63 Hz Output voltage: DC 24 V +/- 3 % Output current: max. 0.5 A Connecting terminals:Screw terminals ˜

Radio system

©2010

| CONNECT radio system, configurator | CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM

333


CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM Radio system

B

CONNECT radio push-button, Move

CONNECT radio push-button, 1-gang

For System M. Battery-powered mobile radio transmitter with 1 channel. For activating the Merten CONNECT radio system's radio receiver. A maximum of 12 radio receivers can be connected. Radio features: System administrator (see note) Suitable for sticking onto walls or glass, screwing onto walls or flush-mounted outlets, or installing in a multiple combination. A flush-mounted box is not required. Functions: EASY CONNECT: • Toggle, dim With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • additionally switch on, switch off, push-button operation (bell), scenes

For System M. Battery-powered radio transmitter with 2 channels. For activating the Merten CONNECT radio system's radio receiver. A maximum of 12 radio receivers per channel can be connected. Radio features: System administrator Suitable for sticking onto walls or glass, screwing onto walls or flush-mounted outlets, or installing in a multiple combination. A flush-mounted box is not required. Functions: EASY CONNECT: • Switch on, switch off, dim, raise/lower roller shutters With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • additionally toggle, push-button operation (bell), scenes, division of channels

Channels: 1 Range: up to 100 m free field, up to 30 m indoors Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450N) Display elements: LED for transmission confirmation/programming Dimensions: 44 x 12.5 mm (Ø x H) ˜ —

Receiver: All receivers of the Merten CONNECT radio system. Note: The device can assume the features and characteristics of the system administrator. As it concerns a mobile device we recommend that you preferably select a fixed device as system administrator. Instead use for example a CONNECT radio push-button, 1-gang. Contents: Battery, wall bracket, double-sided adhesive strips, single-sided adhesive foils aluminium-coloured, screws, dowels.

Version ˜

Info

508144 508119 508125

1/40 8 1/40 8 1/40 8

508044 508019 508014 508060

8 8 8 8

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM | CONNECT radio system, push-button | ©2010

Receiver: All receivers of the Merten CONNECT radio system. Contents: Battery, retaining plate, double-sided adhesive strips, single-sided adhesive foils aluminium-coloured, screws, dowels.

Version ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy

506144 506119 506125

1/40 8 1/40 8 1/40 8

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40

www.merten.com

334

˜

˜

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

Art. no.

Channels: 2 Range: up to 100 m free field, up to 30 m indoors Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450N) Display elements: LED for transmission confirmation/programming

505144 505119 505114 505160

1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40

8 8 8 8

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant


CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM CONNECT radio push-button, 2-gang

CONNECT radio push-button, Move

For System M. Battery-powered radio transmitter with 4 channels. For activating the Merten CONNECT radio system's radio receiver. A maximum of 12 radio receivers per channel can be connected. Radio features: System administrator Suitable for sticking onto walls or glass, screwing onto walls or flush-mounted outlets, or installing in a multiple combination. A flush-mounted box is not required. Functions: EASY CONNECT: • Switch on, switch off, dim, raise/lower roller shutters With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • additionally toggle, push-button operation (bell), scenes, division of channels

For System Design. Battery-powered mobile radio transmitter with 1 channel. For activating the Merten CONNECT radio system's radio receiver. A maximum of 12 radio receivers can be connected. Radio features: System administrator (see note) Suitable for sticking onto walls or glass, screwing onto walls or flush-mounted outlets, or installing in a multiple combination. A flush-mounted box is not required. Functions: EASY CONNECT: • Toggle, dim With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • additionally switch on, switch off, push-button operation (bell), scenes

Receiver: All receivers of the Merten CONNECT radio system. Contents: Battery, retaining plate, double-sided adhesive strips, single-sided adhesive foils aluminium-coloured, screws, dowels.

Version ˜

Info

506244 506219 506225

1/40 8 1/40 8 1/40 8

505244 505219 505214 505260

1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40

8 8 8 8

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

Receiver: All receivers of the Merten CONNECT radio system. Note: The device can assume the features and characteristics of the system administrator. As it concerns a mobile device we recommend that you preferably select a fixed device as system administrator. Instead use for example a CONNECT radio push-button, 1-gang. Contents: Battery, wall bracket, double-sided adhesive strips, single-sided adhesive foils aluminium-coloured, screws, dowels.

Version

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

Art. no.

˜

˜

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium ˜

Art. no.

508244 508219 508260

1/40 8 1/40 8 1/40 8

508246

1/40 8

metallic

varnished stainless steel

www.merten.com

B

Channels: 1 Range: up to 100 m free field, up to 30 m indoors Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450N) Display elements: LED for transmission confirmation/programming Dimensions: 44 x 12.5 mm (Ø x H)

Channels: 4 Range: up to 100 m free field, up to 30 m indoors Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450N) Display elements: LED for transmission confirmation/programming ˜

Radio system

©2010

| CONNECT radio system, push-button | CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM

335


CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM Radio system

B

˜ —

CONNECT radio push-button, 1-gang

CONNECT radio push-button, 2-gang

For System Design. Battery-powered radio transmitter with 2 channels. For activating the Merten CONNECT radio system's radio receiver. A maximum of 12 radio receivers per channel can be connected. Radio features: System administrator Suitable for sticking onto walls or glass, screwing onto walls or flush-mounted outlets, or installing in a multiple combination. A flush-mounted box is not required. Functions: EASY CONNECT: • Switch on, switch off, dim, raise/lower roller shutters With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • additionally toggle, push-button operation (bell), scenes, division of channels

For System Design. Battery-powered radio transmitter with 4 channels. For activating the Merten CONNECT radio system's radio receiver. A maximum of 12 radio receivers per channel can be connected. Radio features: System administrator Suitable for sticking onto walls or glass, screwing onto walls or flush-mounted outlets, or installing in a multiple combination. A flush-mounted box is not required. Functions: EASY CONNECT: • Switch on, switch off, dim, raise/lower roller shutters With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • additionally toggle, push-button operation (bell), scenes, division of channels

Channels: 2 Range: up to 100 m free field, up to 30 m indoors Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450N) Display elements: LED for transmission confirmation/programming

Channels: 4 Range: up to 100 m free field, up to 30 m indoors Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450N) Display elements: LED for transmission confirmation/programming

Receiver: All receivers of the Merten CONNECT radio system. Contents: Battery, retaining plate, double-sided adhesive strips, single-sided adhesive foils aluminium-coloured, screws, dowels.

Version ˜

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium ˜

Art. no.

1/40 8 1/40 8 1/40 8

507146

1/40 8

Receiver: All receivers of the Merten CONNECT radio system. Contents: Battery, retaining plate, double-sided adhesive strips, single-sided adhesive foils aluminium-coloured, screws, dowels.

Version ˜

507144 507119 507160

metallic

varnished stainless steel

˜

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium ˜

Art. no.

507244 507219 507260

1/40 8 1/40 8 1/40 8

507246

1/40 8

metallic

varnished stainless steel

CONNECT radio transmitter flushmounted, 4-gang Battery-powered radio transmitter for connecting up to 4 floating switch contacts (e.g. standard push-buttons). For the remote control of other receivers from the Merten CONNECT radio system via push-buttons from the Merten switch ranges. Radio features: Transmitter Automatic recognition of the connected devices (switches or push-buttons). Suitable for installation underneath push-button inserts or in empty flush-mounted boxes. Functions: With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • Switch on, switch off, toggle, dim, raise/lower shutters, push-button operation (bell), configuration as push-button or switch for all inputs. Channels: 4 Range: up to 100 m (free field) up to 30 m (building) Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450N) Display elements: LED for send confirmation Dimensions: 43 x 41 x 14 mm (H x W x D) ˜

Receiver: All receivers of the Merten CONNECT radio system.

Version

Art. no.

www.merten.com

506004

336

CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM | CONNECT radio system, push-button | ©2010

PU PG 1/100 8

Info


CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM CONNECT radio sensor cover for dimmer inserts

CONNECT radio system, switching/dimming

Universal super dimmer insert

Functions: EASY CONNECT: • Switch on (to memory value), switch off, dim With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • additionally adjustable dimming speed, staircase lighting function, master/slave, brightness limit, switch on to brightness limit, memory function that can be switched off

Neutral conductor: not required (2 conductor system) ˜

Version

Art. no.

25-420 VA

577099

PU PG

˜

To be completed with: Universal super dimmer insert, art. no. 577099 from version 3A. Transmitter: All transmitters of the Merten CONNECT radio system.

Version ˜

˜

1/100 8

Switching capacity: 0-1000 VA Capacitive load: max. 140 µF Neutral conductor: required (3 conductor system) To be completed with: ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module, art. no. System M 5755.., 5784.., System Basis 5782.., System Design 5786.., OCTOCOLOR 5753.., AQUADESIGN 5781... ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module with switch, art. no. System M 5728.., 5785.., System Basis 5783.., System Design 5795.., OCTOCOLOR 5756... ARGUS 180/2.20 m flush-mounted sensor module, art. no. System M 5688.., 5687... In the CONNECT radio system with the CONNECT sensor cover for switch inserts art. no. System M 5034.., 5024..., System Design 5044... – Technical Information — Note: Replace the relay switch insert, art. no. 576899. ˜

Version

Art. no.

0-1000 VA

576897

PU PG

Info

1/50 8

Info

503644 503619 503625

1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

504646

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

502644 502619 502614 502660

1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100

8 8 8 8

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

www.merten.com

˜

504644 504619 504660

AC 230 V For ohmic and complex loads such as incandescent lamps, fluorescent lamps, energy-saving lamps, LV halogen lighting etc.

To be completed with: Universal super dimmer insert, art. no. 577099 from version 3A. Transmitter: All transmitters of the Merten CONNECT radio system. PU PG

Info

Relay switch insert

1/50 8

Functions: EASY CONNECT: • Switch on (to memory value), switch off, dim With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • additionally adjustable dimming speed, staircase lighting function, master/slave, brightness limit, switch on to brightness limit, memory function that can be switched off

Art. no.

PU PG

metallic

varnished stainless steel

Info

For System M. Operator button to toggle or switch/dim an output. Manual operation and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. Radio features: Router

Version

Art. no.

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium

CONNECT radio sensor cover for dimmer inserts

˜

B

For System Design. Operator button to toggle or switch/dim an output. Manual operation and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. Radio features: Router

AC 230 V For ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads, e.g. incandescent lamps, dimmable wound transformers or electronic transformers. Phase control or phase alignment The universal dimmer automatically recognises the connected load. Do not connect any mixed loads. With memory function, can be switched off.

To be completed with: Sensor cover, art. no. System M 5776.., 5701.., 5704.., System Basis 5741.., System Design 5737.., OCTOCOLOR 5742.., AQUADESIGN 5738... TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... In the TRANCENT range with control electronics, 1-gang, art. no. 569090 and TRANCENT glass sensor covers, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Central plate comfort rotating regulator for Universal super dimmer insert, art. no. System M 5678.., 5677... In the CONNECT radio system with the CONNECT sensor cover for dimmer inserts art. No. System M 5036.., 5026..., System Design 5046... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. – Technical Information — Note: The insert from version 3A only can be used in conjunction with the CONNECT radio system.

Radio system

©2010

| CONNECT radio system, switching/dimming | CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM

337


CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM Electronic switch insert

Radio system

CONNECT radio sensor cover, for switch inserts

AC 230 V For ohmic load such as incandescent lamps, 230 V halogen lamps.

B

For System Design. Operator button for switching an output. Manual operation and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. Radio features: Router

Switching capacity: 40-300 W Neutral conductor: not required (2 conductor system) To be completed with: ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module, art. no. System M 5755.., 5784.., System Basis 5782.., System Design 5786.., OCTOCOLOR 5753.., AQUADESIGN 5781... ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module with switch, art. no. System M 5728.., 5785.., System Basis 5783.., System Design 5795.., OCTOCOLOR 5756... ARGUS 180/2.20 m flush-mounted sensor module, art. no. System M 5688.., 5687... In the CONNECT radio system with the CONNECT sensor cover for switch inserts art. no. System M 5034.., 5024..., System Design 5044... – Technical Information — Note: A maximum of two electronic switch inserts may be wired in parallel. The insert from version 2A only can be used in conjunction with the CONNECT radio system.

Functions: EASY CONNECT: • Toggle With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • additionally staircase lighting function, ON/ OFF delay, master/slave

˜

Version

Art. no.

40-300 W

576799

PU PG

Info

1/50 8

˜

To be completed with: Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799 from version 2A. Transmitter: All transmitters of the Merten CONNECT radio system.

Version

white polar white aluminium

˜

1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

503444 503419 503425

502444 502419 502414 502460

1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100

8 8 8 8

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

504446

1/100 8

Nominal voltage: AC 230 V Nominal current: 10 A Connected loads: Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, 2000 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, 1500 W Capacitive load: 35 µF Display elements: LED for status display Operating elements: Push-button for local operation and programming Dimensions: 48 x 52 x 27 mm (H x W x D)

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

PU PG

1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

For switching loads via a make contact. Can be remote-controlled via transmitters in the Merten CONNECT system. Radio features: Router Suitable for installation into a size 60 installation box.With snap-off mounting plates. With screw terminals. Functions: EASY CONNECT: • Switch on, switch off, toggle With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • additionally staircase lighting function, ON/ OFF delay

To be completed with: Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799 from version 2A. Transmitter: All transmitters of the Merten CONNECT radio system. Art. no.

504444 504419 504460

CONNECT radio receiver, flushmounted, 1-gang switch

Functions: EASY CONNECT: • Toggle With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • additionally staircase lighting function, ON/ OFF delay, master/slave

Version

˜

Transmitter: All transmitters of the Merten CONNECT radio system.

Version

Art. no.

www.merten.com

507501

338

Info

metallic

varnished stainless steel

For System M. Operator button for switching an output. Manual operation and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. Radio features: Router

˜

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

˜

˜

CONNECT radio sensor cover, for switch inserts

Art. no.

CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM | CONNECT radio system, switching/dimming | ©2010

PU PG 1/100 8

Info


CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM CONNECT radio receiver, flushmounted, 1-gang universal dimmer

CONNECT radio receiver, flushmounted, 1-gang switch, 2-pole

AC 230 V To switch and dim external loads. Radio feature: router For ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads, e.g. incandescent lamps, dimmable wound transformers and electronic transformers. (Phase control or phase alignment). Manual operation using the key on the device via an extension unit and remote controlled using the CONNECT radio system's transmitter. The integrated universal dimmer automatically recognises the connected load. Do not connect any mixed loads. With memory function. Suitable for installation into a size 60 installation box.With snap-off mounting plates. Functions: EASY CONNECT: • Switch on (to memory value), switch off, dim With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • additionally adjustable dimming speed, staircase lighting function, master/slave, brightness limit, switch on to brightness limit, memory function that can be switched off Nominal voltage: AC 230 V Minimum load: 25 VA Maximum load: 250 VA Display elements: LED for status display Operating elements: Key for local operation and programming Safety: Overload protection, short-circuit protection Dimensions: 48 x 52 x 27 mm (HxWxD) ˜

Art. no. 507900

PU PG

Nominal voltage: AC 230 V Nominal current: 10 A Connected loads: Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, 1200 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, 800 W Capacitive load: 14 µF Display elements: LED for status display Operating elements: Push-button for local operation and programming Dimensions: 48 x 52 x 27 mm (H x W x D) ˜

Transmitter: All transmitters of the Merten CONNECT radio system.

Version

Info

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For switching external loads with SCHUKO plug. Radio features: Router Manual operation via the sensor surface and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. Functions: EASY CONNECT: • Switch on, switch off, toggle With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • additionally staircase lighting function, ON/ OFF delay

CONNECT radio receiver, flushmounted, 2-gang switch

Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz Nominal current:16 A, cos = 1 Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Capacitive load: max. 35 µF Dimensions: 120x65x38 mm (HxWxD) Display elements: LED for status display Operating elements: Sensor surface for local operation and programming Type of protection: IP 20 ˜

Transmitter: All transmitters of the Merten CONNECT radio system.

Version

Art. no.

polar white

508519

PU PG

Info

1/16 8

Transmitter: All transmitters of the Merten CONNECT radio system.

Version

Art. no. 507502

PU PG

www.merten.com

˜

PU PG 1/100 8

CONNECT radio plug adapter, switch

Info

Nominal voltage: AC 230 V Nominal current: 6 A Connected loads: Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, 600 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, 600 W Display elements: LED for status display Operating elements: Push-button for local operation and programming Dimensions: 48 x 52 x 27 mm (H x W x D)

Art. no. 507601

1/100 8

For switching two loads via make contact. Can be remote-controlled via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. Radio features: router Suitable for installation into a size 60 installation box.With snap-off mounting plates. With screw terminals. Functions: EASY CONNECT: • 1. Channel can be used, switch on, switch off, toggle With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • 2. additionally staircase lighting function, ON/ OFF delay

B

For switching a load via a 2-pole make contact. Can be remote-controlled via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. Radio features: router Suitable for installation into a size 60 installation box.With snap-off mounting plates. With screw terminals. Functions: EASY CONNECT: • Switch on, switch off, toggle With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • additionally staircase lighting function, ON/ OFF delay

Transmitter: All transmitters of the Merten CONNECT radio system.

Version

Radio system

Info

1/100 8

©2010

| CONNECT radio system, switching/dimming | CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM

339


CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM Radio system

B

CONNECT radio plug adapter, universal dimmer

Blind control insert with extension input

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For switching and dimming external loads with SCHUKO plug. Radio features: Router For ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads, e.g. incandescent lamps, dimmable wound transformers and electronic transformers. (Phase control or phase alignment). Manual operation via the sensor surface and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. The integrated universal dimmer automatically recognises the connected load. Do not connect any mixed loads. With memory function, can be switched off.

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For controlling a blind/roller shutter motor with limit switch. A mechanical roller shutter switch/push-button or an additional blind control insert can be connected via the extension input to implement group/central control. Wind alarm function possible with extension input. Motor protection through interlocked relay contacts.

Functions: EASY CONNECT: • Switch on (to memory value), switch off, dim With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • additionally adjustable dimming speed, staircase lighting function, brightness limit, switch on to brightness limit, memory function that can be switched off Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz Minimum load:40 VA Maximum load:350 VA Dimensions: 120x65x38 mm (HxWxD) Display elements: LED for status display Operating elements: Sensor surface for local operation and programming Type of protection: IP 20 ˜ –

Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz Neutral conductor: required Switching capacity: max. 1 motor 1000 VA Outputs: 2 make contacts (interlocked) Reversing time: minimum 500 ms Connecting terminals: Screw terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2x1.5 mm2 To be completed with: Blind push-buttons and blind time switches for the blind control system. In the CONNECT radio system with the CONNECT radio roller shutter push-button with sensor connection art. No. System M 5035.., 5025..., System Design 5045... Accessories: Wind sensor interface, art. no. 580693. – Technical Information — Note: In combination with the standard blind time switch, art. no. 5809.., 5859.., 5839.., 5819.., the extension input does not work. ˜

Version

Art. no.

1000 VA

580699

Version

Art. no. 508619

PU PG

For System M. Operating button for roller shutter motors. Manual operation and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. With electronic locking device. Possible to connect sun/twilight sensor. Radio features: Router A screw terminal on the blind control insert connects the sensor cable with the roller shutter push-button. Brightness value of sun sensor set to approx. 20000 lux.

Info

1/16 8

CONNECT radio system, roller shutter

Standard blind control insert

Functions: EASY CONNECT: • Roller shutters Up/Down, save sun sensor light value locally With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • additionally master/slave, louvres, up/down duration

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For local control of a blind/roller shutter motor with limit switch. Motor protection through interlocked relay contacts. Without extension input. Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz Neutral conductor:required Switching capacity: max. 1 motor 1000 VA Outputs: 2 make contacts (interlocked) Pulse duration: 2 minutes Connecting terminals: Screw terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2x1.5 mm2 To be completed with: Blind push-buttons and blind time switches for the blind control system. In the CONNECT radio system with the CONNECT radio roller shutter push-button with sensor connection art. No. System M 5035.., 5025..., System Design 5045... – Technical Information

˜

1000 VA

580698

PU PG

Info

1/50 8

www.merten.com

Art. no.

340

˜

˜

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy

503544 503519 503525

1/60 8 1/60 8 1/60 8

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM | CONNECT radio system, roller shutter | ©2010

To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Transmitter: All transmitters of the Merten CONNECT radio system.

Version

˜

Version

Info

CONNECT radio roller shutter push-button with sensor connection

Transmitter: All transmitters of the Merten CONNECT radio system. Technical Information

polar white

PU PG 1/50 8

502544 502519 502514 502560

1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60

8 8 8 8

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant


CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM CONNECT radio roller shutter push-button with sensor connection

CONNECT radio system, ARGUS movement detector

Electronic outdoor movement detector. 220° surface monitoring for large house fronts and sections of the house. • 360° short-range zone (approx. 4 m radius). • Large wiring compartment and plug system. • Looping is possible. • LED function display for fast alignment at the installation site. • Operating elements are protected under the easily accessible cover plate. • Flexibly adjustable sensor head. • Possible to blank out individual lens areas. Can be installed on walls and ceilings without additional accessories. Can be mounted on inner/outer corners and stationary pipes using a mounting bracket. Functions: Up to four radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT devices can be networked and set via the remote control (permanent ON, permanent OFF, automatic, brightness threshold, switching time, set and change the sensitivity to movement.) In conjunction with the CONNECT radio configuration tool, you can: • fully integrate the radio ARGUS 200 CONNECT into the radio network and network with other devices. • Teaching receivers. • Use function module like scene, message and alarm.

Functions: EASY CONNECT: • Roller shutters Up/Down, save sun sensor light value locally With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • additionally master/slave, louvres, up/down duration To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Transmitter: All transmitters of the Merten CONNECT radio system.

˜

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium ˜

Art. no.

504544 504519 504560

1/60 8 1/60 8 1/60 8

504546

1/60 8

metallic

varnished stainless steel

Mains voltage: AC 230 V ±10 %, 50 Hz Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Fluorescent lamps: AC 230 V, 1200 W uncompensated Capacitive load: max. 35 µF Max. switching current: 16 A, AC 230 V, cos = 1 Angle of detection: 220° Range: max. 16 m Number of levels: 7 Number of zones: 112 with 448 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from 31000 Lux Time: 1 sec. to approx. 8 min. in 6 steps Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Neutral conductor: required Sensor head adjustment for wall mounting: 9° up, 24° down, 12° left/right, ± 12° axial Sensor head adjustment for ceiling mounting: 4° up, 29° down, 25° left/right, ± 8.5° axial EC directives: Low voltage directive 2006/95/ EEC and EMC directive 2004/108/EEC Radio frequency: 868 MHz Transmission range: up to 100 m in free field, up to 30 m indoors Type of protection: IP 55 Dimensions: 151x93x71 mm (HxWxD)

CONNECT radio receiver, flushmounted, 1-gang roller shutter For controlling a roller shutter drive. Can be remote-controlled via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. Radio features: router Suitable for installation into a size 60 installation box.With snap-off mounting plates. With screw terminals. Functions: EASY CONNECT: • Roller shutter Up/Down, Stop With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • Louvres, up/down duration Nominal voltage: AC 230 V Nominal current: 6 A, cos =0.6 Connected loads: Motor load: AC 230 V, 500 VA Display elements: LED for status display Operating elements: Push-button for local operation and programming Dimensions: 48 x 52 x 27 mm (H x W x D) ˜

Transmitter: All transmitters of the Merten CONNECT radio system.

Version

Art. no. 507801

PU PG

Info

Accessories: Remote control for radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT, art. no. 509590. Mounting bracket, art. no. 565291, 565293. Capacitor, art. no. 542895. — Contents: With cover plate and segments to limit the area of detection, screws and plugs. ˜

1/100 8

©2010

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

polar white aluminium

509519 509560

1/12 8.4 1/12 8.4

Info

| CONNECT radio system, ARGUS movement detector | CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM

www.merten.com

Version

B

Radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT

For System Design. Operating button for roller shutter motors. Manual operation and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. With electronic locking device. Possible to connect sun/twilight sensor. Radio features: Router A screw terminal on the blind control insert connects the sensor cable with the roller shutter push-button. Brightness value of sun sensor set to approx. 20000 lux.

˜

Radio system

341


CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM Remote control for radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT

Radio system

B

One radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT or one radio receiver switch each can be taught, networked and set for each key (A1-A4) on the remote control. Functions: You can set the following functions on the ARGUS: Operating mode (permanent ON, permanent OFF, automatic), brightness threshold, switching duration, set and change the sensitivity to movement. Channels: 4 Radio frequency: 868 MHz Range: up to 100 m in free field, up to 30 m indoors Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450N) Display elements: Status LED ˜ —

Receiver: Radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT, art. no. 5095... Contents: With battery.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

509590

1/48 8.4

Info

CONNECT radio system, heating

CONNECT radio valve drive for heaters, comfort/standby Heating thermostat for manually adjusting the desired room temperature in situ. With limitation facility of the mechanical adjusting range. Thermostat head is suitable for Heimeier valves M 30 x 1.5. Functions: With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • In conjunction with the CONNECT radio central unit, the temperature can, for instance, be raised or lowered by 4 °C. Operating elements: Programming button, key for toggling between comfort/standby Display elements: Comfort (Sun), standby (Moon) Battery: 2 Mignon 1.5 V (IEC LR 6, AA) Battery service life: approximately 2 heating periods Temperature range: 8 - 28°C ˜

Transmitter: CONNECT radio central unit, merten@home, colour art. no. 5059... Art. no. 509201

PU PG 1/10 8

Info disc.

www.merten.com

Version polar white

342

CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM | CONNECT radio system, heating | ©2010


CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM Radio system

www.merten.com

B

©2010

| CONNECT radio system, heating | CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM

343


DIMMER SYSTEM

Dimmer system

Individual requirements. Individual solutions.

Universal dimmer insert, 2-gang

Dial-type light dimmer

Universal dimmer REG

One for all. The new universal dimmer insert has 2 channels, each of which can be operated with a maximum load of 200 watts.

First-class dimming. A dimmer that's got the lot: easy to operate, multiple functions and a good memory. The convenient dial can do much more than just make the light brighter or darker. For example, with the touch of a button, the maximum brightness can be limited to 80 %. The memory button can be used to save favourite brightness values. The convenient dial even helps you in the dark: with the discreet orientation light that can also be deactivated when not needed.

Flexible dimming. The universal dimmers REG make implementing or changing dimming functions fast and easy. Loads can be dimmed via the channel buttons on the device or via an extension unit (push-button or electronic (TELE) extension unit). Ten electric and any number of mechanical push-buttons can be connected per channel.

Best of all: these loads can be completely different – purely ohmic loads, ohmic and capacitive loads, or ohmic and inductive loads. Another advantage: irrespective of which load is connected – the new two-circuit dimmer detects it automatically.

www.merten.de

Another nice new feature: with imme­ diate effect, a simple two-circuit switch can be exchanged for a 2-gang dimmer without a second box having to be positioned, as used to be the case.

344

Dimmer system / Transformers | ©2010


DIMMER SYSTEM

Contents

Dimmer system

NEW

Universal rotary dimmer insert for ohmic, capacitive and inductive loads

Universal dimmer insert, 2-gang

Convenient dial for universal super-dimmer insert

www.merten.de

2-gang universal dimmer – the first two-circuit dimmer from Merten

©2010

| Dimmer system / Transformers

345


DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS Dimmer systemDimmer system/transformersSystem electronicsDimmer system/transformersDimmer system/transformersD

Functions and device overview Function

inserts

Design cover Local operation

Dimmer system

D

Sensor surface System M

Electronic switch (2 conductors - neutral conductor is not required) Switching of ohmic loads ■■ Incandescent lamps, 230 V halogen lamps ■■ Extension input for push-buttons and extension TELE inserts

Electronic switch insert 575799 (25 - 400 W) AC 220-230 V, 50-60 Hz

Switching of ohmic loads ■■ Incandescent lamps, 230 V halogen lamps

Electronic switch insert 576799 (40 - 300 W)

Pulse generator for surge switches or protective circuits ■■ The switching function is determined by the surge switch/protective circuit used. ■■ Extension input for push-buttons and extension TELE inserts

Electronic push-button insert 574697 (4 - 100 VA)

Relay switch (3 conductors - neutral conductor is required) Switching, timed switching, push-button operation of ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads ■■ Push-button function, time function, switch function ■■ Incandescent lamps, energy-saving lamps, LV halogen lamps with conventional transformer, fluorescent lamps ■■ Extension input for push-buttons and extension TELE inserts

Universal relay insert 575897 AC 220-230 V, 50-60 Hz, max. 1000 W/VA; 500 VA for LV halogen lamps with conventional transformer, max 140 µF

Switching of ohmic, inductive or capacitive loads ■■ Incandescent lamps, fluorescent lamps, energy-saving lamps, LV halogen lighting etc.

Relay switch insert 576897 0-1000 W/VA, max. 140 μF

Dimmer (2 conductors - neutral conductor is not required) Dimming of ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads ■■ Incandescent lamps, 230 V halogen lamps, dimmable wound transformers, electronic transformers ■■ Phase control or phase alignment ■■ Extension input for push-buttons and extension TELE inserts

Universal super dimmer insert 577099 For 50 Hz: 25 - 420 VA; For 60 Hz: 25 - 340 W

Dimming of ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads ■■ Incandescent lamps, 230 V halogen lamps, dimmable wound transformers, electronic transformers ■■ Phase control or phase alignment ■■ Extension input for push-buttons and extension inserts

Universal dimmer insert, 2-gang 568099 AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 2 x 50-200 VA

Dimming of ohmic loads ■■ Incandescent lamps, 230 V halogen lamps ■■ Phase control ■■ Extension input for push-buttons and extension TELE inserts

Memory super dimmer insert for ohmic load 573399 (60 - 400 W) 577299 (60 - 600 W, halogen 500 W)

Dimming of inductive loads ■■ Dimmable, wound transformers and incandescent lamps ■■ Phase control ■■ Extension input for push-buttons and extension TELE inserts

Memory halogen super dimmer insert for inductive load 573599 (20 - 500 VA)

Dimming of capacitive loads ■■ Electronic transformers and incandescent lamps ■■ Phase alignment ■■ Extension unit operation with mechanical push-buttons or universal relay insert, art. no. 575897 with configured push-button function.

Memory ET super dimmer insert for capacitive load 577899 (20 - 315 W)

Extension unit Extension inserts 573999

Operator function as extension unit like main unit ■■ Control of the extension input of the main unit; can be operated remotely ■■ Neutral conductor required

Extension TELE insert 573998

www.merten.com www.merten.de

Operator function as extension unit like main unit ■■ Control of the extension input of the main unit

346

©2010 DIMMER system / Transformers SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS | ©2010 Dimmer

5776.., 5701.., 5704..

System Design

5737..

System Basis

5741..

OCTOCOLOR

5742..

AQUADESIGN

5738..


DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS

Local operation /  IR remote control

Local operation

Local operation

Local operation/radio remote control: CONNECT radio system

Local operation Dimmer system

TELE sensor surface

Comfort rotating regulator for universal super-dimmer insert

2-gang push-button module

CONNECT radio sensor surface CONNECT radio sensor surfor dimmer inserts face, for switch inserts

5779.., 5703.., 5711..

5677.., 5678...

568499

5026.., 5036..

5024.., 5034..

568199

5046..

5044

5709..

D

Control electronics, 1-gang 569090

5748.. 5749..

from version 2A

from version 3A Minimum load: 40 W

www.merten.de www.merten.com

from version 1F Minimum load: 40 W

©2010 ©2010

| Dimmer DIMMER system / Transformers SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS

347


DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS Central plate of comfort rotating regulator for universal super dimmer insert

Dimmer systemDimmer system/transformersSystem electronicsDimmer system/transformersDimmer system/transformersD

Explanation of symbols for dimmers: 230 V incandescent lamps 230 V halogen lamps

For System M. Manual operation. With the rotary knob and four operating surfaces for further functions. The light segments arranged around the rotary knob show the set brightness value. Functions: • Switching on and off by pressing or turning the rotary knob • The dimming speed depends on the rotational speed • Retrieving/storing two brightness values • Switching orientation light on/off • Switching energy saving function on/off (restriction of the max. brightness to 80%)

Dimmable, wound transformers

Dimmer system

Electronic transformers for phase alignment dimmer

D

Electric motors –

Technical Information: Dimmer basics

Comfort rotary dimmer

Universal super dimmer insert AC 230 V For ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads, e.g. incandescent lamps, dimmable wound transformers or electronic transformers. Phase control or phase alignment The universal dimmer automatically recognises the connected load. Do not connect any mixed loads. With memory function, can be switched off. Neutral conductor: not required (2 conductor system) To be completed with: Sensor cover, art. no. System M 5776.., 5701.., 5704.., System Basis 5741.., System Design 5737.., OCTOCOLOR 5742.., AQUADESIGN 5738... TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... In the TRANCENT range with control electronics, 1-gang, art. no. 569090 and TRANCENT glass sensor covers, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Central plate comfort rotating regulator for Universal super dimmer insert, art. no. System M 5678.., 5677... In the CONNECT radio system with the CONNECT sensor cover for dimmer inserts art. No. System M 5036.., 5026..., System Design 5046... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. – Technical Information — Note: The insert from version 3A only can be used in conjunction with the CONNECT radio system. ˜

Version

Art. no.

25-420 VA

577099

PU PG

˜

To be completed with: Universal super dimmer insert, art. no. 577099.

Version ˜

567744 567719 567714 567760

1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60

8 8 8 8

Universal rotary dimmer insert AC 230 V, 50 Hz For ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads, e.g. incandescent lamps, dimmable wound transformers or electronic transformers. Phase control or phase alignment The universal dimmer automatically recognises the connected load. Do not connect any mixed loads. With pressure-operated two-way switch.

Info

To be completed with: Central plate with rotary knob, MEG525003../-04../-06.. System M, MEG5250-40../-41../-41.. System Design. Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA, 5726.. OCTOCOLOR.

Version 20-420 W/VA 20-600 W/VA

www.merten.com

1/60 8 1/60 8 1/60 8

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

1/50 8

DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS | Comfort rotary dimmer | ©2010

567844 567819 567825

Rotary dimmers

˜

348

Info

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

Art. no.

Art. no. MEG5138-0000 MEG5139-0000

PU PG 1/72 8 1/72 8

Info new new


DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressure-operated on/ off switch

Rotary dimmer insert for inductive load AC 230 V, 50 Hz For dimmable, wound transformers, incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps (inductive/ ohmic load). (Phase control). With pressure-operated on/off switch.

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps. (Phase control). With pressure-operated on/off switch. To be completed with: Central plate with rotary knob, MEG525003../-04../-06.. System M, MEG5250-40../-41../-41.. System Design. Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA, 5726.. OCTOCOLOR. – Technical Information Version

Art. no. MEG5131-0000

PU PG 1/72 8

Info new

Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressure-operated twoway switch

To be completed with: Central plate with rotary knob, MEG525003../-04../-06.. System M, MEG5250-40../-41../-41.. System Design. Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA, 5726.. OCTOCOLOR. – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

60-1000 VA

To be completed with: Central plate with rotary knob, MEG525003../-04../-06.. System M, MEG5250-40../-41../-41.. System Design. Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA, 5726.. OCTOCOLOR. – Technical Information 40-400 W

MEG5132-0000

PU PG 1/72 8

Info new

Rotary dimmer insert for inductive load AC 230 V, 50 Hz For dimmable, wound transformers, incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps (inductive/ ohmic load). (Phase control). With pressure-operated two-way switch.

To be completed with: Central plate with rotary knob, MEG525003../-04../-06.. System M, MEG5250-40../-41../-41.. System Design. Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA, 5726.. OCTOCOLOR. – Technical Information — Note: Suitable for Merten MET transformers. Version

Art. no.

20-315 W

MEG5136-0000

PU PG 1/72 8

Info new

Info new

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For electronic transformers and incandescent lamps (ohmic load). (Phase alignment). With pressure-operated two-way switch. Noise-free, short-circuit-proof, with overload protection, and soft start function to protect the lamps. To be completed with: Central plate with rotary knob, MEG525003../-04../-06.. System M, MEG5250-40../-41../-41.. System Design. Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA, 5726.. OCTOCOLOR. – Technical Information — Note: Suitable for Merten MET transformers. ˜

Version

Art. no.

20-630 W

MEG5137-0000

PU PG 1/72 8

Info new

www.merten.com

Art. no. MEG5133-0000

PU PG 1/72 8

Rotary dimmer insert for capacitive load

To be completed with: Central plate with rotary knob, MEG525003../-04../-06.. System M, MEG5250-40../-41../-41.. System Design. Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA, 5726.. OCTOCOLOR. – Technical Information Version

Info new

˜

˜

40-600 W/VA

PU PG 1/72 8

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For electronic transformers and incandescent lamps (ohmic load). (Phase alignment). With pressure-operated two-way switch. Noise-free, short-circuit-proof, with overload protection, and soft start function to protect the lamps.

˜

Art. no.

MEG5135-0000

Rotary dimmer insert for capacitive load

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps. (Phase control). With pressure-operated two-way switch.

Version

D

Nominal power: 60-1000 VA Motor load: 60-600 VA Neutral conductor:required

˜

40-400 W

Dimmer system

©2010

| Rotary dimmers | DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS

349


DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS Electronic potentiometer insert 1-10 V

Central plate with rotary knob For System Design.

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For fluorescent lamps with electronic ballast or electronic transformer with 1-10 V interface. With pressure-operated on/off switch 1.7 A.

Dimmer system

D

To be completed with: Central plate with rotary knob, MEG525003../-04../-06.. System M, MEG5250-40../-41../-41.. System Design. Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA, 5726.. OCTOCOLOR. – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no. MEG5142-0000

PU PG 1/72 8

˜

Info new

To be completed with: Universal rotary dimmer insert, MEG51380000, MEG5139-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressure-operated on/off switch, MEG5131-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressure-operated two-way switch, MEG5132-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for inductive load, MEG5133-0000, MEG5135-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for capacitive load, MEG5136-0000, MEG5137-0000. Electronic potentiometer insert 1-10 V, MEG5142-0000.

Version

Central plate with rotary knob

To be completed with: Universal rotary dimmer insert, MEG51380000, MEG5139-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressure-operated on/off switch, MEG5131-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressure-operated two-way switch, MEG5132-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for inductive load, MEG5133-0000, MEG5135-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for capacitive load, MEG5136-0000, MEG5137-0000. Electronic potentiometer insert 1-10 V, MEG5142-0000.

Version ˜

MEG5250-0344 MEG5250-0319 MEG5250-0325

5/120 8 5/120 8 5/120 8

new new new

MEG5250-0444 MEG5250-0419 MEG5250-0414 MEG5250-0460

5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120

8 8 8 8

new new new new

MEG5250-0644 MEG5250-0619

5/120 8 5/120 8

new new

MEG5250-4143 MEG5250-4146

MEG5250-4244 MEG5250-4219

˜

˜

˜

5/120 8 5/120 8

new new

5/120 8 5/120 8

Art. no.

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant 572644 572619

10/120 8 10/120 8

572642 572605

5/120 8 5/120 8

metallic

bronze metallic titanium

www.merten.com

new new new new new

new new

To be completed with: Universal rotary dimmer insert, MEG51380000, MEG5139-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressure-operated on/off switch, MEG5131-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressure-operated two-way switch, MEG5132-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for inductive load, MEG5133-0000, MEG5135-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for capacitive load, MEG5136-0000, MEG5137-0000. Electronic potentiometer insert 1-10 V, MEG5142-0000. To be completed with: Dimmer insert, art. no. 572199, 572499, 572299, 572599, 577199, 572999, 573299.

white polar white

DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS | Rotary dimmers | ©2010

8 8 8 8 8

For OCTOCOLOR.

Version

350

10/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120

Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant

white polar white

MEG5250-4019 MEG5250-4029 MEG5250-4015 MEG5250-4069 MEG5250-4060

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant

white polar white

Info

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

PU PG

˜

Info

metallic

antique brass stainless steel

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

Art. no.

˜

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

polar white light grey dark brazil black grey aluminium

For System M.

˜

˜

Art. no.

Info


DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS

Rotary dimmer inserts for 600 VA

ET dimmer insert for capacitive load

• Surface-mounted visible installation possible in conjunction with surface-mounted housing. • The following applies to all types of dimmers: If the dimmers cannot dissipate sufficient heat (cavity walls, multiple combinations, surface-mounted combinations and built-in dimmers on DIN rails), the connected loads specified may not be exploited to the maximum.

AC 230 V For electronic transformers (MET and other brands) and incandescent lamps (ohmic load). With pressure-operated two-way switch. (Phase alignment) Noise-free, short-circuit-proof, with overload protection, and soft start function to protect the lamps.

Technical Information: Dimmer basics; Dimmer and load types

To be completed with: Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts, art. no. System M 5670.., 5699..,5399.., System Basis 5723.., System Design 5720.., OCTOCOLOR 5726... – Technical Information

AC 230 V For incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps. With pressure-operated one-way switch. (Phase control).

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

20-315 W

577199

1/50 8.5

Art. no.

PU PG 1/50 8.5

To be completed with: Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts, art. no. System M 5670.., 5699..,5399.., System Basis 5723.., System Design 5720.., OCTOCOLOR 5726... – Technical Information ˜

Info disc.

Dimmer insert for ohmic load

Version

Art. no.

PU PG 1/72 8 1/72 8.5

Info disc. disc.

To be completed with: Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts, art. no. System M 5670.., 5699..,5399.., System Basis 5723.., System Design 5720.., OCTOCOLOR 5726... Accessories: Base load, art. no. 542894. – Technical Information ˜

AC 230 V For dimmable, wound transformers and incandescent lamps (inductive/ohmic load). With pressure-operated two-way switch. (Phase control).

Version

Art. no.

25-600 VA

573299

PU PG 1/72 8.5

disc.

Consists of 4 x 6 watt resistors. 1 set required per dimmer and per power booster in parallel connection (can be replaced by a 25 watt incandescent lamp).

Info disc.

Info

Version

Art. no. 542894

PU PG 1/48 8

Info disc. www.merten.com

Art. no. 572599

PU PG 1/50 8

Base load

To be completed with: Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts, art. no. System M 5670.., 5699..,5399.., System Basis 5723.., System Design 5720.., OCTOCOLOR 5726... – Technical Information ˜

Version

disc.

Connected load: 600 W incandescent lamps, 500 W halogen lamps, 500 VA dimmable, wound transformers

LV halogen dimmer insert for inductive load

20-500 VA

Info

Dimmer insert for inductive load

To be completed with: Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts, art. no. System M 5670.., 5699..,5399.., System Basis 5723.., System Design 5720.., OCTOCOLOR 5726... – Technical Information 572499 572299

PU PG 1/50 8

AC 230 V For dimmable wound transformers, motors, incandescent lamps and fluorescent lamps (inductive/ohmic load). With pressure-operated two-way switch and additional switch contact. (Phase control). In conjunction with the base load of the speed controller, this can be used as a dimmer for argon fluorescent lamps (Ø 38 mm) and as a dimmer in circuits with automatic mains disconnection.

˜

Version

Art. no. 572999

AC 230 V For incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps. With pressure-operated two-way switch. (Phase control).

60-400 W 60-600 W, halogen 500 W

disc.

For fluorescent lamps with electronic ballast or electronic transformer with 1-10 V interface. With pressure-operated one-way switch 5 A.

To be completed with: Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts, art. no. System M 5670.., 5699..,5399.., System Basis 5723.., System Design 5720.., OCTOCOLOR 5726... – Technical Information 572199

Info

Electronic potentiometer insert 1-10 V

˜

Version

D

˜

Dimmer insert for ohmic load

60-400 W

Dimmer system

©2010

| Rotary dimmer inserts for 600 VA | DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS

351


DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS

Dimmer system

˜

D

Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA

Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA

For System M.

For OCTOCOLOR.

To be completed with: Dimmer insert, art. no. 572199, 572499, 572299, 572599, 577199, 572999, 573299.

Version ˜

Art. no.

567044 567019 567025

5/120 8 5/120 8 5/120 8

disc. disc. disc.

5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120

disc. disc. disc. disc.

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

PU PG

˜

569944 569919 569914 569960

8 8 8 8

white polar white

539944 539919

Version ˜

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant 5/120 8 5/120 8

disc. disc.

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white ˜

Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA

To be completed with: Universal rotary dimmer insert, MEG51380000, MEG5139-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressure-operated on/off switch, MEG5131-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressure-operated two-way switch, MEG5132-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for inductive load, MEG5133-0000, MEG5135-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for capacitive load, MEG5136-0000, MEG5137-0000. Electronic potentiometer insert 1-10 V, MEG5142-0000. To be completed with: Dimmer insert, art. no. 572199, 572499, 572299, 572599, 577199, 572999, 573299.

572644 572619

10/120 8 10/120 8

572642 572605

5/120 8 5/120 8

metallic

bronze metallic titanium

For System Design. Rotary dimmer up to 900 VA ˜

To be completed with: Dimmer insert, art. no. 572199, 572499, 572299, 572599, 577199, 572999, 573299.

Version ˜

Info

572019 572029 572015 572069 572060

10/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120

8 8 8 8 8

disc. disc. disc. disc. disc.

5/120 8 5/120 8

disc. disc.

Technical Information: Dimmer basics; Dimmer and load types

metallic

antique brass stainless steel ˜

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

polar white light grey dark brazil black grey aluminium ˜

Art. no.

• Surface-mounted visible installation possible in conjunction with surface-mounted housing. • The following applies to all types of dimmers: If the dimmers cannot dissipate sufficient heat (cavity walls, multiple combinations, surface-mounted combinations and built-in dimmers on DIN rails), the connected loads specified may not be exploited to the maximum.

572043 572046

Dimmer insert 900 W for ohmic load

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant

white polar white

572094 572099

5/120 8 5/120 8

AC 230 V For incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps. With pressure-operated two-way switch. (Phase control).

disc. disc.

To be completed with: Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 1000 VA, art. no. System Design 5717.., OCTOCOLOR 5715... – Technical Information — Note: Not to be combined with System Basis or System M.

www.merten.com

˜

352

DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS | Rotary dimmer up to 900 VA | ©2010

Version

Art. no.

75-900 W/halogen 700 W

572799

PU PG 1/30 8

Info disc.


DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 1000 VA

Push-button module, 2-gang For System M. Push-button module without rockers. The push-button module is inserted onto the 2gang universal dimmer insert (art. no. 568099), and is used together with the rockers for the 2gang push-button module in the matching design.

For System Design.

˜

To be completed with: Dimmer insert, 900 W, for ohmic load, art. no. 572799.

Version ˜

Art. no.

˜

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white light grey dark brazil black grey aluminium ˜

PU PG

571744 571719 571729 571715 571769 571760

1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100

8 8 8 8 8 8

disc. disc. disc. disc. disc. disc.

571743

1/100 8

disc.

571746

1/100 8

disc.

Version

Art. no. 568499

For OCTOCOLOR.

To be completed with: Push-button module, 2-gang, art. no. System M 568499. In KNX, to be completed with: KNX push-button module, 2-gang, art. no. System M 625299. Accessories: Protective hood for plaster, System M, art. no. 627591...

Version ˜

Version ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white

571544 571519

1/100 8 1/100 8

disc. disc.

Info

For System M. The rockers are attached to the 2-gang push-button module. ˜

To be completed with: Dimmer insert, 900 W, for ohmic load, art. no. 572799.

PU PG 1/100 8

Rockers for 2-gang push-button module

Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 1000 VA

˜

D

To be completed with: Universal dimmer insert, 2-gang, art. no. 568099. Rockers for 2-gang push-button module, art. no. System M 6192.., 6252...

metallic

varnished antique brass varnished stainless steel

Dimmer system

Art. no.

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

PU PG

619244 619219 619225

1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium

625244 625219 625214 625260

1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150

9 9 9 9

Push-button module, 2-gang For System Design Push-button module without rockers. The push-button module is inserted onto the 2gang universal dimmer insert (art. no. 568099), and is used together with the rockers for the 2gang push-button module in the matching design.

Double touch dimmer

Universal dimmer insert, 2-gang AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz For ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads, e.g. incandescent lamps, dimmable wound transformers and electronic transformers. (Phase control or phase alignment). The universal dimmer automatically recognises the connected load. Do not connect any mixed loads. With memory function, can be switched off.

˜

To be completed with: Universal dimmer insert, 2-gang, art. no. 568099. Rockers for 2-gang push-button module, art. no. System Design 6262...

Version

Art. no. 568199

PU PG

Info

1/100 8

Neutral conductor:not required (2 conductor system) Nominal power/per channel: 50-200 W/VA To be completed with: Push-button module, 2-gang, art. no. System M 568499, System Design 568199. Rockers for 2-gang pushbutton module, art. no. System M 6192.., 6252.., System Design 6262... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. – Technical Information ˜

Art. no. 568099

PU PG

Info

1/50 8 www.merten.com

Version 2 x 50-200 VA

©2010

| Double touch dimmer | DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS

353


DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS

Dimmer system

˜

D

Rockers for 2-gang push-button module

Memory super dimmer insert for ohmic load

For System Design. The rockers are attached to the 2-gang push-button module.

AC 230 V For incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps. (Phase control) With memory function, can be switched off.

To be completed with: Push-button module, 2-gang, art. no. System Design 568199. In KNX, to be completed with: KNX push-button module, 2-gang, System Design 626299. Accessories: Protective hood for plaster, System Design, art. no. 628091...

Version ˜

Info

626244 626219 626260

1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9

626246

1/150 9

metallic

varnished stainless steel

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium ˜

Art. no.

Art. no. 573399 577299

PU PG

Info

1/60 8 1/60 8

Memory halogen super dimmer insert for inductive load

• Memory: When the light is switched on, it has the last set brightness level. • Interference immunity in line with VDE 0639.

AC 230 V For dimmable, wound transformers and incandescent lamps (inductive/ohmic load). (Phase control) With memory function, can be switched off.

Technical Information: Dimmer basics; Dimmer and load types; Sensor cover functions and device overview; TRANCENT functions and device overview

AC 230 V For ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads, e.g. incandescent lamps, dimmable wound transformers or electronic transformers. Phase control or phase alignment The universal dimmer automatically recognises the connected load. Do not connect any mixed loads. With memory function, can be switched off.

To be completed with: Sensor cover, art. no. System M 5776.., 5701.., 5704.., System Basis 5741.., System Design 5737.., OCTOCOLOR 5742.., AQUADESIGN 5738... TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... In the TRANCENT range with control electronics, 1-gang, art. no. 569090 and TRANCENT glass sensor covers, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. – Technical Information

Neutral conductor: not required (2 conductor system)

Version

Art. no.

20-500 VA

573599

To be completed with: Sensor cover, art. no. System M 5776.., 5701.., 5704.., System Basis 5741.., System Design 5737.., OCTOCOLOR 5742.., AQUADESIGN 5738... TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... In the TRANCENT range with control electronics, 1-gang, art. no. 569090 and TRANCENT glass sensor covers, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Central plate comfort rotating regulator for Universal super dimmer insert, art. no. System M 5678.., 5677... In the CONNECT radio system with the CONNECT sensor cover for dimmer inserts art. No. System M 5036.., 5026..., System Design 5046... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. – Technical Information — Note: The insert from version 3A only can be used in conjunction with the CONNECT radio system. ˜

www.merten.com

Version 60-400 W 60-600 W, halogen 500 W

Button dimmer

Universal super dimmer insert

354

To be completed with: Sensor cover, art. no. System M 5776.., 5701.., 5704.., System Basis 5741.., System Design 5737.., OCTOCOLOR 5742.., AQUADESIGN 5738... TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... In the TRANCENT range with control electronics, 1-gang, art. no. 569090 and TRANCENT glass sensor covers, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

25-420 VA

577099

PU PG

Info

1/50 8

DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS | Button dimmer | ©2010

˜

PU PG 1/60 8

Info


DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS Memory ET super dimmer insert for capacitive load

Electronic push-button insert AC 230 V Pulse generator for surge switches or protective circuits. The switching function is determined by the surge switch or protective circuit used.

AC 230 V For electronic transformers (MET and other brands) and incandescent lamps (ohmic load). (Phase alignment) Noise-free, short-circuit-proof, with overload protection, and soft start function to protect the lamps. With memory function, can be switched off. To be completed with: Sensor cover, art. no. System M 5776.., 5701.., 5704.., System Basis 5741.., System Design 5737.., OCTOCOLOR 5742.., AQUADESIGN 5738... TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... In the TRANCENT range with control electronics, 1-gang, art. no. 569090 and TRANCENT glass sensor covers, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With universal relay insert, art. no. 575897, with preset push-button function. – Technical Information Version

Art. no. 577899

PU PG

Info

1/60 8

D

Connected load: 4-100 VA Switching current: 10-500 mA Pulse duration: approx. 40 ms Neutral conductor: not required (2 conductor system)

˜

20-315 W

Dimmer system

To be completed with: Sensor cover, art. no. System M 5776.., 5701.., 5704.., System Basis 5741.., System Design 5737.., OCTOCOLOR 5742.., AQUADESIGN 5738... TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... In the TRANCENT range with control electronics, 1-gang, art. no. 569090 and TRANCENT glass sensor covers, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

4-100 VA

574697

PU PG

Info

1/60 8

Relay universal insert Contact switch –

AC 230 V For ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads such as incandescent lamps, energy-saving lamps, LV halogen lighting with conventional transformer, electronic transformers, fluorescent lamps. Neutral conductor required. Functions: • Push-button function: switched on as long as the push-button is touched, max. 1 minute • Switching function: ON/OFF • Time function: 5 s to 1 h

Technical Information: Sensor cover functions and device overview; TRANCENT functions and device overview

Electronic switch insert AC 230 V For ohmic load such as incandescent lamps, 230 V halogen lamps. Switching capacity: 25-400 W Neutral conductor: not required (2 conductor system) To be completed with: Sensor cover, art. no. System M 5776.., 5701.., 5704.., System Basis 5741.., System Design 5737.., OCTOCOLOR 5742.. or TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... In the TRANCENT range with control electronics, 1gang, art. no. 569090 and TRANCENT glass sensor covers, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. – Technical Information — Note: The electronic switch insert, cannot be used in conjunction with the CONNECT radio system.

Connected load: max. 1000 W/VA, 500 VA for LV halogen lamps with conventional transformer, max. 140 µF capacitive load

˜

Art. no.

25-400 W

575799

PU PG

Info

Version

Art. no.

max. 1000 W/VA

575897

PU PG

Info

1/50 8

1/50 8

www.merten.com

Version

To be completed with: Sensor cover, art. no. System M 5776.., 5701.., 5704.., System Basis 5741.., System Design 5737.., OCTOCOLOR 5742.., AQUADESIGN 5738... TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... In the TRANCENT range with control electronics, 1-gang, art. no. 569090 and TRANCENT glass sensor covers, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. – Technical Information ˜

©2010

| Contact switch | DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS

355


DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS Electronic switch insert AC 230 V For ohmic load such as incandescent lamps, 230 V halogen lamps.

Extension inserts –

Technical Information: Sensor cover functions and device overview

Switching capacity: 40-300 W Neutral conductor: not required (2 conductor system)

Dimmer system

D

To be completed with: ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module, art. no. System M 5755.., 5784.., System Basis 5782.., System Design 5786.., OCTOCOLOR 5753.., AQUADESIGN 5781... ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module with switch, art. no. System M 5728.., 5785.., System Basis 5783.., System Design 5795.., OCTOCOLOR 5756... ARGUS 180/2.20 m flush-mounted sensor module, art. no. System M 5688.., 5687... In the CONNECT radio system with the CONNECT sensor cover for switch inserts art. no. System M 5034.., 5024..., System Design 5044... – Technical Information — Note: A maximum of two electronic switch inserts may be wired in parallel. The insert from version 2A only can be used in conjunction with the CONNECT radio system.

Extension insert For memory super, halogen super and TELE dimmer, electronic push-button, time switch, relay switch and MET transformers. The extension unit cannot be controlled remotely. Operated as with main unit.

˜

Version

Art. no.

40-300 W

576799

PU PG

To be completed with: Sensor cover, art. no. System M 5776.., 5701.., 5704.., System Basis 5741.., System Design 5737.., OCTOCOLOR 5742.., AQUADESIGN 5738... – Technical Information ˜

Version

Relay switch insert

To be completed with: ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module, art. no. System M 5755.., 5784.., System Basis 5782.., System Design 5786.., OCTOCOLOR 5753.., AQUADESIGN 5781... ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module with switch, art. no. System M 5728.., 5785.., System Basis 5783.., System Design 5795.., OCTOCOLOR 5756... ARGUS 180/2.20 m flush-mounted sensor module, art. no. System M 5688.., 5687... In the CONNECT radio system with the CONNECT sensor cover for switch inserts art. no. System M 5034.., 5024..., System Design 5044... – Technical Information — Note: Replace the relay switch insert, art. no. 576899. ˜

Art. no. 576897

PU PG

Info

1/50 8

www.merten.com

Version 0-1000 VA

356

DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS | Extension inserts | ©2010

Info

For memory super, halogen super and TELE dimmer, electronic push-button, time switch, relay switch and MET transformers. Neutral conductor required. Can be remote controlled. Operated as with main unit.

1/50 8

Switching capacity: 0-1000 VA Capacitive load: max. 140 µF Neutral conductor: required (3 conductor system)

PU PG 1/60 8

Extension TELE insert

Info

AC 230 V For ohmic and complex loads such as incandescent lamps, fluorescent lamps, energy-saving lamps, LV halogen lighting etc.

Art. no. 573999

To be completed with: TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... In the TRANCENT range with control electronics, 1-gang, art. no. 569090 and TRANCENT glass sensor covers, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no. 573998

PU PG 1/60 8

Info


DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS

Touch sensor surfaces (switching/dimming)

Sensor cover

Technical Information: Electronic/relay switch

For OCTOCOLOR. Manual operation.

Sensor cover

Dimmer system

For System M. Manual operation. With short-stroke key. To be completed with: Super dimmer insert, art. no. 577099, 573399, 577299, 573599, 577899. Electronic switch insert, art. no. 575799, 574697. Universal relay insert, art. no. 575897. Extension insert, art. no. 573999. – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

To be completed with: Super dimmer insert, art. no. 577099, 573399, 577299, 573599, 577899. Electronic switch insert, art. no. 575799, 574697. Universal relay insert, art. no. 575897. Extension insert, art. no. 573999. – Technical Information ˜

PU PG

Info

Version ˜

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

577644 577619 577625

˜

570144 570119 570114 570160

574244 574219

1/100 8 1/100 8

574242 574205

1/100 8 1/100 8

Sensor cover

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium

Info

metallic

bronze metallic titanium

1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white ˜

˜

Art. no.

D

1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100

For AQUADESIGN. Manual operation. With short-stroke key.

8 8 8 8

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant

white polar white

570444 570419

1/100 8 1/100 8

To be completed with: Super dimmer insert, art. no. 577099, 573399, 577299, 573599, 577899. Electronic switch insert, art. no. 575799, 574697. Universal relay insert, art. no. 575897. Extension insert, art. no. 573999. – Technical Information ˜

Sensor cover For System Design. Manual operation. With short-stroke key.

To be completed with: Super dimmer insert, art. no. 577099, 573399, 577299, 573599, 577899. Electronic switch insert, art. no. 575799, 574697. Universal relay insert, art. no. 575897. Extension insert, art. no. 573999. – Technical Information ˜

˜

PU PG

573744 573719 573729 573715 573769 573760

1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100

573743 573746

1/100 8 1/100 8

Info

8 8 8 8 8

For System M. Can be manually operated and controlled remotely via IR remote control. With short-stroke key.

8 8 8 8 8 8

To be completed with: Super dimmer insert, art. no. 577099, 573399, 577299, 573599, 577899. Electronic switch insert, art. no. 575799, 574697. Universal relay insert, art. no. 575897. Extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. – Technical Information ˜

metallic

antique brass stainless steel

PU PG 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100

TELE sensor cover

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white light grey dark brazil black grey aluminium ˜

Art. no.

Art. no. 573844 573819 573815 573814 573860

Version ˜

577944 577919 577925

1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

570344 570319 570314 570360

1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100

8 8 8 8

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant

white polar white

©2010

Info

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

Art. no.

571144 571119

1/100 8 1/100 8

| Touch sensor surfaces (switching/dimming) | DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS

www.merten.com

Version

Version white polar white dark brazil anthracite aluminium

357


DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS TELE sensor cover

CONNECT radio sensor cover for dimmer inserts

For System Design. Can be manually operated and controlled remotely via IR remote control. With short-stroke key.

Dimmer system

For System M. Operator button to toggle or switch/dim an output. Manual operation and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. Radio features: Router

To be completed with: Super dimmer insert, art. no. 577099, 573399, 577299, 573599, 577899. Electronic switch insert, art. no. 575799, 574697. Universal relay insert, art. no. 575897. Extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. – Technical Information ˜

D

Version ˜

Art. no.

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white light grey dark brazil black grey aluminium ˜

PU PG

Functions: EASY CONNECT: • Switch on (to memory value), switch off, dim With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • additionally adjustable dimming speed, staircase lighting function, master/slave, brightness limit, switch on to brightness limit, memory function that can be switched off

570944 570919 570929 570915 570969 570960

1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100

8 8 8 8 8 8

570943 570946

1/100 8 1/100 8

˜

Version

metallic

antique brass stainless steel

˜

˜

For OCTOCOLOR. Can be manually operated and controlled remotely via IR remote control.

˜

To be completed with: Super dimmer insert, art. no. 577099, 573399, 577299, 573599, 577899. Electronic switch insert, art. no. 575799, 574697. Universal relay insert, art. no. 575897. Extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. – Technical Information

˜

574944 574919

1/100 8 1/100 8

574942 574905

1/100 8 1/100 8

503644 503619 503625

502644 502619 502614 502660

1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100

8 8 8 8

CONNECT radio sensor cover for dimmer inserts For System Design. Operator button to toggle or switch/dim an output. Manual operation and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. Radio features: Router

Info

Functions: EASY CONNECT: • Switch on (to memory value), switch off, dim With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • additionally adjustable dimming speed, staircase lighting function, master/slave, brightness limit, switch on to brightness limit, memory function that can be switched off ˜

To be completed with: Universal super dimmer insert, art. no. 577099 from version 3A. Transmitter: All transmitters of the Merten CONNECT radio system.

Version ˜

˜

Art. no.

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium

504644 504619 504660

1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

504646

1/100 8

metallic

www.merten.com

varnished stainless steel

358

1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

metallic

bronze metallic titanium

Info

Thermoplastic classy matt

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white ˜

PU PG

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white anthracite aluminium

˜

Art. no.

Art. no.

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy

TELE sensor cover

Version

To be completed with: Universal super dimmer insert, art. no. 577099 from version 3A. Transmitter: All transmitters of the Merten CONNECT radio system.

DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS | Touch sensor surfaces (switching/dimming) | ©2010

Info


DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS CONNECT radio sensor cover, for switch inserts For System M. Operator button for switching an output. Manual operation and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. Radio features: Router

Power boosters –

Technical Information: Dimmer basics; Dimmer and load types

Power booster AC 230 V For power extension of memory super dimmers, TELE dimmers, incandescent and fluorescent lamp dimmers. The load must be evenly distributed across dimmers and power boosters. (Phase control).

Functions: EASY CONNECT: • Toggle With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • additionally staircase lighting function, ON/ OFF delay, master/slave ˜

To be completed with: Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799 from version 2A. Transmitter: All transmitters of the Merten CONNECT radio system.

Version ˜

Art. no.

503444 503419 503425

502444 502419 502414 502460

To be completed with: Blanking cover, art. no. System M 3916.., 3918.., 3917.., System Basis 3920.., System Design 3919.., OCTOCOLOR 3926... Blanking cover AQUADESIGN, art. no. 3483... – Technical Information Version

Art. no.

25-600 VA

574099

1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100

8 8 8 8

For System Design. Operator button for switching an output. Manual operation and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. Radio features: Router

To be completed with: Blanking cover, art. no. System M 3916.., 3918.., 3917.., System Basis 3920.., System Design 3919.., OCTOCOLOR 3926... Blanking cover AQUADESIGN, art. no. 3483... – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

20-315 W

577399

Functions: EASY CONNECT: • Toggle With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • additionally staircase lighting function, ON/ OFF delay, master/slave

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium ˜

504444 504419 504460

1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

504446

1/100 8

Info

Info

AC 230 V For power extension of memory super dimmers, TELE dimmers, incandescent and fluorescent lamp dimmers. The load must be evenly distributed across dimmers and power boosters. (Phase control). –

Technical Information

Version

Art. no.

25-500 VA, light grey

574029

PU PG

Info

1/50 8

metallic

varnished stainless steel

www.merten.com

˜

PU PG

PU PG 1/60 8

Built-in power booster

To be completed with: Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799 from version 2A. Transmitter: All transmitters of the Merten CONNECT radio system. Art. no.

Info

AC 230 V For power extension of ET dimmers (art. no. 577199) or ET super dimmers (art. no. 577899). The load must be evenly distributed across the ET dimmer and the ET power booster. (Phase alignment).

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

Version

PU PG 1/60 8

ET power booster for capacitive load

CONNECT radio sensor cover, for switch inserts

˜

D

˜

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

PU PG

Dimmer system

©2010

| Power boosters | DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS

359


DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS Surface-mounted dimmer for ohmic load

Control units 1-10 V

Control unit 1-10 V

AC 230 V For incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps. With pressure-operated two-way switch. (Phase control). Closed base.

AC 230 V For controlling electronic ballasts and system compatible devices with 1-10 V interface. Soft start function to protect the lamps. Memory function that can be switched off.

Dimmer system

D

Switch contact: for switching the electronic ballasts/transformers etc. Nominal current:10 A, cos = 0,5 Capacitive load: AC 230 V, max. 140 µF 1-10V interface: for dimming the electronic ballasts/transformers etc. Voltage range: DC 1-10 V Output current: max. 100 mA Dimensions: 180 x 34 x 49 mm (WxHxD) Diagonal size: 55 mm Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons (make contact). With max. 10 extension inserts, art. no. 573999, extension TELE inserts, art. no. 573998. – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

polar white

577794

1/40 8.1

– —

Technical Information Contents: Complete device with cable and mini-trunking entry (15 mm).

Version

Art. no.

60-600 W, halogen 500 W, polar white 60-600 W, halogen 500 W, dark brazil 60-600 W, halogen 500 W, white

571619

1/72 8

disc.

571617

1/72 8

disc.

571644

1/72 8

disc.

DIN rail mounted rotary dimmers

For fluorescent lamps with electronic ballast or electronic transformer with 1-10 V interface. With pressure-operated one-way switch 5 A.

• For installation in the distribution board on 35 mm DIN rail in accordance with DIN EN 50022. • Device width: 35 mm = 3 modules. • Interference immunity in line with VDE 0639. –

Technical Information: Dimmer basics

To be completed with: Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts, art. no. System M 5670.., 5699..,5399.., System Basis 5723.., System Design 5720.., OCTOCOLOR 5726... – Technical Information ˜

Art. no. 572999

PU PG 1/50 8

Built-in dimmer for ohmic load AC 230 V For incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps. With pressure-operated two-way switch. (Phase control).

Info disc.

Rotary dimmers –

Info

Info

Electronic potentiometer insert 1-10 V

Version

PU PG

Technical Information: Dimmer basics; Dimmer and load types

Technical Information

Version

Art. no.

60-500 W, light grey

571829

Info

Built-in LV halogen dimmer for inductive load

Surface-mounted dimmer for ohmic load

AC 230 V For dimmable, wound transformers and incandescent lamps (inductive/ohmic load). With pressure-operated two-way switch. (Phase control).

AC 230 V For incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps. With pressure-operated two-way switch. (Phase control). Closed base. –

Technical Information — Contents: Complete device with cable and mini-trunking entry (15 mm).

PU PG 1/72 8

Technical Information

www.merten.com

360

Version

Art. no.

60-400 W, polar white 60-400 W, dark brazil 60-400 W, white

573419

1/72 8

PU PG

disc.

Info

573417 573444

1/72 8 1/72 8

disc. disc.

DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS | Control units 1-10 V | ©2010

Version

Art. no.

20-500 VA, light grey

572529

PU PG 1/72 8

Info


DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS

Built-in ET dimmer for capacitive load

Universal dimmer REG/2x230/ 300 W

AC 230 V For electronic transformers (MET and other brands) and incandescent lamps (ohmic load). With pressure-operated two-way switch. (Phase alignment) Noise-free, short-circuit-proof, with overload protection, and soft start function to protect the lamps.

AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz For ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads, e.g. incandescent lamps, dimmable wound transformers and electronic transformers. (Phase control or phase alignment). The universal dimmer automatically recognises the connected load. Combinations of ohmic and inductive, or ohmic and capacitive loads can also be connected. Combinations of inductive and capacitive loads cannot be connected. With short-circuit, open-circuit and excess temperature protection with soft start lamp protection. Manual operation and extension unit operation. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. With memory function, can be switched off.

Technical Information

Version

Art. no.

20-280 W, light grey

577129

PU PG

Info

1/50 8

Technical Information: Dimmer basics; Dimmer and load types; Lamps/dimmer matrix

Universal dimmer REG/230/ 500 W AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz For ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads, e.g. incandescent lamps, dimmable wound transformers and electronic transformers. (Phase control or phase alignment). The universal dimmer automatically recognises the connected load. Combinations of ohmic and inductive, or ohmic and capacitive loads can also be connected. Combinations of inductive and capacitive loads cannot be connected. With short-circuit, open-circuit and excess temperature protection with soft start lamp protection. Manual operation and extension unit operation. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. With memory function, can be switched off.

Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons (make contact). With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

light grey

571930

Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons (make contact). With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. – Technical Information PU PG

Nominal voltage: AC 220 - 230 V, 50/60 Hz Nominal power/channel: max. 150 W/VA 25 W minimum load (ohmic) 50 VA minimum load (ohmic/inductive/capacitive) Input (extension unit operation): AC 230 V, 50/ 60 Hz (same phase as the dimming channel) Device width: 6 modules = approx. 105 mm

Info

1/10 8

Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons (make contact). With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

light grey

571915

PU PG

Info

1/10 8

www.merten.com

Art. no. 571950

Info

AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz For ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads, e.g. incandescent lamps, dimmable wound transformers and electronic transformers. (Phase control or phase alignment). The universal dimmer automatically recognises the connected load. Combinations of ohmic and inductive, or ohmic and capacitive loads can also be connected. Combinations of inductive and capacitive loads cannot be connected. With short-circuit, open-circuit and excess temperature protection with soft start lamp protection. Manual operation and extension unit operation. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. With memory function, can be switched off.

˜

Version

PU PG 1/10 8

Universal dimmer REG/4x230/ 150 W

Nominal voltage: AC 220 - 230 V, 50/60 Hz Nominal power: max. 500 W/VA 25 W minimum load (ohmic) 50 VA minimum load (ohmic/inductive/capacitive) Input (extension unit operation): AC 230 V, 50/ 60 Hz (same phase as the dimming channel) Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm

light grey

D

Nominal voltage: AC 220 - 230 V, 50/60 Hz Nominal power/channel: max. 300 W/VA 25 W minimum load (ohmic) 50 VA minimum load (ohmic/inductive/capacitive) Input (extension unit operation): AC 230 V, 50/ 60 Hz (same phase as the dimming channel) Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm

DIN rail mounted dimmers –

Dimmer system

©2010

| DIN rail mounted dimmers | DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS

361


DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS

Dimmer system

D –

DIN rail mounted memory super dimmers

Remote controls

• Memory: When the light is switched on, it has the last set brightness level. • For installation in the distribution board on 35 mm DIN rail in accordance with DIN EN 50022. • Device width: 35 mm = 3 modules. • Interference immunity in line with VDE 0639.

• IR remote controls can be combined with TELE sensor covers from all ranges.

IR remote control Distance 2010 10 channel IR remote control. For the control of all TELE sensor covers, blind push-buttons with IR receiver, presence detectors with IR receivers and KNX devices with IR receivers.

Technical Information: Dimmer basics

Built-in memory halogen super dimmer for inductive load AC 230 V For dimmable, wound transformers and incandescent lamps (inductive/ohmic load). (Phase control) With memory function, can be switched off.

Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

20-500 VA, light grey

573529

PU PG

Battery: 2 microcells (IEC LR 03, AAA) Range: up to 20 m Receiver: TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... Blind push-button with IR receiver and sensor connection, art. no. System M 5880.., 5864.., System Basis 5804..,System Design 5844.., OCTOCOLOR 5824... ARGUS Presence with IR receiver, art. no. 550591, 6309... Push-button, 4-gang plus with IR receiver, art. no. System M 6175.., 6279... — Contents: Without battery. ˜

Version

Art. no.

black

570222

Info

1/50 8

Built-in memory ET super dimmer for capacitive load AC 230 V For electronic transformers (MET and other brands) and incandescent lamps (ohmic load). (Phase alignment) Noise-free, short-circuit-proof, with overload protection, and soft start function to protect the lamps. With memory function, can be switched off. Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With universal relay insert, art. no. 575897, with preset push-button function. – Technical Information ˜

Art. no. 577829

PU PG

Info

1/50 8

www.merten.com

Version 20-280 W, light grey

362

DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS | DIN rail mounted memory super dimmers | ©2010

PU PG 1/48 8

Info


DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS CONNECT radio universal remote control Radio remote control and IR remote control in a single device. For activating: • Devices of the Merten CONNECT radio system • Merten IR devices • Up to five IR AV devices such as TV, DVD, DVDR, VCR, SAT, cable, AMP and DMR In connection with the CONNECT radio system, several rooms can be set up with radio components using the remote control. Each room can be configured with up to 9 groups with maximum 12 devices and 3 scenes with maximum 12 devices. Radio features: System administrator, transmitter Functions: EASY CONNECT: • Switch on, switch off, toggle, dim, raise/lower roller shutters, scene • Programming in EASY CONNECT as a system administrator • Individual programming of CONNECT radio push-buttons • Individual description of rooms and groups • Display of description in LCD display With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • additionally graphic programming of the EASY CONNECT functions Extended functions for IR/AV: • Trigger Philips Ambilight • Supports more than 1,000 manufacturers. Devices are selected from a list or by entering programming codes. • General use of the functions of a device (e.g. volume) in all modes.

Electronic transformers/low voltage halogen systems MET B –

Electronic transformer 105 W

Receiver: All receivers of the Merten CONNECT radio system. — Note: The device can assume the properties of a system administrator. The remote control must be used as the system administrator in connection with the EASY CONNECT method. In connection with the CONNECT radio configurator, it can be used as required. Contents: With battery.With a codes table for nearly all conventional devices, like TV, VCR, DVD, SAT, AUX, ... Art. no. 506923

PU PG

D

Output voltage: AC 12 V Protection class: II Cable length: max. 2 m in secondary circuit (in line with VDE) Colour: Polar white Dimensions: 180 x 34 x 49 mm (WxHxD) Diagonal size: 55 mm –

Technical Information

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

35-105 W, polar white

577796

1/40 8.1

Info

Electronic transformer 200 W AC 230 V Dimmable with ET dimmer. (Phase alignment) No built-in fuse because short-circuit-proof in secondary circuit. With overload protection, soft start function. Output voltage: AC 12 V Protection class: II Cable length: max. 2 m in secondary circuit (in line with VDE) Colour: Polar white Dimensions: 213 x 46 x 50 mm (WxHxD) Diagonal size: 62 mm –

Technical Information

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

50-200 W, polar white

577791

1/24 8.1

Info

Info

1/6 8

www.merten.com

Version Aluminium/black

Dimmer system

AC 230 V Dimmable with ET dimmer. (Phase alignment). No built-in fuse because short-circuit-proof in secondary circuit. With overload protection, thermal protection, soft start function.

Radio range: up to 100 m in free field, up to 30 m indoors IR range: up to 15 m Battery: 3 microcells (IEC LR 03, AAA) Display element: LCD display with 10 characters ˜

Technical Information: MET B

©2010

| Electronic transformers/low voltage halogen systems MET B | DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS

363


DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS Electronic transformers/low voltage halogen systems MET D –

Technical Information: MET D

Dimmer system

D

Control inserts for MET D –

Technical Information: MET D

Electronic transformer with integrated dimmer 105 W

Push-button insert make contact 1 pole

AC 230 V Electronic transformer with integrated phase alignment dimmer. A power extension is possible with electronic transformers, art. no. 577797, up to approx. 1700 W total connected load (in line with TAB). No built-in fuse because short-circuit-proof in secondary circuit. With overload protection, thermal protection, soft start function. The memory function can be switched off.

With claw and screw fixing.

Output voltage: AC 12 V Protection class: II Cable length: max. 2 m in secondary circuit (in line with VDE) Colour: Polar white Dimensions: 180 x 34 x 49 mm (WxHxD) Diagonal size: 55 mm

˜

Accessories: LED lighting module for switches/push-buttons 100-230 V, MEG3901-00... LED lighting module for switches/ push-buttons 8-32 V, MEG3921-00...

Version ˜

Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons (make contact). With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. – Technical Information Version

Art. no.

PU PG

577798

1/40 8.1

AC 230 V Electronic transformer, for power extension of MET D transformers with integrated dimmer (art. no. 577798) can be used. Dimmable with ET dimmer or electronic transformer with integrated dimmer. No built-in fuse because short-circuit-proof in secondary circuit. With overload protection, thermal protection, soft start function. Output voltage: AC 12 V Protection class: II Cable length: max. 2 m in secondary circuit (in line with VDE) Colour: Polar white Dimensions: 180 x 34 x 49 mm (WxHxD) Diagonal size: 55 mm

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

577797

1/40 8.1

10/60 1.8

new

10/60 1

new

MEG3050-0000

Double push-button insert twoway 1 pole With claw and screw fixing.

Version ˜

Info

Art. no.

˜

MEG3159-0000

Info

10/60 1

new

10/60 1

new

screw terminals with lift clamp

10 A, 250 V AC

MEG3059-0000

Push-button insert two-way 1 pole With claw and screw fixing.

˜

Accessories: LED lighting module for switches/push-buttons 100-230 V, MEG3901-00... LED lighting module for switches/ push-buttons 8-32 V, MEG3921-00...

Version ˜

˜

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

plug-in terminals

10 A, 250 V AC

MEG3156-0000

10/60 1

new

10/60 1

new

screw terminals with lift clamp MEG3056-0000

www.merten.com

10 A, 250 V AC

364

PU PG

plug-in terminals

10 A, 250 V AC

Technical Information

35-105 W, polar white

MEG3150-0000

Info

Electronic transformer for power extension 105 W

Info

screw terminals with lift clamp

10 A, 250 V AC

˜

35-105 W, polar white

PU PG

plug-in terminals

10 A, 250 V AC ˜

Art. no.

DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS | Electronic transformers/low voltage halogen systems MET D | ©2010


DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS Extension insert

Base load

For memory super, halogen super and TELE dimmer, electronic push-button, time switch, relay switch and MET transformers. The extension unit cannot be controlled remotely. Operated as with main unit.

Consists of 4 x 6 watt resistors. 1 set required per dimmer and per power booster in parallel connection (can be replaced by a 25 watt incandescent lamp). Version

Art. no.

To be completed with: Sensor cover, art. no. System M 5776.., 5701.., 5704.., System Basis 5741.., System Design 5737.., OCTOCOLOR 5742.., AQUADESIGN 5738... – Technical Information

542894

˜

Version

Art. no. 573999

PU PG

PU PG 1/48 8

Dimmer system

Info

D

disc.

Info

1/60 8

Extension TELE insert For memory super, halogen super and TELE dimmer, electronic push-button, time switch, relay switch and MET transformers. Neutral conductor required. Can be remote controlled. Operated as with main unit. To be completed with: TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... In the TRANCENT range with control electronics, 1-gang, art. no. 569090 and TRANCENT glass sensor covers, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no. 573998

PU PG

Info

1/60 8

Accessories

Surge protection module AC 230 V, +6 % / -10 % For electronic transformers MET and ET dimmers. For protecting the transformer or dimmer during parallel operation of fluorescent lamps and other inductive loads with transformers. Connection parallel to the input side of the transformer or dimmer. 1 module for max. 10 transformers per circuit is recommended. Leakage current: (8/20) 4.5 kA (1x), 1 kA (100x) Residual voltage at discharge current: (1 kA) approx. 1000 V Version

Art. no. 552119

PU PG

Info

1/150 8

6-gang distribution board For secondary wiring of LV halogen lighting, with six double plug-in contacts (up to 2.5 mm2) and incoming cable to the secondary side of the transformer. Input voltage level Ueff  42 V Output currents leff  17 A for the input (approx. 200 W at 12 V) leff  8.5 A per junction box (approx. 100 W at 12 V) Art. no. 552019

PU PG

Info

1/60 8 www.merten.com

Version

©2010

| Accessories | DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS

365


Blind control system

INTELLIGENT CONTROL WITH HIGH COMFORT Blind control system

Blind control system

Central and group control

Blind time switch

The blind control system can be operated with just one push of a button for individual control as well as central/ group control. Sensors for sun and wind protection and twilight functions can also be incorporated for added convenience.

The inserts can be installed and interconnected to enable simple central or group control. Whether in private homes or at the office: the system ensures ease of operation.

Safety even when you're gone: the time switch, the random generator, and the switch from winter to summer time are just a few of the many additional functions that provide the utmost in safety and technology.

www.merten.de

Example: central and group control

366

Blind control system | Š2010


Blind control system

Contents

Blind control system

Blind time switch

www.merten.de

Blind push-button

Š2010

| Blind control system

367


BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM Blind control systemBlind control systemSystem electronicsBlind control systemBlind control systemC

Functions and device overview Function

Design cover

inserts

Blind control system

Blind control system

C

■■ For a blind/roller shutter motor with limit switch ■■ Individual control

■■ For a blind/roller shutter motor with limit switch ■■ Individual control ■■ Extension input for group/ central control ■■ Wind monitoring function can be implemented

580698

580699

Blind push-button

■■ Manual operation ■■ Slat adjustment ■■ Sun protection function

Blind push-button with sensor connection

■■ Manual operation ■■ Slat adjustment ■■ Sun protection function ■■ Memory function for automatic operation of drive at saved times

Blind push-button with memory function and sensor connection

■■ Manual operation ■■ Slat adjustment ■■ Sun protection function ■■ Can be remote controlled via infrared (remote control art. no. 570222)

Blind push-button with IR receiver and sensor connection

■■ Manual operation ■■ Sun protection function ■■ Can be remote-controlled via transmitters of the CONNECT radio system

CONNECT radio roller shutter pushbutton with sensor connection

System M System Design System Basis OCTOCOLOR

System M System Design System Basis OCTOCOLOR

System M System Design System Basis OCTOCOLOR

System M System Design System Basis OCTOCOLOR

System M System Design

Blind control insert with extension input

Sun/twilight sensor

(max. 1 motor 1000  VA); Neutral conductor required

(max. 1 motor 1000  VA); Neutral conductor required

Cable length 2 m

5877.., 5862.. 5842.. 5802.. 5822..

5878.., 5865.. 5845.. 5805.. 5825..

5879.., 5863.. 5843.. 5803.. 5823..

5880.., 5864.. 5844.. 5804.. 5824..

5035.., 5025.. 5045..

Blind time switch ■■ Manual operation ■■ Slat adjustment ■■ Clock function programmable with time block: Mon-Fri: (1 x raising, 1 x lowering time) Sat. - Sun. (1 x raising, 1 x lowering time)

Blind time switch standard

■■ Manual operation ■■ Slat adjustment ■■ Clock function for complex switching ranges ■■ Astro function for automatically adjusting switching times according to the time of the year ■■ Random function

Blind time switch

■■ Manual operation ■■ Slat adjustment ■■ Clock function for complex switching ranges ■■ Astro function for automatically adjusting switching times according to the time of the year ■■ Random function ■■ Sun protection/twilight functions

Blind time switch with sensor connection

System M System Design System Basis OCTOCOLOR

System M System Design System Basis OCTOCOLOR

System M System Design System Basis OCTOCOLOR

5814.., 5819.. 5859.. 5809.. 5839..

Extension input inoperable (no central/group control is possible)

5815.., 5861.. 5841.. 5801.. 5821..

5816.., 5867.. 5851.. 5811.. 5831..

Wind monitoring unit

www.merten.com www.merten.de

■■ The wind monitoring unit enables the blinds to be raised or lowered depending on the wind strength

368

©2010 BLIND control CONTROL system SYSTEM || ©2010 Blind

Wind sensor interface 580693 (with wind sensor 580690 or 580692)

580691

Standard blind control insert

Blind push-button ■■ Manual operation ■■ Slat adjustment

■■ Sensor for suction fixing on the window ■■ Brightness measurement

via extension input


BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM Multiple control relay insert for roller shutters

Blind control systemBlind control systemSystem electronicsBlind control systemBlind control systemC

Technical Information: Blind control system

5 A, AC 250 V Suitable for a size 60 flush-mounted box. With a multiple control relay, it is possible to control 2 motors locally by manual operation or centrally. The multiple control relays can be cascaded.

Inserts –

Technical Information: Blind control system functions and device overview

To be completed with: Blanking cover, art. no. System M 3916.., 3918.., 3917.., System Basis 3920.., System Design 3919.., OCTOCOLOR 3926... – Technical Information ˜

Standard blind control insert AC 230 V, 50 Hz For local control of a blind/roller shutter motor with limit switch. Motor protection through interlocked relay contacts. Without extension input.

Version

576399

Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz Neutral conductor:required Switching capacity: max. 1 motor 1000 VA Outputs: 2 make contacts (interlocked) Pulse duration: 2 minutes Connecting terminals: Screw terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2x1.5 mm2

Art. no. 580698

PU PG

Info

1/50 8

Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz Neutral conductor: required Switching capacity: max. 1 motor 1000 VA Outputs: 2 make contacts (interlocked) Reversing time: minimum 500 ms Connecting terminals: Screw terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2x1.5 mm2

1/24 8

Mains voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz ±10 % Control voltage: AC 230 V ±10 % Power consumption: 10 mA in relay operation Switching voltage: max. AC 250 V Switching current: max. 6 A Temperature range: 0 -60 °C Terminals: max. 1.5 mm2 Dimensions: 22x49x52 mm (HxWxD) Installation: (deep) flush-mounted box

Blind control insert with extension input AC 230 V, 50 Hz For controlling a blind/roller shutter motor with limit switch. A mechanical roller shutter switch/push-button or an additional blind control insert can be connected via the extension input to implement group/central control. Wind alarm function possible with extension input. Motor protection through interlocked relay contacts.

C

Info

6 A, AC 250 V Suitable for a size 60 flush-mounted box. Flat 22 mm design. For local control using push-buttons, installation in a deep flush-mounted box. For controlling up to 2 roller shutter motors locally, in groups or centrally. With separation of load and control circuit, as well as forced locking in both directions of movement. Motors are controlled individually using a roller shutter rocker switch and centrally using the blind time switches or blind push-buttons of the Merten blind control system.

To be completed with: Blind push-buttons and blind time switches for the blind control system. In the CONNECT radio system with the CONNECT radio roller shutter push-button with sensor connection art. No. System M 5035.., 5025..., System Design 5045... – Technical Information Version

PU PG

Multiple control relay for roller shutters, flush-mounted

˜

1000 VA

Art. no.

Blind control system

To be completed with: Blanking cover, art. no. System M 3916.., 3918.., 3917.., System Basis 3920.., System Design 3919.., OCTOCOLOR 3926... – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no. 576398

PU PG

Info

1/100 8

To be completed with: Blind push-buttons and blind time switches for the blind control system. In the CONNECT radio system with the CONNECT radio roller shutter push-button with sensor connection art. No. System M 5035.., 5025..., System Design 5045... Accessories: Wind sensor interface, art. no. 580693. – Technical Information — Note: In combination with the standard blind time switch, art. no. 5809.., 5859.., 5839.., 5819.., the extension input does not work. ˜

Art. no. 580699

PU PG

Info

1/50 8

www.merten.com

Version 1000 VA

©2010

| Inserts | BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM

369


BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM Multiple control relay for roller shutters REG 2 A, AC 250 V For installation on DIN rails. For controlling up to 2 roller shutter motors locally, in groups or centrally. With separation of load and control circuit, as well as forced locking in both directions of movement. Motors are controlled individually using a roller shutter rocker switch and centrally using the blind time switches or blind push-buttons of the Merten blind control system.

Blind control system

C

Mains voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz ±10 % Power consumption: 10 mA in relay operation Switching voltage: max. AC 250 V Switching current: max. 2 A Temperature range: 0 -60 °C Terminals: max. 1.5 mm2 Device width: 2 modules = approx. 36 mm –

Technical Information

Version

Art. no. 576397

PU PG

Info

1/40 8

Blind push-button For System Design. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control. Push-button action < 1s: Stop or inching mode for slat adjustment. Push-button action > 1s: Permanent movement of blind/roller shutters (self-locking). To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. – Technical Information ˜

Version ˜

Art. no.

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white light grey dark brazil black grey aluminium ˜

PU PG

584244 584219 584229 584215 584269 584260

1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100

8 8 8 8 8 8

584243 584246

1/100 8 1/100 8

metallic

antique brass stainless steel

Blind push-button For OCTOCOLOR. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control.

Blind push-button –

Technical Information: Blind control system functions and device overview

Push-button action < 1s: Stop or inching mode for slat adjustment. Push-button action > 1s: Permanent movement of blind/roller shutters (self-locking).

Blind push-button For System M. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control. Push-button action < 1s: Stop or inching mode for slat adjustment. Push-button action > 1s: Permanent movement of blind/roller shutters (self-locking). To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. – Technical Information

To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. – Technical Information ˜

Version ˜

Version ˜

Info

587744 587719 587725

1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium

586244 586219 586214 586260

1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100

8 8 8 8

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

www.merten.com

˜

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

Art. no.

370

BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM | Blind push-button | ©2010

˜

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white

˜

Art. no.

582244 582219

1/100 8 1/100 8

582242

1/100 8

582205

1/100 8

metallic

varnished bronze metallic varnished titanium

Info


BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM Blind push-button with sensor connection

Blind push-button with sensor connection –

Technical Information: Blind control system functions and device overview

For OCTOCOLOR. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. A screw terminal on the blind control insert connects the sensor cable with the blind push-button. Brightness value of sun sensor set to approx. 20,000 lux.

Blind push-button with sensor connection For System M. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. A screw terminal on the blind control insert connects the sensor cable with the blind push-button. Brightness value of sun sensor set to approx. 20,000 lux. Push-button action < 1s: Stop or inching mode for slat adjustment. Push-button action > 1s: Permanent movement of blind/roller shutters (self-locking).

Version ˜

Art. no.

587844 587819 587825

˜

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white varnished bronze metallic varnished titanium

Info

Art. no.

582544 582519 582542

1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

582505

1/100 8

1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. – Technical Information

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

PU PG

C

˜

Version

To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. – Technical Information ˜

Blind control system

Push-button action < 1s: Stop or inching mode for slat adjustment. Push-button action > 1s: Permanent movement of blind/roller shutters (self-locking).

586544 586519 586514 586560

1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100

8 8 8 8

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

Blind push-button with sensor connection For System Design. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. A screw terminal on the blind control insert connects the sensor cable with the blind push-button. Brightness value of sun sensor set to approx. 20,000 lux. Push-button action < 1s: Stop or inching mode for slat adjustment. Push-button action > 1s: Permanent movement of blind/roller shutters (self-locking). To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. – Technical Information ˜

Version

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white light grey dark brazil black grey aluminium ˜

PU PG

584544 584519 584529 584515 584569 584560

1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100

8 8 8 8 8 8

584543 584546

1/60 8 1/100 8

metallic

antique brass stainless steel

www.merten.com

˜

Art. no.

©2010

| Blind push-button with sensor connection | BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM

371


BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM Blind push-button with memory function and sensor connection

Blind push-button with memory function and sensor connection –

Technical Information: Blind control system functions and device overview

For System Design. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. The device uses a a memory function for the purpose of presence simulation to save a time for opening and a time for closing the blinds. Which are then repeated every 24 hours. The memory function can be switched on and off at any time. The times are saved by keeping the corresponding direction key pressed down (2 s). A screw terminal on the blind control insert connects the sensor cable with the blind push-button. Brightness value of sun sensor set to approx. 20,000 lux.

Blind push-button with memory function and sensor connection For System M. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. The device uses a a memory function for the purpose of presence simulation to save a time for opening and a time for closing the blinds. Which are then repeated every 24 hours. The memory function can be switched on and off at any time. The times are saved by keeping the corresponding direction key pressed down (2 s). A screw terminal on the blind control insert connects the sensor cable with the blind push-button. Brightness value of sun sensor set to approx. 20,000 lux.

Blind control system

C

Push-button action < 1s: Stop or inching mode for slat adjustment. Push-button action > 1s: Permanent movement of blind/roller shutters (self-locking). To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. – Technical Information ˜

Version ˜

Info

587944 587919 587925

1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. – Technical Information ˜

Version ˜

˜

586344 586319 586314 586360

1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100

PU PG

584344 584319 584329 584315 584369 584360

1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100

8 8 8 8 8 8

584343 584346

1/60 8 1/100 8

metallic

antique brass stainless steel

8 8 8 8

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

www.merten.com

372

Art. no.

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white light grey dark brazil black grey aluminium

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

Art. no.

Push-button action < 1s: Stop or inching mode for slat adjustment. Push-button action > 1s: Permanent movement of blind/roller shutters (self-locking).

BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM | Blind push-button with memory function and sensor connection | ©2010

Info


BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM Blind push-button with memory function and sensor connection For OCTOCOLOR. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. The device uses a a memory function for the purpose of presence simulation to save a time for opening and a time for closing the blinds. Which are then repeated every 24 hours. The memory function can be switched on and off at any time. The times are saved by keeping the corresponding direction key pressed down (2 s). A screw terminal on the blind control insert connects the sensor cable with the blind push-button. Brightness value of sun sensor set to approx. 20,000 lux.

Blind push-button with IR receiver and sensor connection –

Technical Information: Blind control system functions and device overview

Blind push-button with IR receiver and sensor connection For System M. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. Can be manually operated and controlled remotely via IR remote control. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. A screw terminal on the blind control insert connects the sensor cable with the blind push-button. Brightness value of sun sensor set to approx. 20,000 lux.

Push-button action < 1s: Stop or inching mode for slat adjustment. Push-button action > 1s: Permanent movement of blind/roller shutters (self-locking). To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. – Technical Information Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white ˜

PU PG

Version 582344 582319

1/100 8 1/100 8

˜

582342

1/100 8

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy

582305

1/100 8

˜

metallic

varnished bronze metallic varnished titanium

To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. – Technical Information ˜

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant 588044 588019 588025

1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

Art. no.

586444 586419 586414 586460

1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100

8 8 8 8

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

www.merten.com

˜

Art. no.

C

Push-button action < 1s: Stop or inching mode for slat adjustment. Push-button action > 1s: Permanent movement of blind/roller shutters (self-locking).

˜

Version

Blind control system

©2010

| Blind push-button with IR receiver and sensor connection | BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM

373


BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM Blind push-button with IR receiver and sensor connection For System Design. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. Can be manually operated and controlled remotely via IR remote control. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. A screw terminal on the blind control insert connects the sensor cable with the blind push-button. Brightness value of sun sensor set to approx. 20,000 lux.

Blind control system

C

CONNECT roller shutter push-button with sensor connection –

Technical Information: Blind control system functions and device overview

CONNECT radio roller shutter push-button with sensor connection For System M. Operating button for roller shutter motors. Manual operation and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. With electronic locking device. Possible to connect sun/twilight sensor. Radio features: Router A screw terminal on the blind control insert connects the sensor cable with the roller shutter push-button. Brightness value of sun sensor set to approx. 20000 lux.

Push-button action < 1s: Stop or inching mode for slat adjustment. Push-button action > 1s: Permanent movement of blind/roller shutters (self-locking). To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. – Technical Information ˜

Version ˜

Art. no.

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white light grey dark brazil black grey aluminium ˜

PU PG

Functions: EASY CONNECT: • Roller shutters Up/Down, save sun sensor light value locally With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • additionally master/slave, louvres, up/down duration

584444 584419 584429 584415 584469 584460

1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60

8 8 8 8 8 8

584443 584446

1/60 8 1/60 8

˜

metallic

antique brass stainless steel

To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Transmitter: All transmitters of the Merten CONNECT radio system.

Version ˜

Blind push-button with IR receiver and sensor connection For OCTOCOLOR. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. Can be manually operated and controlled remotely via IR remote control. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. A screw terminal on the blind control insert connects the sensor cable with the blind push-button. Brightness value of sun sensor set to approx. 20,000 lux.

To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. – Technical Information ˜

˜

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white ˜

Art. no.

582444 582419

1/60 8 1/60 8

582442

1/60 8

582405

1/60 8

metallic

www.merten.com

varnished bronze metallic varnished titanium

374

503544 503519 503525

1/60 8 1/60 8 1/60 8

502544 502519 502514 502560

1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60

8 8 8 8

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

Push-button action < 1s: Stop or inching mode for slat adjustment. Push-button action > 1s: Permanent movement of blind/roller shutters (self-locking).

Version

Info

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

Art. no.

BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM | CONNECT roller shutter push-button with sensor connection | ©2010


BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM CONNECT radio roller shutter push-button with sensor connection

Standard blind time switch –

For System Design. Operating button for roller shutter motors. Manual operation and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. With electronic locking device. Possible to connect sun/twilight sensor. Radio features: Router A screw terminal on the blind control insert connects the sensor cable with the roller shutter push-button. Brightness value of sun sensor set to approx. 20000 lux.

Technical Information: Blind control system functions and device overview

Standard blind time switch For System M. For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors. Functions: • 4 push-button operation • Pre-set switching times • Time block Mon-Fri: 1xup, 1xdown time can be programmed • Time block Sat-Sun: 1xup, 1xdown time can be programmed • Quick programming function • Programming possible without flush-mounted insert • Reserve power up to 6 hours (without battery) • Reset to restore factory settings • Manual operation possible at any time

Functions: EASY CONNECT: • Roller shutters Up/Down, save sun sensor light value locally With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • additionally master/slave, louvres, up/down duration To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Transmitter: All transmitters of the Merten CONNECT radio system.

Version ˜

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium ˜

Art. no.

504544 504519 504560

1/60 8 1/60 8 1/60 8

504546

1/60 8

Reversing time on change in direction: min. 1 second Accuracy: ±1 min. per month To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. – Technical Information — Note: In combination with the blind control insert and extension input, art. no. 580699, the extension input does not work. ˜

Version

metallic

varnished stainless steel

Info

C

˜

Art. no.

581444 581419 581425

1/10 8 1/10 8 1/10 8

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

PU PG

581944 581919 581914 581960

1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10

8 8 8 8

new new

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

www.merten.com

˜

Blind control system

©2010

| Standard blind time switch | BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM

375


BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM

Blind control system

C

Standard blind time switch

Standard blind time switch

For System Design. For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors. Functions: • 4 push-button operation • Pre-set switching times • Time block Mon-Fri: 1xup, 1xdown time can be programmed • Time block Sat-Sun: 1xup, 1xdown time can be programmed • Quick programming function • Programming possible without flush-mounted insert • Reserve power up to 6 hours (without battery) • Reset to restore factory settings • Manual operation possible at any time

For OCTOCOLOR. For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors. Functions: • 4 push-button operation • Pre-set switching times • Time block Mon-Fri: 1xup, 1xdown time can be programmed • Time block Sat-Sun: 1xup, 1xdown time can be programmed • Quick programming function • Programming possible without flush-mounted insert • Reserve power up to 6 hours (without battery) • Reset to restore factory settings • Manual operation possible at any time

Reversing time on change in direction: min. 1 second Accuracy: ±1 min. per month

Reversing time on change in direction: min. 1 second Accuracy: ±1 min. per month

To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. – Technical Information — Note: In combination with the blind control insert and extension input, art. no. 580699, the extension input does not work. ˜

Version ˜

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium ˜

Art. no.

1/10 8 1/10 8 1/10 8

585946

1/10 8

www.merten.com

376

Version ˜

585944 585919 585960

metallic

varnished stainless steel

To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. – Technical Information — Note: In combination with the blind control insert and extension input, art. no. 580699, the extension input does not work. ˜

BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM | Standard blind time switch | ©2010

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white ˜

Art. no.

583944 583919

1/10 8 1/10 8

583942

1/10 8

583905

1/10 8

metallic

varnished bronze metallic varnished titanium

Info


BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM Blind time switch

Comfort blind time switch –

For System Design. For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors. Functions: • 3 independent program memories • Pre-set switching times • 18 programmable switching times • Menu-controlled operation / programming • Reserve power up to 24 hours (without battery) • Reset to restore factory settings • Random-check generator can be activated (in the range ± 15 mins) • Astro function (adjustment ± 2 hours) • Simple to switch from summer to winter time • Individual running time can be programmed • Manual operation possible at any time • Electronic locking of blind control

Technical Information: Blind control system functions and device overview

Blind time switch For System M. For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors. Functions: • 3 independent program memories • Pre-set switching times • 18 programmable switching times • Menu-controlled operation / programming • Reserve power up to 24 hours (without battery) • Reset to restore factory settings • Random-check generator can be activated (in the range ± 15 mins) • Astro function (adjustment ± 2 hours) • Simple to switch from summer to winter time • Individual running time can be programmed • Manual operation possible at any time • Electronic locking of blind control To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. – Technical Information ˜

Version

581544 581519 581525

1/10 8 1/10 8 1/10 8

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

PU PG

586144 586119 586114 586160

1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10

C

To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. – Technical Information ˜

Version ˜

Art. no.

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white light grey dark brazil black grey aluminium ˜

PU PG

584144 584119 584129 584115 584169 584160

1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10

8 8 8 8 8 8

584143 584146

1/10 8 1/10 8

metallic

antique brass varnished stainless steel

8 8 8 8

Blind time switch For OCTOCOLOR. For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors. Functions: • 3 independent program memories • Pre-set switching times • 18 programmable switching times • Menu-controlled operation / programming • Reserve power up to 24 hours (without battery) • Reset to restore factory settings • Random-check generator can be activated (in the range ± 15 mins) • Astro function (adjustment ± 2 hours) • Simple to switch from summer to winter time • Individual running time can be programmed • Manual operation possible at any time • Electronic locking of blind control

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. – Technical Information ˜

Version ˜

Art. no.

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white ˜

PU PG

582144 582119

1/10 8 1/10 8

582142

1/10 8

582105

1/10 8

metallic

varnished bronze metallic varnished titanium

www.merten.com

˜

Art. no.

Blind control system

©2010

| Comfort blind time switch | BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM

377


BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM

Blind control system

C

Blind time switch with sensor connection

Blind time switch with sensor connection

For System M. For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors. Possible to connect sun/twilight sensor. The sensor cable is connected with the blind time switch via the plug. Functions: • 3 independent program memories • Pre-set switching times • 18 programmable switching times • Menu-controlled operation / programming • Reserve power up to 24 hours (without battery) • Reset to restore factory settings • Random-check generator can be activated (in the range ± 15 mins) • Astro function (adjustment ± 2 hours) • Simple to switch from summer to winter time • Individual running time can be programmed • Manual operation possible at any time • Electrical interlock for blind control • Configurable brightness values for sun protection and twilight functions. The sun sensor can also be used as a twilight sensor.

For System Design. For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors. Possible to connect sun/twilight sensor. The sensor cable is connected with the blind time switch via the plug. Functions: • 3 independent program memories • Pre-set switching times • 18 programmable switching times • Menu-controlled operation / programming • Reserve power up to 24 hours (without battery) • Reset to restore factory settings • Random-check generator can be activated (in the range ± 15 mins) • Astro function (adjustment ± 2 hours) • Simple to switch from summer to winter time • Individual running time can be programmed • Manual operation possible at any time • Electrical interlock for blind control • Configurable brightness values for sun protection and twilight functions. The sun sensor can also be used as a twilight sensor.

To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. – Technical Information ˜

Version ˜

Info

1/10 8 1/10 8 1/10 8

586744 586719 586714 586760

1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10

8 8 8 8

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

www.merten.com

378

Version ˜

581644 581619 581625

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

Art. no.

To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. – Technical Information ˜

BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM | Comfort blind time switch | ©2010

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white light grey dark brazil black grey aluminium ˜

Art. no.

585144 585119 585129 585115 585169 585160

1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10

8 8 8 8 8 8

585143 585146

1/10 8 1/10 8

metallic

antique brass varnished stainless steel

Info


BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM Blind time switch with sensor connection For OCTOCOLOR. For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors. Possible to connect sun/twilight sensor. The sensor cable is connected with the blind time switch via the plug. Functions: • 3 independent program memories • Pre-set switching times • 18 programmable switching times • Menu-controlled operation / programming • Reserve power up to 24 hours (without battery) • Reset to restore factory settings • Random-check generator can be activated (in the range ± 15 mins) • Astro function (adjustment ± 2 hours) • Simple to switch from summer to winter time • Individual running time can be programmed • Manual operation possible at any time • Electrical interlock for blind control • Configurable brightness values for sun protection and twilight functions. The sun sensor can also be used as a twilight sensor. To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. – Technical Information ˜

˜

PU PG

Technical Information: Blind control system functions and device overview

Sun/twilight sensor The light sensor is attached to the window pane with the suction cup. Can be used either as a sun sensor or as a twilight sensor. The position of the sensor determines the starting point of the blind.

C

To be completed with: Blind push-button with sensor connection, art. no. System M 5878.., 5865.., System Basis 5805..,System Design 5845.., OCTOCOLOR 5825... Blind push-button with memory function and sensor connection, art. no. System M 5879.., 5863.., System Basis 5803..,System Design 5843.., OCTOCOLOR 5823... Blind push-button with IR receiver and sensor connection, art. no. System M 5880.., 5864.., System Basis 5804..,System Design 5844.., OCTOCOLOR 5824... Blind push-button with radio receiver and sensor connection, art.no. System M 5936.., System Design 5935... Blind time switch with sensor connection, art. no. System M 5816.., 5867.., System Basis 5811..,System Design 5851.., OCTOCOLOR 5831... – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

2 m, polar white

580691

PU PG

Info

1/54 8

Info

Wind sensor 583144 583119

1/10 8 1/10 8

583142

1/10 8

583105

1/10 8

To raise and protect the blinds depending on the wind force. The device is connected to the wind sensor interface. The wind sensor is installed on the roof or on the outside wall of the building and converts the measured wind speeds into electrical signals.

metallic

varnished bronze metallic varnished titanium

Blind control system

Connecting cable: 2 m / LIYY 2x0.14 mm2

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white ˜

Art. no.

Type of protection: IP 65 To be completed with: Wind sensor interface, art. no. 580693. Technical Information — Contents: With fixing bracket. ˜ –

Version

Art. no.

polar white

580692

PU PG

Info

1/2 8

Wind sensor with heating With integrated heating for trouble-free operation in winter. To raise and protect the blinds depending on the wind force. The device is connected to the wind sensor interface. The wind sensor is installed on the roof or on the outside wall of the building and converts the measured wind speeds into electrical signals. Type of protection: IP 65 To be completed with: Wind sensor interface, art. no. 580693. Separate power supply unit AC/DC 24 V/ 70 W – Technical Information — Contents: With fixing bracket. ˜

Version

Art. no.

polar white

580690

PU PG

Info

1/2 8 www.merten.com

Version

Sensors

©2010

| Sensors | BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM

379


BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM Wind sensor interface

CONNECT radio universal remote control

AC 230 V, 50 Hz Evaluation units for wind sensors / wind sensors with heating. For connection to the extension input of the blind control insert. Can also be connected to the Merten KNX via binary inputs.

Radio remote control and IR remote control in a single device. For activating: • Devices of the Merten CONNECT radio system • Merten IR devices • Up to five IR AV devices such as TV, DVD, DVDR, VCR, SAT, cable, AMP and DMR In connection with the CONNECT radio system, several rooms can be set up with radio components using the remote control. Each room can be configured with up to 9 groups with maximum 12 devices and 3 scenes with maximum 12 devices. Radio features: System administrator, transmitter

Supply voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz Output: floating contact for the control of the blind control insert Response time: approx. 15 sec. (after the selected wind strength has been exceeded) Overshoot time: approx. 15 min. (after the selected wind strength has not been reached)

Blind control system

C

To be completed with: Wind sensor, art. no. 580692. Wind sensor with heating, art. no. 580690. Blind control insert with extension input, art. no. 580699. – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

polar white

580693

PU PG

Functions: EASY CONNECT: • Switch on, switch off, toggle, dim, raise/lower roller shutters, scene • Programming in EASY CONNECT as a system administrator • Individual programming of CONNECT radio push-buttons • Individual description of rooms and groups • Display of description in LCD display With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • additionally graphic programming of the EASY CONNECT functions Extended functions for IR/AV: • Trigger Philips Ambilight • Supports more than 1,000 manufacturers. Devices are selected from a list or by entering programming codes. • General use of the functions of a device (e.g. volume) in all modes.

Info

1/25 8

Remote controls –

Technical Information: Blind control system functions and device overview

IR remote control Distance 2010 10 channel IR remote control. For the control of all TELE sensor covers, blind push-buttons with IR receiver, presence detectors with IR receivers and KNX devices with IR receivers.

Radio range: up to 100 m in free field, up to 30 m indoors IR range: up to 15 m Battery: 3 microcells (IEC LR 03, AAA) Display element: LCD display with 10 characters

Battery: 2 microcells (IEC LR 03, AAA) Range: up to 20 m Receiver: TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... Blind push-button with IR receiver and sensor connection, art. no. System M 5880.., 5864.., System Basis 5804..,System Design 5844.., OCTOCOLOR 5824... ARGUS Presence with IR receiver, art. no. 550591, 6309... Push-button, 4-gang plus with IR receiver, art. no. System M 6175.., 6279... — Contents: Without battery. ˜

Art. no. 570222

PU PG 1/48 8

www.merten.com

Version black

380

BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM | Remote controls | ©2010

Info

˜ —

Receiver: All receivers of the Merten CONNECT radio system. Note: The device can assume the properties of a system administrator. The remote control must be used as the system administrator in connection with the EASY CONNECT method. In connection with the CONNECT radio configurator, it can be used as required. Contents: With battery.With a codes table for nearly all conventional devices, like TV, VCR, DVD, SAT, AUX, ...

Version

Art. no.

Aluminium/black

506923

PU PG 1/6 8

Info


BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM

Blind control system

www.merten.com

C

©2010

| Remote controls | BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM

381


Building communications

OPTIMAL COMFORT AND SECURITY

Building communication

Intelligent solutions in building communications

www.merten.de

Quality building communications: the combination of Merten's switch design and TwinBus technology by Ritto provides optimal comfort and security.

382

From the TwinBus flush mounted staircase intercom, to the TwinBus flush-mounted intercom, and the TwinBus flush-mounted video intercom â&#x20AC;&#x201C; all can be combined with System M's 42 extremely low-profile frames, which enable over 280 different functions. With the TwinBus technology, you can easily develop a plan for your building communications that is perfectly adapted to your needs and both sturdy and easy to install. An ideal solution for single-family homes, office buildings, and housing complexes. With KNX technology and USB interfaces, the options are nearly infinite.

Building communications | Ritto TwinBus | Š2010

Easy installation


Building communications

Contents

Building communication

Extra slim housing â&#x20AC;&#x201C; only 16 mm installation height

TwinBus flush-mounted intercom in Merten switch design

TwinBus flush-mounted staircase door intercom in Merten switch design

www.merten.de

TwinBus video flush-mounted intercom in Merten switch design

Š2010

| Ritto TwinBus | Building communications

383


BUILDING COMMUNICATIONS / RITTO TWINBUS Flush-mounted intercom

Building communicationsBuilding communications / Ritto TwinbusSystem electronicsBuilding communications / Ritto TwinbusBuilding communications / Ritto TwinbusR

Technical Information: Building communications

For TwinBus intercom system. Voice communication to the door station and opening the main door and/or door to the individual floor. • Door opening key • Key for staircase light or call silencing • Call silencing: The door call signal is visual • Accept/end call • Voice and call tone volume control in 4 levels • 5 call tones • Call tone distinction for door/floor • Call connecting relay • Disable listening-in • For use with up to 10 bell keys for door intercoms • Large wiring compartment • Low mounting height (16 mm) It is mounted on a conventional, flat, flushmounted device box, DIN 49073, part 1. Supply voltage: TwinBus from power supply unit 17573 Power consumption in stand-by: max. 3 mA Operating elements: Door opening key, key for staircase lighting/call silencing, volume control, accept/end call Dimensions: 126 x 55 mm (HxW)

Components for Ritto TwinBus

Flush-mounted video intercom For TwinBus video intercom system with colour image. Voice and visual communication to the door station, and opening the main door and/or door to the individual floors. • Door opening key • Key for staircase light or call silencing • Call silencing: The door call signal is visualised. • Accept/end call • 1 freely configurable key for special function • Voice and call tone volume control in 8 levels • 8 call tones incl. 3-tone gong • Call activation relay/door opening mechanism • Call tone distinction for door/floor/internal • Switching the video image on/off • Camera selection, camera control • Disable to prevent others listening/viewing • Internal calls/8 switching commands (menu) • For use with up to 10 bell keys for door intercoms • Large wiring compartment • Low mounting height (16 mm) It is mounted on a conventional, flat, flushmounted device box, DIN 49073, part 1. Supply voltage: 18-24 V DC from video network device 16477 Interface: USB (preconfiguration) Output: 1, floating, 24V, 1A (for example, for external signal generator via call activation relay) Display: 2.0“ colour TFT, LED backlight Operating elements: Cursor keys, door opening key, key for staircase lighting/call silencing, accept/end call and special function Dimensions: 197x55 mm (HxW)

Building communicatio ns

R

To be completed with: Frame 3-gang without central bridge piece, art. no. 1-M 3899.., ATELIER-M 3889.., M-SMART 4789.., 4849.., M-ARC 4859.., M-STAR 4709.., 4769.., 4869.., M-PLAN 4889.., MPLAN glass 4779.., M-PLAN metal frame 4759... — Contents: TwinBus connecting terminal and videobus.Retaining ring and screws. ˜

Version ˜

700144 700119 700125

1/12 8.9 1/12 8.9 1/12 8.9

˜

˜

701144 701119 701114 701160

1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12

700244 700219 700225

1/12 8.8 1/12 8.8 1/12 8.8

Info

701244 701219 701214 701260

1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12

8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

Info

8.9 8.9 8.9 8.9

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

www.merten.com

384

PU PG

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

Art. no.

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

PU PG

Version

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

Art. no.

To be completed with: Frame 2-gang without central bridge piece, art. no. 1-M 3898.., ATELIER-M 3888.., M-SMART 4788.., 4848.., M-ARC 4858.., M-STAR 4668.., 4768.., 4868.., M-PLAN 4888.., MPLAN glass 4878.., M-PLAN metal frame 4758... — Contents: TwinBus connecting terminal.Retaining ring and screws. ˜

BUILDING COMMUNICATIONS / RITTO TWINBUS | Components for Ritto TwinBus | ©2010


BUILDING COMMUNICATIONS / RITTO TWINBUS Flush-mounted staircase door station For TwinBus intercom systems with voice communication to the intercoms. The door station is installed inside, in front of the floor door or apartment door. • Door bell key • Key for staircase timer, can be switched off • Volume for microphone and loudspeaker adjustable • Large wiring compartment • Large nameplate, can be replaced from the front • Low mounting height (16 mm) It is mounted on a conventional, flat, flushmounted device box, DIN 49073, part 1. Supply voltage: TwinBus from power supply unit 17573 Operating elements: Door bell key, key for staircase lighting Dimensions: 126 x 55 mm (HxW)

Building communicatio ns

R

To be completed with: Frame 2-gang without central bridge piece, art. no. 1-M 3898.., ATELIER-M 3888.., M-SMART 4788.., 4848.., M-ARC 4858.., M-STAR 4668.., 4768.., 4868.., M-PLAN 4888.., MPLAN glass 4878.., M-PLAN metal frame 4758... — Contents: TwinBus connecting terminal.Retaining ring and screws. ˜

Version

1/12 8.8 1/12 8.8 1/12 8.8

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

700544 700519 700525

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

PU PG

701544 701519 701514 701560

1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12

8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

www.merten.com

˜

Art. no.

©2010

| Components for Ritto TwinBus | BUILDING COMMUNICATIONS / RITTO TWINBUS

385


ARGUS surface-mounted movement detectors

The best in all-round protection

Movement detectors

The ARGUS movement detector is ideal anywhere that on-demand lighting control is needed, including entryways, corridors, stairways, offices, public buildings and terraces. ARGUS surface-mounted movement detectors These well-designed movement detectors ensure safety and convenience outdoors. For example, entryways are lighted on demand â&#x20AC;&#x201C; ideal for greeting visitors as well as for putting uninvited guests into the spotlight, whether they want to be or not.

By employing a movement and presence detector, individual households can also save energy and contribute to environmental protection. Merten products can easily and conveniently reduce energy costs with lighting control, heating and multimedia control tailored to your needs.

www.merten.de

The detectors sweep across a detection angle from 70 to 360° to detect motion. An optional radio network as well as remote control setting and use make operation even more convenient.

Convenience, functionality and safety are the key elements to take into account when selecting building technology systems. Energy efficiency is another important criterion. Merten places a high priority on developing sustainable products and solutions in order to protect our resources and the resources of future generations.

386

ARGUS surface-mounted movement detector | Š2010

ARGUS 220, remote control aluminium


ARGUS surface-mounted movement detectors

Contents

ARGUS surface-mounted movement detectors: The right solution for any application ARGUS 70

7 m

• F or safety and security in the smallest of spaces •A  ngle of detection: 70°

ARGUS 110 & 220 Basic

ARGUS 300

Movement detectors

24

24

m

m

24

220 Basic

• The value-for-money basic models • Angle of detection: 110° (ARGUS 110 Basic) 220° (ARGUS 220 Basic)

16

110 Basic

m

12 m

12 m

m

• Monitors two house fronts simultaneously • Angle of detection: 300°

ARGUS 360

ARGUS 220 | ARGUS 220 FOR 12 V | ARGUS 220, remote controllable 20 m

32 m

28 m

16 m

KNX ARGUS 220

28 m

• with integrated interface for a radio module for networking • Angle of detection: 220° • Sensitivity adjustable • 12 V Low voltage (ARGUS 220 for 12 V) • remote controllable (ARGUS 220, remote control)

• For indoor and outdoor ceiling mounting • Angle of detection: 360°

16 m

• for direct connection to KNX • Angle of detection: 220° 28 m

RADIO ARGUS 220 CONNECT 16 m

28 m

16 m

• for networking of up to 4 movement detectors • Angle of detection: 220°

©2010

| ARGUS surface-mounted movement detector

www.merten.de

• With integrated light-sensitive time switch, can be networked by radio • Angle of detection: 220°

387


ARGUS SURFACE-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR ARGUS 110 Basic

Movement detectorsARGUS surface-mounted movement detectorSecurity electronicsMovement detectorsSurface-mounted movement detectorsARGUS surface-mounted movement detectorF

Technical Information: Surface-mounted movement detector

Electronic outdoor movement detector. 110° surface monitoring for smaller house fronts and sections of the house. • 360° short-range zone (approx. 4 m radius). • Large wiring compartment and plug system. • Looping is possible. • LED function display for fast alignment at the installation site. • Operating elements are protected under the easily accessible cover plate. • Flexibly adjustable sensor head. • Possible to blank out individual lens areas. Can be installed on walls and ceilings without additional accessories. Can be mounted on inner/outer corners and stationary pipes using a mounting bracket. Mains voltage: AC 230 V, ± 10 %, 50 Hz Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 1200 W Fluorescent lamps: AC 230 V, 1200 W uncompensated Capacitive load: max. 35 µF Max. switching current: 16 A, AC 230 V, cos = 1 Angle of detection: 110° Range: max. 12 m Number of levels: 7 Number of zones: 92 with 368 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from 31000 lux Time: 1 sec. to approx. 8 min. in 6 levels Neutral conductor: required Possible to set the sensor head Wall mounting: 9° up, 24° down, 12° left/right, ± 12° axial Ceiling mounting: 4° up, 29° down, 25° left/ right, ± 8.5° axial EC guidelines: Low voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC Type of protection: IP 55

ARGUS movement detector, standard

ARGUS 70 Electronic outdoor movement detector. 70° surface monitoring for smaller areas such as gateways, entrances or staircases. Mains voltage: AC 230 V ±10 %, 50 Hz Connected load: up to 500 VA Max. switching current: 2 A, AC 230 V, cos = 0,6 Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, up to 300 W Capacitive load: max. 21 µF Power consumption: < 1 W Number of levels: 4 Number of zones: 26 with 104 switching segments Area of detection: 70° surface monitoring, approx. 7x8 m Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from 31000 lux Range: approx. 7 m Time: 1 sec. to approx. 8 min. in 6 steps Ambient temperature: -25 °C to +55 °C Neutral conductor: required Type of protection: IP 44

Movement detectors

F ˜ –

Accessories: Capacitor, art. no. 542895. Technical Information

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

polar white dark brazil

545719 545715

1/20 8.4 1/20 8.4

Info

Accessories: Mounting bracket, art. no. 565291/92/93. Capacitor, art. no. 542895. – Technical Information — Contents: With cover plate and segments to limit the area of detection, screws and plugs. ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

565119

1/6 8.4

www.merten.com

Version polar white

388

ARGUS SURFACE-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR | ARGUS movement detector, standard | ©2010

Info


ARGUS SURFACE-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR ARGUS 220 Basic

ARGUS 220

Electronic outdoor movement detector. 220° surface monitoring for large house fronts and sections of the house. • 360° short-range zone (approx. 4 m radius). • Large wiring compartment and plug system. • Looping is possible. • LED function display for fast alignment at the installation site. • Operating elements are protected under the easily accessible cover plate. • Flexibly adjustable sensor head. • Possible to blank out individual lens areas. Can be installed on walls and ceilings without additional accessories. Can be mounted on inner/outer corners and stationary pipes using a mounting bracket. Mains voltage: AC 230 V, ± 10 %, 50 Hz Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 1200 W Fluorescent lamps: AC 230 V, 1200 W uncompensated Capacitive load: max. 35 µF Max. switching current: 16 A, AC 230 V, cos = 1 Angle of detection: 220° Range: max. 12 m Number of levels: 7 Number of zones: 112 with 448 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from 31000 lux Time: 1 sec. to approx. 8 min. in 6 levels Neutral conductor: required Possible to set the sensor head Wall mounting: 9° up, 24° down, 12° left/right, ± 12° axial Ceiling mounting: 4° up, 29° down, 25° left/ right, ± 8.5° axial EC guidelines: Low voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC Type of protection: IP 55

Electronic outdoor movement detector. 220° surface monitoring for large house fronts and sections of the house. With an integrated interface for extension with a radio module (wireless connection of several devices). • 360° short-range zone (approx. 4 m radius). • Large wiring compartment and plug system. • Looping is possible. • LED function display for fast alignment at the installation site. • Operating elements are protected under the easily accessible cover plate. • Flexibly adjustable sensor head. • Possible to blank out individual lens areas. Can be installed on walls and ceilings without additional accessories. Can be mounted on inner/outer corners and stationary pipes using a mounting bracket. Functions: The following functions are possible via radio with an integrated radio module: Permanent ON, Permanent OFF and AUTOMATIC.

Accessories: Mounting bracket, art. no. 565291/92/93. Capacitor, art. no. 542895. – Technical Information — Contents: With cover plate and segments to limit the area of detection, screws and plugs. Art. no.

PU PG

565219

1/12 8.4

Info

Accessories: Radio module for ARGUS 220 movement detector, art. no. 565495. Mounting bracket, art. no. 565291/92/93. Capacitor, art. no. 542895. – Technical Information — Contents: With cover plate and segments to limit the area of detection, screws and plugs. ˜

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

polar white dark brazil aluminium

565419 565415 565469

1/12 8.4 1/6 8.4 1/6 8.4

Info

www.merten.com

Version

F

Mains voltage: AC 230 V, ± 10 %, 50 Hz Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Fluorescent lamps: AC 230 V, 1200 W uncompensated Capacitive load: max. 35 µF Max. switching current: 16 A, AC 230 V, cos = 1 Angle of detection: 220° Range: max. 16 m Number of levels: 7 Number of zones: 112 with 448 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from 31000 lux Time: 1 sec. to approx. 8 min. in 6 levels Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Neutral conductor: required Possible to set the sensor head Wall mounting: 9° up, 24° down, 12° left/right, ± 12° axial Ceiling mounting: 4° up, 29° down, 25° left/ right, ± 8.5° axial EC guidelines: Low voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC Type of protection: IP 55

˜

polar white

Movement detectors

©2010

| ARGUS movement detector, standard | ARGUS SURFACE-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR

389


ARGUS SURFACE-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR ARGUS 220 Timer Electronic outdoor movement detector. 220° surface monitoring for large house fronts and sections of the house. With integrated light-sensitive time switch and interface for extension with a radio module (wireless connection of several devices). • 360° short-range zone (approx. 4 m radius). • Large wiring compartment and plug system. • Looping is possible. • LED function display for fast alignment at the installation site. • Operating elements are protected under the easily accessible cover plate. • Flexibly adjustable sensor head. • Possible to blank out individual lens areas. Can be installed on walls and ceilings without additional accessories. Can be mounted on inner/outer corners and stationary pipes using a mounting bracket.. Functions: • Semi-automatic function: In the evening, when the ambient light level falls to the set twilight threshold, the lighting will be switched on, then switched off again at the set time (e.g. 23:00). After this, the normal movement detector function is active. • Automatic function: like the semi-automatic function. In the morning, the lighting is switched on again at the pre-set time (e.g. 5.00 a.m.) and switched off when the twilight threshold is reached. In between, the normal movement detector function is active. • Automatic time switch function: In the evening and the morning, the switch provides a brightness-dependent timer function (disabled under ARGUS), in between these times it provides the normal movement detector function. • Semi-automatic time switch function: In the evening the switch provides a brightnessdependent timer function (disabled under ARGUS), after that it provides the normal movement detector function. • Pure movement detector function The following functions are possible via radio with an integrated radio module: Permanent ON, Permanent OFF, AUTOMATIC and SET (Teaching in current twilight value. No manual adjustment possible).

Movement detectors

www.merten.com

F

390

Mains voltage: AC 230 V, ± 10 %, 50 Hz Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Fluorescent lamps: AC 230 V, 1200 W uncompensated Capacitive load: max. 35 µF Max. switching current: 16 A, AC 230 V, cos = 1 Angle of detection: 220° Range: max. 16 m Number of levels: 7 Number of zones: 112 with 448 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from 31000 lux Time: 1 sec. to approx. 8 min. in 6 levels Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Neutral conductor: required Possible to set the sensor head Wall mounting: 9° up, 24° down, 12° left/right, ± 12° axial Ceiling mounting: 4° up, 29° down, 25° left/ right, ± 8.5° axial EC guidelines: Low voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC Type of protection: IP 55

Accessories: Radio module for ARGUS 220 movement detector, art. no. 565495. Mounting bracket, art. no. 565291/92/93. Capacitor, art. no. 542895. – Technical Information — Contents: With cover plate and segments to limit the area of detection, screws and plugs. ˜

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

polar white dark brazil aluminium

565619 565615 565669

1/6 8.4 1/6 8.4 1/6 8.4

Info

ARGUS 220 for 12 V Electronic outdoor movement detector. 220° surface monitoring for large house fronts and sections of the house. 12 V version. With an integrated interface for extension with a radio module (wireless connection of several devices). • 360° short-range zone (approx. 4 m radius). • Large wiring compartment and plug system. • Looping is possible. • LED function display for fast alignment at the installation site. • Operating elements are protected under the easily accessible cover plate. • Flexibly adjustable sensor head. • Possible to blank out individual lens areas. Can be installed on walls and ceilings without additional accessories. Can be mounted on inner/outer corners and stationary pipes using a mounting bracket. Functions: The following functions are possible via radio with an integrated radio module: Permanent ON, Permanent OFF and AUTOMATIC. Supply voltage: DC 12 V Switch contact: floating Max. switching current: 5 A, DC 12 V 5 A, AC 230 V, cos = 1 Power consumption: <1 W Angle of detection: 220° Range: max. 16 m Number of levels: 7 Number of zones: 112 with 448 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from 31000 lux Time: 1 sec. to approx. 8 min. in 6 levels Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Possible to set the sensor head Wall mounting: 9° up, 24° down, 12° left/right, ± 12° axial Ceiling mounting: 4° up, 29° down, 25° left/ right, ± 8.5° axial EC guidelines: Low voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC Type of protection: IP 55 Accessories: Radio module for ARGUS 220 movement detector, art. no. 565495. Mounting bracket, art. no. 565291/92/93. Capacitor, art. no. 542895. – Technical Information — Dark brazil and aluminium are available on request. Contents: With cover plate and segments to limit the area of detection, screws and plugs. ˜

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

polar white

565426

1/6 8.4

ARGUS SURFACE-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR | ARGUS movement detector, standard | ©2010

Info


ARGUS SURFACE-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR ARGUS 300

ARGUS 360

Electronic outdoor movement detector. 300° surface monitoring for mounting on house corners in order to secure the area of two house walls. The range of the area of detection can be adjusted in sectors with three selectively adjustable 100° sectors. This makes it possible to compensate for a site that slopes upwards or downwards. • 360° short-range zone (approx. 4 m radius). • Large wiring compartment and plug system. • Looping is possible. • LED function display for fast alignment at the installation site. • Operating elements for setting the brightness threshold, time and sensitivity (range). • Flexibly adjustable sensor head. • Possible to blank out individual lens areas. For installation on house corners without requiring additional accessories. To prevent obstacles such as downpipes from blanking the area of detection when installed on corners, an extension can be installed. Mains voltage: AC 230 V, ± 10 %, 50 Hz Incandescent lamps: max. 3000 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2500 W Capacitive load: max. 140 µF Max. switching current: 16 A, AC 230 V, cos = 0,6 Power consumption: <1 W Angle of detection: 300° Range: max. 16 m Number of levels: 7 Number of zones: 123 with 492 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely externally adjustable Art. no. 564319 approx. 3-1000 lux Art. no. 564315 approx. 5-1000 lux Time: externally adjustable in 6 levels of approx. 1 sec. to approx. 8 min. Neutral conductor: required Possible to adjust the sensor head: Horizontal rotation to the left and right by 30°. Swivelling of the sensor head to the right or left by 45°. EC guidelines: Low voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC Type of protection: IP 55

Electronic movement detector for outdoor ceiling mounting. 360° surface monitoring over a length of 30 m and a width of 20 m. • Operating elements for setting the brightness threshold and time. • LED function display for fast alignment at the installation site. Mains voltage: AC 230 V, ± 10 %, 50 Hz Incandescent lamps: max. 3000 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2500 W Capacitive load: max. 140 µF Max. switching current: 16 A, AC 230 V, cos = 0,6 Power consumption: < 1 W Angle of detection: 360° Range: max. 16 m Number of levels: 7 Number of zones: 124 with 496 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely adjustable Art. no. 564419 approx. 3-1000 lux Art. no. 564415 approx. 5-1000 lux Time: adjustable in 6 levels of approx. 1 sec. to approx. 8 min. Neutral conductor: required EC guidelines: Low voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC Type of protection: IP 55

Movement detectors

F

Accessories: Capacitor, art. no. 542895. Technical Information — Contents: With screws and plugs. ˜ –

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

polar white dark brazil

564419 564415

1/6 8.4 1/6 8.4

Info

Accessories: Extension, art. no. 554395/99. Capacitor, art. no. 542895. – Technical Information — Contents: With 2 blanking inserts to limit the area of detection, unlocking clamp, screws and plugs. ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

564319 564315

1/3 8.4 1/3 8.4

Info

www.merten.com

Version polar white dark brazil

©2010

| ARGUS movement detector, standard | ARGUS SURFACE-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR

391


ARGUS SURFACE-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR ARGUS movement detector, remote control

Movement detectors

F

ARGUS movement detector, CONNECT radio system

ARGUS 220, remote-controlled

Radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT

Electronic outdoor movement detector. 220° surface monitoring for large house fronts and sections of the house. With radio remote control. • 360° short-range zone (approx. 4 m radius). • Large wiring compartment and plug system. • Looping is possible. • LED function display for fast alignment at the installation site. • Operating elements are protected under the easily accessible cover plate. • Flexibly adjustable sensor head. • Possible to blank out individual lens areas. Can be installed on walls and ceilings without additional accessories. Can be mounted on inner/outer corners and stationary pipes using a mounting bracket. Functions: The following settings can be performed on the ARGUS via the radio remote control: Operating mode (permanent ON, permanent OFF, automatic), brightness threshold, switching duration, set and change the sensitivity to movement.

Electronic outdoor movement detector. 220° surface monitoring for large house fronts and sections of the house. • 360° short-range zone (approx. 4 m radius). • Large wiring compartment and plug system. • Looping is possible. • LED function display for fast alignment at the installation site. • Operating elements are protected under the easily accessible cover plate. • Flexibly adjustable sensor head. • Possible to blank out individual lens areas. Can be installed on walls and ceilings without additional accessories. Can be mounted on inner/outer corners and stationary pipes using a mounting bracket. Functions: Up to four radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT devices can be networked and set via the remote control (permanent ON, permanent OFF, automatic, brightness threshold, switching time, set and change the sensitivity to movement.) In conjunction with the CONNECT radio configuration tool, you can: • fully integrate the radio ARGUS 200 CONNECT into the radio network and network with other devices. • Teaching receivers. • Use function module like scene, message and alarm.

Mains voltage: AC 230 V ±10 %, 50 Hz Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Fluorescent lamps: AC 230 V, 1200 W uncompensated Capacitive load: max. 35 µF Max. switching current: 16 A, AC 230 V, cos = 1 Angle of detection: 220° Range: max. 16 m Number of levels: 7 Number of zones: 112 with 448 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from 31000 Lux Time: 1 sec. to approx. 8 min. in 6 steps Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Neutral conductor: required Sensor head adjustment for wall mounting: 9° up, 24° down, 12° left/right, ± 12° axial Sensor head adjustment for ceiling mounting: 4° up, 29° down, 25° left/right, ± 8.5° axial EC directives: Low voltage directive 2006/95/ EEC and EMC directive 2004/108/EEC Type of protection: IP 55 Dimensions: 151x93x71 mm (HxWxD)

Mains voltage: AC 230 V ±10 %, 50 Hz Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Fluorescent lamps: AC 230 V, 1200 W uncompensated Capacitive load: max. 35 µF Max. switching current: 16 A, AC 230 V, cos = 1 Angle of detection: 220° Range: max. 16 m Number of levels: 7 Number of zones: 112 with 448 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from 31000 Lux Time: 1 sec. to approx. 8 min. in 6 steps Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Neutral conductor: required Sensor head adjustment for wall mounting: 9° up, 24° down, 12° left/right, ± 12° axial Sensor head adjustment for ceiling mounting: 4° up, 29° down, 25° left/right, ± 8.5° axial EC directives: Low voltage directive 2006/95/ EEC and EMC directive 2004/108/EEC Radio frequency: 868 MHz Transmission range: up to 100 m in free field, up to 30 m indoors Type of protection: IP 55 Dimensions: 151x93x71 mm (HxWxD)

For remote control: Channels: 1 Radio frequency: 868 MHz Range: up to 100 m (free field) up to 30 m (building) Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450N) Display elements: Status LED Accessories: Mounting bracket, art. no. 565291, 565293. Capacitor, art. no. 542895. Replacement part: Remote control for ARGUS 220, remote-controlled, art. no. 565590. – Technical Information — Contents: With cover plate and segments to limit the area of detection, screws and plugs.Remote control.

www.merten.com

˜

392

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

polar white aluminium

565519 565560

1/12 8.4 1/12 8.4

Info

Accessories: Remote control for radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT, art. no. 509590. Mounting bracket, art. no. 565291, 565293. Capacitor, art. no. 542895. — Contents: With cover plate and segments to limit the area of detection, screws and plugs. ˜

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

polar white aluminium

509519 509560

1/12 8.4 1/12 8.4

ARGUS SURFACE-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR | ARGUS movement detector, remote control | ©2010

Info


ARGUS SURFACE-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR Remote control for radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT

ARGUS movement detector, KNX

KNX ARGUS 220

One radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT or one radio receiver switch each can be taught, networked and set for each key (A1-A4) on the remote control.

KNX movement detector for outdoors. 220° surface monitoring for large house fronts and sections of the house. With integrated bus coupler. The physical address is programmed with a magnet. • 360° short-range zone (approx. 4 m radius). • Large wiring compartment and plug system. • Looping is possible. • LED function display for fast alignment at the installation site. • Operating elements are protected under the easily accessible cover plate. • Flexibly adjustable sensor head. • Possible to blank out individual lens areas. Can be installed on walls and ceilings without additional accessories. Can be mounted on inner/outer corners and stationary pipes using a mounting bracket. KNX software functions: Five movement blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. Normal operation, master, slave, safety pause, disable function. Sensitivity, brightness and staircase timer can be set using the ETS or the potentiometer. Self-adjusting staircase timer.

Functions: You can set the following functions on the ARGUS: Operating mode (permanent ON, permanent OFF, automatic), brightness threshold, switching duration, set and change the sensitivity to movement. Channels: 4 Radio frequency: 868 MHz Range: up to 100 m in free field, up to 30 m indoors Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450N) Display elements: Status LED —

Receiver: Radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT, art. no. 5095... Contents: With battery.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

509590

1/48 8.4

Info

Movement detectors

F

Angle of detection: 220° Range: max. 16 m Number of levels: 7 Number of zones: 112 with 448 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely variable from approx. 3 1000 lux,  lux (infinite: movement detection is independent of the position of the sensor head) Time: can be set externally from 1 s to approx. 8 min. in 6 levels or via ETS from approx. 3 s to approx. 152 hours Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Possible settings for sensor head: Wall mounting: 9° up, 24° down, 12° left/right, ±12° axial Ceiling mounting: 4° up, 29° down, 25° left/ right, ±8.5° axial EC directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC directive 2004/108/EC Type of protection: IP 55 Accessories: Mounting bracket, art. no. 565291/92/93. Programming magnet for valve drive EMO, art. no. 639190. — Contents: With cover plate and segments to limit the area of detection, screws and plugs. ˜

Version

Art. no.

polar white dark brazil aluminium

632519 632515 632569

PU PG

Info

1/12 9 1/6 9 1/6 9

www.merten.com

˜

©2010

| ARGUS movement detector, KNX | ARGUS SURFACE-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR

393


ARGUS SURFACE-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR Radio module for ARGUS 220 movement detector

Accessories

Mounting bracket

For the wireless networking of several ARGUS 220 or ARGUS 220 Timer devices. A registered movement is sent to all taught movement detectors via the radio module. With integrated transmitter and receiver. The radio module can be retrofitted into the movement detector.

Installation bracket for attaching the ARGUS 110/220 Basic, ARGUS 220/Timer to outer of inner corners. Can also be secured to fixed pipes (VDE 0100) with conventional conduit clips.

Functions: The radio module supports the functions permanent ON, permanent OFF, AUTOMATIC and SET (ARGUS 220 Timer only). The ARGUS uses the current twilight threshold for switching on in the SET function.

To be completed with: ARGUS 110/220 Basic, art. no. 565119, 565219. ARGUS 220 art. no. 5654... ARGUS 220 Timer, art. no. 5656... ARGUS 220, remote control, art. no. 5655... Radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT, art. no. 5095... In KNX, to be completed with: INSTABUS ARGUS 220 Connect, art. no. 6315... KNX ARGUS 220, art. no. 6325... – Technical Information — Contents: With screws and plugs. Without conduit clip. ˜

Movement detectors

F

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

polar white black grey dark brazil

565291 565293 565292

1/21 8.4 1/21 8.4 1/21 8.4

Radio frequency 868 MHz Type of transmission: FSK, Frequency Shift Keying, bi-directional, with integrated transmitter and receiver Range: up to 100 m (free field) up to 30 m (building)

Info

˜

Extension The extension between wall bracket and sensor head can be installed for the ARGUS 300 in order to increase the distance between the movement detector and the wall. Obstacles such as downpipes, which blank the area of detection if mounted on corners, can be prevented.

To be completed with: ARGUS 220 art. no. 5654... ARGUS 220 Timer, art. no. 5656... Transmitter: Radio push-button, 2-gang for ARGUS, art. no. System Design 592290. Radio module for ARGUS 220 movement detector, art. no. 565495. Receiver: Radio module for ARGUS 220 movement detector, art. no. 565495.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

Radio module

565495

1/24 8.4

Radio push-button for ARGUS, 2-gang, battery-powered

Length: 11.5 cm To be completed with: ARGUS 300, art. no. 564315/19. – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

polar white dark brazil

554399 554395

1/40 8.4 1/40 8.4

Info

For System Design. Battery-powered radio transmitter with 4 pre-programmed channels. For controlling the ARGUS 220 or ARGUS 220 Timer movement detectors, with inserted radio module. High installation flexibility due to flat design. A flush-mounted socket-outlet is not necessary. The push-button is suitable for sticking onto walls or glass, screwing onto walls or flush-mounted outlets as well as installing in a multiple combination.

Info

Functions: The push-button controls the functions permanent ON, permanent OFF, AUTOMATIC and SET (ARGUS 220 Timer only). The ARGUS uses the current twilight threshold for switching on in the SET function. Channels: 4 Range: up to 100 m (free field) up to 30 m (building) Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450) Display elements: LED for transmission confirmation Type of protection: IP 20 Receiver: Radio module for ARGUS 220 movement detector, art. no. 565495. — Contents: Battery, retaining plate, double-sided adhesive strips, single-sided adhesive strips (aluminium-coloured), screws, dowels. ˜

Version ˜

ARGUS SURFACE-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR | Accessories | ©2010

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

polar white

www.merten.com

394

Art. no.

592290

1/40 8

Info


ARGUS SURFACE-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR Capacitor AC 230 V, 0.33 µF For use in push-button circuits to prevent flickering of the neon lamp and/or instantaneous switching of the installation relay when several push-buttons with neon lamps are in use. For interference suppression of inductive loads, e.g. relays, contactors, fluorescent lamps, transformers, if the induction voltage of these devices leads to the retriggering of the ARGUS. Version

Art. no.

AC 230 V, 0.33 µF

542895

PU PG

Info

10/450 8

Remote control for ARGUS 220, remote control Radio remote control for triggering the ARGUS 220, remote control 1 ARGUS can be taught per remote control.

Movement detectors

Functions: The following settings can be performed on the ARGUS via the radio remote control: Operating mode (permanent ON, permanent OFF, automatic), brightness threshold, switching duration, set and change the sensitivity to movement.

F

Channels: 1 Radio frequency: 868 MHz Range: up to 100 m (free field) up to 30 m (building) Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450N) Display elements: Status LED Receiver: ARGUS 220, remote control, art. no. 5655... Accessories from: ARGUS 220, remote control, art. no. 5655... — Contents: With battery. ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

565590

1/100 8.4

Info

www.merten.com

Version

©2010

| Accessories | ARGUS SURFACE-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR

395


ARGUS flush-mounted movement detector

For comfort and safety at every turn

Movement detectors

ARGUS flush-mounted movement detector The ARGUS indoor movement detector saves energy and leaves no one in the dark. The detector can be used to light hallways, entryways, stairways and cellar corridors on demand.

www.merten.de

The functional inserts are available for many different switch series: ARGUS indoor movement detectors are available for the extensive System M switch series, as well as for the System Design, OCTOCOLOR and AQUADESIGN series.

396

The ARGUS indoor movement detector 180/2.20 m FM provides the highest level of security: with an installation height of 2.20 meters, it provides extremely sensitive anti-crawl protection, a broad range, and segments to limit the area of detection.

Convenience, functionality and safety are the key elements to take into account when selecting building technology systems. Energy efficiency is another important criterion. Merten places a high priority on developing sustainable products and solutions in order to protect our resources and the resources of future generations. By employing a movement and presence detector, individual households can also save energy and contribute to environmental protection. Merten products can easily and conveniently reduce energy costs with lighting control, heating and multimedia control tailored to your needs.

ARGUS flush-mounted movement detector | Š2010

ARGUS 180/2.20m flush-mounted movement detector Design 1-M, polar white, glossy


ARGUS flush-mounted movement detector

Contents

Area of detection of the flush-mounted ARGUS 180/2.20m

0,5 m Ca. 12 m

Lateral angle of detection of the flush-mounted ARGUS 180/2.20m Movement detectors

2,20 m 0,5 m

Ca. 8 m

Ca. 8 m

Models available System Design

1-M

M-SMART

M-PLAN real glass

ARTEC

ATELIER-M

M-ARC

M-PLAN metal

TRANCENT

M-SMART

M-PLAN/M-PLAN II

M-STAR

ANTIK

OCTOCOLOR

OCTOCOLOR

Other models

AQUADESIGN

www.merten.de

System M

Š2010

| ARGUS flush-mounted movement detectors

397


ARGUS FLUSH-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR Movement detectorsARGUS flush-mounted movement detectorSecurity electronicsMovement detectorsFlush-mounted movement detectorsARGUS flush-mounted movement detectorG

Technical Information: Flush-mounted movement detector

ARGUS flush-mounted movement detectors

ARGUS 180 / 2.20 m flushmounted sensor module Flush-mounted inserts for ARGUS movement detectors –

For System M. Indoor movement detector with anti-crawl protection.

Technical Information: ARGUS flush-mounted devices overview

Area of detection: 180° Number of levels: 6 Number of zones: 46 Range: 8 m right/left, 12 m to the front Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from approx. 5 to approx. 1000 lux Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 mins Mounting height: 2.2 m or 1.1 m with half the range

Electronic switch insert AC 230 V For ohmic load such as incandescent lamps, 230 V halogen lamps. Switching capacity: 40-300 W Neutral conductor: not required (2 conductor system) To be completed with: ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module, art. no. System M 5755.., 5784.., System Basis 5782.., System Design 5786.., OCTOCOLOR 5753.., AQUADESIGN 5781... ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module with switch, art. no. System M 5728.., 5785.., System Basis 5783.., System Design 5795.., OCTOCOLOR 5756... ARGUS 180/2.20 m flush-mounted sensor module, art. no. System M 5688.., 5687... In the CONNECT radio system with the CONNECT sensor cover for switch inserts art. no. System M 5034.., 5024..., System Design 5044... – Technical Information — Note: A maximum of two electronic switch inserts may be wired in parallel. The insert from version 2A only can be used in conjunction with the CONNECT radio system. ˜

Movement detectors

G

Version

Art. no.

40-300 W

576799

PU PG

Info

1/50 8

To be completed with: Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799. Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. – Technical Information — Contents: With cover segments to limit the area of detection. ˜

Version ˜

˜

Art. no.

PU PG 1/50 8

Info

568744 568719 568714 568760

8 8 8 8

For System M. Indoor movement detector. Area of detection: 180° Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 14 Range: approx. 8 m Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Light sensor: infinitely adjustable between approx. 5 and 1000 lux Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min To be completed with: Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799. Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. – Technical Information — Note: Supersedes art. no. 5752 .. ˜

Version ˜

PU PG

Info

575544 575519 575525

1/60 8 1/60 8 1/60 8

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium

578444 578419 578414 578460

1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60

8 8 8 8

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

www.merten.com

˜

Art. no.

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

398

1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40

ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module

˜

576897

1/40 8 1/40 8 1/40 8

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

Switching capacity: 0-1000 VA Capacitive load: max. 140 µF Neutral conductor: required (3 conductor system)

Version

Info

Thermoplastic classy matt

AC 230 V For ohmic and complex loads such as incandescent lamps, fluorescent lamps, energy-saving lamps, LV halogen lighting etc.

0-1000 VA

568844 568819 568825

white polar white anthracite aluminium

Relay switch insert

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy

˜

To be completed with: ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module, art. no. System M 5755.., 5784.., System Basis 5782.., System Design 5786.., OCTOCOLOR 5753.., AQUADESIGN 5781... ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module with switch, art. no. System M 5728.., 5785.., System Basis 5783.., System Design 5795.., OCTOCOLOR 5756... ARGUS 180/2.20 m flush-mounted sensor module, art. no. System M 5688.., 5687... In the CONNECT radio system with the CONNECT sensor cover for switch inserts art. no. System M 5034.., 5024..., System Design 5044... – Technical Information — Note: Replace the relay switch insert, art. no. 576899.

Art. no.

ARGUS FLUSH-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR | Flush-mounted inserts for ARGUS movement detectors | ©2010


ARGUS FLUSH-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module

ARGUS flush-mounted movement detector with switch

ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module with switch

For System Design. Indoor movement detector.

For System M. Indoor movement detector. With integrated switch for off/automatic/on.

Area of detection: 180° Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 14 Range: approx. 8 m Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Light sensor: infinitely adjustable between approx. 5 and 1000 lux Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min To be completed with: Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799. Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. – Technical Information — Antique brass on request. Note: Supersedes art. no. 5787 ..

Area of detection: 180° Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 14 Range: approx. 8 m Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Light sensor: infinitely adjustable between approx. 5 and 1000 lux Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min

˜

Version ˜

Art. no.

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white light grey dark brazil black grey aluminium ˜

PU PG

578644 578619 578629 578615 578669 578660

1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60

578646

1/60 8

To be completed with: Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799. Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. – Technical Information — Note: Supersedes art. no. 5759 .. ˜

Version

8 8 8 8 8 8

˜

˜

˜

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white ˜

575344 575319

1/60 8 1/60 8

575342

1/60 8

575305

1/60 8

G

8 8 8 8

Area of detection: 180° Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 14 Range: approx. 8 m Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Light sensor: infinitely adjustable between approx. 5 and 1000 lux Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min To be completed with: Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799. Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. – Technical Information — Note: Supersedes art. no. 5792 .. ˜

Version

metallic

varnished bronze metallic varnished titanium

1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60

˜

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white light grey dark brazil black grey aluminium ˜

Art. no.

579544 579519 579529 579515 579569 579560

1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60

8 8 8 8 8 8

579546

1/60 8

metallic

varnished stainless steel

www.merten.com

˜

578544 578519 578514 578560

For System Design. Indoor movement detector. With integrated switch for off/automatic/on.

To be completed with: Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799. Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. – Technical Information — Note: Supersedes art. no. 5794 .. Info

Movement detectors

ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module with switch

˜

PU PG

1/60 8 1/60 8 1/60 8

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

Area of detection: 180° Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 12 Range: approx. 8 m Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Light sensor: infinitely adjustable between approx. 5 and 1000 lux Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min

Art. no.

Info

Thermoplastic classy matt

For OCTOCOLOR. Indoor movement detector.

Version

572844 572819 572825

white polar white anthracite aluminium

ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy

metallic

varnished stainless steel

Art. no.

©2010

| ARGUS flush-mounted movement detector with switch | ARGUS FLUSH-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR

399


ARGUS FLUSH-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module with switch

ARGUS movement detector, KNX

KNX ARGUS 180, flush-mounted

For OCTOCOLOR. Indoor movement detector. With integrated switch for off/automatic/on.

For System M. Movement detector for indoors. When a movement is detected, a data telegram defined by the programming is transmitted. With integrated bus coupling unit.

Area of detection: 180° Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 12 Range: approx. 8 m Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Light sensor: infinitely adjustable between approx. 5 and 1000 lux Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min

KNX software functions: Five movement blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. Normal operation, master, slave, safety pause, disable function. Sensitivity, brightness and staircase timer can be set using the ETS or the potentiometer. Self-adjusting staircase timer.

To be completed with: Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799. Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. – Technical Information — Note: Supersedes art. no. 5793 .. ˜

Version ˜

Art. no.

˜

575644 575619

1/60 8 1/60 8

575642

1/60 8

575605

1/60 8

metallic

varnished bronze metallic varnished titanium

G

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white Movement detectors

PU PG

Angle of detection: 180° Range: 8 m (for mounting height of 1.1 m) Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 14 Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable (ETS or potentiometer) Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from approx. 10 to 2000 Lux (ETS or potentiometer) Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min (potentiometer) or adjustable from 1 s to 255 hours (ETS) EC Directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC —

ARGUS flush-mounted movement detectors, waterproof

Version ˜

• Protection type IP 44.

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate.

For AQUADESIGN. Splash-proof movement detector. Area of detection: 180° Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 14 Range: approx. 8 m Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Light sensor: infinitely adjustable between approx. 5 and 1000 lux Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min

˜

631644 631619 631625

632644 632619 632614 632660

To be completed with: Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799. Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. – Technical Information Art. no. 578144 578119 578115 578114 578160

PU PG 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50

Info

8 8 8 8 8

www.merten.com

Version

400

1/30 9 1/30 9 1/30 9

1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30

9 9 9 9

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

˜

white polar white dark brazil anthracite aluminium

Info

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy

ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module

Art. no.

ARGUS FLUSH-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR | ARGUS flush-mounted movement detectors, waterproof | ©2010


ARGUS FLUSH-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR KNX ARGUS 180/2.20 m flushmounted

KNX ARGUS 180, flush-mounted For System Design. Movement detector for indoors. When a movement is detected, a data telegram defined by the programming is transmitted. With integrated bus coupling unit.

For System M. Indoor movement detector with anti-crawl protection. When a movement is detected, a data telegram defined by the programming is transmitted. With integrated bus coupling unit. For wall mounting in a size 60 mounting box, optimal installation at 2.2 m.

KNX software functions: Five movement blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. Normal operation, master, slave, safety pause, disable function. Sensitivity, brightness and staircase timer can be set using the ETS or the potentiometer. Self-adjusting staircase timer.

KNX software functions: Five movement blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. Normal operation, master, slave, safety pause, disable function. Sensitivity, brightness and staircase timer can be set using the ETS or the potentiometer. Two movement sensors: the sensitivity and range can be set separately for each sensor. Self-adjusting staircase timer. Angle of detection: 180° Range: 8 m right/left, 12 m to the front (for a mounting height of 2.20 m) Mounting height: 2.2 m or 1.1 m with half the range Number of levels: 6 Number of zones: 46 Number of movement sensors: 2, sector-orientated, adjustable Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable (ETS or potentiometer) Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from approx. 10 to 2000 Lux (ETS or potentiometer) Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min (potentiometer) or adjustable from 1 s to 255 hours (ETS) EC Directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC

Info

631844 631819 631860

1/30 9 1/30 9 1/30 9

631846

1/30 9

metallic

varnished stainless steel

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

631744 631719 631725

1/30 9 1/30 9 1/30 9

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium ˜

Art. no.

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

Version ˜

G

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate.

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate.With cover segments to limit the area of detection.

Version ˜

Movement detectors

632744 632719 632714 632760

1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30

9 9 9 9

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

www.merten.com

Angle of detection: 180° Range: 8 m (for mounting height of 1.1 m) Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 14 Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable (ETS or potentiometer) Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from approx. 10 to 2000 Lux (ETS or potentiometer) Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min (potentiometer) or adjustable from 1 s to 255 hours (ETS) EC Directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC

©2010

| ARGUS movement detector, KNX | ARGUS FLUSH-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR

401


ARGUS presence detector

EFFICIENT AND INTELLIGENT

Presence detectors

ARGUS presence detector

www.merten.de

Two key elements in planning modern buildings are energy-efficiency and sustainability – and intelligent building systems are key to creating efficient, safe, and forward-looking buildings. The ARGUS presence detector is a reliable partner for controlling lighting, heating, and ventilation in individual rooms according to need.

402

The light is automatically controlled via the first channel. The ARGUS presence detector measures the intensity of the natural light. If brightness has fallen below a preselected light threshold, the smallest movements in the room are sufficient to switch on the lighting automatically. When there is enough natural light or when the room is empty, the presence detector turns off the light. The second channel provides presence-based control of other units such as heating or ventilation con-

ARGUS presence detector | ©2010

nected to channel 1, independently of the first channel. KNX ARGUS Presence 180/2.20 m FM The KNX ARGUS Presence 180/2.20 m FM is ideal when the detector can not be installed on the ceiling. The detector can be installed flush-mounted or flush to the wall, making it an unobtrusive and harmonious element of the room's design – the KNX ARGUS Presence 180/2.20 m FM is available in the System M switch designs. KNX ARGUS Presence With five channels and four sensor areas, which can be assigned to different channels, the KNX ARGUS Presence provides highly individualised convenience. For example, if movement is detected in area A,

only the copier lighting is switched on. However, if a presence is detected in areas B through D, the KNX ARGUS Presence will switch on the light in the entire space.

By employing a movement and presence detector, individual households can also save energy and contribute to environmental protection. Merten products can easily and conveniently reduce energy costs with lighting control, heating and multimedia control tailored to your needs.


ARGUS presence detector

Contents

KNX ARGUS Presence Basic

• with 2 channels • now also available in the colour aluminium

KNX ARGUS Presence

• same as KNX ARGUS Presence Basic but with 5 channels • 4 separately adjustable sensor ranges • now also available in the colour aluminium

ARGUS Presence

Presence detectors

• for offices, corridors and schools

KNX ARGUS Presence with light control and IR receiver

• same as KNX ARGUS Presence, plus: • lighting control channel • IR receiver can be used for configuration or remote control of KNX functions • now also available in the colour aluminium

• same as ARGUS Presence, plus: • permanent ON, OFF and AUTOMATIC functions can be remote controlled • lighting can be switched on manually by using the extension input push-button

ARGUS Presence system

KNX ARGUS Presence 180/2.20 m, flush-mounted

www.merten.de

• 2 separate sensor areas • 5 channels, each with 4 output objects • for wall mounting • in System M design

• for the uninterrupted monitoring of large offices and long corridors • up to 8 sensor heads can be switched in sequence (to monitor rooms and corridors up to 64 m) • lighting can be switched on manually by using the extension input push-button

©2010

| ARGUS presence detector

403


ARGUS PRESENCE DETECTORS Technical Information: ARGUS Presence

ARGUS Presence system sensor

ARGUS Presence system

Sensor head with prefabricated interconnecting cable for extending the ARGUS Presence system. Each sensor head has two plugs allowing through-wiring to other sensors.

Presence detectorsARGUS presence detectorsSecurity electronicsPresence detectorsARGUS presence detectorsH

Interconnecting cable: 8 m long Angle of detection: 360° Range: a radius of max. 4 m from the installation site (at a mounting height of 2.50 m) Number of levels: 5 Number of zones: 71 with 284 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely adjustable between approx. 10 and 1000 lux. The light sensor is not active in the test position. EC guidelines: Low voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC

Technical Information: ARGUS Presence system

ARGUS Presence system Indoor presence detection. The system detects the slightest movement in the room, switches the light on and leaves it on until no further movement is detected or natural lighting is sufficient. The power unit has two relay outputs: Relay 1: For brightness-dependent movement detection, e.g. lighting. The overshoot time is infinitely adjustable at the sensor within a range of between 10 seconds and 30 minutes. The device constantly monitors the brightness in the room. Then, when there is sufficient natural light, the artificial light is switched off even if there is still someone in the room. The relay switches phase L. Relay 2: Floating contact (electrically isolated). For movement detection independent of brightness e.g. ventilation or heating control. The overshoot time is infinitely adjustable at the sensor within a range of between 5 minutes and 2 hours. The system consists of the sensor head and a power unit with a permanently attached interconnecting cable (length 2.5 m) plugged into the sensor head. Every sensor head has two sockets to enable through-wiring. A maximum of 8 sensor heads (art. no. 550419) can be connected in this way to one power unit (master-slave principle). Installing several sensor heads makes it possible to seamlessly monitor long corridors and large rooms for example. The sensor head that registered the last movement determines the overshoot time. Can also be controlled via an extension input. Sensor heads are installed in 68 mm ceiling openings. Areas of use include: offices, schools, public buildings, homes. Optimum installation height of 2.50 m.

Presence detectors

H

www.merten.com

Mains voltage: AC 230 V ± 10%, 50 Hz Connecting cable: 2.5 m Max. switching current per relay: 10 A, AC 230 V, cos = 0,6 Incandescent lamps: max. 2300 W Halogen lamps: max. 2000 W Motor load: max. 1000 W Capacitive load: max. 140 µF Power consumption: 2 W for 8 sensors Angle of detection: 360° Range: a radius of max. 4 m from the installation site (at a mounting height of 2.50 m) Number of levels: 5 Number of zones: 71 with 284 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely adjustable between approx. 10 and 1000 lux. The light sensor is not active in the test position. EC guidelines: Low voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC

404

˜ –

Accessories: ARGUS Presence system sensor, art. no. 550419. Technical Information

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

polar white

550499

1/6 8.4

Info

ARGUS PRESENCE DETECTORS | ARGUS Presence system | ©2010

˜ –

To be completed with: ARGUS Presence system, art. no. 550499. Technical Information

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

polar white

550419

1/6 8.4

Info


ARGUS PRESENCE DETECTORS

ARGUS Presence

ARGUS Presence with IR receiver and for extension unit operation

• Indoor presence detection. • ARGUS switches on the light and leaves it switched on until presence is no longer detected or the ambient brightness is sufficient. Can be used in offices, schools, public buildings or homes, for example. The detector is installed in or on the ceiling. • For installation on the ceiling in a 60 mm installation box. Optimum height 2.50 m. • The surface-mounted housing, art. no. 550619, allows the presence detector to be mounted on non-suspended ceilings.

When connecting the nominal voltage or shortterm interruption of the power supply (e.g. with a push-button connected as a make contact), the device switches channel 1 on for one minute plus the set time, regardless of the level of light. Other features and attributes as for ARGUS Presence, art. no. 550590. For channel 1, the functions "Permanent ON", "Permanent OFF" and "Automatic" can be controlled with the IR remote control. Accessories: Surface-mounted housing for ARGUS Presence, art. no. 550619. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. – Technical Information ˜

Technical Information: ARGUS Presence

ARGUS Presence The device has 2 relay outputs: Relay 1: For brightness-dependent movement detection, e.g. lighting. The overshoot time is infinitely adjustable within a range of between 10 seconds and 30 minutes. ARGUS Presence constantly monitors the brightness in the room. Then, when there is sufficient natural light, the artificial light is switched off even if there is still someone in the room. Relay 2: For movement detection independent of brightness e.g. ventilation or heating control. The overshoot time is infinitely adjustable between 5 minutes and 2 hours.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

polar white

550591

1/6 8.4

Info

Presence detectors

H

Mains voltage: AC 230 V ±10 %, 50 Hz Relay 1 (sole use): Nominal capacity: max. 1000 W/VA, 5 A, cos = 1 5 A, cos = 0.6 Incandescent lamps: 1000 W 230 V halogen: 1000 W LV halogen: 500 W with conventional transformer Capacitive load: 5 A, 140 µF Fluorescent lamps: 5 A, 140 µF; 1000 W, uncompensated; 1000 W, 140 µF parallel compensation; 2x500 W, twin-lamp circuit; Electronic ballast: 5 A, Cmax  140 µF Minimum load: 10 mA,  DC 24 V Relay 2 (sole use): Nominal capacity: max. 1000 W, cos = 1 Relays 1+2 (combined use): Nominal capacity: max. 1000 VA, cos = 0.6 and max. 750 W halogen 230 V Fuse: T5H Power consumption: < 1 W Angle of detection: 360° Range: a radius of max. 7 m from the installation site (at a mounting height of 2.50 m) Number of levels: 6 Number of zones: 136 with 544 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely adjustable between approx. 10 and 1000 lux. The light sensor is not active in the test position. EC guidelines: Low voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC Accessories: Surface-mounted housing for ARGUS Presence, art. no. 550619. – Technical Information Version

Art. no.

PU PG

polar white

550590

1/6 8.4

www.merten.com

˜

Info

©2010

| ARGUS Presence | ARGUS PRESENCE DETECTORS

405


ARGUS PRESENCE DETECTORS KNX ARGUS Presence

KNX ARGUS Presence

Presence detection indoors. If KNX ARGUS Presence detects smaller movements in the room, data telegrams are transmitted via KNX to control the lighting, blind or heating at the same time. When the lighting is controlled by brightnessdependent movement detection, the device constantly monitors the brightness in the room. If sufficient natural light is at hand, the device switches the artificial light off even if a person is present. The overshoot time can be adjusted using the ETS. With integrated bus coupling unit. For ceiling mounting in a size 60 mounting box, optimal installation at 2.5 m. Can also be mounted to ceilings using the surface mounting housing for ARGUS Presence.

• ARGUS Presence switches on the light and leaves it switched on until it can no longer detect the presence of people or there is sufficient natural daylight. • Its areas of application include offices, schools, public buildings and private interiors.

KNX ARGUS Presence Basic Presence detection indoors. If KNX ARGUS Presence detects smaller movements in the room, data telegrams are transmitted via KNX to control the lighting, blind or heating at the same time. When the lighting is controlled by brightnessdependent movement detection, the device constantly monitors the brightness in the room. If sufficient natural light is at hand, the device switches the artificial light off even if a person is present. The overshoot time can be adjusted using the ETS. With integrated bus coupling unit. For ceiling mounting in a size 60 mounting box, optimal installation at 2.5 m. Can also be mounted to ceilings using the surface mounting housing for ARGUS Presence.

KNX software functions: Five movement/presence blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. Normal operation, master, slave, monitoring, safety pause, disable function. Four movement sensors: the sensitivity and range can be set separately for each sensor. Self-adjusting staircase timer. Actual brightness value: can be detected via the internal and/or an external light sensor. Actual value correction.

KNX software functions: Two movement/presence blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. Normal operation (no master/slave), safety pause, disable function. Self-adjusting staircase timer. Actual brightness value: can be specified via the internal and/or an external light sensor.

Presence detectors

H

Angle of detection: 360° Range: a radius of max. 7 m (at a mounting height of 2.50 m) Number of levels: 6 Number of zones: 136 with 544 switching segments Number of movement sensors: 4 Light sensor: internal light sensor infinitely adjustable from approx. 10 to 2000 Lux (ETS); external light sensor via KNX EC Directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC Accessories: Surface-mounted housing for ARGUS Presence, art. no. 550619. — Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate. ˜

Art. no. 630719 630760

PU PG

Info

1/6 9 1/6 9

www.merten.com

Version polar white aluminium

406

ARGUS PRESENCE DETECTORS | KNX ARGUS Presence | ©2010

Angle of detection: 360° Range: a radius of max. 7 m (at a mounting height of 2.50 m) Number of levels: 6 Number of zones: 136 with 544 switching segments Number of movement sensors: 4, separately adjustable Light sensor: internal light sensor infinitely adjustable from approx. 10 to 2000 Lux (ETS); external light sensor via KNX EC Directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC Accessories: Surface-mounted housing for ARGUS Presence, art. no. 550619. — Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate. ˜

Version

Art. no.

polar white aluminium

630819 630860

PU PG 1/6 9 1/6 9

Info


ARGUS PRESENCE DETECTORS KNX ARGUS Presence with light control and IR receiver

KNX ARGUS Presence 180/ 2.20 m flush-mounted

Presence detection indoors. If KNX ARGUS Presence detects smaller movements in the room, data telegrams are transmitted via KNX to control the lighting, blind or heating at the same time. When the lighting is controlled by brightnessdependent movement detection, the device constantly monitors the brightness in the room. If sufficient natural light is at hand, the device switches the artificial light off even if a person is present. The overshoot time can be adjusted using the ETS. Light control enables the required brightness in a room to be achieved permanently. Dimming and the optional use of a second lighting group maintains a constant brightness. Individual ARGUS Presence configurations can be changed or other KNX devices can be controlled remotely using the IR receiver. With integrated bus coupling unit. For ceiling mounting in a size 60 mounting box, optimal installation at 2.5 m. Can also be mounted to ceilings using the surface mounting housing for ARGUS Presence.

For System M. Presence detection indoors. If KNX ARGUS Presence detects smaller movements in the room, data telegrams are transmitted via KNX to control the lighting, blind or heating at the same time. When the lighting is controlled by brightnessdependent movement detection, the device constantly monitors the brightness in the room. If sufficient natural light is at hand, the device switches the artificial light off even if a person is present. The overshoot time can be adjusted using the ETS. With integrated bus coupling unit. For wall mounting in a size 60 mounting box, optimal installation at 2.2 m. With anti-crawl protection. KNX software functions: Five movement/presence blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. Normal operation, master, slave, monitoring, safety pause, disable function. Two movement sensors: the sensitivity and range can be set separately for each sensor. Self-adjusting staircase timer. Actual brightness value: can be detected via the internal and/or an external light sensor. Actual value correction.

KNX software functions: Five movement/presence blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. An additional light control block: brightness can be maintained constant by dimming and an additional adjustable level. IR receiver function. IR configuration: setting the brightness threshold, staircase timer factors or range. Normal operation, master, slave, monitoring, safety pause, disable function. Four movement sensors: the sensitivity and range can be set separately for each sensor. Self-adjusting staircase timer. Actual brightness value: can be detected via the internal and/or an external light sensor. Actual value correction. Angle of detection: 360° Range: a radius of max. 7 m (at a mounting height of 2.50 m) Number of levels: 6 Number of zones: 136 with 544 switching segments Number of movement sensors: 4, separately adjustable Light sensor: internal light sensor infinitely adjustable from approx. 10 to 2000 Lux (ETS); external light sensor via KNX Number of IR channels: 10 for controlling KNX devices, 10 for configuration EC Directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC Accessories: Surface-mounted housing for ARGUS Presence, art. no. 550619. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. CONNECT radio universal remote control art. no. 506923. — Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate. ˜

Art. no. 630919 630960

PU PG

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate.With cover segments to limit the area of detection.

Version ˜

Art. no.

Info

630444 630419 630425

1/30 9 1/30 9 1/30 9

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

H

630644 630619 630614 630660

1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30

9 9 9 9

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

Info

1/6 9 1/6 9

www.merten.com

Version polar white aluminium

Presence detectors

Angle of detection: 180° Range: 8 m right/left, 12 m to the front (for a mounting height of 2.20 m) Mounting height: 2.2 m or 1.1 m at half the range Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min (potentiometer) or adjustable from 1 s to 255 hours (ETS) Number of levels: 6 Number of zones: 46 Number of movement sensors: 2, separately adjustable Light sensor: internal light sensor infinitely adjustable from approx. 10 to 2000 Lux (ETS); external light sensor via KNX EC Directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC

©2010

| KNX ARGUS Presence | ARGUS PRESENCE DETECTORS

407


ARGUS PRESENCE DETECTORS Accessories

Surface-mounted housing for ARGUS Presence The surface-mounted housing for ARGUS Presence devices also allows them to be surface mounted. To be completed with: ARGUS Presence, art. no. 550590/91. KNX ARGUS Presence Basic art. no. 6307... KNX ARGUS Presence art. no. 6308... KNX ARGUS Presence with light control and IR receiver art. no. 6309... – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

polar white

550619

1/21 8.4

Presence detectors

www.merten.com

H

408

ARGUS PRESENCE DETECTORS | Accessories | ©2010

Info


ARGUS PRESENCE DETECTORS

Presence detectors

www.merten.com

H

©2010

| Accessories | ARGUS PRESENCE DETECTORS

409


ARGUS light-sensitive switch

EFFICIENT SWITCHING

Light-sensitive switch

ARGUS light-sensitive time switch

Two Merten ARGUS light-sensitive switches can be used to illuminate outdoor spaces on demand. The ARGUS Compact light-sensitive switch has a preset switch-on and switch-off threshold, while the ARGUS light sensitive switch provides maximum flexibility with adjustable switching thresholds and higher switching capacity. The latter is also externally adjustable.

The ARGUS light-sensitive time switch combines a light-sensitive switch and a time switch in a single unit. Combining two technologies in one solution with a light-sensitive switch coupled to a time switch can lead to even greater energy savings. Depending on the season, the ARGUS light-sensitive time switch turns on the lights at dusk, and turns them off again at a preset time. The integrated clock component automatically synchronises the time â&#x20AC;&#x201C; an especially useful feature, especially in the event of a power failure.

www.merten.de

ARGUS light-sensitive switch

410

ARGUS light-sensitive switches | Š2010

Convenience, functionality and safety are the key elements to take into account when selecting building technology systems. Energy efficiency is another important criterion. Merten places a high priority on developing sustainable products and solutions in order to protect our resources and the resources of future generations. By employing a movement and presence detector, individual households can also save energy and contribute to environmental protection. Merten products can easily and conveniently reduce energy costs with lighting control, heating and multimedia control tailored to your needs.


ARGUS light-sensitive switch

Contents

ARGUS light-sensitive time switch

Light-sensitive switch

ARGUS light-sensitive switches: The right solution for any application ARGUS light-sensitive switch 1100

• Fixed brightness threshold • Switching delay

ARGUS light-sensitive time switch

• Brightness threshold can be set externally between 2 and 300 lux • Integrated time switch function

ARGUS light-sensitive switch

www.merten.de

• Brightness threshold can be set externally between 3 and 2,000 lux • Switching delay

©2010

| ARGUS light-sensitive switches

411


ARGUS LIGHT-SENSITIVE SWITCHES Light-sensitive switchARGUS light-sensitive switchesSecurity electronicsLight-sensitive switchesARGUS light-sensitive switchesI

Technical Information: ARGUS light-sensitive switch

ARGUS light-sensitive switches

ARGUS compact light-sensitive switch ARGUS light-sensitive time switch

AC 230 V Waterproof surface-mounted device with fixed switch threshold.

ARGUS light-sensitive time switch AC 230 V Waterproof surface-mounted device with impactresistant housing. With time function. The light-sensitive time switch combines the functions of a light-sensitive switch and a time switch in a single device. Choose from between three functions: Twilight function: The lighting is switched on in the evening and switched off in the morning when the appropriate pre-set twilight threshold is reached. Automatic function: In the evening, the light is switched on when the pre-set twilight threshold is reached and switched off again at a pre-set time (e.g. 11.00 p.m.). In the morning, the lighting is switched on at a pre-set time (e.g. 5.00 a.m.) and switched off again when the twilight threshold is reached. Semi-automatic function: In the evening, the light is switched on when the pre-set twilight threshold is reached and switched off again at a pre-set time (e.g. 11.00 p.m.). A special integrated function ensures that the time is automatically adjusted to the ambient brightness. It is not necessary to set the time manually. Relay with µ contact. High sensitivity to light. Automatic time adjustment. Large wiring compartment.

Light-sensitive switch

I

Connected load: up to 1100 VA Max. switching current: 5 A ohmic, 2.5 A inductive at cos = 0.5 Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, up to 200 W Capacitive load: max. 21 µF Adjustment range/switch threshold: On: 4 to 7 lux Off: 6 to 18 lux Switching delay - when switching on: approx. 25 s to 45 s - when switching off: approx. 30 s to 65 s Dimensions: approx. 81 x 70 x 45 mm ˜ –

Accessories: Capacitor, art. no. 542895. Technical Information

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

544529

1/45 8.4

ARGUS light-sensitive switch AC 230 V Waterproof surface-mounted device with impactresistant housing. Reinforced relay. High sensitivity to light. Large wiring compartment. Connected load: up to 2300 VA Max. switching current: AC 230 V, 10 A, cos = 0.6 Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, up to 2000 W Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, up to 2300 W Capacitive load: max. 140 µF Connecting terminals: for 2.5 mm2 rigid conductors Adjustment range/switch threshold: 3 to 2000 lux, adjustable Switching delay - when switching on: approx. 40 s - when switching off: approx. 100 s Dimensions: approx. 97x80x47 mm

Connected load: up to 2300 VA Max. switching current: AC 230 V, 10 A cos = 0.6 Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, up to 2000 W Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, up to 2300 W Capacitive load: max. 140 µF Connecting terminals: for 2.5 mm2 rigid conductors Adjustment range/switch threshold: 2 to 300 lux, adjustable Dimensions: approx. 97 x 80 x 47 mm ˜ –

Accessories: Capacitor, art. no. 542895. Technical Information Art. no.

PU PG

544890

1/35 8.4

˜ –

Info

412

Accessories: Capacitor, art. no. 542895. Technical Information

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

with switching delay, polar white

544819

1/35 8.4

www.merten.com

Version light grey

Info

ARGUS LIGHT-SENSITIVE SWITCHES | ARGUS light-sensitive time switch | ©2010

Info


ARGUS LIGHT-SENSITIVE SWITCHES ARGUS light-sensitive switch AC 230 V Waterproof surface-mounted device with impactresistant housing. Reinforced relay. High sensitivity to light. Large wiring compartment. Connected load: up to 2300 VA Max. switching current: AC 230 V, 10 A, cos = 0.6 Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, up to 2000 W Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, up to 2300 W Capacitive load: max. 140 µF Connecting terminals: for 2.5 mm2 rigid conductors Adjustment range/switch threshold: 3 to 2000 lux, adjustable Switching delay - when switching on: approx. 40 s - when switching off: approx. 100 s Dimensions: approx. 97x80x47 mm ˜ –

Accessories: Capacitor, art. no. 542895. Technical Information

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

without switching delay, light grey with switching delay, light grey

544829

1/35 8.4

544894

1/35 8.4

Info

Accessories

Light-sensitive switch

Capacitor

I

AC 230 V, 0.33 µF For use in push-button circuits to prevent flickering of the neon lamp and/or instantaneous switching of the installation relay when several push-buttons with neon lamps are in use. For interference suppression of inductive loads, e.g. relays, contactors, fluorescent lamps, transformers, if the induction voltage of these devices leads to the retriggering of the ARGUS. Art. no. 542895

PU PG

Info

10/450 8

www.merten.com

Version AC 230 V, 0.33 µF

©2010

| Accessories | ARGUS LIGHT-SENSITIVE SWITCHES

413


LIFE-SAVER IN AN ATTRACTIVE DESIGN

Smoke detectors

ARGUS smoke detector system More than 600 people still lose their lives each year due to smoke inhalation during a household fire in Germany. Many German states now require smoke detectors in private homes. However, many households still are not equipped with a smoke detector.

www.merten.de

Every Merten smoke detector is suitable for use in living areas, and is easy to mount directly to the ceiling. A light display depicts the device's current status. The entire ARGUS smoke detector family has been approved by the German Property Insurers' Association (VdS).

414

The ARGUS smoke detector family is comprised of five different models offering the best performance for every use â&#x20AC;&#x201C; from installation of single smoke detectors to radio-controlled solutions. The flush-mounted system relay for ARGUS smoke detectors provides the highest level of safety. The system relay links the ARGUS smoke detector system with external devices such as sirens or signal lamps.

ARGUS Smoke Detector Basic Longlife polar white

Flush-mounted system relay for ARGUS smoke detector ARGUS smoke detector system | Š2010


Argus smoke detector system

Contents

ARGUS smoke detectors: the right solution for any application ARGUS basic longlife smoke detector

• the good-value-for-money smoke detector as an individual solution • operated with a 9 V battery • Battery service life: approx. 2.5 years

• the good-value-for-money smoke detector as an individual solution • operated with 9 V lithium longlife batteries • Battery service life: approx. 10 years

Recommended for use in: suites / single-storey flats

Recommended for use in: suites / single-storey flats

ARGUS CONNECT smoke detector

ARGUS 230 V smoke detector

• radio-networked smoke detector solution for retrofitting your entire home • Networking options: • Radio network – with an integrated radio module • Wired networking – wired networking is effected via a separate 2-wire cable (SELV). • battery-powered with 9 V battery (battery service life: approx. 2.5 years)

• one of the flattest mains-operated 230 V smoke detectors with large wiring compartment • integrated battery provides functional reliability during power failure • with integrated networking options: up to 25 wired smoke detectors • easy to maintain due to mains supply • Networked using 1 additional core in 230 V network • including surface-mounted base

Recommended for use in: existing single-family house/retrofitting

Recommended for use in: new, single-family homes

• radio-networked smoke detector solution for new homes • Networking options: • Radio network – with an integrated radio module • Wired networking – wired networking is carried out via a separate core in the 230 V network. • Easy to maintain due to mains supply • including surface-mounted base

Recommended for use in: new, single-family homes

Flush-mounted system relay

• integration of external signal sources such as sirens, flashlights, vibrating cushions, etc. • space-saving flush mounting or in direct proximity to the connected signal sources • connection via 230 V power supply • up to 160 smoke detectors can be integrated in 16 radio cells • option of integrating into the Merten CONNECT radio system via a CONNECT radio transmitter • signal is forwarded to KNX installations via a binary input

www.merten.de

ARGUS CONNECT 230 V smoke detector

Smoke detectors

©2010

| ARGUS smoke detector system

415


ARGUS SMOKE DETECTORS ARGUS smoke detector Connect

Smoke detectorARGUS smoke detectorsSecurity electronicsSmoke detectorsARGUS smoke detectorsJ

Technical Information: ARGUS smoke detector

Battery-powered radio smoke detector for early detection of smouldering fires and development of smoke with open fires indoors. Networking options: • Radio network (with integrated radio module) • Wired network Wired networking is effected via a separate 2wire cable (SELV). Functions: • Self-test • Continuous battery monitoring. A weak battery is displayed via an acoustic signal as well as a flashing LED. • Push-button for functional test

ARGUS smoke detector All ARGUS smoke detectors are with VdS approval! • BOSEC certification • Awaiting CoMo certification • Approved in accordance with EN 14676 The smoke detectors operate in accordance to the scattered light principle and detects smoke before the concentration of smoke becomes dangerous for people. This is signalled by a loud warning tone (about 85 db(A)) and an LED. In networked systems: • A detector detects smoke and then the alarm is set off by all connected smoke alarms. Combination Connect smoke detector and Connect 230 V: • Radio networking is possible Mounting options: • Directly on the ceiling with the screws and plugs supplied • with a central screw • On flush-mounted and cavity wall boxes An installed smoke detector system (Art. no. 6634.., 6637.., 663491) can be extended with smoke detectors with radio networking and 2-wire cable networking.

Functional principle: scattered light (Tyndall effect) Sensitivity: in accordance with EN 14604 Battery type: 9 V monobloc battery, IEC 6LR61, alkali Battery failure signal: approx. every 40 seconds, for at least 30 days Battery life: approx. 2.5 years Signal: approx. 85 dB(A) at 3 m distance Display elements: red LED Network: max. 40 smoke detectors Network cable: type J-Y(St)Y 2x2x0.6 Total cable length: up to 500 m Cable length between two detectors: max. 25 m Radio frequency: 868 MHz Transmission range: up to 100 m in free field, up to 30 m indoors Radio operating elements: DIP switch for addressing/grouping Operating ambient temperature: 0 °C to 60 °C Dimensions: 112 x 44 mm (Ø x H) Type of protection: IP 42 With VdS approval Accessories: Sealing pins for ARGUS smoke detector, Art. No. 547000. Flush-mounted system relay for ARGUS smoke detector, art. no. 548001. — Note: Not compatible with Merten CONNECT radio system. The wired connection of the ARGUS smoke detector 230 V/Connect 230 V art. no. 5475.., 5485 is not permitted. With pipe cabling systems a gasket must be installed on site between the ceiling and the smoke detector. Contents: Battery.Screws and plugs. ˜

Smoke detector

www.merten.com

J

416

ARGUS SMOKE DETECTORS | ARGUS smoke detector | ©2010

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

polar white aluminium

548019 548060

1/10 8.3 1/10 8.3

Info


ARGUS SMOKE DETECTORS ARGUS smoke detector Connect 230 V

ARGUS smoke detector 230 V Mains-powered smoke detector with backup battery for early detection of smouldering fires and open fires with smoke build-up indoors. Up to 25 smoke detectors can be wired to a network. Wired networking is carried out via a separate wire in the 230 V network. Functions: • Self-test • Continuous battery monitoring. A weak battery is displayed via an acoustic signal as well as a flashing LED. • Push-button for functional test

Mains-powered radio smoke detector with backup battery for early detection of smouldering fires and smoke build-up indoors with open fires. Networking options: • Radio network (with integrated radio module) • Wired network Wired networking is via a separate core in the 230 V network. Functions: • Self-test • Continuous battery monitoring. A weak battery is displayed via an acoustic signal as well as a flashing LED. • Push-button for functional test Functional principle: scattered light (Tyndall effect) Sensitivity: in accordance with EN 14604 Supply voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz Battery type: 9 V monobloc battery, IEC 6LR61, alkali Battery failure signal: approx. every 40 seconds, for at least 30 days Battery life: With a 230 V power supply: approx. every 4-5 years, dependent on the self discharge of the battery installed When battery-operated only: approx. 2.5 years. Signal: approx. 85 dB(A) at 3 m distance Display elements: 2 LEDs (red, green) Network: max. 40 smoke detectors Network cable: separate, free core e.g. 1 x 1.5 mm2 in 230 V network Connecting terminals: each 2 x 2.5 mm2, looping possible Total cable length: up to 500 m Cable length between two detectors: max. 25 m Radio frequency: 868 MHz Transmission range: up to 100 m in free field, up to 30 m indoors Radio operating elements: DIP switch for addressing/grouping Operating ambient temperature: 0 °C to 60 °C Dimensions: 112 x 44 mm (Ø x H); with surface mounting base 112 x 59 mm (Ø x H) Type of protection: IP 42 With VdS approval Accessories: Sealing pins for ARGUS smoke detector, Art. No. 547000. Flush-mounted system relay for ARGUS smoke detector, art. no. 548001. — Note: Not compatible with Merten CONNECT radio system. The wired connection of the ARGUS smoke detector Connect art. no. 5480.. is not permitted. With pipe cabling systems a gasket must be installed on site between the ceiling and the smoke detector. Contents: Battery.Screws and plugs.Surface-mounted mounting base with a larger wiring compartment. ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

548519 548560

1/10 8.3 1/10 8.3

Smoke detector

Accessories: Sealing pins for ARGUS smoke detector, Art. No. 547000. Flush-mounted system relay for ARGUS smoke detector, art. no. 548001. — Note: The wired connection of the ARGUS smoke detector Connect art. no. 5480.. is not permitted. With pipe cabling systems a gasket must be installed on site between the ceiling and the smoke detector. Contents: Battery.Screws and plugs.Surface-mounted mounting base with a larger wiring compartment. ˜

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

polar white aluminium

547519 547560

1/10 8.3 1/10 8.3

J

Info

Info

www.merten.com

Version polar white aluminium

Functional principle: scattered light (Tyndall effect) Sensitivity: in accordance with EN 14604 Supply voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz Battery type: 9 V monobloc battery, IEC 6LR61, alkali Battery failure signal: approx. every 40 seconds, for at least 30 days Battery life: With a 230 V power supply: approx. 4 - 5 years, depending on the self discharge of the battery used When battery-operated only: approx. 2.5 years Signal: approx. 85 dB(A) at 3 m distance Display elements: 2 LEDs (red, green) Network: max. 25 smoke detectors Network cable: separate, free core e.g. 1 x 1.5 mm2 in 230 V network Connecting terminals: each 2 x 2.5 mm2, looping possible Total cable length: up to 500 m Cable length between two detectors: max. 25 m Operating ambient temperature: 0 °C to 60 °C Dimensions: 112 x 44 mm (Ø x H); with surfacemounting base 112 x 59 mm (Ø x H) Type of protection: IP 42 With VdS approval

©2010

| ARGUS smoke detector | ARGUS SMOKE DETECTORS

417


ARGUS SMOKE DETECTORS ARGUS smoke detector Basic

Accessories

Battery-powered smoke detector for early detection of smouldering fires and open fires with development of smoke indoors. Functions: • Self-test • Continuous battery monitoring. A weak battery is displayed via an acoustic signal as well as a flashing LED. • Push-button for functional test

Flush-mounted system relay for ARGUS smoke detector The relay is connected to ARGUS smoke detectors and thus acts to forward a smoke alarm to external alarm devices. Depending on the smoke detector, this must be connected either via a separate core in the 230V mains network or per radio. The relay is powered with mains voltage and has a floating make contact for the external alarm device. You can connect for example the following alarm devices: horns, warning lights, vibration cushions for the deaf, or KNX binary inputs. These devices must have their own power supply. Suitable for installation in a size 60 installation box. Supply voltage: AC 230 V Contact type: Make contact, floating (SELV) Switching current: AC 230 V, µ 4 A / DC 24 V, µ 2 A Connecting terminals: for 2.5 mm2 Dimensions: 44 x 50 x 34 mm (WxHxD)

Functional principle: scattered light (Tyndall effect) Sensitivity: in accordance with EN 14604 Battery type: 9 V monobloc battery, IEC 6LR61, alkali Battery failure signal: approx. every 40 seconds, for at least 30 days Battery life: approx. 3 years Signal: approx. 85 dB(A) at 3 m distance Display elements: red LED Operating ambient temperature: 0 °C to 60 °C Dimensions: 112 x 44 mm (Ø x H) Type of protection: IP 42 With VdS approval Accessories: Sealing pins for ARGUS smoke detector, Art. No. 547000. – Technical Information — Contents: Battery.Screws and plugs. ˜

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

polar white

547019

1/23 8.3

Info

˜

To be completed with: ARGUS Connect smoke detector art. no. 5480... ARGUS Connect smoke detector 230 V, art. no. 5485.. ARGUS smoke detector 230 V, art. no. 5475..

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

black

548001

1/60 8.3

Sealing pin for ARGUS smoke detector

ARGUS smoke detector Basic Longlife Battery-powered smoke detector for early detection of smouldering fires and open fires with smoke emission indoors. With lithium battery for extended service life. Functions: • Self-test • Continuous battery monitoring. A weak battery is displayed via an acoustic signal as well as a flashing LED. • Push-button for functional test

Smoke detector

J

Functional principle: scattered light (Tyndall effect) Sensitivity: in accordance with EN 14604 Battery type: 9 V monobloc battery, lithium Battery failure signal: approx. every 40 seconds, for at least 30 days Battery life: approx. 10 years Signal: approx. 85 dB(A) at 3 m distance Display elements: red LED Operating ambient temperature: 0 °C to 60 °C Dimensions: 112 x 44 mm (Ø x H) Type of protection: IP 42 With VdS approval Accessories: Sealing pins for ARGUS smoke detector, Art. No. 547000. – Technical Information — Contents: Battery.Screws and plugs. ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

547119

1/23 8.3

www.merten.com

Version polar white

418

ARGUS SMOKE DETECTORS | Accessories | ©2010

Info

Info

For direct display of smoke detector manipulation. When the smoke detector is removed, a sealing pin inserted into the mounting base breaks. Accessories from: ARGUS Connect smoke detector art. no. 5480... ARGUS Connect smoke detector 230 V art. no. 5485.. ARGUS smoke detector 230 V art. no. 5475.. ARGUS Basic smoke detector 230 V art. no. 547019. ARGUS Basic Longlife smoke detector 230 V art. no. 547119. — Contents: 1 PU = 50 sealing pins ˜

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

black

547000

1/50 8.3

Info


ARGUS SMOKE DETECTORS

Smoke detector

www.merten.com

J

©2010

| Accessories | ARGUS SMOKE DETECTORS

419


Network technology

FLEXIBLE NETWORKING

Netzwerktechnik

Network technology

www.merten.de

Internet access in every room â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the wide variety of components of Merten's network technology make it possible. With only minor installation effort, any existing telephone socket can be replaces with a Line 21 socket. The Line 21 connection socket allows the existing four-wire connection to be used for the telephone as well as to surf the internet or establish a PC network. The only prerequisites are a four-wire connection between the rooms and a telephone socket. The necessary equipment includes a Line 21 connection socket RJ45 8/8, which must be located near the existing telephone socket, and a Line 21 combination socket to replace the existing telephone socket at the PC.

420

Network technology | Š2010

Existing cable (max. 50 m) Line21 combination socket-outlet

Line21 RJ45 8/8

1st telephone socket Splitter

modem

four-core


Contents

Line 21 Patch panel REG, 6-gang

Netzwerktechnik

www.merten.de

Switch REG, 5-gang

Š2010

| Network technology

421


NETWORK TECHNOLOGY Line 21 Patch panel REG, 6-gang

Network technologyNetwork technologySystem electronicsNetwork technologyNetwork technologyE

Technical Information: Network technology

With integrated Line 21 technology. Distribution board for simple changing of jumper cables without altering the wiring. With six lockable RJ45 ports, LSA+ terminal blocks. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. For connecting analogue telephones/telecommunications systems and digital network devices (RJ45, 8-pole) such as PC, HUB, router, Merten switch (art. no. 465711) or IC 1 (art. no. 6950.., 6951...) With 2 LSA+ terminal blocks for the installation line and analogue telephony.

Line 21 Simultaneous transmission of analogue telephone signals and Ethernet using a single existing telephone line Technology: • It is not necessary to install an additional line. The existing telephone sockets are simply replaced with Line 21 sockets. This means that the existing telephone line (4-core) becomes an extended network for two services, analogue telephony and PC networking. Possible applications include analogue telephony plus: • Networking all PCs in the house or • Extension of a DSL link or • Connecting a digital video recorder in the network or • Connecting surveillance cameras with networking capability or • Using printers in a shared network –

Technical Information: Line 21

Cable length: max. 50 m Transmission rate: max. 100 Mbit/s (per installed line) Type of protection: IP 20 Device width: 6 modules = 108 mm ˜ –

Accessories: Patch cable RJ45/RJ45, art. no. 465710. Technical Information

Version

Art. no.

light grey

465714

Line 21 Combination socket-outlet RJ45/TAE With integrated Line 21 technology. For connecting an analogue telephone/telecommunications system (TAE) and a digital network device (RJ45, 8-pole) such as PC, HUB, router, Merten switch (art. no. 465711) or IC 1 (art. no. 6950.., 6951...) With 4 screw terminals for the installation line and 2 for the connection of additional telephone socket-outlets.

PU PG

Info

1/16 1

Line 21 Patch cable RJ45/TAE Cable for connecting Line 21 RJ45 insert (art. no. 465708) and analogue telephones/telecommunications systems. Length: 35 cm Version

Art. no.

grey/black

465713

PU PG

Info

1/150 1

Cable length: max. 50 m Transmission rate: max. 100 Mbit/s To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socket-outlet TAE, art. no. System M 2960.., 2979.., System Basis 2928.., System Design 2978.., OCTOCOLOR 2938... – Technical Information

Network components

˜

Network technology

Version

Art. no.

8(6)-6F+N

465709

E

PU PG

Patch panel REG, 6-gang Distribution board for simple changing of jumper cables without altering the wiring. With six lockable RJ45 ports, LSA+ terminal blocks. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022.

Info

1/60 1

Category: CAT 5e Type of protection: IP 20 Device width: 6 modules = 108 mm

Line 21 RJ45 insert 8/8 With integrated Line 21 technology. For connecting an analogue telephone/telecommunications system (RJ45, 8-pole) and a digital network device (RJ45, 8-pole) such as PC, HUB, router, Merten switch (art. no. 465711) or IC 1 (art. no. 6950.., 6951...) With 4 screw terminals for the installation line and 2 for analogue telephony.

˜

Accessories: Patch cable RJ45/RJ45, art. no. 465710.

Version

Art. no.

light grey

465712

For targeted distribution of data to individual subscribers. The switch supports a data transfer rate of up to 100 Mbps. With five lockable RJ45 ports and integrated power supply unit. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022.

To be completed with: Central plate for RJ45 insert, 2-gang, art. no. System M 2961.., 2980.., System Basis 2927.., System Design 2926.., or OCTOCOLOR 2920... – Technical Information ˜

Art. no. 465708

PU PG

Supply voltage: AC 230 V Category: CAT 5e Display elements: LEDs per port for operating display and service function Type of protection: IP 20 Device width: 6 modules = 108 mm

Info

1/60 1

www.merten.com

˜

422

NETWORK TECHNOLOGY | Line 21 | ©2010

Info

Switch REG, 5-gang

Cable length: max. 50 m Transmission rate: max. 100 Mbit/s

Version

PU PG 1/16 1

Accessories: Patch cable RJ45/RJ45, art. no. 465710.

Version

Art. no.

light grey

465711

PU PG 1/15 1

Info


NETWORK TECHNOLOGY Patch cable RJ45/RJ45

Central plate for RJ45 insert, 1-gang

Cable for establishing a connection between the patch panel and the switch.

With labelling field. For System Design. For RJ45 inserts 8 (Cat 5e), RJ45 inserts by Rutenbeck or E-DAT designs by BTR.

Length: 35 cm Version

Art. no.

grey

465710

PU PG

Info

10/150 1

˜

To be completed with: RJ45 insert 8, art. no. 465720. RJ45 insert 8 Cat 5e, art. no. 465721. Accessories: Labelling strips for switches, socket-outlets, art. no. 395019

Version

Communications inserts and accessories

˜

RJ45 insert 8

˜

To be completed with: Central plate for RJ45 insert, 1-gang, art. no. System M 2962.., 2983.., System Basis 2917.., System Design 2918...

Version

Art. no. 465720

PU PG

465721

Info

To be completed with: Central plate for RJ45 insert, 2-gang, art. no. System M 2961.., 2980.., System Basis 2927.., System Design 2926.., or OCTOCOLOR 2920... – Technical Information ˜

PU PG 1/50 1

PU PG

296244 296219 296225

Info

To be completed with: Central plate for RJ45 insert, 2-gang, art. no. System M 2961.., 2980.., System Basis 2927.., System Design 2926.., or OCTOCOLOR 2920... – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

white

465702

Info

PU PG

Network technology

E

Info

10/40 1

RJ45 insert 8/8 Cat 5e

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy

For connecting analogue or digital terminal units via two 8-pole RJ45 connectors. Connection via LSA terminals.

10/120 1 10/120 1 10/120 1

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium

298344 298319 298314 298360

10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120

1 1 1.1 1.1

˜

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

To be completed with: Central plate for RJ45 insert, 2-gang, art. no. System M 2961.., 2980.., System Basis 2927.., System Design 2926.., or OCTOCOLOR 2920...

Version

Art. no.

white

465703

PU PG

Info

1/50 1

www.merten.com

˜

Art. no.

PU PG 10/40 1

For connecting analogue or digital terminal units via two 8-pole RJ45 connectors connected in parallel with bus-type cabling. With screw terminals.

To be completed with: RJ45 insert 8, art. no. 465720. RJ45 insert 8 Cat 5e, art. no. 465721.

Version

˜

Art. no. 465701

Info

For System M. For RJ45 inserts 8 (Cat 5e), RJ45 inserts by Rutenbeck or E-DAT designs by BTR.

˜

Version white

RJ45 insert 2x8

Central plate for RJ45 insert, 1-gang

˜

10/120 1.1

10/50 1

To be completed with: Central plate for RJ45 insert, 1-gang, art. no. System M 2962.., 2983.., System Basis 2917.., System Design 2918... Art. no.

291846

For connecting analogue or digital terminal units via two 8-pole RJ45 connectors. With screw terminals.

For connecting analogue or digital terminals using an 8-pole RJ45 socket. Connection via LSA terminals.

Version

10/120 1 10/120 1 10/120 1.1

RJ45 insert 8/8

RJ45 insert 8 Cat 5e

˜

291844 291819 291860

Info

metallic

stainless steel

˜

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium

For connecting analogue or digital terminals using an 8-pole RJ45 socket. With screw terminals.

Art. no.

©2010

| Communications inserts and accessories | NETWORK TECHNOLOGY

423


NETWORK TECHNOLOGY RJ45 insert 8/8 Cat 6

Central plate for RJ45 insert, 2-gang

For connecting analogue or digital terminal units via two 8-pole RJ45 connectors. Connection via LSA terminals.

˜

To be completed with: Central plate for RJ45 insert, 2-gang, art. no. System M 2961.., 2980.., System Basis 2927.., System Design 2926.., or OCTOCOLOR 2920...

Version

Art. no.

white

465706

PU PG

Info

1/50 1

For System M. For RJ45 inserts 8/8, 2x8, Line 21 RJ45 insert 8/ 8, RJ45 inserts by Rutenbeck or E-DAT designs by BTR.

Art. no.

296144 296119 296125

PU PG

10/120 1 10/120 1 10/120 1

298044 298019 298014 298060

10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120

˜

˜

1 1 1.1 1.1

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white light grey dark brazil black grey aluminium ˜

Art. no.

292644 292619 292629 292615 292669 292660

10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120

1 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

292643 292646

10/120 1.4 10/120 1.2

metallic

www.merten.com

antique brass stainless steel

424

10/120 1 10/120 1

292042

10/120 1.2

292005

10/120 1.2

Combination socket-outlet RJ45/ TAE (Cat 3) For connecting a telephone and an analogue or digital terminal unit via the 8-pole RJ45 connector. With screw terminals. To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socket-outlet TAE, art. no. System M 2960.., 2979.., System Basis 2928.., System Design 2978.., OCTOCOLOR 2938... – Technical Information

To be completed with: RJ45 insert 8/8, art. no. 465701. RJ45 insert 2x8, art. no. 465702. RJ45 insert 8/8 Cat 5e, art. no. 465703. RJ45 insert 8/8 Cat 6, art. no. 465706. Accessories: Labelling strips for switches, socket-outlets, art. no. 395019

Version

292044 292019

˜

With labelling field. For System Design. For RJ45 inserts 8/8, 2x8, Line 21 RJ45 insert 8/ 8, RJ45 inserts by Rutenbeck or E-DAT designs by BTR. ˜

Info

metallic

varnished bronze metallic varnished titanium

Version

Art. no.

8(6)-6F+N, white

465707

NETWORK TECHNOLOGY | Communications inserts and accessories | ©2010

PU PG

Info

1/60 1

Central plate for telephone socket-outlet TAE For System M. For telephone socket-outlets TAE or TDO, combination socket-outlets RJ45/TAE or flush-mounted USB interface.

Central plate for RJ45 insert, 2-gang

E

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

Network technology

Art. no.

white polar white

Info

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

Version

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

To be completed with: RJ45 insert 8/8, art. no. 465701. RJ45 insert 2x8, art. no. 465702. RJ45 insert 8/8 Cat 5e, art. no. 465703. RJ45 insert 8/8 Cat 6, art. no. 465706.

To be completed with: RJ45 insert 8/8, art. no. 465701. RJ45 insert 2x8, art. no. 465702. RJ45 insert 8/8 Cat 5e, art. no. 465703. RJ45 insert 8/8 Cat 6, art. no. 465706.

Version ˜

˜

˜

Central plate for RJ45 insert, 2-gang

˜

For OCTOCOLOR. For RJ45 inserts 8/8, 2x8, Line 21 RJ45 insert 8/ 8, RJ45 inserts by Rutenbeck or E-DAT designs by BTR.

˜

To be completed with: Telephone socket-outlet TAE, art. no. 4652... Loudspeaker connection insert art. no. 4669.., 4670... USB interface, flush-mounted, art. no. 681799. Telephone socketoutlet TDO, art. no. 465930.

Version ˜

Info

296044 296019 296025

5/150 1 5/150 1 5/150 1

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

Art. no.

297944 297919 297914 297960

5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150

1 1 1.1 1.1

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant


NETWORK TECHNOLOGY Central plate for telephone socket-outlet TAE

Communications inserts

Inclined outlet

For System Design. For telephone socket-outlets TAE or TDO, combination socket-outlets RJ45/TAE or flush-mounted USB interface. To be completed with: Telephone socket-outlet TAE, art. no. 4652... Loudspeaker connection insert art. no. 4669.., 4670... USB interface, flush-mounted, art. no. 681799. Telephone socketoutlet TDO, art. no. 465930. Accessories: Labelling strips for switches, socket-outlets, art. no. 395019

Version ˜

Art. no.

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white light grey dark brazil black grey aluminium ˜

PU PG

297844 297819 297829 297815 297869 297860

1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150

1 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

297843 297846

1/150 1.4 1/150 1.2

Version ˜

˜

Central plate for telephone socket-outlet TAE

˜

˜

PU PG

293844 293819

1/150 1 1/150 1

293842 293805

1/150 1.2 1/150 1.2

metallic

bronze metallic titanium

464944 464919 464925

1/50 1 1/50 1 1/50 1

464644 464619 464614 464660

1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50

1 1 1.1 1.1

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

Inclined outlet For data connection and communications technology. Order the associated inserts separately. With labelling field. To be labelled with labelling strips.

Info

To be completed with: Communications inserts, art. no. System M and System Design 464379-99. Accessories: Labelling strips for switches, socket-outlets, art. no. 395019 – Technical Information — Contents: Without inserts. ˜

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white ˜

Art. no.

Info

Thermoplastic classy matt

To be completed with: Telephone socket-outlet TAE, art. no. 4652... Loudspeaker connection insert art. no. 4669.., 4670... USB interface, flush-mounted, art. no. 681799. Telephone socketoutlet TDO, art. no. 465930.

Version

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white anthracite aluminium

For telephone socket-outlets TAE or TDO, combination socket-outlets RJ45/TAE or flush-mounted USB interface. ˜

Art. no.

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy

metallic

antique brass stainless steel

To be completed with: Communications inserts, art. no. System M and System Design 464379-99. – Technical Information — Note: The inclined outlet does not look attractive when installed on the 1-M or ATELIER-M frame. We recommend using the MSMART or M-PLAN frame for this. Contents: Without inserts. ˜

Version ˜

Art. no.

Network technology

Info

E

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white light grey dark brazil black grey ˜

PU PG

464344 464319 464329 464315 464369

1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50

1 1 1.2 1.2 1.2

464360 464346

1/50 1.2 1/50 1.2

metallic

aluminium stainless steel

Insert for modular jack connector Cat 5 For modular jack Cat 5, RJ 45 connector or AMP connector. Second opening can be broken out. ˜

To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System M 4649.., 4646.., System Design 4643... Accessories: Modular jack connector Cat 5, art. no. 465595.

Version

Art. no.

black

464399

PU PG

Info

10/300 1 www.merten.com

˜

For data connection and communications technology. Order the associated inserts separately.

©2010

| Communications inserts | NETWORK TECHNOLOGY

425


NETWORK TECHNOLOGY Insert for modular jack connector

Insert for modular jack connector Cat 5

For two modular jack connectors Cat 3 For AMP or Thomas & Betts connectors. Second opening can be broken out. ˜

To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System M 4649.., 4646.., System Design 4643... Accessories: Modular jack connector Cat 3, art. no. 465516/18.

Version

Art. no.

black

464398

PU PG

Info

For modular jack Cat 5, RJ 45 connector or AMP connector. ˜

To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. OCTOCOLOR 463344/19/42/05. Accessories: Modular jack connector Cat 5, art. no. 465595.

Version

10/300 1 ˜

Art. no.

Insert for Thomas & Betts data communication connectors

Version

Art. no.

black

464394

PU PG

463399

For two modular jack connectors Cat 3 For AMP or Thomas & Betts connectors. Second opening can be broken out. ˜

Info

10/300 1

To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. OCTOCOLOR 463344/19/42/05. Accessories: Modular jack connector Cat 3, art. no. 465516/18.

Version

Insert for Reichle & De-Massari For two Reichle & De Massari connection modules or additional R&M modules. Information: http://www.rdm.com ˜

˜

black

464384

PU PG

Network technology

E

Version

Art. no.

6-pole RJ 11/ Cat. 3, black 8-pole RJ 45/ Cat. 3, black

465516

5/250 1

465518

5/250 1

To be completed with: Communications inserts, art. no. OCTOCOLOR 463386-99. – Technical Information — Contents: Without inserts.

˜

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white ˜

Art. no.

463344 463319

1/50 1 1/50 1

463342

1/50 1.2

463305

1/50 1.2

metallic

www.merten.com

varnished bronze metallic varnished titanium

426

NETWORK TECHNOLOGY | Communications inserts | ©2010

10/300 1

To be completed with: Supporting plate for modular jack connector, art. no. 461590. Insert for modular jack connector, art. no. System M 464398, System Basis 461398, System Design 464398, OCTOCOLOR 463398. Central plate for modular jack connector, art. no. System M 2901.., 2957.., System Basis 2929... PU PG

Info

Modular jack connector, Cat 5

˜

Version

463398

Pin configuration Telecom/ISDN modular jack/8pole: 1a/4, 1b/5, 2a/3, 2b/6.

10/300 1

For data connection and communications technology. Order the associated inserts separately. With labelling field.

Info

WE Western type. In line with US FCC 86, Cat 3. Connection with IDC clamping method.

Info

Inclined outlet

PU PG

Modular jack connector, Cat 3

˜

Art. no.

Art. no.

Thermoplastic brilliant

black

To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System M 4649.., 4646.., System Design 4643... Accessories: Reichle & De-Massari connection module, unshielded, art. no. 465580/82. Reichle & De-Massari connection module, shielded, art. no. 465581/83. Reichle & De-Massari splash flange, art. no. 465591. Reichle & De-Massari splash sleeve, art. no. 465590.

Version

10/300 1

Insert for modular jack connector

For data connectors from Thomas & Betts and IBM inserts IBM ACS type G. To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System M 4649.., 4646.., System Design 4643...

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

black

˜

PU PG

WE Western type. In line with US FCC 86, Cat 5. Connection via LSA terminals. ˜

To be completed with: Supporting plate for modular jack connector, art. no. 461593. Insert for modular jack connector, art. no. System M 464399, System Basis 461399, System Design 464399, OCTOCOLOR 463399.

Version

Art. no.

8-pole RJ 45/ Cat. 5, black

465595

PU PG 5/120 1

Info


NETWORK TECHNOLOGY

˜

Reichle & De-Massari connection module, unshielded

Central plate for RJ 11/RJ 45 insert, 2-gang

Connection with ICD clamping method (no equipment necessary).

For System M. For Lexcom modules.

To be completed with: Insert for Reichle & De-Massari, art. no. 464384. Accessories: Reichle & De-Massari splash flange, art. no. 465591. Reichle & De-Massari splash sleeve, art. no. 465590.

Version

Art. no.

Cat 5e, 1xRJ45/u Cat 6, 1xRJ45/u

465580 465582

PU PG

Info

2/100 1 2/100 1

˜

Connection with ICD clamping method (no equipment necessary).

Art. no.

Version

Art. no. 465581 465583

PU PG

MEG4542-0344 MEG4542-0319 MEG4542-0325

MEG4542-0444 MEG4542-0419 MEG4542-0414 MEG4542-0460

5/150 1 5/150 1 5/150 1

new new new

5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150

new new new new

1 1 1.1 1.1

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

To be completed with: Insert for Reichle & De-Massari, art. no. 464384. Accessories: Reichle & De-Massari splash flange, art. no. 465591. Reichle & De-Massari splash sleeve, art. no. 465590.

Cat 5e, 1xRJ45/s Cat 6, 1xRJ45/s

Info

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

Reichle & De-Massari connection module, shielded

˜

Version

Central plate for modular jack connector For two modular jack connectors Cat 3. For AMP or Thomas & Betts connectors. Without claws, for screw fixing.

Info

2/100 1 2/100 1

To be completed with: Modular jack connector Cat 3, art. no. 465516/18. – Technical Information — Contents: With sealing plug for one opening. ˜

Central plate for RJ 11/RJ 45 insert, 1-gang

Version

For System M. For Lexcom modules.

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy

Version ˜

Info

MEG4541-0344 MEG4541-0319 MEG4541-0325

5/150 1 5/150 1 5/150 1

new new new

5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150

new new new new

˜

˜

MEG4541-0444 MEG4541-0419 MEG4541-0414 MEG4541-0460

1 1 1.1 1.1

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant 290144 290119 290125

5/150 1 5/150 1 5/150 1

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

Art. no.

˜

Art. no.

295744 295719 295714 295760

5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150

1 1 1.1 1.1

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

Network technology

E

Central plate for modular jack connector with shut-off slide

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

Suitable for the supporting plates for modular jack connectors. With two openings and shut-off slide. To be completed with: Supporting plate for modular jack connector, art. no. 4615... – Technical Information ˜

Version ˜

Art. no.

461944 461919 461925

5/200 1 5/200 1 5/200 1

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

PU PG

461744 461719 461714 461760

5/200 5/200 5/200 5/200

1 1 1.1 1.1

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

©2010

| Communications technology | NETWORK TECHNOLOGY

www.merten.com

Communications technology

427


NETWORK TECHNOLOGY Supporting plates for modular jack connector Suitable for communication connectors. Supporting plate (art. no. 461590) for Cat 3 modular jack connector and supporting plate (art. no. 461593) for Cat 5 modular jack connector. To be completed with: Central plate for modular jack connector with shut-off slide, art. no. System M 4619.., 4617.., System Basis 4615... Accessories: Modular jack connector Cat 3, art. no. 465516/18. Modular jack connector Cat 5, art. no. 465595. – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

red transparent black yellow green

461590 461591 461592 461593 461594

PU PG 4/240 4/240 4/240 4/240 4/240

Info

1 1 1 1 1

Network technology

www.merten.com

E

428

NETWORK TECHNOLOGY | Communications technology | ©2010


NETWORK TECHNOLOGY

Network technology

www.merten.com

E

Š2010

| Communications technology | NETWORK TECHNOLOGY

429


KNX system devices

INTELLIGENCE THROUGHOUT THE HOME

KNX system devices

KNX system characteristics

System devices and components

Equipped for the future with KNX: the data is recorded by sensors and sent via a twin-core bus device to the actuators to control their activity.

are needed to operate the system. They consist of power supply units for generating bus voltage, couplers for connecting bus segments and interfaces for connecting programming devices. Sensors generally only need the bus line but actuators usually need the 230V mains supply as well to control the loads. Bus line and mains supply are separated from each other.

Sensors record information. This information can include room temperature, movements, or manually entered instructions, which are transmitted as data across the KNX bus system.

www.merten.de

The actuators receive data that is then converted into actions, such as lowering or raising a blind, or dimming a light.

430

KNX system devices | Š2010


KNX system devices

Contents

Now choosing and ordering KNX articles is even easier. You will quickly find the required components in the System devices, Sensors and Actuators sections.

REG-K emergency power supply

KNX power supply: the solution for all your requirements KNX power supply

KNX system devices starting on page 430 • Power supply units • Bus coupler • IP routers • Interfaces/gateways • Accessories

KNX sensors starting on page 442 • Push-button • Room temperature control unit • Binary inputs • Movement and presence detectors • Time switches • Devices for display and operation

KNX actuators starting on page 482 available in these versions: • 160 mA • 320 mA • 640 mA for one line each of bus devices

• Switch actuators • Blind actuators • Dimming actuators • Room temperature control unit • Devices for display and operation

KNX system devices

KNX power supply unit with emergency input

www.merten.de

available in these versions: • 160 mA • 320 mA • 640 mA for one line each of bus devices

©2010

| KNX system devices

431


KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES KNX power supply REG-K/320 mA

KNX system devicesKNX system devices/accessoriesKNX systemKNX system devices/accessoriesK

The current product database can be obtained by calling the following telephone number or from the Internet at http:// www.merten.com • E-mail: info@merten.de • Tel.: 02261 702-286 • Fax: 02261 702- 633 • Technical information / Infoline • E-mail: infoline@merten.de • Tel.: 0800 63783640 • Fax: 0800 63783630 –

For generating the bus voltage for a line with up to 64 bus devices. With integrated choke to decouple the power supply from the bus and a push-button to disconnect the power and reset the bus devices connected to the line. For installation on DIN rails EN 60715. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Mains voltage: AC 110 - 230 V, 50-60 Hz Output voltage: DC 30 V Output current: max. 320 mA, short-circuit-proof Device width: 4 TE = approx. 72 mm

Technical Information: KNX system characteristics

Bus voltage supply • The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

684032

1/10 9.3

KNX power supply REG-K/320 mA with emergency power input For generating the bus voltage for a line with up to 64 bus devices. The emergency power supply REG can be connected in order to buffer the bus voltage. With integrated choke to decouple the power supply from the bus and a push-button to disconnect the power and reset the bus devices connected to the line. For installation on DIN rails EN 60715. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Mains voltage: AC 110 - 230 V, 50-60 Hz Output voltage: DC 30 V Output current: max. 320 mA, short-circuit-proof Device width: 4 TE = approx. 72 mm

KNX power supply REG-K/160 mA For generating the bus voltage for a line with up to 32 bus devices. With integrated choke to decouple the power supply from the bus and a push-button to disconnect the power and reset the bus devices connected to the line. For installation on DIN rails EN 60715. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Mains voltage: AC 110 - 230 V, 50-60 Hz Output voltage: DC 30 V Output current: max. 160 mA, short-circuit-proof Device width: 4 TE = approx. 72 mm —

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

684016

1/10 9.3

Info

˜ —

Accessories: REG emergency power supply, art. no. 683901. Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

683832

1/10 9.3

KNX power supply REG-K/160 mA with emergency power input For generating the bus voltage for a line with up to 32 bus devices. The emergency power supply REG can be connected in order to buffer the bus voltage. With integrated choke to decouple the power supply from the bus and a push-button to disconnect the power and reset the bus devices connected to the line. For installation on DIN rails EN 60715. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Mains voltage: AC 110 - 230 V, 50-60 Hz Output voltage: DC 30 V Output current: max. 160 mA, short-circuit-proof Device width: 4 TE = approx. 72 mm

KNX system devices

K

Accessories: REG emergency power supply, art. no. 683901. — Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover. ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

683816

1/10 9.3

Info

www.merten.com

Version light grey

432

KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES | Bus voltage supply | ©2010

Info

Info

KNX power supply REG-K/640 mA For generating the bus voltage for a line with up to 64 bus devices. With integrated choke to decouple the power supply from the bus and a push-button to disconnect the power and reset the bus devices connected to the line. For installation on DIN rails EN 60715. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Mains voltage: AC 110 - 230 V, 50-60 Hz Output voltage: DC 30 V Output current: max. 640 mA, short-circuit-proof Device width: 4 TE = approx. 72 mm —

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

684064

1/10 9.3

Info


KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES KNX power supply REG-K/640 mA with emergency power input For generating the bus voltage for a line with up to 64 bus devices. The emergency power supply REG can be connected in order to buffer the bus voltage. With integrated choke to decouple the power supply from the bus and a push-button to disconnect the power and reset the bus devices connected to the line. For installation on DIN rails EN 60715. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Mains voltage: AC 110 - 230 V, 50-60 Hz Output voltage: DC 30 V Output current: max. 640 mA, short-circuit-proof Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm

Lead gel battery Lead gel battery to connect to the emergency input of the power supply 320 REG-K with battery connection. Also for powering the outdoor siren with flashlight, TeleConnect or IC 1 Internet controller. Nominal voltage: DC 12 V Capacity: 7.2 Ah ˜

In KNX, to be completed with: REG emergency power supply, art. no. 683901.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

7.2 Ah

668990

1/2 8.2

Lead gel battery Lead gel battery for connecting to the emergency power supply REG.

Accessories: REG emergency power supply, art. no. 683901. — Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover. ˜

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

683890

1/10 9.3

Nominal voltage: DC 12 V Capacity: 18 Ah

Info ˜

REG emergency power supply To buffer the bus voltage. If a complete mains failure occurs, an external lead gel battery with a voltage of DC 12 V (SELV) can be connected to the REG power supply for buffering. The lead gel battery is recharged or maintained in its charged state by integrated charging electronics. A binary input can be connected in order to register the operational statuses (mains voltage, error warning, battery operation). For installation on DIN rails EN 60715. A data rail is not necessary. Mains voltage: AC 110 - 230 V, 50-60 Hz Output to power supply: Output voltage: DC 30 V ±2 V Output current: without battery with mains supply max. 300 mA, with battery without mains supply max. 640 mA Short-circuit current: < 1.5 A Charging current: max. 1 A Connections: plug-in screw terminal for main connector, operating state (4-pin, 3 floating contacts) and emergency power supply. Plug-in terminal for battery connection (two 1 mm pins) Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm In KNX, to be completed with: KNX power supply REG-K/160 mA with emergency power input, art. no. 683816. KNX power supply REG-K/320 mA with emergency power input, art. no. 683832. KNX power supply REG-K/640 mA with emergency power input, art. no. 683890. Accessories: Lead gel battery, art. no. 668990. Lead gel battery, art. no. 668991. Binary input REG-K/4x24, art. no. 644892. Power supply REG, DC 24 V/0.4 A, art. no. 693003. — Contents: With connecting terminal and cable cover

Info

In KNX, to be completed with: REG emergency power supply, art. no. 683901.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

668991

1/1 8.2

Info

System components • The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.

Coupler REG-K For logical connection and electrical isolation of lines and areas. For mounting on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Contact established with the primary and secondary line via bus connecting terminal. Device width: 2 modules = approx. 36 mm —

KNX system devices

Contents: With 2 bus connecting terminals.

K

˜

Art. no.

PU PG

683901

1/10 9.3

Art. no.

PU PG

680204

1/35 9.3

Info

Info

www.merten.com

Version light grey

Version light grey

©2010

| System components | KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES

433


KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES KNX/IP router REG-K The KNX/IP router enables telegrams to be forwarded between different lines via LAN (IP) as a rapid backbone. The device can additionally serve as a programming interface in order to connect a PC with the KNX bus (e.g. for ETS programming with suitable ETS). The IP address can be assigned dynamically via a DHCP server or via manual configuration (ETS parameter). The device operates in accordance with the KNXnet/IP specification using Core, device management, tunnelling and routing. The KNX/IP router forwards telegrams in both directions whilst taking a filter table into account and can buffer up to 150 telegrams. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Supply voltage: DC 12-30 V (at DC 24 V 40 mA), AC 12-24 V Device width: 2 modules = approx. 36 mm

Power supply REG, 24 V DC / 1.25 A Power supply for 24 V binary inputs, REG-K panel control, KNX/IP router REG-K, 10" IP touch panel. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. With integrated overload and short-circuit protection. Primary supply: AC 100-240 V, 50-60 Hz Output voltage: DC 24 V +/- 3 % Output current: max. 1.25 A Output power: max. 30 W Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm ˜

For supplying power to: Binary input REG-K/8x24 art. no. 644792. Panel control REG-K/12x24 art. no. 675001. Panel control REG-K/8-4x24 art. no. 675101. Universal I/O panel control REG-K/32x24 art. no. 675201. KNX/IP router REG-K art. no. 680329. IP touch panel 10" art. no. 683090.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

693004

1/15 9.3

In KNX, to be completed with: Power supply REG, DC 24 V/0.4 A, art. no. 693003. Power supply REG, DC 24 V/1.25 A, art. no. 693004. Power supply REG, AC 24 V / 1 A, art. no. 663529. Also alternatively Power over Ethernet (PoE). — Contents: With bus connecting terminal. ˜

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

680329

1/70 9.3

Power supply REG, AC 24 V/1 A Power supply for 24 V binary inputs, weather station REG-K/4-gang, analogue input module REGK/4-gang, rain sensor, wind sensor with 0 - 10 V interface and heating, KNX/IP router REG-K. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. With fuse.

Info

Primary supply: AC 230 V, +/- 10 %, 50-60 Hz Output voltage: AC 24 V Output current: max. 1 A Fuse: 5x20 mm, 250 V, T 160 mA Device width: 5 modules = approx. 90 mm

System accessories • The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.

Power supply REG, 24 V DC / 0.4 A Power supply for 24 V binary inputs, Internet Controller REG-K, REG-K panel control, KNX/IP router REG-K. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. With integrated overload and short-circuit protection.

KNX system devices

K

Primary supply: AC 230 V, 48-63 Hz Output voltage: DC 24 V +/- 3 % Output current: max. 0.4 A Output power: max. 10 W Device width: 1 module = approx. 18 mm ˜

For supplying power to: Binary input REG-K/8x24 art. no. 644792. Panel control REG-K/12x24 art. no. 675001. Panel control REG-K/8-4x24 art. no. 675101. Universal I/O panel control REG-K/32x24 art. no. 675201. KNX/IP router REG-K art. no. 680329. KNX Internet Controller IC1-V2 REG-K, merten@home, art. no. 6951...

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

693003

1/60 9.3

For supplying power to: Binary input REG-K/8x24 art. no. 644792. Weather station REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682991. Analogue input module REG/4-gang art. no. 682192. Rain sensor for art. no. 663595. Wind sensor with 0-10V interface and heating, art. no. 663592. KNX/IP router REG-K art. no. 680329. Thermoelectric valve drive 24 V art. no. 639126. — Contents: With spare fuse. ˜

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

663529

1/15 9.3

For connecting up to eight bus lines and power supplies to the data rail via bus connecting terminals. For mounting on DIN rails EN 50022-35 x 7.5, with integrated data rail. Device width: 1 module = approx. 18 mm ˜ —

In KNX, to be completed with: Data rail, art. no. 6899 .. Contents: With 2 bus connecting terminals.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

680602

2/140 9.3

www.merten.com

Info

Data rail For connecting KNX devices installed in series in distribution panels on DIN rail. For bonding (selfadhesive) into the DIN rail EN 50022-35 x 7.5.

Info

KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES | System accessories | ©2010

Info

Data rail connector REG/4

˜

434

Info

Accessories: Data rail cover, art. no. 689801.

Version

Art. no.

214 mm

689901

PU PG 5/500 9

Info


KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES Data rail cover

Blanking cover

For covering unused data rail connectors by snapping onto the DIN rail EN 50022 35x7.5.

For System M. Screw-on cover for flush-mounted bus coupler or flush-mounted actuators.

Length: 242 mm ˜

In KNX, to be completed with: Data rail, art. no. 6899 ..

Version

Art. no.

light grey

689801

PU PG 5/50 9

Bus connecting terminal For connecting max. 4 core pairs to an KNX device, can also be used as a branch terminal. Consists of two interlocked terminal parts in red ("+") and dark grey ("-"), each with 4 plug-in terminals. For solid conductors with a diameter of 0.6 to 0.8 mm. Version

Art. no.

red/dark grey

689701

˜

Info

PU PG

Info

50/ 9 2500

In KNX, to be completed with: Bus coupler, flush-mounted, art. no. 690099. Bus coupler, flush-mounted 2, art. no. 690299. Switch actuator, flush-mounted, art. no. 627099. Series actuator, flush-mounted, art. no. 627199. Blind actuator, flush-mounted, art. no. 627299.

Version ˜

Art. no.

˜

Version

Art. no. 689702

PU PG

light grey

662929

PU PG

1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100

9 9 9 9

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

For System Design. Screw-on cover for flush-mounted bus coupler or flush-mounted actuators.

Info

50/ 9 2500

˜

For covering the stripped bus cable in all REG-K devices. The cable cover guarantees a safe distance between the SELV bus voltage and the mains voltage. Art. no.

662144 662119 662114 662160

Blanking cover

Cable cover for REG-K

Version

1/100 9 1/100 9 1/100 9

Thermoplastic classy matt

Branch terminal comprising two interlocking terminal parts in yellow and white, each with 4 plugin terminals. For solid conductors with a diameter of 0.6 to 0.8 mm. For wiring the yellow/white cores of the bus cable. yellow/white

662344 662319 662325

white polar white anthracite aluminium

Branch terminal, yellow/white

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

PU PG

Info

5/500 9

Version ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium ˜

Protective cover for plaster

In KNX, to be completed with: Bus coupler, flush-mounted, art. no. 690099. Bus coupler, flush-mounted 2, art. no. 690299. Switch actuator, flush-mounted, art. no. 627099. Series actuator, flush-mounted, art. no. 627199. Blind actuator, flush-mounted, art. no. 627299.

662244 662219 662260

1/100 9 1/100 9 1/100 9

662246

1/100 9

metallic

varnished stainless steel

For protecting the bus coupler, flush-mounted actuators, Easy flush-mounted modules or actuators from damage during painting and decorating work.

K

In KNX, to be completed with: Bus coupler, flush-mounted, art. no. 690099. Bus coupler, flush-mounted 2, art. no. 690299. Switch actuator, flush-mounted, art. no. 627099. Series actuator, flush-mounted, art. no. 627199. Blind actuator, flush-mounted, art. no. 627299.

Version

Art. no.

black

690098

PU PG

Info

10/300 9

www.merten.com

˜

KNX system devices

©2010

| System accessories | KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES

435


KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES Mini-function module REG

Function module

Open and closed-loop control tasks are possible using KNX thanks to the mini-function module REG. The received bus telegrams are interpreted and processed according to the freely programmable logic or mathematical functions. The results are sent to the actuators as telegrams via the bus (no floating point format). The device is programmed using KNX (no integrated RS 232 interface). Projects may comprise 150 function blocks and 200 group addresses. Mini-function module projects can also be processed by the function module REG. A real-time operating system performs control and management of the functional elements, which are programmed in a graphical language. The integrated real-time clock permits precise time-based control sequences. A library of functional elements permits creation of programs appropriate to the needs of any application, e.g. for complex heating, lighting and blind control. The mini-function module tool software permits the selection of approx. 40 functional elements with diverse standardised KNX data telegrams from the function library, for combination in application programs. The programs are then loaded into the device and executed.

• The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.

KNX Logic module Basic REG-K In KNX installations, the logic module serves as a logic and control device. It has 10 logic, 10 filter/ timer, 8 converter and 12 multiplexer modules. With 3 freely programmable push-buttons and 3 status LEDs. They can be assigned control and test functions and can be operated on the device. KNX software functions: 10 logic modules (AND, OR, XOR) • Each with up to 8 binary input objects and an output object. • Input and output object inversion. • Output disable via gate function. • Behaviour of each input object after bus reset. • Adjustable sending behaviour. 10 filter and timer modules • Binary input objects and an output object with time delays. • Binary input object filtering before output. • Output disable via gate function. • Behaviour of each input object after bus reset. • Adjustable sending behaviour. 8 converter modules • Conversion of 1 bit switching telegrams into 2 bit priority control. • Conversion of 1 bit switching telegrams into 8 bit value telegrams. • Conversion of 8 bit value telegrams into 1 bit switching telegrams. • Output disable via gate function. • Behaviour of each input object after bus reset. • Adjustable sending behaviour. 12 multiplexer modules (lighting control) Multiplexer modules are used to selectively control telegrams, e.g. to toggle between single room and total room control for conference rooms with partition walls. • Supported telegram formats by module: 1 bit, 2 bit, 4 bit, 8 bit , 2 byte. • A module can be used for the 4 byte format. • Telegram forwarding/blocking in one or both directions using the control object. • Adjustable gate behaviour. • Adjustable control object behaviour. • Output disable via gate function. • Adjustable sending behaviour. • Adjustable sending delay. Push-button and LED assignment • The three push-buttons and the three LEDs can be freely assigned with binary objects. • Behaviour per LED. • Behaviour per push-button. Behaviour after bus reset • Adjustable module start-up delay after bus voltage recovery.

KNX system devices

K

Device width: 2.5 module = approx. 45 mm Art. no.

PU PG

676090

1/30 9.3

Info

www.merten.com

Version light grey

436

KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES | Function module | ©2010

Power: A 29 V DC power supply is required via the two outer conductors of the data rail and a data rail connector REG/4. Power consumption: Normal operation approx. 40 mA Programming mode approx. 100 mA Device width: 3 modules = approx. 54 mm In KNX, to be completed with: Mini-function module tool software, art. no. 615011. Data rail, art. no. 6899.., data rail connector REG/4, art. no. 680602. — Note: The software, art. no. 615011, (Windows 98 or higher) for programming the mini-function module is available on the Internet or on the Merten info CD. The program FM Loader 32 is available over the Internet for operating systems Windows NT, 2000 and XP. ˜

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

676099

1/30 9.3

Info


KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES Function module REG

Function module tool software

Extensive open and closed-loop control tasks are possible using KNX thanks to the function module REG. The sensors and actuators can be connected to the bus locally and cost-effectively. The received bus telegrams are interpreted and processed according to the freely programmable logic or mathematic functions. The results are sent to the actuators as telegrams via the bus. A real-time multi-tasking operating system performs control and management of the functional elements, which are freely programmed in a graphical language. The integrated real-time clock permits precise time-based control sequences. A library of functional elements permits creation of programs appropriate to the needs of any application, e.g. for complex heating, lighting and blind control. The function module tool software allows more than 50 functional elements, supporting a variety of standardised KNX data telegrams, to be selected from the function library and assembled into application programs. The programs are then loaded into the device and executed.

The function module tool software is used to configure the application programs of the function module REG. An easy-to-use graphic editor that runs under Windows makes it possible to program the function module on a conventional PC, which can also be used for the ETS program. The program created with the graphic editor is loaded into the function module via the computer's RS 232 interface after compilation (translation into the language of the function module). The function module and additional program FM Loader 32 can be programmed under Windows NT, 2000 and XP operating systems, and also via the bus.

Power: A 29 V DC power supply is required via the two outer conductors of the data rail and a data rail connector REG/4. Power consumption: Normal operation approx. 40 mA Programming mode approx. 100 mA Device width: 3 modules = approx. 54 mm In KNX, to be completed with: Function module tool software, art. no. 615014. Data rail, art. no. 6899.., data rail connector REG/4, art. no. 680602.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

676029

1/30 9.3

In KNX, to be completed with: Function module REG, art. no. 676029. — Note: The program FM Loader 32 is available over the Internet for operating systems Windows NT, 2000 and XP. Contents: Program diskettes with manual and copy-protected plug (dongle). ˜

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

615014

1/1 9.1

Info

Info

Interfaces/gateways • The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.

USB interface, flush-mounted

KNX system devices

For connecting a programming or diagnostics device with a USB1.1 or USB2 interface to the KNX. For screw mounting in the size 60 installation box. With integrated bus coupler. The device is connected to the bus with a bus connecting terminal. Compatible with ETS 3.

K

Mounting depth: 20 mm To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socket-outlet TAE, art. no. System M 2960.., 2979.., System Design 2978... — Contents: With bus connecting terminal. ˜

Version

Art. no. 681799

PU PG

Info

1/50 9

www.merten.com

˜

The function module tool software consists of: Graphic editor: Function block library with over 50 function elements, task images and compilers to create programs. Loader: For loading the programs into the function module. Documenter: For creating and printing out the documentation. PC requirements: min. 486 processor with min. 1 MB available space on the hard drive and a free serial interface.

©2010

| Interfaces/gateways | KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES

437


KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES

˜

Central plate for telephone socket-outlet TAE

INSTABUS radio gateway, flushmounted

For System M. For telephone socket-outlets TAE or TDO, combination socket-outlets RJ45/TAE or flush-mounted USB interface.

The radio gateway connects the KNX to radio switch sensors and radio actuators. Transmission is bi-directional. The gateway can be installed in a size 60 flushmounted box or a surface-mounted box.

To be completed with: Telephone socket-outlet TAE, art. no. 4652... Loudspeaker connection insert art. no. 4669.., 4670... USB interface, flush-mounted, art. no. 681799. Telephone socketoutlet TDO, art. no. 465930.

Version ˜

Art. no.

296044 296019 296025

297944 297919 297914 297960

5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150

1 1 1.1 1.1

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

Central plate for telephone socket-outlet TAE For System Design. For telephone socket-outlets TAE or TDO, combination socket-outlets RJ45/TAE or flush-mounted USB interface. ˜

To be completed with: Telephone socket-outlet TAE, art. no. 4652... Loudspeaker connection insert art. no. 4669.., 4670... USB interface, flush-mounted, art. no. 681799. Telephone socketoutlet TDO, art. no. 465930. Accessories: Labelling strips for switches, socket-outlets, art. no. 395019

Version ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

297844 297819 297860

1/150 1 1/150 1 1/150 1.2

297846

1/150 1.2

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium ˜

KNX system devices

For connecting a programming or diagnostics device with a USB1.1 or USB2 interface to the KNX. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. With integrated bus coupler. Device width: 2 modules = approx. 36 mm Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover. Art. no.

PU PG

681829

1/35 9.3

Info

www.merten.com

Version light grey

438

Art. no. 680999

USB interface REG-K

K

In KNX, to be completed with: Blanking cover, art. no. System M 6623.., 6621... Blanking cover, art. no. System Design 6622... Transmitter: Radio remote control Distance 5010, art. no. 590722. Radio push-button, 1-gang, art. no. System M MEG509103../5941.., System Design 5921... Radio push-button, 2-gang, art. no. System M MEG5092-03../5942.., System Design 5922... Universal radio transmitter, flush-mounted, 4-gang, art. no. 592599. Receiver: Plug adapter with radio receiver, art. no. 591019, 591519. Radio receiver, flush-mounted, 1-gang, art. no. 592591. – Technical Information — Note: Not compatible with Merten CONNECT radio system. Contents: With bus connecting terminal. ˜

Version

metallic

stainless steel

Supply voltage: Bus, DC 24 V, approx. 10 mA Channels: 25 (10 receiving blocks and 15 receiving/transmitting blocks) Operating elements: Function selector switch, channel selector switch, programming button Display elements: LED function displays, programming LED Radio frequency: 868 MHz Transmission capacity: max. 10 mW Range: up to 100 m (free field) up to 30 m (building) Dimensions: 50x44x33 mm (WxHxD) without antenna and retaining ring Type of protection: IP 20

5/150 1 5/150 1 5/150 1

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

PU PG

KNX software functions: From KNX to radio: Switching, toggling, dimming, blinds. From radio to KNX: Switching, toggling, dimming, blinds, edges.

KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES | Interfaces/gateways | ©2010

PU PG 1/50 9

Info


KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES KNX Internet controller IC1-V2 REG-K, merten@home

TeleController Plus REG-K The TeleController Plus REG-K connects the telephone network with conventional inputs/outputs and KNX. • Six switch outputs for conventional relays or surge switches. • Six connections, in order to show the current switching status of the surge switch. • Six signal inputs for break or make contacts. The TeleController can forward incoming signals to selected participants. • Up to 20 communication objects for KNX. To control devices or display the statuses. • Connection for an alarm acknowledgement key to reset active messages, for example. • Connection to functionally switch off the TeleController. This is controlled using a conventional DTMF telephone or a DTMF hand transmitter. Messages are conveyed by announcements, SMS, e-mail or fax to the selected participants. The corresponding texts can be changed with the handset. The device is operated with a rotary knob and is supported by display texts and announcements. The PC software provided enable convenient operation and configuration. With integrated bus coupler. For installation on DIN rails EN 60715. The bus is connected using screw terminals; a data rail is not necessary. Power supply: DC 12-24 V Power consumption: 90 mA at 24 V (open circuit), 790 mA at 24 V (max. load) Switch outputs: 6, 100 mA at 12 V/24 V Alarm outputs: 1, 100 mA at 12 V/24 V Signal inputs: 6, for floating make or break contacts Telephone: Analogue, CTR 21, line length 3 m KNX: Screw terminals RS 232: Cable length 3 m Device width: 8 modules = approx. 144 mm

Monitoring and control of systems and buildings via the Internet. The Internet connection is established using art. no. • 695190 via Ethernet (DSL-router) • 695191 via the integrated analogue modem (56 kBit/s) • 695192 via the integrated ISDN modem (64 k/ Bits/s) With LAN/Ethernet interface for networking up to 32 additional IC1 devices. The user interface "merten@home" is created using the IC1 configurator merten@home 2.0. With integrated bus coupler. For installation on DIN rails EN 60715. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Power consumption: approx. 5 W Power supply: DC 12-32 V KNX objects: 256 Interfaces: 1xRJ45 Ethernet 10/100 Mbit/s Art. no. 695191: 1xRJ45 analogue modem, 56 kBit/s Art. no. 695192: 1xRJ45 ISDN, 64 kBit/s Video channels: 8 (URL), max. image size depends on the camera used Video memory: max. 128 images with 320 x 240 pixel, JPG photo format History memory: 6 input channels, 128,000 data points/channel Year time switch: with 6 programs, DCF77 synchronised via Domoport Macros: max. 16 parallel macros, 32 programmable internal variables, logical, mathematical, comparative and chronological function modules. Device width: 6 TE = approx. 108 mm In KNX, to be completed with: Power supply REG, DC 24 V/0.4 A, art. no. 693003. Accessories: IC1 configurator merten@home 2.0. — Contents: User handbook on CD, log on data for Domoport, one 3 m cable each for network and telephone. ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

695190

1/4 9.3

695191 695192

1/4 9.3 1/4 9.3

Info

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

analogue, light grey

680790

1/6 9.3

Info

KNX system devices

Handset for TeleController

K

Speech output of the various messages can be monitored and changed with the handset.

˜

In KNX, to be completed with: TeleController Plus REG-K, art. no. 680790.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

anthracite

660790

1/8 9.1

Info

www.merten.com

Version without modem, light grey analogue, light grey ISDN, light grey

Accessories: Handset, art. no. 660790. Power supply REG, DC 24 V/0.4 A, art. no. 693003. Power supply REG, DC 24 V/1.25 A, art. no. 693004. — ISDN and GSM version on request. Contents: PC software, connection cable RS 232. ˜

©2010

| Interfaces/gateways | KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES

439


KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES Teaching aids

Merten info DVD The Merten info DVD contains information and data on the products. Contents: • KNX product manual. The book provides detailed descriptions of KNX devices with electrical and mechanical data, as well as descriptions of the application programs and the parameters that can be configured. • Product databases (German/English) • Mini-function module tool software • PLANTEC tool software PTS • Panel programming software EIB TAB 2. • Programming software ETS tool for MT 701 V2.0 • Display tool software DTS • ETS tool for weather station • IC 1 Configuration Cloner, IP Changer • Tender documents (Ansi/Gaeb format) • Documentation on Merten products —

Language: German.

Version

Art. no.

PU

€/item PG

616002

1/1

9.9

Info

Merten CD The interactive CD gives comprehensive information on the subject of KNX. Uses typical situations in homes, offices and hotels to show how Merten KNX makes life and work easier, more flexible, more productive and more secure. The CD leads you through the Merten product spectrum, giving ideas for new function and demonstrating solutions. Checklists help you determine what components you need, so that system planning can be performed even more efficiently. —

Note: The CD can be ordered over the Internet at www.mymerten.com. Language: German. English.

KNX system devices

www.merten.com

K

440

KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES | Teaching aids | ©2010


KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES

KNX system devices

www.merten.com

K

©2010

| Teaching aids | KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES

441


KNX sensors

COMPREHENSIVE BUILDING MANAGEMENT

KNX system characteristics

KNX sensors

Equipped for the future with KNX: the data is recorded by sensors and sent via a twin-core bus device to the actuators to control their activity.

are the first step in every action. The wind speed must first be measured before a signal can be issued to lower the blinds when a limit value is exceeded. And the light can only be turned on when a movement has been registered â&#x20AC;&#x201C; and energy can only be regulated in an efficient manner when the temperature has been measured.

Sensors record information. This information can include room temperature, movements, or manually entered instructions, which are transmitted as data across the KNX bus system.

KNX sensors

www.merten.de

The actuators receive data that is then converted into actions, such as lowering or raising a blind, or dimming a light.

442

KNX sensors | Š2010


KNX sensors

Contents

Room temperature control unit with ARTEC Display, System Design

Now choosing and ordering KNX articles is even easier. You will quickly find the required components in the System devices, Sensors and Actuators sections.

KNX system devices starting on page 430 • Power supply units • Bus coupler • IP routers • Interfaces/gateways • Accessories

Room temperature control unit for the commercial sector M-SMART, System M

KNX sensors starting on page 442 • Push-button • Room temperature control unit • Binary inputs • Movement and presence detectors • Time switches • Devices for display and operation

KNX sensors

KNX actuators starting on page 482

www.merten.de

• Switch actuators • Blind actuators • Dimming actuators • Room temperature control unit • Devices for display and operation

Touch panel 7"

©2010

| KNX sensors

443


KNX SENSORS Technical Information: KNX system characteristics

Push-button, 2-gang plus

Push-buttons System M

For System M. With integrated bus coupling unit. Push-button with four operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. The device is connected to the bus line with a bus connecting terminal.

KNX sensorsKNX sensorsKNX systemKNX sensorsL

• The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.

KNX software functions: Switching, toggling, dimming (single/dual-surface), blind (single/dual-surface), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions.

Push-button, 1-gang plus For System M. With integrated bus coupling unit. Push-button with 2 operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. The device is connected to the bus line with a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Switching, toggling, dimming (single/dual-surface), blind (single/dual-surface), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions. Accessories: Labelling sheets for push-buttons, art. no. 618319/ 20. — Contents: With protective hood for plaster.With bus connecting terminal. ˜

Version ˜

617144 617119 617125

1/60 9 1/60 9 1/60 9

627544 627519 627514 627560

1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60

9 9 9 9

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

KNX sensors

www.merten.com

L

444

Info

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

Art. no.

KNX SENSORS | Push-buttons System M | ©2010

Accessories: Labelling sheets for push-buttons, art. no. 618319/ 20. — Contents: With protective hood for plaster.With bus connecting terminal. ˜

Version ˜

Info

617244 617219 617225

1/60 9 1/60 9 1/60 9

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

Art. no.

627644 627619 627614 627660

1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60

9 9 9 9

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant


KNX SENSORS Push-button 2-gang plus with room temperature control unit For System M. Convenient control unit with 4 operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. With room temperature control unit and display. With 5 red LEDs. The room temperature control unit can be used for heating and cooling with infinitely adjustable KNX valve drives or to trigger switch actuators and heating actuators. With the white backlit display for showing e.g. the time, date, temperature and operating mode. Menu for setting default operating modes, setpoint value, working/nonworking day (external trigger), display mode, time, switching times and brightness of the display. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal.. KNX software functions: Functions of the push-buttons: Switching, toggling, dimming, blind control (relative or absolute), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions, timed control with synchronisation, notification functions, the cyclic reading of external temperature values, fan control, operating modes, move setpoints. Functions of the room temperature control unit: Controller type: 2-step control, continuous PI controller, switching PI controller (PWM) Output: continuous in the range 0 to 100% or switching ON/OFF Controller mode: • Heating with one controller output • Cooling with one controller output • Heating and cooling with separate controller outputs • Heating and cooling with one controller output • 2-step heating with 2 control outputs • 2-step cooling with 2 control outputs • 2-step heating and cooling with 4 control outputs Operating modes: Comfort, comfort extension, standby, night reduction, frost/heat protection Move all setpoints, save all setpoint temperatures and operating modes when reset, external temperature monitoring, additional output of the control value as 1 byte value on the PWM. Monitoring function for the actual temperature, valve protection function. Scene function. Operation: Menu.

Accessories: Labelling sheets for push-buttons, art. no. 618319/ 20. — Contents: With protective hood for plaster.With bus connecting terminal. ˜

Version ˜

Art. no.

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

PU PG

617444 617419 617425

1/60 9 1/60 9 1/60 9

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium

627844 627819 627814 627860

1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60

9 9 9 9

KNX sensors

L

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

KNX software functions: Switching, toggling, dimming (single/dual-surface), blind (single/dual-surface), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions.

Note: If you already have the labelling software, you can download the form for the multi-function push-button at www.merten.com. Use to label conventional foils (max. thickness 0.1 mm). Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate. Screw for protection against dismantling.With protective hood for plaster.

Version ˜

For System M. With integrated bus coupling unit. Push-button with 8 operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. The device is connected to the bus line with a bus connecting terminal.

MEG6212-0344 MEG6212-0319 MEG6212-0325

1/50 9 1/50 9 1/50 9

new new new

1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50

new new new new

www.merten.com

Push-button, 4-gang plus

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium

MEG6212-0444 MEG6212-0419 MEG6212-0414 MEG6212-0460

9 9 9 9

©2010

| Push-buttons System M | KNX SENSORS

445


KNX SENSORS Push-button, 4-gang plus with IR receiver

Push-button 4-gang plus with room temperature control unit

For System M. With integrated bus coupling unit. Push-button with 8 operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. The functions of each of the keys can be triggered using an IR remote control. The push-button is pre-programmed for operation with a Merten IR remote control Distance. Many other IR remote controls (e.g. existing TV or CD player remote controls) can be taught into the push-buttons. The device is connected to the bus line with a bus connecting terminal.

For System M. Convenient control unit with 8 operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. With room temperature control unit and display. With integrated piezoelectric buzzer to display alarm states and IR receiver. All functions of the respective buttons can be controlled via IR remote control. With 9 red LEDs. The room temperature control unit can be used for heating and cooling with infinitely adjustable KNX valve drives or to trigger switch actuators and heating actuators. With the white backlit display for showing e.g. the time, date, temperature and operating mode. Menu for setting default operating modes, setpoint value, working/nonworking day (external trigger), display mode, time, switching times and brightness of the display. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal.. KNX software functions: Functions of the push-buttons: Switching, toggling, dimming, blind control (relative or absolute), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions, timed control with synchronisation, notification functions, the cyclic reading of external temperature values, fan control, operating modes, move setpoints. Functions of the room temperature control unit: Controller type: 2-step control, continuous PI controller, switching PI controller (PWM) Output: continuous in the range 0 to 100% or switching ON/OFF Controller mode: • Heating with one controller output • Cooling with one controller output • Heating and cooling with separate controller outputs • Heating and cooling with one controller output • 2-step heating with 2 control outputs • 2-step cooling with 2 control outputs • 2-step heating and cooling with 4 control outputs Operating modes: Comfort, comfort extension, standby, night reduction, frost/heat protection Move all setpoints, save all setpoint temperatures and operating modes when reset, external temperature monitoring, additional output of the control value as 1 byte value on the PWM. Monitoring function for the actual temperature, valve protection function. Scene function. Operation: Menu. Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate. Screw for protection against dismantling.With protective hood for plaster.

KNX software functions: Switching, toggling, dimming (single/dual-surface), blind (single/dual-surface), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions. Accessories: Labelling sheets for multi-function push-button with IR receiver, art. no. 618419/20. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. CONNECT radio universal remote control art. no. 506923. — Contents: With protective hood for plaster.With bus connecting terminal. ˜

Version ˜

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

Art. no.

617544 617519 617525

1/60 9 1/60 9 1/60 9

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium

627944 627919 627914 627960

1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60

9 9 9 9

KNX sensors

L

Version ˜

www.merten.com

446

Info

MEG6214-0344 MEG6214-0319 MEG6214-0325

1/35 9 1/35 9 1/35 9

new new new

1/35 1/35 1/35 1/35

new new new new

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium

KNX SENSORS | Push-buttons System M | ©2010

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

Art. no.

MEG6214-0444 MEG6214-0419 MEG6214-0414 MEG6214-0460

9 9 9 9


KNX SENSORS Protective hood for plaster

KNX push-button module, 1-gang

For System M. To protect push-buttons, rockers, room temperature control units and room controllers from contamination from painting and decorating work.

For System M. Push-button module without rocker. With programmable status display. The device is connected to the bus line with a bus connecting terminal. With integrated bus coupler.

Accessories from: Multi-function push-button, 2-gang with room temperature control unit, art. no. 6232.., 6273.. Rockers for pushbutton modules in System M design, art. no. 6191.., 6192.., 6193.., 6194.., 6195.., 6196.., 6197.., 6251.., 6252.., 6254.., 6255.., 6256.., 6257.., 6258... — Note: When the protective hood for plaster is in place, the temperature measurement of the room temperature control unit is restricted. ˜

Version

Art. no. 627591

PU PG

KNX software functions: The push-buttons can be parameterised either as a pair (dual-surface) or individually (single-surface). Single-surface: Switch ON or switch OFF, dimming, scenes. Dual-surface: Switch ON or switch OFF, dimming, scenes, blinds.

Info ˜

10/160 9

Labelling sheets for push-buttons For individual labelling of the System M push-buttons with text or symbols.

In KNX, to be completed with: Rocker for push-button module, 1gang, art. no. System M6191.., 6251... Rocker for push-button module, 1-gang, with 1/0 imprint, art. no. System M 6193.., 6254... Rocker for push-button module, 1-gang, with up/down arrow imprint, art. no. System M 6194.., 6255...

Version

Art. no. 625199

Version

Art. no. 618319 618320

PU PG

˜

Labelling sheets for multi-function push-button with IR receiver For individual labelling of the System M multifunction push-button with IR receiver.

To be completed with: System M push-button, 4-gang plus with IR receiver, art. no. 6175.., 6279... Accessories: Labelling software, art. no. 615022. — Contents: 1 sheet for every 28 products. ˜

Version

Art. no.

polar white silver

618419 618420

PU PG

For System M. The rocker is attached to the 1-gang push-button module.

Info

1/100 9 1/100 9

Info

1/100 9 1/100 9

Info

Rocker for 1-gang push-button module

To be completed with: System M push-button plus, 1-gang, 2-gang or 4-gang, art. no. 6171.., 6275.., 6172.., 6276.., 6174.., 6278... Accessories: Labelling software, art. no. 615022. — Contents: 1 sheet for every 28 products. ˜

polar white silver

PU PG 1/60 9

In KNX, to be completed with: KNX push-button module, 1-gang, art. no. System M 625199. Accessories: Protective hood for plaster, System M, art. no. 627591...

Version ˜

Art. no.

619144 619119 619125

1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

PU PG

625144 625119 625114 625160

1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150

9 9 9 9

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

Labelling software For professional labelling of DIN A4 labelling sheets in System Basis, System M, System Design and OCTOCOLOR.

KNX sensors

L Art. no.

PU PG

615022

1/20 9.1

Info

www.merten.com

Version

©2010

| Push-buttons System M | KNX SENSORS

447


KNX SENSORS Rocker for 1-gang push-button module with 1/0 imprint

KNX push-button module, 2-gang For System M. Push-button module without rockers. With programmable status display. The device is connected to the bus line with a bus connecting terminal. With integrated bus coupler.

For System M. The rocker is attached to the 1-gang push-button module. ˜

In KNX, to be completed with: KNX push-button module, 1-gang, art. no. System M 625199. Accessories: Protective hood for plaster, System M, art. no. 627591...

Version ˜

Art. no.

619344 619319 619325

1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9

˜

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

PU PG

KNX software functions: The push-buttons can be parameterised either as a pair (dual-surface) or individually (single-surface). Single-surface: Switch ON or switch OFF, dimming, scenes. Dual-surface: Switch ON or switch OFF, dimming, scenes, blinds.

625444 625419 625414 625460

1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150

9 9 9 9

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

In KNX, to be completed with: Rockers for 2-gang push-button module, art. no. System M 6192.., 6252... Rockers for push-button module, 2-gang, with 1/0 and up/down arrow imprint, art. no. System M 6195.., 6256... Rockers for push-button module, 2-gang, with up/down arrow and 1/0 imprint, art. no. System M 6196.., 6257... Rockers for push-button module, 2-gang, with up/down arrow imprint, art. no. System M 6197.., 6258...

Version

Art. no. 625299

˜

Rockers for 2-gang push-button module

For System M. The rocker is attached to the 1-gang push-button module.

For System M. The rockers are attached to the 2-gang push-button module.

In KNX, to be completed with: KNX push-button module, 1-gang, art. no. System M 625199. Accessories: Protective hood for plaster, System M, art. no. 627591...

˜

PU PG

˜

Info

1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9

625544 625519 625514 625560

1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150

9 9 9 9

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

˜

˜

KNX sensors

www.merten.com

L

KNX SENSORS | Push-buttons System M | ©2010

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy

619244 619219 619225

1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

448

To be completed with: Push-button module, 2-gang, art. no. System M 568499. In KNX, to be completed with: KNX push-button module, 2-gang, art. no. System M 625299. Accessories: Protective hood for plaster, System M, art. no. 627591...

Version 619444 619419 619425

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

Art. no.

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy

Info

Rocker for 1-gang push-button module with up/down arrow imprint

Version ˜

PU PG 1/60 9

625244 625219 625214 625260

1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150

9 9 9 9

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant


KNX SENSORS

˜

Rockers for 2-gang push-button module with 1/0 and up/down arrow imprint

Rockers for 2-gang push-button module with up/down arrow imprint

For System M. The rockers are attached to the 2-gang push-button module.

For System M. The rockers are attached to the 2-gang push-button module.

To be completed with: Push-button module, 2-gang, art. no. System M 568499. In KNX, to be completed with: KNX push-button module, 2-gang, art. no. System M 625299. Accessories: Protective hood for plaster, System M, art. no. 627591...

Version ˜

Art. no.

1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9

˜

1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150

Art. no.

9 9 9 9

619744 619719 619725

˜

Info

1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy

Thermoplastic classy matt 625644 625619 625614 625660

To be completed with: Push-button module, 2-gang, art. no. System M 568499. In KNX, to be completed with: KNX push-button module, 2-gang, art. no. System M 625299. Accessories: Protective hood for plaster, System M, art. no. 627591...

Version ˜

619544 619519 619525

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

PU PG

˜

625844 625819 625814 625860

1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150

9 9 9 9

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

Rockers for 2-gang push-button module with up/down arrow and 1/0 imprint For System M. The rockers are attached to the 2-gang push-button module. To be completed with: Push-button module, 2-gang, art. no. System M 568499. In KNX, to be completed with: KNX push-button module, 2-gang, art. no. System M 625299. Accessories: Protective hood for plaster, System M, art. no. 627591...

Version ˜

Info

619644 619619 619625

1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

Art. no.

625744 625719 625714 625760

1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150

9 9 9 9

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

KNX sensors

L

www.merten.com

˜

©2010

| Push-buttons System M | KNX SENSORS

449


KNX SENSORS Push-button, 2-gang plus

System Design push-button

For System Design. With integrated bus coupling unit. Push-button with four operating buttons, operating display, four blue status displays which can be triggered separately, and a labelling field. The blue operating display can also be used as an orientation sign. The lower labelling field can be parameterised as an additional operating key. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. The device is connected to the bus line with a bus connecting terminal.

• The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.

Push-button, 1-gang plus For System Design. With integrated bus coupling unit. Push-button with two operating buttons, operating display, two blue status displays which can be triggered separately, and a labelling field. The blue operating display can also be used as an orientation sign. The lower labelling field can be parameterised as an additional operating key. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. The device is connected to the bus line with a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Switching, toggling, dimming (single/dual-surface), blind (single/dual-surface), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions. Accessories: Labelling sheets for push-button plus art. no. 617819. — Contents: With protective hood for plaster.With bus connecting terminal. ˜

Version ˜

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium ˜

Art. no.

628044 628019 628060

1/60 9 1/60 9 1/60 9

628046

1/60 9

metallic

stainless steel

KNX sensors

www.merten.com

L

450

KNX SENSORS | System Design push-button | ©2010

KNX software functions: Switching, toggling, dimming (single/dual-surface), blind (single/dual-surface), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions. Accessories: Labelling sheets for push-button plus art. no. 617819. — Contents: With protective hood for plaster.With bus connecting terminal. ˜

Version ˜

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium ˜

Art. no.

628144 628119 628160

1/60 9 1/60 9 1/60 9

628146

1/60 9

metallic

stainless steel

Info


KNX SENSORS Push-button 2-gang plus with room temperature control unit

Note: If you already have the labelling software, you can download the form for the multi-function push-button at www.merten.com. Use to label conventional foils (max. thickness 0.1 mm). Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate. Screw for protection against dismantling.With protective hood for plaster.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

For System Design. With integrated bus coupling unit. Push-button with six operating buttons, operating display, six blue status displays which can be triggered separately, and a labelling field. The blue operating display can also be used as an orientation sign. The lower labelling field can be parameterised as an additional operating key. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. The device is connected to the bus line with a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Switching, toggling, dimming (single/dual-surface), blind (single/dual-surface), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions. Accessories: Labelling sheets for push-button plus art. no. 617819. — Contents: With protective hood for plaster.With bus connecting terminal. ˜

Version ˜

˜

white polar white aluminium ˜

MEG6212-4044 MEG6212-4019 MEG6212-4060

1/50 9 1/50 9 1/50 9

new new new

metallic

stainless steel

1/50 9

628244 628219 628260

1/60 9 1/60 9 1/60 9

628246

1/60 9

Push-button, 4-gang plus For System Design. With integrated bus coupling unit. Push-button with eight operating buttons, operating display, eight blue status displays which can be triggered separately, and a labelling field. The blue operating display can also be used as an orientation sign. The lower labelling field can be parameterised as an additional operating key. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. The device is connected to the bus line with a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Switching, toggling, dimming (single/dual-surface), blind (single/dual-surface), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions.

KNX sensors

L

Accessories: Labelling sheets for push-button plus art. no. 617819. — Contents: With protective hood for plaster.With bus connecting terminal. ˜

Version

Art. no.

˜

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium

628344 628319 628360

1/60 9 1/60 9 1/60 9

628346

1/60 9

metallic

stainless steel MEG6212-4146

Info

metallic

stainless steel

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium

˜ ˜

Art. no.

new

©2010

| System Design push-button | KNX SENSORS

www.merten.com

For System Design. Convenient control unit with 4 operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. With room temperature control unit and display. With 5 blue LEDs. The room temperature control unit can be used for heating and cooling with infinitely adjustable KNX valve drives or to trigger switch actuators and heating actuators. With the white backlit display for showing e.g. the time, date, temperature and operating mode. Menu for setting default operating modes, setpoint value, working/nonworking day (external trigger), display mode, time, switching times and brightness of the display. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal.. KNX software functions: Functions of the push-buttons: Switching, toggling, dimming, blind control (relative or absolute), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions, timed control with synchronisation, notification functions, the cyclic reading of external temperature values, fan control, operating modes, move setpoints. Functions of the room temperature control unit: Controller type: 2-step control, continuous PI controller, switching PI controller (PWM) Output: continuous in the range 0 to 100% or switching ON/OFF Controller mode: • Heating with one controller output • Cooling with one controller output • Heating and cooling with separate controller outputs • Heating and cooling with one controller output • 2-step heating with 2 control outputs • 2-step cooling with 2 control outputs • 2-step heating and cooling with 4 control outputs Operating modes: Comfort, comfort extension, standby, night reduction, frost/heat protection Move all setpoints, save all setpoint temperatures and operating modes when reset, external temperature monitoring, additional output of the control value as 1 byte value on the PWM. Monitoring function for the actual temperature, valve protection function. Scene function. Operation: Menu.

Push-button, 3-gang plus

451


KNX SENSORS Push-button, 4-gang plus with IR receiver

Push-button 4-gang plus with room temperature control unit

For System Design. With integrated bus coupling unit. Push-button with eight operating buttons, operating display, eight blue status displays which can be triggered separately, and a labelling field. The blue operating display can also be used as an orientation sign. The lower labelling field can be parameterised as an additional operating key. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. The functions of each of the keys can be triggered using an IR remote control. The push-button is pre-programmed for operation with a Merten IR remote control Distance. Many other IR remote controls (e.g. existing TV or CD player remote controls) can be taught to the push-buttons. The device is connected to the bus line with a bus connecting terminal.

For System Design. Convenient control unit with 8 operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. With room temperature control unit and display. With integrated piezoelectric buzzer to display alarm states and IR receiver. All functions of the respective buttons can be controlled via IR remote control. With 9 blue LEDs. The room temperature control unit can be used for heating and cooling with infinitely adjustable KNX valve drives or to trigger switch actuators and heating actuators. With the white backlit display for showing e.g. the time, date, temperature and operating mode. Menu for setting default operating modes, setpoint value, working/nonworking day (external trigger), display mode, time, switching times and brightness of the display. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal.. KNX software functions: Functions of the push-buttons: Switching, toggling, dimming, blind control (relative or absolute), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions, timed control with synchronisation, notification functions, the cyclic reading of external temperature values, fan control, operating modes, move setpoints. Functions of the room temperature control unit: Controller type: 2-step control, continuous PI controller, switching PI controller (PWM) Output: continuous in the range 0 to 100% or switching ON/OFF Controller mode: • Heating with one controller output • Cooling with one controller output • Heating and cooling with separate controller outputs • Heating and cooling with one controller output • 2-step heating with 2 control outputs • 2-step cooling with 2 control outputs • 2-step heating and cooling with 4 control outputs Operating modes: Comfort, comfort extension, standby, night reduction, frost/heat protection Move all setpoints, save all setpoint temperatures and operating modes when reset, external temperature monitoring, additional output of the control value as 1 byte value on the PWM. Monitoring function for the actual temperature, valve protection function. Scene function. Operation: Menu.

KNX software functions: Switching, toggling, dimming (single/dual-surface), blind (single/dual-surface), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions. Accessories: Labelling sheets for push-button plus art. no. 617819. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. CONNECT radio universal remote control art. no. 506923. — Contents: With protective hood for plaster.With bus connecting terminal. ˜

Version ˜

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium ˜

Art. no.

628444 628419 628460

1/60 9 1/60 9 1/60 9

628446

1/60 9

metallic

stainless steel

KNX sensors

L —

Note: If you already have the labelling software, you can download the form for the multi-function push-button at www.merten.com. Use to label conventional foils (max. thickness 0.1 mm). Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate. Screw for protection against dismantling.With protective hood for plaster.

Version ˜

www.merten.com

452

Info

MEG6214-4044 MEG6214-4019 MEG6214-4060

1/35 9 1/35 9 1/35 9

new new new

MEG6214-4146

1/35 9

new

metallic

stainless steel

KNX SENSORS | System Design push-button | ©2010

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium ˜

Art. no.


KNX SENSORS Protective hood for plaster

Rocker for 1-gang push-button module

For System Design To protect push-buttons, rockers, room temperature control units and room controllers from contamination from painting and decorating work. Accessories from: Push-button in System Design, art. no. 6223.., 6224.., 6225.., 6226... Multi-function push-button in System Design, art. no. 6227.., 6228... Rockers for push-button modules in System Design, art. no. 6261.., 6262.., 6264.., 6265.., 6266.., 6267.., 6268... Room temperature control unit, flush-mounted/PI, in System Design, art. no. 6249... — Note: When the protective hood for plaster is in place, the temperature measurement of the room temperature control unit is restricted.

For System Design. The rocker is attached to the 1-gang push-button module.

˜

Version

Art. no. 628091

PU PG

Info

10/160 9

˜

Version ˜

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant 626144 626119 626160

1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9

626146

1/150 9

metallic

varnished stainless steel

Rocker for 1-gang push-button module with 1/0 imprint

For individual labelling of the System Design push-button plus with text or symbols. The labelling sheet in polar white/silver can be used for polar white, aluminium-coloured and stainless steel push-buttons. To be completed with: System Design push-button plus, art. no. 6280.., 6281.., 6282.., 6283.., 6284... Accessories: Labelling software, art. no. 615022. — Contents: 1 sheet for 20 products.

Art. no.

white polar white aluminium ˜

Labelling sheets for push-button plus

In KNX, to be completed with: KNX push-button module, 1-gang, art. no. System Design 626199. Accessories: Protective hood for plaster, System Design, art. no. 628091...

For System Design. The rocker is attached to the 1-gang push-button module.

˜

Art. no. 617819

PU PG

Info

Version

1/100 9

˜

Labelling software For professional labelling of DIN A4 labelling sheets in System Basis, System M, System Design and OCTOCOLOR.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

615022

1/20 9.1

In KNX, to be completed with: KNX push-button module, 1-gang, art. no. System Design 626199. Accessories: Protective hood for plaster, System Design, art. no. 628091...

˜

˜

In KNX, to be completed with: Rocker for 1-gang push-button module, art. no. System Design 6261... Rocker for push-button module, 1-gang, with 1/0 imprint, art. no. System Design 6264. Rocker for push-button module, 1-gang, with up/down arrow imprint, art. no. System Design 6265...

Version

Art. no. 626199

PU PG

Info

626444 626419 626460

1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9

626446

1/150 9

metallic

varnished stainless steel

Rocker for 1-gang push-button module with up/down arrow imprint

KNX push-button module, 1-gang

KNX software functions: The push-buttons can be parameterised either as a pair (dual-surface) or individually (single-surface). Single-surface: Switch ON or switch OFF, dimming, scenes. Dual-surface: Switch ON or switch OFF, dimming, scenes, blinds.

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium

Info

For System Design Push-button module without rocker. With programmable status display. The device is connected to the bus line with a bus connecting terminal. With integrated bus coupler.

Art. no.

For System Design. The rocker is attached to the 1-gang push-button module. ˜

In KNX, to be completed with: KNX push-button module, 1-gang, art. no. System Design 626199. Accessories: Protective hood for plaster, System Design, art. no. 628091...

Version ˜

Art. no.

KNX sensors

Info

L

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium ˜

PU PG

626544 626519 626560

1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9

626546

1/150 9

metallic

varnished stainless steel

Info

1/60 9

www.merten.com

Version polar white/silver

˜

©2010

| System Design push-button | KNX SENSORS

453


KNX SENSORS KNX push-button module, 2-gang

Rockers for 2-gang push-button module with 1/0 and up/down arrow imprint

For System Design Push-button module without rockers. With programmable status display. The device is connected to the bus line with a bus connecting terminal. With integrated bus coupler. KNX software functions: The push-buttons can be parameterised either as a pair (dual-surface) or individually (single-surface). Single-surface: Switch ON or switch OFF, dimming, scenes. Dual-surface: Switch ON or switch OFF, dimming, scenes, blinds. ˜

In KNX, to be completed with: Rockers for 2-gang push-button module, art. no. System Design 6262... Rockers for push-button module, 2-gang, with 1/0 and up/down arrow imprint, art. no. System Design 6266... Rockers for push-button module, 2-gang, with up/down arrow and 1/0 imprint, art. no. System Design 6267... Rockers for push-button module, 2-gang, with up/down arrow imprint, art. no. System Design 6268...

Version

Art. no. 626299

PU PG

For System Design. The rockers are attached to the 2-gang push-button module. ˜

To be completed with: Push-button module, 2-gang, art. no. System Design 568199. In KNX, to be completed with: KNX push-button module, 2-gang, System Design 626299. Accessories: Protective hood for plaster, System Design, art. no. 628091...

Version ˜

˜

˜

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium ˜

PU PG

626244 626219 626260

1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9

626246

1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9

626646

1/150 9

Rockers for 2-gang push-button module with up/down arrow and 1/0 imprint For System Design. The rockers are attached to the 2-gang push-button module. ˜

To be completed with: Push-button module, 2-gang, art. no. System Design 568199. In KNX, to be completed with: KNX push-button module, 2-gang, System Design 626299. Accessories: Protective hood for plaster, System Design, art. no. 628091...

Version ˜

Art. no.

˜

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium

626744 626719 626760

1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9

626746

1/150 9

metallic

varnished stainless steel

metallic

varnished stainless steel

626644 626619 626660

Info

To be completed with: Push-button module, 2-gang, art. no. System Design 568199. In KNX, to be completed with: KNX push-button module, 2-gang, System Design 626299. Accessories: Protective hood for plaster, System Design, art. no. 628091... Art. no.

Info

metallic

varnished stainless steel

1/60 9

For System Design. The rockers are attached to the 2-gang push-button module.

Version

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium

Rockers for 2-gang push-button module

˜

Art. no.

1/150 9

Rockers for 2-gang push-button module with up/down arrow imprint For System Design. The rockers are attached to the 2-gang push-button module.

KNX sensors

L

˜

To be completed with: Push-button module, 2-gang, art. no. System Design 568199. In KNX, to be completed with: KNX push-button module, 2-gang, System Design 626299. Accessories: Protective hood for plaster, System Design, art. no. 628091...

Version ˜

www.merten.com

454

626844 626819 626860

1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9

626846

1/150 9

metallic

varnished stainless steel

KNX SENSORS | System Design push-button | ©2010

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium ˜

Art. no.

Info


KNX SENSORS Bus coupling insert, 2-gang

TRANCENT push-button

The rocker for two-circuit switches, the rocker for roller shutter switches and push-buttons from System Basis, System M, System Design and OCTOCOLOR can all be fitted on the 2-gang bus coupling insert. We can also adapt the switch ranges AQUADESIGN and AQUACLASSIC for the 2gang bus coupling insert as a special version. With integrated bus coupler. In the version with middle position, the rockers can be moved up and down (three-way rocker). In the version without middle position, telegrams are only generated when the lower half of the rocker is pressed (two-way rocker). For mounting in the size 60 installation box. With push-button and LED for programming.

Control electronics, 1- to 4-gang For the TRANCENT range. The control electronics can be programmed as a 1-, 2- or 4-gang sensor cover. With orientation LED. Operation of the glass cover is acknowledged with a short tone. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: The covers facing each other can either be parameterised as a pair (dual-surface) or as individual buttons (single-surface). There are a total of 12 parameterisation options available. Single-surface: dimming, toggling, pulse edges, temperature, scenes. Dual-surface: blind control, switching, dimming, toggling, pulse edges, temperature, scene. In KNX, to be completed with: TRANCENT glass sensor cover, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Accessories: Cover foil for glass sensor cover, art. no. 569190, 569290, 569390. — Contents: With bus coupler.With bus connecting terminal.

KNX software functions: For art. no. 671298: Switching. Toggling. Dimming. 1 group of blinds. For art. no. 671299: Switching. Toggling. Dimming. 2 groups of blinds.

˜

Version 1- to 4-gang

Art. no. MEG6164-4600

PU PG 1/40 9

Info

Version

Art. no.

with middle position without middle position

671299 671298

PU PG

Info

1/50 9 1/50 9

new

Bus coupling unit for switch rockers • The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.

Bus coupling insert, 1-gang The rocker for switches and push-button switches, the rocker marked "0"/ "1", the rocker with labelling field and the rocker with opening for symbols from System Basis, System Design and OctoColor can all be fitted on the 1-gang bus coupling insert. With programmable operating or status display for rockers with opening for symbols. We can also adapt the switch ranges AQUADESIGN, AQUACLASSIC and ANTI-VANDALISM for the 1-gang bus coupling insert as a special version. With integrated bus coupler. In the version with middle position, the rockers can be moved up and down (three-way rocker). In the version without middle position, telegrams are only generated when the lower half of the rocker is pressed (two-way rocker). For mounting in the size 60 installation box. With push-button and LED for programming.

KNX sensors

L

KNX software functions: For art. no. 671198: Switching. Toggling. Status display. For art. no. 671199: Switching. Dimming. Blinds. Toggling. Status display. Art. no. 671199 671198

PU PG

Info

1/50 9 1/50 9 www.merten.com

Version with middle position without middle position

©2010

| TRANCENT push-button | KNX SENSORS

455


KNX SENSORS Push-button 4-gang plus with room temperature control unit

Room temperature control unit System M

Push-button 2-gang plus with room temperature control unit

For System M. Convenient control unit with 8 operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. With room temperature control unit and display. With integrated piezoelectric buzzer to display alarm states and IR receiver. All functions of the respective buttons can be controlled via IR remote control. With 9 red LEDs. The room temperature control unit can be used for heating and cooling with infinitely adjustable KNX valve drives or to trigger switch actuators and heating actuators. With the white backlit display for showing e.g. the time, date, temperature and operating mode. Menu for setting default operating modes, setpoint value, working/nonworking day (external trigger), display mode, time, switching times and brightness of the display. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal.. KNX software functions: Functions of the push-buttons: Switching, toggling, dimming, blind control (relative or absolute), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions, timed control with synchronisation, notification functions, the cyclic reading of external temperature values, fan control, operating modes, move setpoints. Functions of the room temperature control unit: Controller type: 2-step control, continuous PI controller, switching PI controller (PWM) Output: continuous in the range 0 to 100% or switching ON/OFF Controller mode: • Heating with one controller output • Cooling with one controller output • Heating and cooling with separate controller outputs • Heating and cooling with one controller output • 2-step heating with 2 control outputs • 2-step cooling with 2 control outputs • 2-step heating and cooling with 4 control outputs Operating modes: Comfort, comfort extension, standby, night reduction, frost/heat protection Move all setpoints, save all setpoint temperatures and operating modes when reset, external temperature monitoring, additional output of the control value as 1 byte value on the PWM. Monitoring function for the actual temperature, valve protection function. Scene function. Operation: Menu.

For System M. Convenient control unit with 4 operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. With room temperature control unit and display. With 5 red LEDs. The room temperature control unit can be used for heating and cooling with infinitely adjustable KNX valve drives or to trigger switch actuators and heating actuators. With the white backlit display for showing e.g. the time, date, temperature and operating mode. Menu for setting default operating modes, setpoint value, working/nonworking day (external trigger), display mode, time, switching times and brightness of the display. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal.. KNX software functions: Functions of the push-buttons: Switching, toggling, dimming, blind control (relative or absolute), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions, timed control with synchronisation, notification functions, the cyclic reading of external temperature values, fan control, operating modes, move setpoints. Functions of the room temperature control unit: Controller type: 2-step control, continuous PI controller, switching PI controller (PWM) Output: continuous in the range 0 to 100% or switching ON/OFF Controller mode: • Heating with one controller output • Cooling with one controller output • Heating and cooling with separate controller outputs • Heating and cooling with one controller output • 2-step heating with 2 control outputs • 2-step cooling with 2 control outputs • 2-step heating and cooling with 4 control outputs Operating modes: Comfort, comfort extension, standby, night reduction, frost/heat protection Move all setpoints, save all setpoint temperatures and operating modes when reset, external temperature monitoring, additional output of the control value as 1 byte value on the PWM. Monitoring function for the actual temperature, valve protection function. Scene function. Operation: Menu.

KNX sensors

L —

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate. Screw for protection against dismantling.With protective hood for plaster.

Version ˜

www.merten.com

456

PU PG

Info

MEG6212-0344 MEG6212-0319 MEG6212-0325

1/50 9 1/50 9 1/50 9

new new new

1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50

new new new new

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium

MEG6212-0444 MEG6212-0419 MEG6212-0414 MEG6212-0460

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate. Screw for protection against dismantling.With protective hood for plaster.

Version

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

Art. no.

9 9 9 9

KNX SENSORS | Room temperature control unit System M | ©2010

˜

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

Art. no.

MEG6214-0344 MEG6214-0319 MEG6214-0325

1/35 9 1/35 9 1/35 9

new new new

1/35 1/35 1/35 1/35

new new new new

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium

MEG6214-0444 MEG6214-0419 MEG6214-0414 MEG6214-0460

9 9 9 9


KNX SENSORS Room temperature control unit with display

Room temperature control unit for properties

For System M. KNX Room temperature control unit with display, labelling field, operation and status LED. The 4 buttons allow to shift set values and change operation modes. With 5 red LEDs. The room temperature control unit can be used for heating and cooling with infinitely adjustable KNX valve drives or to trigger switch actuators and heating actuators. With the white backlit display for showing e.g. the time, date, temperature and operating mode. Menu for setting default operating modes, setpoint value, working/nonworking day (external trigger), display mode, time, switching times and brightness of the display. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Functions of the room temperature control unit: Controller type: 2-step control, continuous PI controller, switching PI controller (PWM) Output: continuous in the range 0 to 100% or switching ON/OFF Controller mode: • Heating with one controller output • Cooling with one controller output • Heating and cooling with separate controller outputs • Heating and cooling with one controller output • 2-step heating with 2 control outputs • 2-step cooling with 2 control outputs • 2-step heating and cooling with 4 control outputs Operating modes: Comfort, comfort extension, standby, night reduction, frost/heat protection Move all setpoints, save all setpoint temperatures and operating modes when reset, external temperature monitoring, additional output of the control value as 1 byte value on the PWM. Monitoring function for the actual temperature, valve protection function. Functions of the push-buttons: Selection of 1- 4 operating modes each push-button. Move setpoint.

For System M. KNX room temperature control unit for properties with integrated bus coupler. Depending on the operating mode, the current temperature setpoint value and the actual room temperature, a control value for the heating or cooling control unit is transmitted to the KNX. The temperature can optionally be measured by the internal or by an external bus temperature sensor. The room temperature control unit can be used for heating and cooling with infinitely adjustable KNX valve drives or to trigger switch actuators and heating actuators. Operating mode, nominal value, control function settings made only via the bus The device does not have any operating and display elements. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Functions of the room temperature control unit: Controller type: 2-step control, continuous PI controller, switching PI controller (PWM) Output: continuous in the range 0 to 100% or switching ON/OFF Controller mode: • Heating with one controller output • Cooling with one controller output • Heating and cooling with separate controller outputs • Heating and cooling with one controller output • 2-step heating with 2 control outputs • 2-step cooling with 2 control outputs • 2-step heating and cooling with 4 control outputs Operating modes: Comfort, comfort extension, standby, night reduction, frost/heat protection Move all setpoints, save all setpoint temperatures and operating modes when reset, external temperature monitoring, additional output of the control value as 1 byte value on the PWM. Monitoring function for the actual temperature, valve protection function. Operation: only via bus telegrams.

Accessories: Labelling software, art. no. 615022. Protective hood for plaster, System M, art. no. 627591... — Note: If you already have the labelling software, you can download the form for the multi-function push-button at www.merten.com. Use to label conventional foils (max. thickness 0.1 mm). Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate. Screw for protection against dismantling.With protective hood for plaster.

˜

Version

MEG6241-0344 MEG6241-0319 MEG6241-0325

1/50 9 1/50 9 1/50 9

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

PU PG

MEG6241-0444 MEG6241-0419 MEG6241-0414 MEG6241-0460

1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50

Version ˜

Art. no.

MEG6221-0344 MEG6221-0319 MEG6221-0325

1/50 9 1/50 9 1/50 9

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

PU PG

MEG6221-0444 MEG6221-0419 MEG6221-0414 MEG6221-0460

1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50

KNX sensors

9 9 9 9

L

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

9 9 9 9

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant www.merten.com

˜

Art. no.

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate.With protective hood for plaster.

©2010

| Room temperature control unit System M | KNX SENSORS

457


KNX SENSORS KNX Room temperature control unit, flush-mounted/PI with 4gang push-button interface For System M. The device is a room temperature control unit and a binary input. Depending on the operating mode, the current temperature setpoint value and the room temperature, a control value for the heating or cooling control unit is transmitted to the KNX. The temperature can either be recorded by the internal or the external temperature sensor which must be connected to the push-button interface. The push-button interface generates an internal signal voltage for connecting max. four conventional push-buttons or floating contacts. Of these, two inputs can be used to connect low current LEDs. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Functions of the room temperature control unit: Controller type: 2-step control, continuous PI control, switching PI control (PWM) Output: continuous in the range 0 to 100% or switching ON/OFF Controller mode: • Heating with one controller output • Cooling with one controller output • Heating and cooling with separate controller outputs • Heating and cooling with one controller output • 2-step heating with 2 control outputs • 2-step cooling with 2 control outputs Operating modes: comfort, comfort extension, standby, night economy, frost/heat protection Operation: Setpoint adjustment can be parameterised in the range with adjusting wheel; presence push-button functions can be parameterised/switched off Valve protection, controller disable Push-button interface functions: Switching, dimming, external blinds, valuator (dimming valuator, extension unit for light scenes with/without memory function, temperature valuator, brightness valuator). Push-button interface: up to 4 inputs, 2 of which can be used as outputs and one for connecting the remote sensor. Output voltage: 5 V (SELV) Output current: max. 0.8 mA Max. cable length: Inputs/outputs max. 5 m, remote sensor max. 50 m ˜

KNX sensors

L

Accessories: Remote sensor for KNX room temperature control unit, UP/PI art. no. 616790.

Version ˜

Info

616744 616719 616725

1/50 9 1/50 9 1/50 9

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium

616844 616819 616814 616860

1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50

9 9 9 9

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

www.merten.com

˜

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

Art. no.

458

KNX SENSORS | Room temperature control unit System M | ©2010

Remote sensor for room temperature control unit UP/PI Temperature sensor the floor/room temperature measurement Cable length: 4 m (2 x 0.75 mm2) ˜

To be completed with: KNX room temperature control unit, UP/PI with push-button interface, 4-gang, art. no. System M 6167.., 6168... KNX room temperature control unit, UP/PI with push-button interface, 4-gang, art. no. System Design 6169...

Version

Art. no.

black

616790

PU PG 1/48 9

Info


KNX SENSORS Push-button 4-gang plus with room temperature control unit

Room temperature control unit System Design

Push-button 2-gang plus with room temperature control unit

For System Design. Convenient control unit with 8 operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. With room temperature control unit and display. With integrated piezoelectric buzzer to display alarm states and IR receiver. All functions of the respective buttons can be controlled via IR remote control. With 9 blue LEDs. The room temperature control unit can be used for heating and cooling with infinitely adjustable KNX valve drives or to trigger switch actuators and heating actuators. With the white backlit display for showing e.g. the time, date, temperature and operating mode. Menu for setting default operating modes, setpoint value, working/nonworking day (external trigger), display mode, time, switching times and brightness of the display. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal.. KNX software functions: Functions of the push-buttons: Switching, toggling, dimming, blind control (relative or absolute), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions, timed control with synchronisation, notification functions, the cyclic reading of external temperature values, fan control, operating modes, move setpoints. Functions of the room temperature control unit: Controller type: 2-step control, continuous PI controller, switching PI controller (PWM) Output: continuous in the range 0 to 100% or switching ON/OFF Controller mode: • Heating with one controller output • Cooling with one controller output • Heating and cooling with separate controller outputs • Heating and cooling with one controller output • 2-step heating with 2 control outputs • 2-step cooling with 2 control outputs • 2-step heating and cooling with 4 control outputs Operating modes: Comfort, comfort extension, standby, night reduction, frost/heat protection Move all setpoints, save all setpoint temperatures and operating modes when reset, external temperature monitoring, additional output of the control value as 1 byte value on the PWM. Monitoring function for the actual temperature, valve protection function. Scene function. Operation: Menu.

For System Design. Convenient control unit with 4 operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. With room temperature control unit and display. With 5 blue LEDs. The room temperature control unit can be used for heating and cooling with infinitely adjustable KNX valve drives or to trigger switch actuators and heating actuators. With the white backlit display for showing e.g. the time, date, temperature and operating mode. Menu for setting default operating modes, setpoint value, working/nonworking day (external trigger), display mode, time, switching times and brightness of the display. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal.. KNX software functions: Functions of the push-buttons: Switching, toggling, dimming, blind control (relative or absolute), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions, timed control with synchronisation, notification functions, the cyclic reading of external temperature values, fan control, operating modes, move setpoints. Functions of the room temperature control unit: Controller type: 2-step control, continuous PI controller, switching PI controller (PWM) Output: continuous in the range 0 to 100% or switching ON/OFF Controller mode: • Heating with one controller output • Cooling with one controller output • Heating and cooling with separate controller outputs • Heating and cooling with one controller output • 2-step heating with 2 control outputs • 2-step cooling with 2 control outputs • 2-step heating and cooling with 4 control outputs Operating modes: Comfort, comfort extension, standby, night reduction, frost/heat protection Move all setpoints, save all setpoint temperatures and operating modes when reset, external temperature monitoring, additional output of the control value as 1 byte value on the PWM. Monitoring function for the actual temperature, valve protection function. Scene function. Operation: Menu. Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate. Screw for protection against dismantling.With protective hood for plaster.

Version ˜

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium ˜

Art. no.

MEG6212-4044 MEG6212-4019 MEG6212-4060

1/50 9 1/50 9 1/50 9

new new new

MEG6212-4146

1/50 9

new

metallic

stainless steel

Note: If you already have the labelling software, you can download the form for the multi-function push-button at www.merten.com. Use to label conventional foils (max. thickness 0.1 mm). Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate. Screw for protection against dismantling.With protective hood for plaster.

Version ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium ˜

L

MEG6214-4044 MEG6214-4019 MEG6214-4060

1/35 9 1/35 9 1/35 9

new new new

MEG6214-4146

1/35 9

new

metallic

stainless steel

©2010

| Room temperature control unit System Design | KNX SENSORS

www.merten.com

KNX sensors

459


KNX SENSORS Room temperature control unit with display

KNX Room temperature control unit, flush-mounted/PI with 4gang push-button interface

For System Design. KNX Room temperature control unit with display, labelling field, operation and status LED. The 4 buttons allow to shift set values and change operation modes. With 5 blue LEDs. The room temperature control unit can be used for heating and cooling with infinitely adjustable KNX valve drives or to trigger switch actuators and heating actuators. With the white backlit display for showing e.g. the time, date, temperature and operating mode. Menu for setting default operating modes, setpoint value, working/nonworking day (external trigger), display mode, time, switching times and brightness of the display. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Functions of the room temperature control unit: Controller type: 2-step control, continuous PI controller, switching PI controller (PWM) Output: continuous in the range 0 to 100% or switching ON/OFF Controller mode: • Heating with one controller output • Cooling with one controller output • Heating and cooling with separate controller outputs • Heating and cooling with one controller output • 2-step heating with 2 control outputs • 2-step cooling with 2 control outputs • 2-step heating and cooling with 4 control outputs Operating modes: Comfort, comfort extension, standby, night reduction, frost/heat protection Move all setpoints, save all setpoint temperatures and operating modes when reset, external temperature monitoring, additional output of the control value as 1 byte value on the PWM. Monitoring function for the actual temperature, valve protection function. Functions of the push-buttons: Selection of 1- 4 operating modes each push-button. Move setpoint. ˜ —

Accessories: Labelling software, art. no. 615022. Note: If you already have the labelling software, you can download the form for the multi-function push-button at www.merten.com. Use to label conventional foils (max. thickness 0.1 mm). Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate. Screw for protection against dismantling.With protective hood for plaster.

Version

KNX sensors

˜

L

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium ˜

For System Design. The device is a room temperature control unit and a binary input. Depending on the operating mode, the current temperature setpoint value and the room temperature, a control value for the heating or cooling control unit is transmitted to the KNX. The temperature can either be recorded by the internal or the external temperature sensor which must be connected to the push-button interface. The push-button interface generates an internal signal voltage for connecting max. four conventional push-buttons or floating contacts. Of these, two inputs can be used to connect low current LEDs. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Functions of the room temperature control unit: Controller type: 2-step control, continuous PI control, switching PI control (PWM) Output: continuous in the range 0 to 100% or switching ON/OFF Controller mode: • Heating with one controller output • Cooling with one controller output • Heating and cooling with separate controller outputs • Heating and cooling with one controller output • 2-step heating with 2 control outputs • 2-step cooling with 2 control outputs Operating modes: comfort, comfort extension, standby, night economy, frost/heat protection Operation: Setpoint adjustment can be parameterised in the range with adjusting wheel; presence push-button functions can be parameterised/switched off Valve protection, controller disable Push-button interface functions: Switching, dimming, external blinds, valuator (dimming valuator, extension unit for light scenes with/without memory function, temperature valuator, brightness valuator).

MEG6241-4044 MEG6241-4019 MEG6241-4060

1/50 9 1/50 9 1/50 9

metallic

stainless steel

MEG6241-4146

1/50 9

Push-button interface: up to 4 inputs, 2 of which can be used as outputs and one for connecting the remote sensor. Output voltage: 5 V (SELV) Output current: max. 0.8 mA Max. cable length: Inputs/outputs max. 5 m, remote sensor max. 50 m ˜

Accessories: Remote sensor for KNX room temperature control unit, UP/PI art. no. 616790.

Version ˜

www.merten.com

KNX SENSORS | Room temperature control unit System Design | ©2010

616944 616919 616960

1/50 9 1/50 9 1/50 9

616946

1/50 9

metallic

varnished stainless steel

460

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium ˜

Art. no.

Info


KNX SENSORS Remote sensor for room temperature control unit UP/PI

Radio remote control Distance 5010

Temperature sensor the floor/room temperature measurement

15 channel radio remote control. For controlling the INSTABUS radio gateway UP or the radio receiver.

Cable length: 4 m (2 x 0.75 mm2)

Channels: 15 Range: up to 100 m (free field) up to 30 m (building) Battery: 2 microcells (IEC LR 03, AAA) Display elements: Function LED

To be completed with: KNX room temperature control unit, UP/PI with push-button interface, 4-gang, art. no. System M 6167.., 6168... KNX room temperature control unit, UP/PI with push-button interface, 4-gang, art. no. System Design 6169...

Version

Art. no.

black

616790

PU PG

Info

1/48 9

Radio transmitters

Receiver: INSTABUS radio gateway, flush-mounted, art. no. 680999. Plug adapter with radio receiver, art. no. 591019, 591519. Radio receiver, flush-mounted, 1-gang, art. no. 592591. – Technical Information — Contents: With battery. ˜

Version

Art. no.

black

590722

The Radio transmitter are not compatible with Merten CONNECT radio system.

For System M. Battery-powered radio transmitter with two channels. For controlling the INSTABUS radio gateway UP or the radio receiver. High installation flexibility due to flat design. A flush-mounted socket-outlet is not necessary. The push-button is suitable for sticking onto walls or glass, screwing onto walls or flush-mounted outlets as well as installing in a multiple combination.

The radio gateway connects the KNX to radio switch sensors and radio actuators. Transmission is bi-directional. The gateway can be installed in a size 60 flushmounted box or a surface-mounted box. KNX software functions: From KNX to radio: Switching, toggling, dimming, blinds. From radio to KNX: Switching, toggling, dimming, blinds, edges.

In KNX, to be completed with: Blanking cover, art. no. System M 6623.., 6621... Blanking cover, art. no. System Design 6622... Transmitter: Radio remote control Distance 5010, art. no. 590722. Radio push-button, 1-gang, art. no. System M MEG509103../5941.., System Design 5921... Radio push-button, 2-gang, art. no. System M MEG5092-03../5942.., System Design 5922... Universal radio transmitter, flush-mounted, 4-gang, art. no. 592599. Receiver: Plug adapter with radio receiver, art. no. 591019, 591519. Radio receiver, flush-mounted, 1-gang, art. no. 592591. – Technical Information — Note: Not compatible with Merten CONNECT radio system. Contents: With bus connecting terminal. ˜

Version

Art. no. 680999

PU PG

Info

Radio push-button 1-gang, battery-powered

INSTABUS radio gateway, flushmounted

Supply voltage: Bus, DC 24 V, approx. 10 mA Channels: 25 (10 receiving blocks and 15 receiving/transmitting blocks) Operating elements: Function selector switch, channel selector switch, programming button Display elements: LED function displays, programming LED Radio frequency: 868 MHz Transmission capacity: max. 10 mW Range: up to 100 m (free field) up to 30 m (building) Dimensions: 50x44x33 mm (WxHxD) without antenna and retaining ring Type of protection: IP 20

PU PG 1/12 8

Channels: 2 Range: up to 100 m (free field) up to 30 m (building) Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450) Display elements: LED for send confirmation Receiver: INSTABUS radio gateway, flush-mounted, art. no. 680999. Plug adapter with radio receiver, art. no. 591019, 591519. Radio receiver, flush-mounted, 1-gang, art. no. 592591. – Technical Information — Contents: Battery, retaining plate, double-sided adhesive strips, single-sided adhesive strips (aluminium-coloured), screws, dowels. ˜

Version ˜

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

Art. no.

MEG5091-0344 MEG5091-0319 MEG5091-0325

1/40 8 1/40 8 1/40 8

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium

594144 594119 594114 594160

1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40

8 8 8 8

KNX sensors

L

Info

1/50 9 www.merten.com

˜

©2010

| Radio transmitters | KNX SENSORS

461


KNX SENSORS Radio push-button 2-gang, battery-powered

Radio push-button 2-gang, battery-powered

For System M. Battery-powered radio transmitter with four channels. For controlling the INSTABUS radio gateway UP or the radio receiver. High installation flexibility due to flat design. A flush-mounted socket-outlet is not necessary. The push-button is suitable for sticking onto walls or glass, screwing onto walls or flush-mounted outlets as well as installing in a multiple combination.

For System Design. Battery-powered radio transmitter with four channels. For controlling the INSTABUS radio gateway UP or the radio receiver. High installation flexibility due to flat design. A flush-mounted socket-outlet is not necessary. The push-button is suitable for sticking onto walls or glass, screwing onto walls or flush-mounted outlets as well as installing in a multiple combination.

Channels: 4 Range: up to 100 m (free field) up to 30 m (building) Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450) Display elements: LED for send confirmation

Channels: 4 Range: up to 100 m (free field) up to 30 m (building) Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450) Display elements: LED for send confirmation

Receiver: INSTABUS radio gateway, flush-mounted, art. no. 680999. Plug adapter with radio receiver, art. no. 591019, 591519. Radio receiver, flush-mounted, 1-gang, art. no. 592591. – Technical Information — Contents: Battery, retaining plate, double-sided adhesive strips, single-sided adhesive strips (aluminium-coloured), screws, dowels. ˜

Version ˜

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

Art. no.

Version ˜

MEG5092-0344 MEG5092-0319 MEG5092-0325

1/40 8 1/40 8 1/40 8

594244 594219 594214 594260

˜

1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40

8 8 8 8

KNX sensors

Receiver: INSTABUS radio gateway, flush-mounted, art. no. 680999. Plug adapter with radio receiver, art. no. 591019, 591519. Radio receiver, flush-mounted, 1-gang, art. no. 592591. – Technical Information — Contents: Battery, retaining plate, double-sided adhesive strips, single-sided adhesive strips (aluminium-coloured), screws, dowels. ˜

L

Version ˜

www.merten.com

462

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium ˜

Art. no.

592144 592119 592160

1/40 8 1/40 8 1/40 8

592146

1/40 8

metallic

varnished stainless steel

KNX SENSORS | Radio transmitters | ©2010

Info

Info

592244 592219 592260

1/40 8 1/40 8 1/40 8

592246

1/40 8

Universal radio transmitter, flushmounted, 4-gang

Radio push-button 1-gang, battery-powered

Channels: 2 Range: up to 100 m (free field) up to 30 m (building) Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450) Display elements: LED for send confirmation

PU PG

metallic

varnished stainless steel

For System Design. Battery-powered radio transmitter with two channels. For controlling the INSTABUS radio gateway UP or the radio receiver. High installation flexibility due to flat design. A flush-mounted socket-outlet is not necessary. The push-button is suitable for sticking onto walls or glass, screwing onto walls or flush-mounted outlets as well as installing in a multiple combination.

Art. no.

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium

Receiver: INSTABUS radio gateway, flush-mounted, art. no. 680999. Plug adapter with radio receiver, art. no. 591019, 591519. Radio receiver, flush-mounted, 1-gang, art. no. 592591. – Technical Information — Contents: Battery, retaining plate, double-sided adhesive strips, single-sided adhesive strips (aluminium-coloured), screws, dowels. ˜

Battery-powered radio transmitter for connecting four floating make contacts such as push-buttons or device outputs. Suitable for installation underneath push-button inserts or in empty flush-mounted boxes. Channels: 4 Range: up to 100 m (free field) up to 30 m (building) Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2032) Display elements: LED for send confirmation Receiver: INSTABUS radio gateway, flush-mounted, art. no. 680999. Plug adapter with radio receiver, art. no. 591019, 591519. Radio receiver, flush-mounted, 1-gang, art. no. 592591. – Technical Information — Contents: With battery. ˜

Version

Art. no. 592599

PU PG 1/100 8

Info


KNX SENSORS Binary inputs

Push-button interface, 4-gang plus

• The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.

Generates an internal signal voltage for connecting four conventional push-buttons or floating contacts, and for connecting four low-current LEDs. The cores are 30 cm long and can be extended to max. 7.5 m. For installation in a conventional 60 mm switch box.

Push-button interface, 2-gang plus

KNX software functions: Switching, dimming or controlling blinds via 1 or 2 inputs, position values for blind control (8-bit), pulse edges with 1-, 2-, 4-, or 8-bit telegrams, differentiation between short and long activation, initialisation telegram, cyclical transmission, pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams, 8-bit linear regulator, scenes, counter, disable function, break contact/make contact, debounce time. Outputs for connecting control lamps (low-current LEDs) for the status display.

Generates an internal signal voltage for connecting two conventional push-buttons or floating contacts, and for connecting two low-current LEDs. The cores are 30 cm long and can be extended to max. 7.5 m. For installation in a conventional 60 mm switch box. KNX software functions: Switching, dimming or controlling blinds via 1 or 2 inputs, position values for blind control (8-bit), pulse edges with 1-, 2-, 4-, or 8-bit telegrams, differentiation between short and long activation, initialisation telegram, cyclical transmission, pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams, 8-bit linear regulator, scenes, counter, disable function, break contact/make contact, debounce time. Outputs for connecting control lamps (low-current LEDs) for the status display.

˜

˜

Accessories: LED light attachment, two-colour, for switch inserts art. no. 396512.

Version

Art. no.

polar white

670804

Version

Art. no. 670802

PU PG

Info

Binary input, flush-mounted/4x10 For connecting four conventional push-buttons or floating contacts to the KNX. Internally generates a signal voltage SELV, electrically isolated from the bus. With integrated bus coupler 2. Insertion in a 40 mm deep installation box.

Accessories: LED light attachment, two-colour, for switch inserts art. no. 396512.

polar white

PU PG 1/150 9

Info

1/150 9

KNX software functions: Switching, dimming or blind control via 1 or 2 inputs. Positioning values for blind control (8-bit). Pulse edges with 1-, 2- or 8-bit telegrams. Differentiation between short/long operation. Initialisation telegram. Cyclical sending. Pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams. 8-bit linear regulator. Disable function. Break/make contact. Debounce time. Inputs: 4 Contact voltage: max. 10 V, clocked Contact current: max. 2 mA, pulsing Cable length: max. 50 m, bus connecting cable or bell wire (Y, J-FY, YR) Dimensions: 48x44x33 mm (HxWxD) —

KNX sensors

L

Contents: With bus connecting terminal.

Version

Art. no. 639898

PU PG

Info

1/50 9

www.merten.com

For each input/output object type: Contact voltage: < 3 V (SELV) Contact current: < 0.5 mA Output current: max. 2 mA Max. cable length: 30 cm unshielded, can be extended up to max. 7.5 m with twisted unshielded cable. Dimensions: approx. 40x30.5x12.5 mm (LxWxH)

For each input/output object type: Contact voltage: < 3 V (SELV) Contact current: < 0.5 mA Output current: max. 2 mA Max. cable length: 30 cm unshielded, can be extended up to max. 7.5 m with twisted unshielded cable. Dimensions: approx. 40x30.5x12.5 mm (LxWxH)

©2010

| Binary inputs | KNX SENSORS

463


KNX SENSORS Binary input REG-K/4x10

Binary input REG-K/4x24

For connecting four conventional push-buttons or floating contacts to the KNX. Internally generates a signal voltage SELV, electrically isolated from the bus. With integrated bus coupler and plug-in screw terminals. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. The input voltage level is displayed at each input with a yellow LED. A green LED indicates that the device is ready for operation once the application has been loaded.

For connecting four conventional devices with AC/DC 24 V outputs to the KNX. With integrated bus coupler and plug-in screw terminals. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. The input voltage level is displayed at each input with a yellow LED. A green LED indicates that the device is ready for operation once the application has been loaded. KNX software functions: Switching, dimming or blind control via 1 or 2 inputs. Positioning values for blind control (8-bit). Pulse edges with 1-, 2-, 4-, or 8-bit telegrams. Differentiation between short/long operation. Initialisation telegram. Cyclical sending. Pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams. 8-bit linear regulator. Disable function. Break/make contact. Debounce time.

KNX software functions: Switching, dimming or blind control via 1 or 2 inputs. Positioning values for blind control (8-bit). Pulse edges with 1-, 2-, 4-, or 8-bit telegrams. Differentiation between short/long operation. Initialisation telegram. Cyclical sending. Pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams. 8-bit linear regulator. Disable function. Break/make contact. Debounce time.

Input voltage: AC / DC 24 V Inputs: 4 Input current: DC 15 mA (30 V), AC 6 mA (27 V) 0 signal:  5 V 1 signal:  11 V Cable length: max. 100 m Device width: 2.5 modules = approx. 45 mm

Inputs: 4 Contact voltage: max. 10 V, clocked Contact current: max. 2 mA, pulsing Cable length: max. 50 m Device width: 2.5 modules = approx. 45 mm —

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

644492

1/30 9.3

Info

Binary input REG-K/8x10 For connecting eight conventional push-buttons or floating contacts to the KNX. Internally generates a signal voltage SELV, electrically isolated from the bus. With integrated bus coupler and plug-in screw terminals. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. The input voltage level is displayed at each input with a yellow LED. A green LED indicates that the device is ready for operation once the application has been loaded.

Accessories: Power supply REG, DC 24 V/0.4 A, art. no. 693003. Power supply REG, DC 24 V/1.25 A, art. no. 693004. Power supply REG, AC 24 V / 1 A, art. no. 663529. — Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover. ˜

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

644892

1/30 9.3

Binary input REG-K/8x24 For connecting 8 conventional devices with AC/ DC 24 V outputs to KNX. With integrated bus coupler and plug-in screw terminals. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. The input voltage level is displayed at each input with a yellow LED. A green LED indicates that the device is ready for operation once the application has been loaded.

KNX software functions: Switching, dimming or blind control via 1 or 2 inputs. Positioning values for blind control (8-bit). Pulse edges with 1-, 2-, 4-, or 8-bit telegrams. Differentiation between short/long operation. Initialisation telegram. Cyclical sending. Pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams. 8-bit linear regulator. Disable function. Break/make contact. Debounce time.

KNX sensors

L

KNX software functions: Switching, dimming or blind control via 1 or 2 inputs. Positioning values for blind control (8-bit). Pulse edges with 1-, 2-, 4-, or 8-bit telegrams. Differentiation between short/long operation. Initialisation telegram. Cyclical sending. Pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams. 8-bit linear regulator. Disable function. Break/make contact. Debounce time.

Inputs: 8 Contact voltage: max. 10 V, clocked Contact current: max. 2 mA, pulsing Cable length: max. 50 m Device width: 4 modules = approx. 70 mm —

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

644592

1/10 9.3

www.merten.com

464

Input voltage: AC/DC 24V Inputs: 8 Input current: DC approx. 15 mA/AC approx. 6 mA Line length: max. 100 m Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.

light grey

KNX SENSORS | Binary inputs | ©2010

Info

Info

Accessories: Power supply REG, DC 24 V/0.4 A, art. no. 693003. Power supply REG, DC 24 V/1.25 A, art. no. 693004. Power supply REG, AC 24 V / 1 A, art. no. 663529. — Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover. ˜

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

644792

1/10 9.3

Info


KNX SENSORS Binary input REG-K/4x230

Movement detectors

For connecting four conventional devices with AC 230 V outputs to the KNX. With integrated bus coupler and plug-in screw terminals. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. The input voltage level is displayed at each input with a yellow LED. A green LED indicates that the device is ready for operation once the application has been loaded.

• The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.

KNX ARGUS 180, flush-mounted For System M. Movement detector for indoors. When a movement is detected, a data telegram defined by the programming is transmitted. With integrated bus coupling unit.

KNX software functions: Switching, dimming or blind control via 1 or 2 inputs. Positioning values for blind control (8-bit). Pulse edges with 1-, 2-, 4-, or 8-bit telegrams. Differentiation between short/long operation. Initialisation telegram. Cyclical sending. Pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams. 8-bit linear regulator. Disable function. Break/make contact. Debounce time.

KNX software functions: Five movement blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. Normal operation, master, slave, safety pause, disable function. Sensitivity, brightness and staircase timer can be set using the ETS or the potentiometer. Self-adjusting staircase timer.

Input voltage: AC 230 V, 50-60Hz Inputs: 4 Input current: AC 12 mA 0 signal:  40 V 1 signal:  160 V Cable length: max. 100 m Device width: 2.5 modules = approx. 45 mm —

Angle of detection: 180° Range: 8 m (for mounting height of 1.1 m) Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 14 Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable (ETS or potentiometer) Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from approx. 10 to 2000 Lux (ETS or potentiometer) Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min (potentiometer) or adjustable from 1 s to 255 hours (ETS) EC Directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

644992

1/30 9.3

Info

Binary input REG-K/8x230 For connecting eight conventional devices with AC 230 V outputs to the KNX. With integrated bus coupler and plug-in screw terminals. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. The input voltage level is displayed at each input with a yellow LED. A green LED indicates that the device is ready for operation once the application has been loaded. KNX software functions: Switching, dimming or blind control via 1 or 2 inputs. Positioning values for blind control (8-bit). Pulse edges with 1-, 2-, 4-, or 8-bit telegrams. Differentiation between short/long operation. Initialisation telegram. Cyclical sending. Pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams. 8-bit linear regulator. Disable function. Break/make contact. Debounce time.

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate.

Version ˜

Info

631644 631619 631625

1/30 9 1/30 9 1/30 9

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

Art. no.

632644 632619 632614 632660

1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30

9 9 9 9

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

KNX sensors

Input voltage: AC 230V, 50-60Hz Inputs: 8 Input current: AC approx. 7 mA Line length: max. 100 m Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

644692

1/10 9.3

Info

www.merten.com

L

©2010

| Movement detectors | KNX SENSORS

465


KNX SENSORS KNX ARGUS 180/2.20 m flushmounted

KNX ARGUS 180, flush-mounted For System Design. Movement detector for indoors. When a movement is detected, a data telegram defined by the programming is transmitted. With integrated bus coupling unit.

For System M. Indoor movement detector with anti-crawl protection. When a movement is detected, a data telegram defined by the programming is transmitted. With integrated bus coupling unit. For wall mounting in a size 60 mounting box, optimal installation at 2.2 m.

KNX software functions: Five movement blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. Normal operation, master, slave, safety pause, disable function. Sensitivity, brightness and staircase timer can be set using the ETS or the potentiometer. Self-adjusting staircase timer.

KNX software functions: Five movement blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. Normal operation, master, slave, safety pause, disable function. Sensitivity, brightness and staircase timer can be set using the ETS or the potentiometer. Two movement sensors: the sensitivity and range can be set separately for each sensor. Self-adjusting staircase timer. Angle of detection: 180° Range: 8 m right/left, 12 m to the front (for a mounting height of 2.20 m) Mounting height: 2.2 m or 1.1 m with half the range Number of levels: 6 Number of zones: 46 Number of movement sensors: 2, sector-orientated, adjustable Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable (ETS or potentiometer) Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from approx. 10 to 2000 Lux (ETS or potentiometer) Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min (potentiometer) or adjustable from 1 s to 255 hours (ETS) EC Directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC —

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate.With cover segments to limit the area of detection.

Version ˜

KNX sensors

631744 631719 631725

1/30 9 1/30 9 1/30 9

632744 632719 632714 632760

1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30

9 9 9 9

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

www.merten.com

L

466

Info

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

Art. no.

KNX SENSORS | Movement detectors | ©2010

Angle of detection: 180° Range: 8 m (for mounting height of 1.1 m) Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 14 Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable (ETS or potentiometer) Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from approx. 10 to 2000 Lux (ETS or potentiometer) Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min (potentiometer) or adjustable from 1 s to 255 hours (ETS) EC Directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC —

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate.

Version ˜

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium ˜

Art. no.

631844 631819 631860

1/30 9 1/30 9 1/30 9

631846

1/30 9

metallic

varnished stainless steel

Info


KNX SENSORS KNX ARGUS 220

Presence detector

KNX movement detector for outdoors. 220° surface monitoring for large house fronts and sections of the house. With integrated bus coupler. The physical address is programmed with a magnet. • 360° short-range zone (approx. 4 m radius). • Large wiring compartment and plug system. • Looping is possible. • LED function display for fast alignment at the installation site. • Operating elements are protected under the easily accessible cover plate. • Flexibly adjustable sensor head. • Possible to blank out individual lens areas. Can be installed on walls and ceilings without additional accessories. Can be mounted on inner/outer corners and stationary pipes using a mounting bracket. KNX software functions: Five movement blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. Normal operation, master, slave, safety pause, disable function. Sensitivity, brightness and staircase timer can be set using the ETS or the potentiometer. Self-adjusting staircase timer.

• The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.

KNX ARGUS Presence 180/ 2.20 m flush-mounted For System M. Presence detection indoors. If KNX ARGUS Presence detects smaller movements in the room, data telegrams are transmitted via KNX to control the lighting, blind or heating at the same time. When the lighting is controlled by brightnessdependent movement detection, the device constantly monitors the brightness in the room. If sufficient natural light is at hand, the device switches the artificial light off even if a person is present. The overshoot time can be adjusted using the ETS. With integrated bus coupling unit. For wall mounting in a size 60 mounting box, optimal installation at 2.2 m. With anti-crawl protection. KNX software functions: Five movement/presence blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. Normal operation, master, slave, monitoring, safety pause, disable function. Two movement sensors: the sensitivity and range can be set separately for each sensor. Self-adjusting staircase timer. Actual brightness value: can be detected via the internal and/or an external light sensor. Actual value correction.

Angle of detection: 220° Range: max. 16 m Number of levels: 7 Number of zones: 112 with 448 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely variable from approx. 3 1000 lux,  lux (infinite: movement detection is independent of the position of the sensor head) Time: can be set externally from 1 s to approx. 8 min. in 6 levels or via ETS from approx. 3 s to approx. 152 hours Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Possible settings for sensor head: Wall mounting: 9° up, 24° down, 12° left/right, ±12° axial Ceiling mounting: 4° up, 29° down, 25° left/ right, ±8.5° axial EC directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC directive 2004/108/EC Type of protection: IP 55

Angle of detection: 180° Range: 8 m right/left, 12 m to the front (for a mounting height of 2.20 m) Mounting height: 2.2 m or 1.1 m at half the range Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min (potentiometer) or adjustable from 1 s to 255 hours (ETS) Number of levels: 6 Number of zones: 46 Number of movement sensors: 2, separately adjustable Light sensor: internal light sensor infinitely adjustable from approx. 10 to 2000 Lux (ETS); external light sensor via KNX EC Directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC

Accessories: Mounting bracket, art. no. 565291/92/93. Programming magnet for valve drive EMO, art. no. 639190. — Contents: With cover plate and segments to limit the area of detection, screws and plugs. ˜

Art. no. 632519 632515 632569

PU PG 1/12 9 1/6 9 1/6 9

Info

Version ˜

PU PG

L

Info

630444 630419 630425

1/30 9 1/30 9 1/30 9

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

Art. no.

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

KNX sensors

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate.With cover segments to limit the area of detection.

630644 630619 630614 630660

1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30

9 9 9 9

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

©2010

| Presence detector | KNX SENSORS

www.merten.com

Version polar white dark brazil aluminium

467


KNX SENSORS KNX ARGUS Presence Basic

KNX ARGUS Presence

Presence detection indoors. If KNX ARGUS Presence detects smaller movements in the room, data telegrams are transmitted via KNX to control the lighting, blind or heating at the same time. When the lighting is controlled by brightnessdependent movement detection, the device constantly monitors the brightness in the room. If sufficient natural light is at hand, the device switches the artificial light off even if a person is present. The overshoot time can be adjusted using the ETS. With integrated bus coupling unit. For ceiling mounting in a size 60 mounting box, optimal installation at 2.5 m. Can also be mounted to ceilings using the surface mounting housing for ARGUS Presence.

Presence detection indoors. If KNX ARGUS Presence detects smaller movements in the room, data telegrams are transmitted via KNX to control the lighting, blind or heating at the same time. When the lighting is controlled by brightnessdependent movement detection, the device constantly monitors the brightness in the room. If sufficient natural light is at hand, the device switches the artificial light off even if a person is present. The overshoot time can be adjusted using the ETS. With integrated bus coupling unit. For ceiling mounting in a size 60 mounting box, optimal installation at 2.5 m. Can also be mounted to ceilings using the surface mounting housing for ARGUS Presence.

KNX software functions: Two movement/presence blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. Normal operation (no master/slave), safety pause, disable function. Self-adjusting staircase timer. Actual brightness value: can be specified via the internal and/or an external light sensor.

KNX software functions: Five movement/presence blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. Normal operation, master, slave, monitoring, safety pause, disable function. Four movement sensors: the sensitivity and range can be set separately for each sensor. Self-adjusting staircase timer. Actual brightness value: can be detected via the internal and/or an external light sensor. Actual value correction.

Angle of detection: 360° Range: a radius of max. 7 m (at a mounting height of 2.50 m) Number of levels: 6 Number of zones: 136 with 544 switching segments Number of movement sensors: 4 Light sensor: internal light sensor infinitely adjustable from approx. 10 to 2000 Lux (ETS); external light sensor via KNX EC Directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC

Angle of detection: 360° Range: a radius of max. 7 m (at a mounting height of 2.50 m) Number of levels: 6 Number of zones: 136 with 544 switching segments Number of movement sensors: 4, separately adjustable Light sensor: internal light sensor infinitely adjustable from approx. 10 to 2000 Lux (ETS); external light sensor via KNX EC Directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC

Accessories: Surface-mounted housing for ARGUS Presence, art. no. 550619. — Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate. ˜

Version

Art. no.

polar white aluminium

630719 630760

PU PG 1/6 9 1/6 9

KNX sensors

www.merten.com

L

468

KNX SENSORS | Presence detector | ©2010

Info

Accessories: Surface-mounted housing for ARGUS Presence, art. no. 550619. — Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate. ˜

Version

Art. no.

polar white aluminium

630819 630860

PU PG 1/6 9 1/6 9

Info


KNX SENSORS KNX ARGUS Presence with light control and IR receiver

Surface-mounted housing for ARGUS Presence

Presence detection indoors. If KNX ARGUS Presence detects smaller movements in the room, data telegrams are transmitted via KNX to control the lighting, blind or heating at the same time. When the lighting is controlled by brightnessdependent movement detection, the device constantly monitors the brightness in the room. If sufficient natural light is at hand, the device switches the artificial light off even if a person is present. The overshoot time can be adjusted using the ETS. Light control enables the required brightness in a room to be achieved permanently. Dimming and the optional use of a second lighting group maintains a constant brightness. Individual ARGUS Presence configurations can be changed or other KNX devices can be controlled remotely using the IR receiver. With integrated bus coupling unit. For ceiling mounting in a size 60 mounting box, optimal installation at 2.5 m. Can also be mounted to ceilings using the surface mounting housing for ARGUS Presence.

The surface-mounted housing for ARGUS Presence devices also allows them to be surface mounted.

KNX software functions: Five movement/presence blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. An additional light control block: brightness can be maintained constant by dimming and an additional adjustable level. IR receiver function. IR configuration: setting the brightness threshold, staircase timer factors or range. Normal operation, master, slave, monitoring, safety pause, disable function. Four movement sensors: the sensitivity and range can be set separately for each sensor. Self-adjusting staircase timer. Actual brightness value: can be detected via the internal and/or an external light sensor. Actual value correction. Angle of detection: 360° Range: a radius of max. 7 m (at a mounting height of 2.50 m) Number of levels: 6 Number of zones: 136 with 544 switching segments Number of movement sensors: 4, separately adjustable Light sensor: internal light sensor infinitely adjustable from approx. 10 to 2000 Lux (ETS); external light sensor via KNX Number of IR channels: 10 for controlling KNX devices, 10 for configuration EC Directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC

To be completed with: ARGUS Presence, art. no. 550590/91. KNX ARGUS Presence Basic art. no. 6307... KNX ARGUS Presence art. no. 6308... KNX ARGUS Presence with light control and IR receiver art. no. 6309... – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

polar white

550619

1/21 8.4

Info

Other sensors • The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.

IR remote control Distance 2010 10 channel IR remote control. For the control of all TELE sensor covers, blind push-buttons with IR receiver, presence detectors with IR receivers and KNX devices with IR receivers. Battery: 2 microcells (IEC LR 03, AAA) Range: up to 20 m Receiver: TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... Blind push-button with IR receiver and sensor connection, art. no. System M 5880.., 5864.., System Basis 5804..,System Design 5844.., OCTOCOLOR 5824... ARGUS Presence with IR receiver, art. no. 550591, 6309... Push-button, 4-gang plus with IR receiver, art. no. System M 6175.., 6279... — Contents: Without battery. ˜

Version

Art. no.

black

570222

PU PG

Info

1/48 8

KNX sensors

L

Accessories: Surface-mounted housing for ARGUS Presence, art. no. 550619. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. CONNECT radio universal remote control art. no. 506923. — Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate. ˜

Art. no. 630919 630960

PU PG

Info

1/6 9 1/6 9

www.merten.com

Version polar white aluminium

©2010

| Other sensors | KNX SENSORS

469


KNX SENSORS CONNECT radio universal remote control

Analogue input REG-K 4-gang The analogue input records and processes analogue sensor signals. Up to four analogue sensors can be connected in any combination. In connection with the analogue input module REG/ 4-gang, 8 analogue inputs are available, to which the connection is made using the sub-bus. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Evaluation and limit value processing is performed in the analogue input. With continuity checking of the 4 ... 20 mA inputs.

Radio remote control and IR remote control in a single device. For activating: • Devices of the Merten CONNECT radio system • Merten IR devices • Up to five IR AV devices such as TV, DVD, DVDR, VCR, SAT, cable, AMP and DMR In connection with the CONNECT radio system, several rooms can be set up with radio components using the remote control. Each room can be configured with up to 9 groups with maximum 12 devices and 3 scenes with maximum 12 devices. Radio features: System administrator, transmitter Functions: EASY CONNECT: • Switch on, switch off, toggle, dim, raise/lower roller shutters, scene • Programming in EASY CONNECT as a system administrator • Individual programming of CONNECT radio push-buttons • Individual description of rooms and groups • Display of description in LCD display With CONNECT radio configuration tool: • additionally graphic programming of the EASY CONNECT functions Extended functions for IR/AV: • Trigger Philips Ambilight • Supports more than 1,000 manufacturers. Devices are selected from a list or by entering programming codes. • General use of the functions of a device (e.g. volume) in all modes.

Auxiliary voltage: AC 24 V (+/-10 %) Analogue inputs: 4 Current interface: 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA Voltage interface: 0 ... 1 V, 0 ... 10 V Outputs: DC 24 V, 100 mA Continuity checking: 4 ... 20 mA Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm In KNX, to be completed with: Power supply REG, AC 24 V / 1 A, art. no. 663529. Accessories: Analogue input module REG/4-gang, art. no. 682192. Wind sensor with 0-10 V interface, art. no. 663591. Wind sensor with 0-10 V interface and heating, art. no. 663592. Rain sensor, art. no. 663595. Brightness sensor, art. no. 663593: Twilight sensor, art. no. 663594: Temperature sensor, art. no. 663596. — Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover. ˜

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

682191

1/25 9.3

Analogue input module REG/ 4-gang

Radio range: up to 100 m in free field, up to 30 m indoors IR range: up to 15 m Battery: 3 microcells (IEC LR 03, AAA) Display element: LCD display with 10 characters ˜ —

Extension module to extend weather station REG-K/4-gang and analogue input REG-K/4-gang from 4 to 8 analogue outputs. Connections are made using the sub-bus. Up to four analogue sensors can be connected in any combination. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. Evaluation and limit value processing is performed in the analogue input or weather station. With continuity checking of the 4 ... 20 mA inputs.

Receiver: All receivers of the Merten CONNECT radio system. Note: The device can assume the properties of a system administrator. The remote control must be used as the system administrator in connection with the EASY CONNECT method. In connection with the CONNECT radio configurator, it can be used as required. Contents: With battery.With a codes table for nearly all conventional devices, like TV, VCR, DVD, SAT, AUX, ...

Version

Art. no.

Aluminium/black

506923

PU PG

Info

Auxiliary voltage: AC 24 V (+/-10 %) Rating: max. 4 VA Analogue inputs: 4 Current interface: 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA Voltage interface: 0 ... 1 V, 0 ... 10 V (DC) A/D conversion: 14 bit Outputs: DC 24 V, 100 mA Continuity checking: 4 ... 20 mA Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm

Info

1/6 8

KNX sensors

In KNX, to be completed with: Weather station REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682991. Analogue input REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682191. Power supply REG, AC 24 V / 1 A, art. no. 663529. Accessories: Wind sensor with 0-10 V interface, art. no. 663591. Wind sensor with 0-10 V interface and heating, art. no. 663592. Rain sensor, art. no. 663595. Brightness sensor, art. no. 663593: Twilight sensor, art. no. 663594: Temperature sensor, art. no. 663596. — Contents: With sub-bus jumper. ˜

www.merten.com

L

470

KNX SENSORS | Other sensors | ©2010

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

682192

1/25 9.3

Info


KNX SENSORS KNX brightness and temperature sensor

KNX Basic weather station The KNX Basic weather station records weather data, analyses these and can transmit them to the bus. The device has a wind sensor, precipitation sensor, temperature sensor and brightness sensor. • Wind, brightness and temperature are each sent as a 2-byte value, rain as 1-byte. Wind can be sent either in m/s or km/h. • 4 universal channels for single tasks or logic operations. Four logic functions per channel are possible. • 3 sun protection channels for external blinds/ roller shutter control. For example, this makes sun protection for up to three facades possible. Objects for: twilight threshold, brightness threshold, drive control, automatic sun function, teaching, security. • Automatic sun protection. Controls the blinds automatically during the day. • Teaching object. With this, every brightness threshold can be reset by the touch of a key. • Integrated heating for rain sensor. Suitable for mounting on an outside wall or with optional accessories on a corner or on a mast. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal.An additional AC 230 V power supply is required for the heating unit. Power supply: AC 230 V Power consumption: max. 10 mA with bus voltage Power consumption: 10 W with heating Sensors: 4 Measuring range: - 20 °C to + 55 °C Brightness range: 1 to 100,000 lux Angle of detection: 150° Type of protection: IP 44 per EN 60529 Dimensions: 280 x 160 x 135 mm

The sensor records brightness and temperature and transmits these values to the bus. It has a temperature sensor and a brightness sensor. • 3 universal channels for single tasks or logic operations. Temperature and brightness threshold in any combination. • Sun protection channel for blinds/roller shutter control. Objects for: twilight threshold, brightness threshold, drive control, automatic sun function, teaching, security. • Automatic sun protection. Controls the blinds automatically during the day. • Teaching object. With this, every brightness threshold can be reset by the touch of a key. Suitable for mounting on an outside wall.With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal. Power consumption: max. 150 mW Sensors: 2 Temperature measurement range: - 25 °C to + 55 °C (±5 % or ±1 degree) Brightness measurement range: 1 to 100,000 lux (±20% or ±5 lux) Type of protection: IP 54 according to DIN EN 60529 for vertical installation with cover Dimensions: 110 x 72 x 54 mm Art. no. 663991

PU PG

Info

1/20 9

˜

Accessories: Mast and corner fastening for KNX Basic weather station, art. no. 663992.

Version

Art. no.

polar white

663990

PU PG

Info

1/1 9

Mast and corner fastening for KNX Basic weather station

˜

To be completed with: KNX Basic weather station, art. no. 663990.

Version

Art. no. 663992

PU PG

KNX sensors

Info

L

1/24 9

www.merten.com

Version light grey

©2010

| Other sensors | KNX SENSORS

471


KNX SENSORS Weather station REG-K/4-gang

ETS tool for weather station

The weather station records and processes analogue sensor signals such as wind speed, brightness, twilight, precipitation and a DCF-77 signal. Up to four analogue sensors and the DCF-77 weather combi-sensor can be connected in any combination. In connection with the 4-gang analogue input module, 8 analogue inputs are available, to which the connection is made using the sub-bus. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. If DCF-77 weather combi-sensors are used, it is possible to access a pre-configured setting in the software. The measured values are converted by the weather station into 1 byte / 2 byte telegrams (EIS 6/5 value). This enables bus devices (visualisation software, measured value displays) to access the control processes, generate signals or control weather-dependent processes. Programming is performed using the ETS tool for the weather station. Functions: • Two limit values per sensor (not for rain) • Connection of multiple wind sensors • 14 signals can be evaluated • Evaluation of DCF-77 time signal (date and time) • Astro function • Logic operation controller for application of limit-value-dependent actions (even external) • Shading of individual façade segments • Signal monitoring of the combi-sensors with object for the following protective measures • Checking the wind signal for conclusiveness with object for the following protective measures • Selective façade shading (for 4 façades) with adjustment of the basic brightness, façade alignment, angle of opening relative to the sun. • External objects for intervention in basic brightness, angle of opening and limit values • Alarm byte • Continuity monitoring with report on the bus

Programming software for the ETS for parameterising the weather station REG-K/4-gang.

Auxiliary voltage: AC 24 V (+/-10 %) Analogue inputs: 4 Current interface: 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA Voltage interface: 0 ... 1 V, 0 ... 10 V Outputs: DC 24 V, 100 mA Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm In KNX, to be completed with: Power supply REG, AC 24 V / 1 A, art. no. 663529. ETS tool for weather station, art. no. 615048. Accessories: Analogue input module REG/4-gang, art. no. 682192. Weather combi-sensor/DCF-77, art. no. 663692. Wind sensor with 0-10 V interface, art. no. 663591. Wind sensor with 010 V interface and heating, art. no. 663592. Rain sensor, art. no. 663595. Brightness sensor, art. no. 663593: Twilight sensor, art. no. 663594: Temperature sensor, art. no. 663596. — Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover. ˜ KNX sensors

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

682991

1/25 9.3

www.merten.com

L

472

KNX SENSORS | Other sensors | ©2010

Info

In KNX, to be completed with: Weather station REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682991. — Note: The software is available on the Internet or on the Merten info CD. ˜

Weather combi-sensor DCF-77 The weather combi-sensor includes a wind sensor, precipitation sensor, twilight sensor and three brightness sensors (East, South, West). With integral DCF77 receiver, antenna rotatable through 45° and integrated heater (protection against thawing and condensation). Suitable for external installation on a wall or a pole. The sensor is connected to an REG-K 4-gang weather station. The weather data is evaluated in the weather station. The necessary power supplies are provided by the weather station with connected power supply REG. Power supply: AC 24 V (+/- 15 %) Power consumption: max. 600 mA (with heating) Sensors: 6 Wind speed: 1 ... 40 m/s ( 0.5 m/s) Brightness: 0 ... 110 klux (+/- 10 %) Twilight 0 ... 250 lux Type of protection: IP 65 when installed Temperature range: - 40 °C ... + 60 °C (nonicing) Fixing method: Mounting bracket Dimensions: 130x200 mm (ØxH) In KNX, to be completed with: Weather station REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682991. — Note: If weather-dependent automatic functions are to be carried out, use the blind actuators art. no. 6498... ˜

Version

Art. no.

black

663692

PU PG 1/1 9

Info


KNX SENSORS Wind sensor with 0-10 V interface

Rain sensor

The wind sensor evaluates the wind speed and converts it into an analogue 0-10 V output voltage. For external installation and connection to the weather station REG-K/4-gang or the analogue input REG-K/4-gang. These two devices provide the supply voltage necessary to operate the sensor.

The rain sensor is used to record and evaluate precipitation and is intended for external mounting. A sensor evaluates the conductivity of the rainwater. The heating is controlled by a microprocessor which supplies an output signal of 0 V or 10 V. The end of the rainfall can be recorded almost immediately with the help of an in-built heater. The heater requires an additional voltage of 24 V AC or DC. For external installation and connection to the weather station REG-K/4-gang or the analogue input REG-K/4-gang. These two devices provide the supply voltage necessary to operate the sensor.

Measuring range: 0.7 ... 40 m/s, linear Output: 0 ... 10 V External power supply: Voltage: 24 V DC (18-32 V DC) Power consumption: approx. 12 mA General specifications: Type of protection: IP 65 Load: max. 60 m/s transient Incoming cable: 3 m, LiYY 6 x 0.25 mm2 Fixing method: Mounting bracket Mounting position: vertical

Output: 0 V dry, 10 V rain External power supply: Voltage: 24 V DC (15-30 V DC) Power consumption: approx. 10 mA (without heating) Heating: 24 V DC/AC max. 4.5 W General specifications: Type of protection: IP 65 Incoming cable: 3 m, UYY 5 x 0.25 mm2 Fixing method: Mounting bracket Mounting position: approx. 45°

In KNX, to be completed with: Weather station REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682991. Analogue input REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682191. Analogue input module REG/4-gang, art. no. 682192. — Contents: With mounting bracket. ˜

Art. no. 663591

PU PG

Info

1/2 9

In KNX, to be completed with: Weather station REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682991. Analogue input REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682191. Analogue input module REG/4-gang, art. no. 682192. Accessories: Power supply REG, AC 24 V / 1 A, art. no. 663529. — Contents: With holder for installing the sensor on walls and masts. ˜

Wind sensor with 0-10 V interface and heating The wind sensor evaluates the wind speed and converts it into an analogue 0-10 V output voltage. The integrated heater can be operated via an external power supply of AC 24 V/500 mA for trouble-free operation in frosty weather. For external installation and connection to the weather station REG-K/4-gang or the analogue input REG-K/4-gang. These two devices provide the supply voltage necessary to operate the sensor.

Version

Version

Art. no. 663592

PU PG 1/2 9

Info

Info

The brightness sensor is required for recording and evaluating brightness. Brightness is recorded via a photoelectric diode and electronically converted into an analogue output signal of 0 V - 10 V. For external installation and connection to the weather station REG-K/4-gang or the analogue input REG-K/4-gang. These two devices provide the supply voltage necessary to operate the sensor. Measuring range: 0 to 60,000 lux, linear Output: 0 ... 10 V short-circuit-proof External power supply: Voltage: 24 V DC (15-30 V DC) Power consumption: approx. 5 mA General specifications: Incoming cable: using PG7 screw fitting Recommended cable: 3 x 0.25 mm2 Type of protection: IP 65 Dimensions: 58 x 35 x 64 (W x H x D)

˜

polar white

PU PG 1/16 9

Brightness sensor

Measuring range: 0.7 ... 40 m/s, linear Output: 0 ... 10 V External power supply: Voltage: 24 V DC (18-32 V DC) Power consumption: approx. 12 mA Heating: 24 V DC/AC PTC element (80° C) General specifications: Type of protection: IP 65 Load: max. 60 m/s transient Incoming cable: 3 m, LiYY 6 x 0.25 mm2 Fixing method: Mounting bracket Mounting position: vertical In KNX, to be completed with: Weather station REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682991. Analogue input REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682191. Analogue input module REG/4-gang, art. no. 682192. Accessories: Power supply REG, AC 24 V / 1 A, art. no. 663529. — Contents: With mounting bracket.

Art. no. 663595

˜

KNX sensors

L

In KNX, to be completed with: Weather station REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682991. Analogue input REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682191. Analogue input module REG/4-gang, art. no. 682192.

Version

Art. no.

light grey

663593

PU PG

Info

1/80 9

www.merten.com

Version polar white

©2010

| Other sensors | KNX SENSORS

473


KNX SENSORS Twilight sensor

Time switch

The twilight sensor is required to record and evaluate brightness. Brightness is recorded via a photoelectric diode and electronically converted into an analogue output signal of 0 V - 10 V. For external installation and connection to the weather station REG-K/4-gang or the analogue input REG-K/4-gang. These two devices provide the supply voltage necessary to operate the sensor.

• The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.

KNX timer REG-K The timer sends time and date to the bus and can be operated with or without a DCF77 antenna. • Automatic changeover between summer and winter time (can be switched off) • Own adjustable changeover rule • The data can be sent periodically or on request • Lithium cell: time stays the same in the event of loss of bus power

Measuring range: 0 to 255 lux, linear Output: 0 ... 10 V short-circuit-proof External power supply: Voltage: 24 V DC (15-30 V DC) Power consumption: approx. 5 mA General specifications: Incoming cable: using PG7 screw fitting Recommended cable: 3 x 0.25 mm2 Type of protection: IP 65 Dimensions: 58 x 35 x 64 (W x H xD) ˜

Accuracy: 1 s/day, the application allows additional adjustment Reserve power: 10 years Antenna line length: max. 100 m Type of protection: IP 20 EC directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC directive 2004/108/EC Device width: 2 modules = approx. 36 mm

In KNX, to be completed with: Weather station REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682991. Analogue input REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682191. Analogue input module REG/4-gang, art. no. 682192.

Version

Art. no.

light grey

663594

PU PG

Info

1/70 9 ˜

Temperature sensor The temperature is measured with the temperature sensor and converted into an analogue output signal of 0-10 V. For external installation and connection to the weather station REG-K/4-gang or the analogue input REG-K/4-gang. These two devices provide the supply voltage necessary to operate the sensor. Measuring range: -30° C to +70° C linear Output: 0 ... 10 V short-circuit-proof External power supply: Voltage: 24 V DC (15-30 V DC) Power consumption: approx. 3 mA General specifications: Incoming cable: using PG7 screw fitting Recommended cable: 3 x 0.25 mm2 Type of protection: IP 65 Dimensions: 58 x 35 x 64 (W x H x D) ˜

In KNX, to be completed with: Weather station REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682991. Analogue input REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682191. Analogue input module REG/4-gang, art. no. 682192.

Version

Art. no.

light grey

663596

KNX sensors

www.merten.com

L

474

KNX SENSORS | Time switch | ©2010

PU PG 1/70 9

Info

Accessories: DCF77 antenna, art. no. 668091.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

677290

1/35 9.3

Info

DCF77 antenna Antenna for receiving the time by radio signal. The antenna should be connected to a year time switch REG-K/4/324 DCF-77. Type of protection: IP 54

In KNX, to be completed with: Year time switch REG-K/4/324 DCF-77, art. no. 677029. KNX timer REG-K, art. no. 677290. — Contents: With mounting bracket. ˜

Version

Art. no.

light grey

668091

PU PG 1/20 9

Info


KNX SENSORS Year time switch REG-K/4/324

Year time switch REG-K/4/324 DCF-77

Quartz-controlled four-channel year time switch. The device can be programmed manually on the device itself or on the PC using the software. With bus coupler. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. After programming on the PC, all switching times are exported to a memory chip available as an accessory, and transmitted from this into one or more time switches. Time functions: • 324 non-volatile switching times for selectable daily, weekly and date commands, impulse commands • 1x switching operation for holiday/public holidays • 10 weekly programs for holidays and public holidays per channel • Free formation of channel and weekday blocks • Manual switching is possible via preselection and permanent switches • Random program can be activated • Operation with mains connection possible • High reserve power • Quarz-controlled • Automatic changeover between summer and winter time

4-channel year time switch with power supply unit and integrated DCF receiver. To be completed with the DCF-77 antenna for radio-controlled time synchronisation. Time and date can be issued on the bus. The device can be programmed manually on the device itself or on the PC using the software. With bus coupler. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. After programming on the PC, all switching times are exported to a memory chip available as an accessory, and transmitted from this into one or more time switches. Time functions: • 324 non-volatile switching times for selectable daily, weekly and date commands, impulse commands • 1x switching operation for holiday/public holidays • 10 weekly programs for holidays and public holidays per channel • Free formation of channel and weekday blocks • Manual switching is possible via preselection and permanent switches • Random program can be activated • High reserve power • Automatic changeover between summer and winter time • Automatic time synchronisation with DCF possible

KNX software functions: Switching. Dimming. Send time and date. Scene. Priority. Operating voltage: Bus, DC 24 V Accuracy:  ±1 s/day Reserve power: 1.5 years at full operability. Data backup in disconnected state approx. 40 years (EEPROM) Type of protection: IP 20 Device width: 6 modules = approx. 105 mm

Operating voltage: Bus, DC 24 V AC 230 V ±10%, 50-60 Hz for antenna Accuracy:  ±1s/day Reserve power: 1.5 years at full operability. Data backup in disconnected state approx. 40 years (EEPROM) Type of protection: IP 20 Device width: 6 modules = approx. 105 mm

Accessories: CTS ChipTool software, art. no. 615034. Memory chip for year time switches, art. no. 668092.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

677129

1/10 9.3

Info

˜

In KNX, to be completed with: DCF-77 antenna, art. no. 668091. Accessories: CTS ChipTool software, art. no. 615034. Memory chip for year time switches, art. no. 668092.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

677029

1/10 9.3

Info

Chip tool software CTS Software for convenient entry of the switching times for the year time switches REG-K/4/324 on a PC. With adapter for the serial interface to load the program to the memory chip.

KNX sensors

L

System requirements: IBM-compatible, 386 or higher, Windows 95, 98 In KNX, to be completed with: Year time switch REG-K/4/324, art. no. 677129. Year time switch REG-K/4/324 DCF-77, art. no. 677029. Accessories: Memory chip for year time switches, art. no. 668092. — Contents: With adapter and a memory chip. ˜

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

615034

1/4 9.1

©2010

Info

| Time switch | KNX SENSORS

www.merten.com

˜

KNX software functions: Switching. Dimming. Send time and date. Scene. Priority.

475


KNX SENSORS

˜

Memory chip for year time switches

Devices for display and operation

EEPROM memory chip for 324 switching times for programming the year time switch REG K/4/324. The program which is created with the software is loaded into the memory chip and can then be imported into one or several year time switches.

• The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.

In KNX, to be completed with: Year time switch REG-K/4/324, art. no. 677129. Year time switch REG-K/4/324 DCF-77, art. no. 677029. CTS ChipTool software, art. no. 615034.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

668092

1/80 9.1

Touch panel 7" The 7" touch panel is used for the visualisation and control of current building states and functions. The integrated visualisation software with the self-explanatory user interface offers a high level of operating convenience when operating the touch-sensitive TFT display. Windows CE.NET is installed as the operating system. Further functions: • Real-time week time switch with internet time synchronisation • Presence simulation (recording and play-back of switching habits) • Alarm management • Internet access • Load a slide show • Automatic standby switching • Password protection • Adjustable user interface The 7" touch panel has a LAN (10/100 Mbit/s), KNX and USB interface.. With integrated loudspeaker. Due to its flat design in a flush-mounted housing, its uses range from residential to commercial applications. It can be installed horizontally or vertically.

Info

KNX software functions: Switching, dimming, operation of sunshade systems such as roller shutters, awnings and blinds. Save and retrieve scenes Transmit values. Telegram status display. Temperature display. Logic functions. Disable module. Dynamic language selection via KNX object. Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz Power consumption: 2 W in energy-saving mode, 9 W when in operation Ambient operating temperature: -5°C to 45 °C Display size: 17.8 cm (7“) Resolution: 800 x 480 pixels Display type: TFT Colours shown: 65.000 Hardware: 312 MHz Intel XScale PXA270 RAM: 64 MB Flash memory: 64 MB Type of protection: IP 20 Dimensions: 196x137x52 mm (HxWxD)

KNX sensors

L

˜

In KNX, to be completed with: Inner frame set for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-01... Frame for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-00.., MEG6270-36.., MEG6270-37... Accessories: Flush mounted box for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-0001. Cavity wall mounting box for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-0002.

Version

Art. no.

www.merten.com

MEG6260-0007

476

KNX SENSORS | Devices for display and operation | ©2010

PU PG 1/3 9

Info


KNX SENSORS Inner frame set for 7" touch panel

Frame for 7" touch panel

The set consists of the inner frame and the USB cover. The design frames, which are available in various types of material, are attached to the touch panel using the inner frame.

Decorative frame for 7" touch panel.

Dimensions: 208x145x7.3 mm (HxWxD) ˜

In KNX, to be completed with: 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG62600007. Frame for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-00.., MEG627036.., MEG6270-37... Replacement part: USB cover for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-02...

Version ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

˜

In KNX, to be completed with: 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG62600007. Inner frame set for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-01...

Version ˜

Art. no.

MEG6270-0119 MEG6270-0122

MEG6270-0019 MEG6270-0022

Flush-mounted mounting box for IP touch panel 7"

1/10 9 1/10 9

For flush-mounted installation of the touch panel 7". Dimensions Outer dimensions: 193x138x66 mm (HxWxD)

Decorative glass frame for 7" touch panel. ˜

In KNX, to be completed with: 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG62600007. Inner frame set for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-01...

Version ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

In KNX, to be completed with: 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG62600007.

Version

Art. no.

grey

MEG6270-0001

MEG6270-3619

PU PG

Info

1/4 9

Info

Cavity wall mounting box for touch panel 7"

glass

Brilliant white

1/10 9 1/10 9

Info

Glass frame for 7" touch panel

˜

Info

Thermoplastic classy matt

polar white black

Thermoplastic classy matt

polar white black

PU PG

1/10 9

For installing the 7" touch panel into a cavity wall. Dimensions Outer dimensions: 201x142x56 mm (HxWxD) Opening: 188x133x56 mm (HxWxD)

Metal frame for 7" touch panel Decorative solid metal frame for 7" touch panel. ˜

In KNX, to be completed with: 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG62600007. Inner frame set for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-01...

Version ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

Version ˜

MEG6270-3714 MEG6270-3721

Info

metallic MEG6270-0002

1/10 9 1/10 9

1/4 9

USB cover for 7" touch panel

Aluminium frame for 7" touch panel Decorative aluminium frame for 7" touch panel.

For inserting into the intermediate frame. The USB cover is required as a spare part when damaged or lost. Version ˜

In KNX, to be completed with: 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG62600007. Inner frame set for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-01...

Version ˜

PU PG

metallic

Steel polished brass

˜

Art. no.

Art. no.

PU PG

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic classy matt

polar white black

MEG6270-0219 MEG6270-0222

10/60 9 10/60 9 KNX sensors

Info

L

Aluminium

aluminium Polar white Black

MEG6270-3760 MEG6270-3719 MEG6270-3722

1/10 9 1/10 9 1/10 9

www.merten.com

˜

In KNX, to be completed with: 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG62600007.

©2010

| Devices for display and operation | KNX SENSORS

477


KNX SENSORS IP touch panel 10" The IP touch panel 10" is used for the visualisation and control of current building statuses and functions. It is operated interactively on the touch-sensitive TFT display. Windows CE is installed as the operating system. With this standard, solutions such as data management, web functions and client/server and network functions can be configured quickly and easily. Via a browser, it is also possible, for example, to use Merten@home with the IC 1 EIB Internet Controller. Using the optional visualisation software, the IP touch panel 10" can be programmed for the visualised, interactive control of building functions. The IP touch panel 10" has LAN (10/100 Mbit/s), and a RS 232 and USB connection. The USB connection is in the front behind the frame. A plug-in INSTABUS module can be used to connect the IP touch panel 10" to the KNX. Due to its flat design in a flush-mounted housing, its uses range from home applications to purpose-built applications. KNX software functions: Configuration using the "TP VISU configuration tool". Display size: 10.4“ (24.4 cm) Resolution: 800 x 600 pixels, SVGA Display type: TFT, resistive touch Colours shown: > 65000 Supply voltage: DC 24 V Power consumption: < 20 W RAM: 128 MB Flash memory: 64 MB Data buffering: via battery Ambient operating temperature: 5 °C to 40 °C Type of protection: IP 20 Frame dimensions: 224.7x277.5x12 mm (HxWxD) To be completed with: Power supply REG, DC 24 V/1 A, art. no. 693004. Accessories: INSTABUS EIB module for IP touch panel art. no. 683093. Design frame for IP touch panel 10" art. no. 489960. Flush-mounted mounting box for IP touch panel 10" art. no. 683091. Cavity wall mounting box for IP touch panel 10" art. no. 683092. — Note: The TP VISU configuration tool is available on the Internet or on the Merten info CD. Contents: With Design M-Plan frames, aluminium. ˜

Version ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

aluminium glossy

683090

1/1 9

KNX sensors

L

INSTABUS module for IP touch panel Plug-in module for connecting the IP touch panel to the KNX. ˜

In KNX, to be completed with: IP touch panel 10" art. no. 683090.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

1/52 9

www.merten.com

683093

478

KNX SENSORS | Devices for display and operation | ©2010

Real glass frame for IP touch panel 10" For M-PLAN. Decorative frame for the IP touch panel 10". Dimensions: 228.6x281.4x13.5 mm (HxWxD) ˜

In KNX, to be completed with: IP touch panel 10" art. no. 683090.

Version ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

489960

1/5 1.1

Info

glass

Diamond silver

Flush-mounted mounting box for IP touch panel 10" For flush-mounted installation of the IP touch panel 10". Dimensions: 208x238x68 mm (HxWxD) ˜

In KNX, to be completed with: IP touch panel 10" art. no. 683090.

Version

Art. no. 683091

PU PG

Info

1/8 9

Cavity wall mounting box for IP touch panel 10" For installing the IP touch panel 10" into a cavity wall. Dimensions: 205x235x72 mm (HxWxD) ˜

In KNX, to be completed with: IP touch panel 10" art. no. 683090.

Version

Art. no. 683092

PU PG 1/8 9

Info


KNX SENSORS LCD mini-panel MT 701 V2.0

ETS tool for MT 701 V2.0

Current building states can be centrally controlled and functions influenced via the LCD minipanel. The LCD mini-panel is ideal for private and office use thanks to its compact, flat design (213 mm x 125 mm) and functional scope. An LCD graphic display capable of displaying up to eight rows and 16 different states at the same time is used as the display medium. It is operated interactively via a touch-sensitive keyboard. The user menu is freely programmable, thus permitting the creation of function groups specifically adapted to the building and resulting in a clear display of the various applications. Detailed functions can be displayed and operated using the submenus. When planning the LCD minipanel, the menus and submenus are compiled in line with requirements and assigned to the various KNX functions. Standard functions can be planned, such as: switching, dimming, blind control and display of measured values. Limit values can also be created. Bus processes can be linked in order to group KNX actions and the result can be displayed.

Programming software for the ETS for parameterising the LCD mini-panel MT 701 V2.0.

In KNX, to be completed with: Mini-panel MT 701, art. no. 682590. — Note: The software is available on the Internet or on the Merten info CD. ˜

Info display, flush-mounted For System M. LC display with max. 4 x 16 characters and acoustic signalling device. The info display is used to indicate freely-programmable texts and values and to control functions. Functions and texts can be allocated on up to 12 pages with a maximum of 4 lines. 12 lines of alarm signals can also be allocated. Automatic allocation of alarm signal priority which can be changed manually. Signals that are not shown are selected using two buttons on the display. The functions of two additional buttons are allocated to the display line. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Switching, dimming, blind control, temperature control, continuous status control, ASCII text provision, 8-bit scene retrieval, priority control, display of texts, values, date, time, date+time

KNX software functions: Parameterisation using panel programming software EIB TAB 2 or ETS tool for MT 701 V2.0. Mains voltage: AC 230 V Dimensions: 125x213 mm (HxW) Opening: 121.5x209 mm (HxW) In KNX, to be completed with: Flush mounting box for mini-panel, art. no. 682591. Accessories: Design frame for mini-panel, art. no. 682592/93. — Note: The panel programming software EIB TAB 2, art. no. 615901 and ETS tool for MT 701 V2.0, art. no. 615047 are available over the Internet or from the Merten info CD. ˜

Art. no. 682590

PU PG

Info

1/6 9

Flush mounting box for mini-panel

For flush-mounted and cavity wall installation of the mini-panels MT 701 V2.0. ˜

In KNX, to be completed with: Mini-panel MT 701, art. no. 682590.

Version

Art. no.

black

682591

PU PG

Info

1/6 9

Version ˜

Decorative frame for the mini-panel MT 701 V2.0. In KNX, to be completed with: Mini-panel MT 701, art. no. 682590.

Version

Art. no.

polar white aluminium

682592 682593

PU PG

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant MEG6250-0344 MEG6250-0319 MEG6250-0325

1/40 9 1/40 9 1/40 9

new new new

1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40

new new new new

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium ˜

˜

Art. no.

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

Design frame for mini-panel

Note: The display tool software V2.0, art. no. 615046, for programming the flush-mounted info display is available on the Internet or on the Merten info CD. Contents: With bus coupler.With bus connecting terminal.

MEG6250-0444 MEG6250-0419 MEG6250-0414 MEG6250-0460

9 9 9 9

KNX sensors

L

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

Info

1/10 9 1/10 9

www.merten.com

Version MT 701 module

Display: Illuminated LCD 4-line (16 characters) or 2-line (8 characters) or 1-line (4 characters) Operating elements: 4 buttons Signalling device: 2 signal tones Alarm signals: max. 12

©2010

| Devices for display and operation | KNX SENSORS

479


KNX SENSORS Info display, flush-mounted For System Design. LC display with max. 4 x 16 characters and acoustic signalling device. The info display is used to indicate freely-programmable texts and values and to control functions. Functions and texts can be allocated on up to 12 pages with a maximum of 4 lines. 12 lines of alarm signals can also be allocated. Automatic allocation of alarm signal priority which can be changed manually. Signals that are not shown are selected using two buttons on the display. The functions of two additional buttons are allocated to the display line. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Switching, dimming, blind control, temperature control, continuous status control, ASCII text provision, 8-bit scene retrieval, priority control, display of texts, values, date, time, date+time Display: Illuminated LCD 4-line (16 characters) or 2-line (8 characters) or 1-line (4 characters) Operating elements: 4 buttons Signalling device: 2 signal tones Alarm signals: max. 12 —

Note: The display tool software V2.0, art. no. 615046, for programming the flush-mounted info display is available on the Internet or on the Merten info CD. Contents: With bus coupler.With bus connecting terminal.

Version ˜

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium ˜

Art. no.

MEG6250-4044 MEG6250-4019 MEG6250-4060

1/40 9 1/40 9 1/40 9

new new new

MEG6250-4146

1/40 9

new

metallic

varnished stainless steel

KNX sensors

www.merten.com

L

480

KNX SENSORS | Devices for display and operation | ©2010


KNX SENSORS

KNX sensors

www.merten.com

L

Š2010

| Devices for display and operation | KNX SENSORS

481


KNX actuators

EFFICIENT CONTROL

KNX system characteristics

KNX actuators

Equipped for the future with KNX: the data is recorded by sensors and sent via a twin-core bus device to the actuators to control their activity.

carry out the actions that the system has requested after the sensors have obtained the necessary data. The actuators thus carry out the raising or lowing of the blinds. The light is switched on or off, depending on the level of ambient light, and the heating units are controlled in an energy efficient manner.

Sensors record information. This information can include room temperature, movements, or manually entered instructions, which are transmitted as data across the KNX bus system.

KNX actuators

www.merten.de

The actuators receive data that is then converted into actions, such as lowering or raising a blind, or dimming a light.

482

KNX actuators | Š2010


KNX actuators

Contents

REG-K/4x230/250 W universal dimming actuator

KNX switch actuators with manual mode and current detection: the solution for all your requirements

REG-K/2x230/16

REG-K/4x230/16 Now choosing and ordering KNX articles is even easier. You will quickly find the required components in the System devices, Sensors and Actuators sections.

KNX system devices starting on page 430

REG-K/8x230/16

• Power supply units • Bus coupler • IP routers • Interfaces/gateways • Accessories

KNX sensors starting on page 442

KNX switch actuators with manual mode and current detection

• Push-button • Room temperature control unit • Binary inputs • Movement and presence detectors • Time switches • Devices for display and operation

available in these versions: • REG-K/2x230/16 • REG-K/4x230/16 • REG-K/8x230/16 • REG-K/12x230/16 all with manual mode and current detection

• Switch actuators • Blind actuators • Dimming actuators • Room temperature control unit • Devices for display and operation

KNX actuators starting on page 482

©2010

| KNX actuators

www.merten.de

REG-K/12x230/16

KNX actuators

483


KNX ACTUATORS KNX actuatorsKNX actuatorsKNX systemKNX actuatorsM

Functions and device overview Switch actuator REG-K/8x230/6

Switch actuator REG-K/x230/10 with manual mode

Switch actuator REG-K/x230/16 with manual mode

Switch actuator REG-K/12x230/16 with manual mode and current detection

Article number

646808

Switch contacts

8

2

4

8

12

2

4

8

12

2

4

8

12

4 TE

2.5 TE

4 TE

4 TE

6 TE

2.5 TE

4 TE

8 TE

12 TE

2.5 TE

4 TE

8 TE

12 TE

Device width Manual mode ■■ Mechanical ■■ Electrical ■■ Reset of manual mode Connecting terminals

— — — — plug-in screw terminals

649202 649204 649208 649212 647393 647593 647893 648493 647395 647595 647895 648495

— — —

— plug-in screw terminals

Screw terminals

Screw terminals

Nominal voltage

AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz

AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz

AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz

AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz

Nominal current

6 A, cos ϕ = 0.6

10 A, cosϕ = 1 / 10 A, cosϕ = 0.6

16 A, cos ϕ = 0.6

16 A, cos ϕ = 0.6

Max. connected load, AC 230 V ■■ Incandescent lamps ■■ Halogen lamps ■■ Fluorescent lamps

1380 W 1380 W 1000 VA

3600 W 2500 W 2500 VA

3600 W 2500 W 2500 VA

■■ Capacitive load

105 µF

2000 W 1700 W 1800 W, not compensated 1000 W with parallel compensation 105 µF

200 µF

200 µF

— — —

— — —

— — —

Software ON/OFF delay Staircase timer function ■■ Staircase timer with/without cancel ■■ Staircase timer variable ■■ Staircase timer adjustable ■■ Staircase timer adding ■■ Warning

Flashing Make/break contact is adjustable

Changeover contact is adjustable Status/status feedback ■■ Active ■■ Passive ■■ Delayed

Safety function

Line supervision (sends live signals)

current detection ■■ AC/DC ■■ Energy consumption counter ■■ Limit value monitoring ■■ Switching counter ■■ Operating hours counter ■■ Combination counter (switching counter and operating hours counter with limit value monitoring)

— — — — — — —

— — — — — — —

— — — — — — —

Heating function ■■ On/Off switching (2 step) ■■ Continuous (PWM) ■■ Valve protection ■■ Behaviour upon bus voltage failure ■■ Summer / winter operation ■■ Group signal "all valves closed"

— — — — — — —

— — — — — — —

— — — — — — —

Behaviour upon bus voltage failure/ bus voltage recovery is adjustable Scenes ■■ Sending delay Disable function Priority operation Central function ■■ Time delay (optional) Logic function ■■ Logic operation ■■ Value comparison, logic, gate function, filter, time delay

KNX actuators

KNX actuators

www.merten.com www.merten.de

M

484

©2010 KNX actuators ACTUATORS || ©2010


KNX ACTUATORS KNX actuatorsKNX actuatorsKNX systemKNX actuatorsM

Technical Information: KNX system characteristics

Switch actuators REG-K, 16 A with manual mode

Switch actuator REG-K, 16 A with manual mode Switch actuators REG-K, 10 A with manual mode

For independent switching of up to 12 loads via make contacts. All 230 V switch outputs can be operated with manual switches. With integrated bus coupler.

Switch actuator REG-K, 10 A with manual mode For independent switching of up to 12 loads via make contacts. The function of the switching channels is freely configurable. All switching outlets can be operated manually using push-button operation. With integrated bus coupler. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022.

KNX software functions: Operation as break or make contact, delay functions for each channel, staircase lighting function with/without manual OFF function, cut-out warning for staircase lighting function, blocking and additional logic operation or priority control, scenes, status feedback function per channel, central function, comprehensive parameterisation for bus voltage failure and recovery, parameterisable download behaviour.

KNX software functions: Operation as break contact/make contact. Programmable behaviour for download. Delay functions for each channel. Staircase lighting function with/without manual OFF function. Cut-out warning for staircase lighting function. Scenes. Central function. Disable function. Logic operation or priority control. Status feedback function for each channel. Power supply: Nominal voltage: 230 V AC, 50-60 Hz External auxiliary voltage (optional): 110-240 V AC, 50-60 Hz, max. 2 VA For each switch output: Nominal current: 10 A, cos = 1; 10 A, cos = 0.6 Incandescent lamps: 230 V AC, max. 2000 W Halogen lamps: 230 V AC, max. 1700 W Fluorescent lamps: 230 V AC, max. 1800 W, uncompensated 230 V AC, max. 1000 W parallel-compensated Capacitive load: 230 V AC, max. 105 µF Device width (649202): 2.5 HP = approx. 45 mm Device width (649204): 4 HP = approx. 72 mm Device width (649208): 4 HP = approx. 72 mm Device width (649212): 6 HP = approx. 108 mm

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.

Version

Art. no.

2 channels 4 channels 8 channels 12 channels

647393 647593 647893 648493

PU PG 1/30 1/10 1/6 1/6

Info

9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.

Version

Art. no.

2 channels 4 channels 8 channels 12 channels

649202 649204 649208 649212

PU PG 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10

Info

9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3

KNX actuators

M www.merten.com

Nominal voltage: 230 V AC, 50-60 Hz Per switching contact: Nominal current: 16 A, cos = 0.6 Incandescent lamps: 230 V AC, max. 3600 W Halogen lamps: 230 V AC, max. 2500 W Fluorescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2500 VA Capacitive load: 230 V AC, 16 A, max. 200 µF Device width (647393): 2.5 HP = approx. 45 mm Device width (647593): 4 HP = approx. 72 mm Device width (647893): 8 HP = approx. 144 mm Device width (648493): 12 HP = approx. 216 mm

©2010

| Switch actuators REG-K, 10 A with manual mode | KNX ACTUATORS

485


KNX ACTUATORS Switch actuators REG-K, 16 A with manual mode and current detection

Switch actuators REG-K • The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.

Switch actuator REG-K, 16 A with manual mode and current detection For independent switching of up to 12 loads via make contacts. The actuator has integrated current detection that measures the load current on each channel. All 230 V switch outputs can be operated with manual switches. With integrated bus coupler.

Switch actuator REG-K/8x230/6 For independent switching of eight loads via make contacts. With integrated bus coupler and plug-in screw terminals. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. A green LED indicates readiness for operation after the application has been loaded.

KNX software functions: Operation as break contact or make contact. Staircase lighting function with/without manual OFF function and switch-off warning. Delay functions. Scenes. Logic function. Blocking or priority control. Feedback function. Status. Central function with delay. Parameterisation for bus voltage failure and recovery. Behaviour for download. Current detection function: Behaviour when value exceeds/falls short of the threshold value. Energy, operating and switch on counter with limit value monitoring. Flash function. Nominal voltage: 230 V AC, 50-60 Hz Per switching contact: Nominal current: 16 A, cos = 0.6 Incandescent lamps: 230 V AC, max. 3600 W Halogen lamps: 230 V AC, max. 2500 W Fluorescent lamps: 230 V AC, max. 2500 VA, with parallel compensation Capacitive load: 230 V AC, 16 A, max. 200 µF Motor load: 230 V AC, max. 1000 W Current detection load current: Detection range: 0.1 A to 16 A (sine effective value or DC) Sensing accuracy: +/- 8% of the current value at hand (sine) and +/- 100 mA Frequency: 50/60 Hz Display: 100 mA Device width (647395): 2.5 HP = approx. 45 mm Device width (647595): 4 HP = approx. 72 mm Device width (647895): 8 HP = approx. 144 mm Device width (648495): 12 HP = approx. 216 mm —

KNX software functions: Operation as break or make contact, delay functions for each channel, staircase lighting function with/without manual OFF function, cut-out warning for staircase lighting function, blocking and additional logic operation or priority control, scenes, status feedback function per channel, central function, comprehensive parameterisation for bus voltage failure and recovery, parameterisable download behaviour. Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz For each switching contact: Nominal current: 6 A, cos = 0.6 Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 1380 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 1380 W Fluorescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 1000 VA Capacitive load: AC 230 V, 6 A, max. 105 µF Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm —

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

646808

1/10 9.3

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.

Version

Art. no.

2 channels 4 channels 8 channels 12 channels

647395 647595 647895 648495

PU PG 1/30 1/10 1/6 1/6

Info

9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3

KNX actuators

www.merten.com

M

486

KNX ACTUATORS | Switch actuators REG-K, 16 A with manual mode and current detection | ©2010

Info


KNX ACTUATORS Flush-mounted switch actuators

Blinds/switch actuators REG-K with manual mode

Switch actuator, flush-mounted/ 230/16

• The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.

For switching a load via a make contact. With integrated bus coupler and screw terminals. The device is connected to the bus with a bus connecting terminal. The actuator can be built into a 47 mm ceiling socket with hook or a flushmounted switch box.

Blind/switch actuator REG-K/8x/ 16x/10 with manual mode For independent control of up to 8 blind/roller shutter drives or for switching up to 16 loads via make contacts. The function of the blind or switching channels is freely configurable. All blind/switch outputs can be operated manually using push-buttons. With integrated bus coupling unit. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Channel status display via LEDs. A green LED indicates readiness for operation.

KNX software functions: Operation as break or make contact, delay functions for each channel, staircase lighting function with/without manual OFF function, cut-out warning for staircase lighting function, blocking and additional logic operation or priority control, scenes, status feedback function per channel, central function, comprehensive parameterisation for bus voltage failure and recovery, parameterisable download behaviour. Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz Nominal current: 16 A, ohmic load 10 A, cos = 0.6 Nominal output Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2700 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 1700 W Fluorescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 1000 VA with parallel compensation Capacitive load: AC 230 V, max. 105 µF Contents: With bus connecting terminal.

Version

Art. no.

polar white

629993

PU PG

Info

1/100 9

Power supply: Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50 - 60 Hz External auxiliary voltage (optional): AC 110 240 V, 50 - 60 Hz, max. 2 VA For each blind output: Nominal current: 10 A, cos = 0.6 Motor load: AC 230 V, max. 1000 W For each switch output: Nominal current: 10 A, cos = 1; 10 A, cos = 0.6 Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 1700 W Fluorescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 1800 W, uncompensated AC 230 V, max. 1000 W parallel-compensated Capacitive load: AC 230 V, max. 105 µF Device width: 8 modules = approx. 144 mm —

Note: The blind actuator/switch actuator cannot be used in conjunction with the weather-dependent automatic functions of the weather combi-sensor/DCF77 art. no. 663692. If you require these functions then use the blind actuators art. no. 6498... Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

649908

1/6 9.3

Info KNX actuators

M www.merten.com

KNX software functions: Blind functions: Blind type. Running time. Idle time. Step interval. Weather alarm. 8-bit positioning for height and slats. Scenes. Status and feedback function. Switch actuator functions: Operation as break contact/make contact. Programmable behaviour for download. Delay functions for each channel. Staircase lighting function with/without manual OFF function. Cut-out warning for staircase lighting function. Scenes. Central function. Disable function. Logic operation or priority control. Status feedback function for each channel.

©2010

| Flush-mounted switch actuators | KNX ACTUATORS

487


KNX ACTUATORS Blind / switch actuator REG-K/ 12x/24x/10 with manual mode

Blind actuators REG-K with manual mode

Blind actuator REG-K/2x/10 with manual mode

For independent control of up to 12 blind/roller shutter drives or for switching up to 24 loads via make contacts. The function of the blind or switching channels is freely configurable. All blind/switch outputs can be operated manually using push-buttons. With integrated bus coupler. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Channel status display via LEDs. A green LED indicates readiness for operation.

For independent control of 2 blind/roller shutter drives. The function of the blind channels is freely configurable. All blind outputs can be operated manually using push-button operation. With integrated bus coupling unit. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Channel status display via LEDs. A green LED indicates readiness for operation.

KNX software functions: Blind functions: Blind type. Running time. Idle time. Step interval. Weather alarm. 8-bit positioning for height and slats. Scenes. Status and feedback function. Switch actuator functions: Operation as break contact/make contact. Programmable behaviour for download. Delay functions for each channel. Staircase lighting function with/without manual OFF function. Cut-out warning for staircase lighting function. Scenes. Central function. Disable function. Logic operation or priority control. Status feedback function for each channel. Power supply: Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50 - 60 Hz External auxiliary voltage (optional): AC 110 240 V, 50 - 60 Hz, max. 2 VA For each blind output: Nominal current: 10 A, cos = 0.6 Motor load: AC 230 V, max. 1000 W For each switch output: Nominal current: 10 A, cos = 1; 10 A, cos = 0.6 Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 1700 W Fluorescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 1800 W, uncompensated AC 230 V, max. 1000 W parallel-compensated Capacitive load: AC 230 V, max. 105 µF Device width: 12 modules = approx. 216 mm —

KNX software functions: Blind functions: Blind type. Running time. Idle time. Step interval. Differentiated disable functions and weather alarms. 8-bit positioning for height and slat. Scenes. Manual/automatic mode. Differentiated status and status feedback functions. For each blind output: Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz Nominal current: 10 A, cos = 0.6 Motor load: AC 230 V, max. 1000 W Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm —

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

649802

1/10 9.3

Blind actuator REG-K/4x/10 with manual mode For independent control of 4 blind/roller shutter drives. The functions of the blind channels is freely configurable. All blind outputs can be operated manually using push-button operation. With integrated bus coupling unit. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Channel status display via LEDs. A green LED indicates readiness for operation.

Note: The blind actuator/switch actuator cannot be used in conjunction with the weather-dependent automatic functions of the weather combi-sensor/DCF77 art. no. 663692. If you require these functions then use the blind actuators art. no. 6498... Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

649912

1/6 9.3

Info

KNX software functions: Blind functions: Blind type. Running time. Idle time. Step interval. Differentiated disable functions and weather alarms. 8-bit positioning for height and slat. Scenes. Manual/automatic mode. Differentiated status and status feedback functions.

Info

For each blind output: Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz Nominal current: 10 A, cos = 0.6 Motor load: AC 230 V, max. 1000 W Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm —

KNX actuators

www.merten.com

M

488

KNX ACTUATORS | Blind actuators REG-K with manual mode | ©2010

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

649804

1/10 9.3

Info


KNX ACTUATORS Blind actuator REG-K/8x/10 with manual mode

Roller shutter actuator REG-K/ 4x/10 with manual mode

For independent control of 8 blind/roller shutter drives. The functions of the blind channels is freely configurable. All blind outputs can be operated manually using push-buttons. With integrated bus coupler. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Channel status display via LEDs. A green LED indicates readiness for operation.

For independent control of 4 roller shutter drives. The function of the roller shutter channels is freely configurable. All roller shutter outputs can be operated manually using push-button operation. With integrated bus coupler. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. Bus connection is via bus terminals, a data rail is not necessary. Channel status display via LEDs. A green LED indicates readiness for operation. KNX software functions: Roller shutter functions: Running time. Idle time. Differentiated disable functions and weather alarms. 8-bit positioning for height. Scenes. Manual/automatic function. Differentiated status and status feedback functions.

KNX software functions: Blind functions: Blind type. Running time. Idle time. Step interval. Differentiated disable functions and weather alarms. 8-bit positioning for height and slat. Scenes. Manual/automatic mode. Differentiated status and status feedback functions. For each blind output: Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50 - 60 Hz Nominal current:10 A, cos = 0.6 Motor load: AC 230 V, max. 1000 W External auxiliary voltage (optional): AC 110240 V, 50-60 Hz, max. 2 VA Device width: 8 modules = approx. 144 mm —

For each roller shutter output: Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz Nominal current: 10 A, cos = 0.6 Motor load: AC 230 V, max. 1000 W Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm —

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

649704

1/10 9.3

Info

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

649808

1/6 9.3

Info

Blind actuators and accessories

Blind actuator REG-K/4x24/6 with manual mode

• The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.

For independent control of 4 blind/roller shutter drives. The function of the blind channels is freely configurable. All blind outputs can be operated manually using push-button operation. With integrated bus coupler. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Channel status display via LEDs. A green LED indicates readiness for operation.

Blind actuator REG-K/4x/6 For independent control of 4 blind/roller shutter drives. With integrated bus coupler and plug-in screw terminals. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. A green LED indicates readiness for operation after the application has been loaded.

KNX software functions: Blind functions: Blind type. Running time. Idle time. Step interval. Differentiated disable functions and weather alarms. 8-bit positioning for height and slat. Scenes. Manual/automatic mode. Differentiated status and status feedback functions.

KNX software functions: Blind functions: Blind type. Running time. Idle time. Step interval. Weather alarms. 8-bit positioning for height and slats. Scenes. Automatic function. Differentiated status and feedback functions.

For each blind output: Nominal voltage: DC 24 V ±10 % Nominal current: 6 A Load types: 24 V direct current drives Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

648704

1/10 9.3

Info —

KNX actuators

M

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

646704

1/10 9.3

Info

www.merten.com

For each blind output: Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz Nominal current: 6 A, cos = 0.6 Motor load: AC 230 V, max. 1000 W Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm

©2010

| Blind actuators and accessories | KNX ACTUATORS

489


KNX ACTUATORS Multiple control relay insert for roller shutters

Multiple control relay for roller shutters REG

5 A, AC 250 V Suitable for a size 60 flush-mounted box. With a multiple control relay, it is possible to control 2 motors locally by manual operation or centrally. The multiple control relays can be cascaded.

2 A, AC 250 V For installation on DIN rails. For controlling up to 2 roller shutter motors locally, in groups or centrally. With separation of load and control circuit, as well as forced locking in both directions of movement. Motors are controlled individually using a roller shutter rocker switch and centrally using the blind time switches or blind push-buttons of the Merten blind control system.

To be completed with: Blanking cover, art. no. System M 3916.., 3918.., 3917.., System Basis 3920.., System Design 3919.., OCTOCOLOR 3926... – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no. 576399

PU PG

Mains voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz ±10 % Power consumption: 10 mA in relay operation Switching voltage: max. AC 250 V Switching current: max. 2 A Temperature range: 0 -60 °C Terminals: max. 1.5 mm2 Device width: 2 modules = approx. 36 mm

Info

1/24 8

Multiple control relay for roller shutters, flush-mounted 6 A, AC 250 V Suitable for a size 60 flush-mounted box. Flat 22 mm design. For local control using push-buttons, installation in a deep flush-mounted box. For controlling up to 2 roller shutter motors locally, in groups or centrally. With separation of load and control circuit, as well as forced locking in both directions of movement. Motors are controlled individually using a roller shutter rocker switch and centrally using the blind time switches or blind push-buttons of the Merten blind control system. Mains voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz ±10 % Control voltage: AC 230 V ±10 % Power consumption: 10 mA in relay operation Switching voltage: max. AC 250 V Switching current: max. 6 A Temperature range: 0 -60 °C Terminals: max. 1.5 mm2 Dimensions: 22x49x52 mm (HxWxD) Installation: (deep) flush-mounted box To be completed with: Blanking cover, art. no. System M 3916.., 3918.., 3917.., System Basis 3920.., System Design 3919.., OCTOCOLOR 3926... – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no. 576398

PU PG

Info

1/100 8

KNX actuators

www.merten.com

M

490

KNX ACTUATORS | Blind actuators and accessories | ©2010

Technical Information

Version

Art. no. 576397

PU PG 1/40 8

Info


KNX ACTUATORS Dimming actuators

Universal dimming actuator REGK/4x230/250 W

• The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.

AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz For switching and dimming incandescent lamps, HV halogen lamps and LV halogen lamps using dimmable wound transformers or electronic transformers (Automatic load detection). (Phase control and phase alignment) The connection of different outer conductors is allowed. With integral bus coupler, screw terminals, shortcircuit, open-circuit and excess temperature protection with soft start function. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. The dimming actuator automatically recognises the connected load. Combinations of ohmic and inductive, or ohmic and capacitive loads can also be connected. Combinations of inductive and capacitive loads must not be connected. Bus connection is via bus terminals; a data rail is not necessary.

Universal dimming actuator REG-K/4x230/150 W AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz For switching and dimming incandescent lamps, HV halogen lamps and LV halogen lamps using dimmable wound transformers or electronic transformers. (Phase control and phase alignment) With integral bus coupler, screw terminals, shortcircuit, open-circuit and excess temperature protection with soft start function. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. The dimming actuator automatically recognises the connected load. Combinations of ohmic and inductive, or ohmic and capacitive loads can also be connected. Combinations of inductive and capacitive loads must not be connected. Bus connection is via bus terminals; a data rail is not necessary.

KNX software functions: Dimming operation via KNX, Dimming operation on the device, different dimming curves and dimming speeds, the same dimming time, memory function, ON/OFF delay, staircase time function with/without manual OFF function, scenes (up to eight stored brightness values can be retrieved), central function, logic operation or priority control, blocking function, status feedback.

KNX software functions: Dimming operation via KNX, extension units and on the device, different dimming curves and dimming speeds, the same dimming time, memory function, ON/OFF delay, staircase time function with/without manual OFF function, scenes (up to eight stored brightness values can be retrieved), central function, logic operation or priority control, blocking function, status feedback. Nominal voltage: AC 220 - 230 V, 50/60 Hz Nominal power/channel: max. 150 W/VA 25 W minimum load (ohmic) 50 VA minimum load (ohmic/inductive/capacitive) Input (extension unit operation): AC 230 V, 50/ 60 Hz (same phase as the dimming channels) Device width: 6 modules = approx. 105 mm

Nominal voltage: AC 220 - 230 V, 50/60 Hz Channels: 4 (different phases possible) Nominal power: 4 x 250 W/VA 3 channels: 1 x 500 W/VA and 2 x 250 W/VA 2 channels: 2 x 500 W/VA Minimum load/channel: 25 W (ohmic) 50 VA (ohmic-inductive/ohmic-capacitive) Device width: 8 HP = approx. 144 mm —

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

649325

1/6 9.3

Info

Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons (make contact). With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. — Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover. ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

649315

1/10 9.3

Info

KNX actuators

M www.merten.com

Version light grey

©2010

| Dimming actuators | KNX ACTUATORS

491


KNX ACTUATORS Universal dimming actuator REG-K/2x230/300 W

Universal dimming actuator REG-K/230/500 W

AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz For switching and dimming incandescent lamps, HV halogen lamps and LV halogen lamps using dimmable wound transformers or electronic transformers. (Phase control and phase alignment) With integral bus coupler, screw terminals, shortcircuit, open-circuit and excess temperature protection with soft start function. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. The dimming actuator automatically recognises the connected load. Combinations of ohmic and inductive, or ohmic and capacitive loads can also be connected. Combinations of inductive and capacitive loads must not be connected. Bus connection is via bus terminals; a data rail is not necessary.

AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz For switching and dimming incandescent lamps, HV halogen lamps and LV halogen lamps using dimmable wound transformers or electronic transformers. (Phase control and phase alignment) With integral bus coupler, screw terminals, shortcircuit, open-circuit and excess temperature protection with soft start function. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. The dimming actuator automatically recognises the connected load. Combinations of ohmic and inductive, or ohmic and capacitive loads can also be connected. Combinations of inductive and capacitive loads must not be connected. Bus connection is via bus terminals; a data rail is not necessary.

KNX software functions: Dimming operation via KNX, extension units and on the device, different dimming curves and dimming speeds, the same dimming time, memory function, ON/OFF delay, staircase time function with/without manual OFF function, scenes (up to eight stored brightness values can be retrieved), central function, logic operation or priority control, blocking function, status feedback.

KNX software functions: Dimming operation via KNX, extension units and on the device, different dimming curves and dimming speeds, the same dimming time, memory function, ON/OFF delay, staircase time function with/without manual OFF function, scenes (up to eight stored brightness values can be retrieved), central function, logic operation or priority control, blocking function, status feedback.

Nominal voltage: AC 220 - 230 V, 50/60 Hz Nominal power/channel: max. 300 W/VA 25 W minimum load (ohmic) 50 W minimum load (ohmic/inductive/capacitive) Input (extension unit operation): AC 230 V, 50/ 60 Hz (same phase as the dimming channels) Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm

Nominal voltage: AC 220 - 230 V, 50/60 Hz Nominal power/channel: max. 500 W/VA 25 W minimum load (ohmic) 50 VA minimum load (ohmic/inductive/capacitive) Input (extension unit operation): AC 230 V, 50/ 60 Hz (same phase as the dimming channel) Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm

Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons (make contact). With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. — Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover. ˜

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

649330

1/10 9.3

KNX actuators

www.merten.com

M

492

KNX ACTUATORS | Dimming actuators | ©2010

Info

Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons (make contact). With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. — Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover. ˜

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

649350

1/10 9.3

Info


KNX ACTUATORS Universal dimming actuator REG-K/230/1000 W

Dimming actuator REG-K/2x230/ 300 W

AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz For switching and dimming incandescent lamps, HV halogen lamps and LV halogen lamps using dimmable wound transformers or electronic transformers. (Phase control and phase alignment) With integral bus coupler, screw terminals, shortcircuit, open-circuit and excess temperature protection with soft start function. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. The dimming actuator automatically recognises the connected load. Combinations of ohmic and inductive, or ohmic and capacitive loads can also be connected. Combinations of inductive and capacitive loads must not be connected. Bus connection is via bus terminals; a data rail is not necessary.

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For switching and dimming incandescent lamps and dimmable, wound transformers (ohmic / inductive load). (Phase control) With integral bus coupler, plug-in screw terminals, short-circuit and overload protection and soft start function to protect the lamps. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. Bus connection is via bus terminals, a data rail is not necessary. Readiness for operation is indicated by a green LED after the application has been loaded, and an overload of one channel or both channels is indicated by a flashing light.

KNX software functions: Dimming operation via KNX, extension units and on the device, different dimming curves and dimming speeds, the same dimming time, memory function, ON/OFF delay, staircase time function with/without manual OFF function, scenes (up to eight stored brightness values can be retrieved), central function, logic operation or priority control, blocking function, status feedback. Nominal voltage: AC 220 - 230 V, 50/60 Hz Nominal power: max. 1000 W/VA 25 W minimum load (ohmic) 50 VA minimum load (ohmic/inductive/capacitive) Input (extension unit operation): AC 230 V, 50/ 60 Hz (same phase as the dimming channel) Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm

KNX software functions: Starting behaviour, memory function, dimming speed, switching off by relative dimming, configurable minimum brightness and behaviour on bus voltage failure/recovery are programmable. Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz Nominal power/channel: max. 300 W/VA Minimum load: 25 W/VA Short-circuit protection: via fuse Device width: 6 modules = approx. 108 mm —

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

646630

1/10 9.3

Info

Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons (make contact). With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. — Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover. ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

649310

1/10 9.3

Info

KNX actuators

M www.merten.com

Version light grey

©2010

| Dimming actuators | KNX ACTUATORS

493


KNX ACTUATORS Control unit 0-10 V REG-K/3-gang with manual mode

Control units 0-10 V

Control unit 0-10 V REG-K/1-gang with manual mode

For connecting devices with 0-10 V interface to KNX. With integrated bus coupler and screw terminals (230 V) or plug-in screw terminals (0-10 V). Each individual 230 V switch output can be operated manually with a manual switch. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary.

For connecting devices with 0-10 V interface to KNX. With integrated bus coupler and screw terminals (230 V) or plug-in screw terminals (0-10 V). The 230 V switch output can be operated with a manual switch. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary.

KNX software functions: Different dimming curves and dimming speeds, the same dimming time, memory function, ON/ OFF delay, staircase time function with/without manual OFF function, scenes (up to eight stored brightness values can be retrieved), central function, logic operation or priority control, blocking function, status feedback, behaviour on bus voltage recovery.

KNX software functions: Different dimming curves and dimming speeds, the same dimming time, memory function, ON/ OFF delay, staircase time function with/without manual OFF function, scenes (up to eight stored brightness values can be retrieved), central function, logic operation or priority control, blocking function, status feedback, behaviour on bus voltage recovery. Switch contact: for switching the electronic ballasts/transformers Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz Nominal current: 16 A, cos = 0,6 Switching capacity: AC 230 V, 3600 W, cos = 1 Capacitive load: AC 230 V, 16 A, 200 µF Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 3600 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2500 W Fluorescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 3600 VA, uncompensated AC 230 V, max. 2500 VA, with parallel compensation LV- halogen lamps with wound transformer: max. 2000 VA 0-10 V interface: 0.12-100 mA Voltage range: DC 0-10 V Device width: 2.5 HP = approx. 45 mm —

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

647091

1/10 9.3

KNX actuators

www.merten.com

M

494

KNX ACTUATORS | Control units 0-10 V | ©2010

Info

Switch contact: for switching the electronic ballasts/transformers Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz Nominal current: 16 A, cos = 0.6 Switching capacity: AC 230 V, 3600 W, cos = 1 Capacitive load: AC 230 V, 16 A, 200 µF Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 3600 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2500 W Fluorescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 3600 VA, uncompensated AC 230 V, max. 2500 VA, with parallel compensation LV- halogen lamps with wound transformer: max. 2000 VA 0-10 V interface: 0.12-100 mA Voltage range: DC 0-10 V Device width: 4 HP = ca. 72 mm —

Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

646991

1/10 9.3

Info


KNX ACTUATORS KNX DALI gateway REG-K/1/ 16(64)/64

DALI gateways

INSTABUS DALI gateway REG-K/ 1/16/64

The DALI gateway connects the KNX with digital electronic ballasts equipped with a DALI interface. The gateway is the DALI master and power supply for the electronic ballasts. It supports the switching and dimming of up to 64 electronic ballasts in 16 groups and the control of 16 lightscenes. In addition, the 64 electronic ballasts can be individually activated via KNX or compiled via KNX group addresses. Error messages of individual electronic ballasts or each connected lamp can be transmitted to the KNX and visualised on display devices. DALI commissioning and configuration, as well as group assignment and scene setting can be carried out using: • the device (display and operating buttons) • a software tool (free of charge) • the integrated Web server. The RH45 connection is used for connection to a PC (with standard browser). • a portable Web panel or a PDA The device has 2 inputs for connecting push-buttons (building site operation), for example. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. The network and the DALI cable as well as the switch inputs are connected via screw terminals on the device.

The DALI gateway connects the KNX with digital electronic ballasts, which are equipped with a DALI interface. The gateway is the DALI master and power supply for the electronic ballasts. It supports the switching and dimming of up to 64 electronic ballasts in 16 groups and the control of 16 lightscenes. Brightness values or error messages of individual groups can be transmitted to the KNX and visualised on display units. DALI commissioning and configuration, as well as group assignment and scene setting, can be carried out using: • the device (display and operating buttons). • a software tool (free of charge). The device has 2 inputs for connecting push-buttons (building site operation), for example. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. The network and the DALI cable as well as the switch inputs are connected via screw terminals on the device. Supply voltage: AC 110-240 V, 50-60 Hz Inputs: 2, passive DC 9-36 V or AC 9-24 V Outputs: DALI D+, D in line with DALI specification DC 16-18 V, 150 mA, short-circuit-proof Connecting cable: 1.5 - 2.5 mm² Type of protection: IP 20 Device width: 6 modules = approx. 108 mm Contents: With bus connecting terminal.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

680129

1/20 9.3

Info

Contents: With bus connecting terminal.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

680191

1/20 9.3

Info

KNX actuators

M www.merten.com

Supply voltage: AC 110 - 240 V, 50 - 60 Hz Inputs: 2, passive DC 9 - 36 V or AC 9 - 24 V Outputs: DALI D+, D- in line with DALI specification DC 16 - 18 V, 150 mA, short circuit-proof Interfaces: 1xRJ45 Connecting cable: 1.5 - 2.5 mm² Type of protection: IP 20 Device width: 6 modules = approx. 108 mm

©2010

| DALI gateways | KNX ACTUATORS

495


KNX ACTUATORS Room temperature control unit

Programming magnet for EMO valve drive

• The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.

Non-contact programming of the physical address of the EMO valve drive or INSTABUS ARGUS 220. ˜

EMO valve drive with 2 binary inputs

In KNX, to be completed with: Valve drive EMO, art. no. 639119. Valve drive EMO, with 2 binary inputs, art. no. 639118. KNX ARGUS 220, art. no. 6325...

Version

Electromotive proportional valve drive with integrated bus coupler and microprocessor control with automatic valve lift detection. With two integrated binary inputs. The valve drive can be connected directly to the KNX. A separate power supply is not required.

KNX software functions: Cycle time, status feedback, summer and winter operation, cyclical monitoring of variables, locking each output in a forced position, behaviour on bus power failure and recovery, overload and short circuit status, mains power loss reporting, collective fault reporting connected to all valves, transmission of the largest 1 byte variable value. Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz Outputs: 6, electronic Nominal current: 0.05 A, ohmic Starting current: max. 1.5 A Minimum load per used output: 1 valve drive Number of valve drives max. 4 per output Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm

Accessories: Programming magnet for valve drive EMO, art. no. 639190.

Version

Art. no. 639118

PU PG

Info

For actuation of thermoelectric valve drives for heating or cooling ceilings. The heating actuator has 6 electronic outputs. Up to 4 valve drives can be connected to each output. The outputs are either switch activated (1 bit) or PWM signal (1 byte) activated. Each output is overload-protected and short-circuit-protected. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary.

Power consumption: typ. 10 mA (= 240 mW; approx. 2 BCU modules) Lift: min. 1.0 mm; max. 4.5 mm Running time: 25 s/mm Type of protection: IP 43 in line with EN 60529 (for vertical installation) Protection class: III in line with EN 60730 Connecting cable: 1 m fixed; J(E)YY 3x2x0.6 Connection to bus line: via bus connecting terminal Installation: suitable for all Heimeier thermostatic valve bodies and three-way changeover valves

polar white

PU PG 10/180 9.1

Heating actuator REG-K/6x230/ 0.05 A

KNX software functions: Control value. Actual position. Status. Forced position (window "Open" detection, lower and upper limit for basic temperature control of underfloor heating for example). Binary inputs. Limit value.

˜

Art. no. 639190

Info

1/35 9

In KNX, to be completed with: PLANTEC multi-function push-button with room temperature control unit, art. no. 626008. Multifunction push-button, 2-gang, with room temperature control unit, art. no. System M 6232.., 6273, System Design 6287... Multi-function push-button, 2-gang, with room temperature control unit, art. no. System M 6274.., 6288, System Design 6236... Room temperature control unit, flush-mounted/PI, art. no. 6247.., 6249.., 6246.., 6248... Thermoelectric valve drive 230 V, art. no. 639125. — Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover. ˜

EMO valve drive Electromotive proportional valve drive with integrated bus coupler and microprocessor control with automatic valve lift detection. The valve drive can be connected directly to the KNX. A separate power supply is not required. KNX software functions: Setpoint position (control value). Actual position. Status signal. Forced position. Cyclical monitoring. Power consumption: max. 12 mA at 20 V (= 240 mW) Lift: max. 4.5 mm Running time: 25 s/mm Type of protection: IP 43 in line with EN 60529 (for vertical installation) Protection class: III in line with EN 60730 Connection cable: 1 m fixed; J-Y (St) Y 1 x 2 x 0.6 Connection to bus line: via bus connecting terminal Installation: Fits all Heimeier thermostat valve bases

KNX actuators

M www.merten.com

˜

496

Accessories: Programming magnet for valve drive EMO, art. no. 639190.

Version

Art. no.

polar white

639119

PU PG

Info

1/35 9

KNX ACTUATORS | Room temperature control unit | ©2010

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

645129

1/10 9.3

Info


KNX ACTUATORS KNX fan coil actuator REG-K

Thermoelectric valve drive 230 V

For heating, ventilation and air conditioning control. For controlling fan convectors with up to three speeds, as well as for controlling three-step motor drives (continuous/pulse-width-modulated) or two-step thermal drives. The actuator supports 2-pipe and 4-pipe systems. Two floating binary inputs for window contact and level contact for condensed water container, for example. Connection of 1-speed to 3-speed fans. The multi-function push-button with room temperature control from version 3A can be used to activate the fan coil actuator. With integrated bus coupler. For installation on DIN rails EN 60715. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. KNX software functions: Fan control: In automatic mode, the fan speeds are controlled dependently by the control value of the multifunction push-button. The three fan speeds and automatic mode can be switched via EIB telegram. The fan can be controlled either directly or via actuators / suitable dimming actuators. Fan speed feedback is possible via corresponding status feedback objects e.g. status LED of the push-button. The fan speed as well as the automatic status "(Auto)" can be displayed on the display of the multi-function push-button with TCU. Valve control: Type of controller: PI controller (PWM and continuous). Controller mode: Heating and/or cooling with common or separate valve outputs. Operating modes: The operating mode is selected in the multi-function push-button with TCU

Thermoelectric valve drive for opening and closing valves. For 2-step or PWM control of heating, air conditioning and ventilation systems, individual room control of surface heaters, control of heating circuit distributors, radiators, convector heaters, cooling ceilings. Operation is carried out by the heating actuator REG-K/ 6x230/0.05 A or a room temperature control unit (230 V) with 2step or PWM output. Valve adapters permit compatibility with a variety of valve bodies and heating circuit distributors. Functions: • First-open function: The drive is factory-set to de-energised open. This allows the heating to be operated during the building shell phase. • De-energised closed • Functional display (open, closed, intermediate settings) • Adjustment control • Protection against dismantling • Plug-in connecting cable • Plug-in assembly

Power supply: AC 230 V ±10 %, 50/60 Hz Power consumption: max. 3 VA Outputs: 3 floating contacts (fan coil), 2 semiconductor switches (valve connections) Switching capacity for valves: 0.5 A, AC 24V 230 V Additional relay switching capacity: 16 A Fan relay switching capacity: 8 A Inputs: 2, max. cable length 5 m Operation: Key for fan levels and heating/cooling mode Displays: 9 status LEDs Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm

˜

To be completed with: Room temperature control insert with switch, art. no. 536302. Valve adapter VA10, art. no. 639110. Valve adapter VA50, art. no 639150. Valve adapter VA78, art. no. 639178. Valve adapter VA80, art. no. 639180. In KNX, to be completed with: Heating actuator REG-K/6x230/ 0.05 A, art. no. 645129.

Version

Art. no.

polar white

639125

PU PG

Info

1/50 9

Accessories: Multi-function push-button with room temperature control unit, art. no. 6232.., 6273.. , 6236..,6274.., 6287.., 6288.., 626008. Thermoelectric valve drive 24 V art. no. 639126.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

645094

1/10 9.3

Info

KNX actuators

M www.merten.com

˜

Supply voltage: AC 230 V, 50/60 Hz Starting current: max. 300 mA for max. 200 ms Operating current: 8 mA Power consumption: 1.8 W Lift: approx. 4 mm Running time: 45 s/mm Positioning force: 100 N Circulating medium temperature: 0-100°C Type of protection: IP 54 / II, in all installation positions Connecting cable: 1 m, 2x0.75 mm² PVC Dimensions: 60x44x61 mm (HxWxD)

©2010

| Room temperature control unit | KNX ACTUATORS

497


KNX ACTUATORS Thermoelectric valve drive 24 V Thermoelectric valve drive for opening and closing valves. For 2-step or PWM control of heating, air conditioning and ventilation systems, individual room control of surface heaters, control of heating circuit distributors, radiators, convector heaters, cooling ceilings. Fan coil actuator REG-K or a room temperature control unit (24 V) with 2step or PWM output activates. Valve adapters permit compatibility with a variety of valve bodies and heating circuit distributors. Functions: • First-open function: The drive is factory-set to de-energised open. This allows the heating to be operated during the building shell phase. • De-energised closed • Functional display (open, closed, intermediate settings) • Adjustment control • Protection against dismantling • Plug-in connecting cable • Plug-in assembly Supply voltage: AC/DC 24 V +20%/-10%, 060 Hz Starting current: max. 250 mA for max. 2 min Operating current: 75 mA Power consumption: 1.8 W Lift: approx. 4 mm Running time: 45 s/mm Positioning force: 100 N Medium temperature: 0-100°C Type of protection/protection class: IP 54 / II, in all installation positions Connecting cable: 1 m, 2x0.75 mm² PVC Dimensions: 60 x 44 x 61 mm (HxWxD) To be completed with: Room temperature control insert with switch, art. no. 536304. Power supply REG, AC 24 V / 1 A, art. no. 663529. Valve adapter VA10, art. no. 639110. Valve adapter VA50, art. no 639150. Valve adapter VA78, art. no. 639178. Valve adapter VA80, art. no. 639180. In KNX, to be completed with: Fan coil actuator REG-K, art. no. 645094. Power supply REG, AC 24 V / 1 A, art. no. 663529. — Note: Protective cap AA SK 1000 (aluminium, white RAL 9016) available on request. To install the protective cap, a higher valve adapter must be used (available on request). Check compact radiators in advance to see if they are suitable. ˜

Version

Art. no.

polar white

639126

PU PG

Info

1/50 9

Valve adapter VA10 for thermoelectric valve drive For Dumser, Vescal, Simplex. Valve adapters permit compatibility with a variety of valve bodies and heating circuit distributors ˜ KNX actuators

M

To be completed with: Thermoelectric valve drive 230 V, art. no. 639125. Thermoelectric valve drive 24 V, art. no. 639124. Themoelectric valve drive 24 V art.-no. 639126.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

5/400 9

www.merten.com

639110

498

KNX ACTUATORS | Room temperature control unit | ©2010

Valve adapter VA50 for thermoelectric valve drive For Honeywell+Braukmann, Reich, Landis+Gyr, MNG, Cazzagniga. Valve adapters permit compatibility with a variety of valve bodies and heating circuit distributors ˜

To be completed with: Thermoelectric valve drive 230 V, art. no. 639125. Thermoelectric valve drive 24 V, art. no. 639124. Themoelectric valve drive 24 V art.-no. 639126.

Version

Art. no. 639150

PU PG

Info

5/400 9

Valve adapter VA78 for thermoelectric valve drive For Danfoss RA. Valve adapters permit compatibility with a variety of valve bodies and heating circuit distributors ˜

To be completed with: Thermoelectric valve drive 230 V, art. no. 639125. Thermoelectric valve drive 24 V, art. no. 639124. Themoelectric valve drive 24 V art.-no. 639126.

Version

Art. no. 639178

PU PG

Info

5/400 9

Valve adapter VA80 for thermoelectric valve drive For Heimeier, Herb, Onda, Schlösser (from 1993), Oventrop M30x1.5, TeSa. Valve adapters permit compatibility with a variety of valve bodies and heating circuit distributors ˜

To be completed with: Thermoelectric valve drive 230 V, art. no. 639125. Thermoelectric valve drive 24 V, art. no. 639124. Themoelectric valve drive 24 V art.-no. 639126.

Version

Art. no. 639180

PU PG 5/400 9

Info


KNX ACTUATORS Complete radio receiver units, switching and dimming

Plug adapter with radio receiver, switch

The Radio receiver are not compatible with Merten CONNECT radio system.

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For switching external loads with SCHUKO plug. Can be manually operated and controlled remotely via the INSTABUS radio gateway UP and radio transmitter.

INSTABUS radio gateway, flushmounted

Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz Nominal current: 16 A, cos = 1 Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Capacitive load: max. 35 µF Dimensions: 120x65x38 mm (HxWxD) Display elements: LED for status display Operating elements: Rotary coding switch Type of protection: IP 20

The radio gateway connects the KNX to radio switch sensors and radio actuators. Transmission is bi-directional. The gateway can be installed in a size 60 flushmounted box or a surface-mounted box. KNX software functions: From KNX to radio: Switching, toggling, dimming, blinds. From radio to KNX: Switching, toggling, dimming, blinds, edges. Supply voltage: Bus, DC 24 V, approx. 10 mA Channels: 25 (10 receiving blocks and 15 receiving/transmitting blocks) Operating elements: Function selector switch, channel selector switch, programming button Display elements: LED function displays, programming LED Radio frequency: 868 MHz Transmission capacity: max. 10 mW Range: up to 100 m (free field) up to 30 m (building) Dimensions: 50x44x33 mm (WxHxD) without antenna and retaining ring Type of protection: IP 20

Transmitter: INSTABUS radio gateway, flush-mounted, art. no. 680999. Radio remote control Distance 5010, art. no. 590722. Radio push-button, 1-gang, art. no. System M MEG5091-03../ 5941.., System Design 5921... Radio push-button, 2-gang, art. no. System M MEG5092-03../5942.., System Design 5922... Universal radio transmitter, flush-mounted, 4-gang, art. no. 592599. – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

polar white

591019

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For switching and dimming external loads with SCHUKO plug. For ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads, e.g. incandescent lamps, dimmable wound transformers and electronic transformers. (Phase control or phase alignment). Can be manually operated and controlled remotely via the INSTABUS radio gateway UP and radio transmitter. The integrated universal dimmer automatically recognises the connected load. Do not connect any mixed loads. With memory function, can be switched off.

In KNX, to be completed with: Blanking cover, art. no. System M 6623.., 6621... Blanking cover, art. no. System Design 6622... Transmitter: Radio remote control Distance 5010, art. no. 590722. Radio push-button, 1-gang, art. no. System M MEG509103../5941.., System Design 5921... Radio push-button, 2-gang, art. no. System M MEG5092-03../5942.., System Design 5922... Universal radio transmitter, flush-mounted, 4-gang, art. no. 592599. Receiver: Plug adapter with radio receiver, art. no. 591019, 591519. Radio receiver, flush-mounted, 1-gang, art. no. 592591. – Technical Information — Note: Not compatible with Merten CONNECT radio system. Contents: With bus connecting terminal. PU PG

Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz Minimum load: 40 VA Maximum load: 350 VA Dimensions: 120x65x38 mm (HxWxD) Display elements: LED for status display Operating elements: Rotary coding switch Type of protection: IP 20

Info

1/50 9

Transmitter: INSTABUS radio gateway, flush-mounted, art. no. 680999. Radio remote control Distance 5010, art. no. 590722. Radio push-button, 1-gang, art. no. System M MEG5091-03../ 5941.., System Design 5921... Radio push-button, 2-gang, art. no. System M MEG5092-03../5942.., System Design 5922... Universal radio transmitter, flush-mounted, 4-gang, art. no. 592599. – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no.

polar white

591519

PU PG

KNX actuators

Info

M

1/16 8

www.merten.com

Art. no. 680999

Info

Plug adapter with radio receiver, universal dimmer

˜

Version

PU PG 1/16 8

©2010

| Complete radio receiver units, switching and dimming | KNX ACTUATORS

499


KNX ACTUATORS Radio receiver, flush-mounted, 1-gang

Analogue actuator module REG/ 4-gang

For switching loads via a make contact. Can be remote controlled with the INSTABUS radio gateway UP and radio transmitter. Suitable for installation in a ceiling socket-outlet, in a flush-mounted box or on a ceiling hook. Nominal voltage: AC 230 V Nominal current: 10 A Connected loads: Incandescent lamps: 2000 W Halogen lamps: 1200 W Fluorescent lamps: 1200 W Capacitive load: 35 µF Radio functions: Switch on, switch off, toggle, push-button operation Display elements: LED

Extension module to extend analogue actuator REG-K/4-gang from 4 to 8 analogue outputs. Connections are made using the sub-bus. The output channels can be independently parameterised for different current and voltage signals to control different control values (e.g. servomotors). For installation on DIN rails EN 50022.

Transmitter: INSTABUS radio gateway, flush-mounted, art. no. 680999. Radio remote control Distance 5010, art. no. 590722. Radio push-button, 1-gang, art. no. System M MEG5091-03../ 5941.., System Design 5921... Radio push-button, 2-gang, art. no. System M MEG5092-03../5942.., System Design 5922... Universal radio transmitter, flush-mounted, 4-gang, art. no. 592599. – Technical Information ˜

Version

Art. no. 592591

PU PG

Info

1/60 8

Other actuators • The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.

Analogue actuator REG-K/4-gang The output channels can be parameterised for different current and voltage signals to control different analogue variables (e.g. servomotors). The actuator has four analogue outputs. For use in connection with the analogue actuator module REG/4-gang, 8 analogue outputs are provided. Connections are made using the sub-bus. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. With continuity checking of the current outputs. Auxiliary voltage: AC 24 V (+/-10 %) Analogue outputs: 4 Current signals: 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA Voltage signals: 0 ... 1 V, 0.. 10 V Continuity checking: 4 ... 20 mA Outputs: DC 24 V, 100 mA (total) Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm

KNX actuators

In KNX, to be completed with: Power supply REG, AC 24 V / 1 A, art. no. 663529. Accessories: Analogue actuator module REG/4-gang, art. no. 682292. — Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover. ˜

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

682291

1/25 9.3

www.merten.com

M

500

KNX ACTUATORS | Other actuators | ©2010

Info

Auxiliary voltage: AC 24 V (+/-10 %) Analogue outputs: 4 Current signals: 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA Voltage signals: 0 ... 1 V, 0.. 10 V (DC) Continuity checking: 4 ... 20 mA Outputs: DC 24 V, 100 mA (total) Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm In KNX, to be completed with: Analogue actuator REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682291. — Contents: With sub-bus jumper. ˜

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

light grey

682292

1/25 9.3

Info


KNX ACTUATORS Devices for display and operation

Inner frame set for 7" touch panel

• The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.

The set consists of the inner frame and the USB cover. The design frames, which are available in various types of material, are attached to the touch panel using the inner frame. Dimensions: 208x145x7.3 mm (HxWxD) ˜

Touch panel 7" The 7" touch panel is used for the visualisation and control of current building states and functions. The integrated visualisation software with the self-explanatory user interface offers a high level of operating convenience when operating the touch-sensitive TFT display. Windows CE.NET is installed as the operating system. Further functions: • Real-time week time switch with internet time synchronisation • Presence simulation (recording and play-back of switching habits) • Alarm management • Internet access • Load a slide show • Automatic standby switching • Password protection • Adjustable user interface The 7" touch panel has a LAN (10/100 Mbit/s), KNX and USB interface.. With integrated loudspeaker. Due to its flat design in a flush-mounted housing, its uses range from residential to commercial applications. It can be installed horizontally or vertically. KNX software functions: Switching, dimming, operation of sunshade systems such as roller shutters, awnings and blinds. Save and retrieve scenes Transmit values. Telegram status display. Temperature display. Logic functions. Disable module. Dynamic language selection via KNX object. Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz Power consumption: 2 W in energy-saving mode, 9 W when in operation Ambient operating temperature: -5°C to 45 °C Display size: 17.8 cm (7“) Resolution: 800 x 480 pixels Display type: TFT Colours shown: 65.000 Hardware: 312 MHz Intel XScale PXA270 RAM: 64 MB Flash memory: 64 MB Type of protection: IP 20 Dimensions: 196x137x52 mm (HxWxD) In KNX, to be completed with: Inner frame set for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-01... Frame for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-00.., MEG6270-36.., MEG6270-37... Accessories: Flush mounted box for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-0001. Cavity wall mounting box for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-0002.

Version

Art. no. MEG6260-0007

PU PG

Version ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic classy matt

polar white black

MEG6270-0119 MEG6270-0122

1/10 9 1/10 9

Glass frame for 7" touch panel Decorative glass frame for 7" touch panel.

˜

In KNX, to be completed with: 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG62600007. Inner frame set for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-01...

Version ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

glass

Brilliant white

MEG6270-3619

1/10 9

Metal frame for 7" touch panel Decorative solid metal frame for 7" touch panel.

˜

In KNX, to be completed with: 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG62600007. Inner frame set for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-01...

Version ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

metallic

Steel polished brass

MEG6270-3714 MEG6270-3721

1/10 9 1/10 9

Aluminium frame for 7" touch panel Decorative aluminium frame for 7" touch panel.

˜

In KNX, to be completed with: 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG62600007. Inner frame set for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-01...

Version ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

Aluminium

aluminium Polar white Black

MEG6270-3760 MEG6270-3719 MEG6270-3722

1/10 9 1/10 9 1/10 9

KNX actuators

M

Info

1/3 9

www.merten.com

˜

In KNX, to be completed with: 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG62600007. Frame for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-00.., MEG627036.., MEG6270-37... Replacement part: USB cover for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-02...

©2010

| Devices for display and operation | KNX ACTUATORS

501


KNX ACTUATORS

˜

IP touch panel 10"

Decorative frame for 7" touch panel.

The IP touch panel 10" is used for the visualisation and control of current building statuses and functions. It is operated interactively on the touch-sensitive TFT display. Windows CE is installed as the operating system. With this standard, solutions such as data management, web functions and client/server and network functions can be configured quickly and easily. Via a browser, it is also possible, for example, to use Merten@home with the IC 1 EIB Internet Controller. Using the optional visualisation software, the IP touch panel 10" can be programmed for the visualised, interactive control of building functions. The IP touch panel 10" has LAN (10/100 Mbit/s), and a RS 232 and USB connection. The USB connection is in the front behind the frame. A plug-in INSTABUS module can be used to connect the IP touch panel 10" to the KNX. Due to its flat design in a flush-mounted housing, its uses range from home applications to purpose-built applications.

In KNX, to be completed with: 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG62600007. Inner frame set for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-01...

Version ˜

Frame for 7" touch panel

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic classy matt

polar white black

MEG6270-0019 MEG6270-0022

1/10 9 1/10 9

Flush-mounted mounting box for IP touch panel 7" For flush-mounted installation of the touch panel 7". Dimensions Outer dimensions: 193x138x66 mm (HxWxD) ˜

In KNX, to be completed with: 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG62600007.

Version grey

Art. no. MEG6270-0001

PU PG

KNX software functions: Configuration using the "TP VISU configuration tool".

Info

1/4 9

Display size: 10.4“ (24.4 cm) Resolution: 800 x 600 pixels, SVGA Display type: TFT, resistive touch Colours shown: > 65000 Supply voltage: DC 24 V Power consumption: < 20 W RAM: 128 MB Flash memory: 64 MB Data buffering: via battery Ambient operating temperature: 5 °C to 40 °C Type of protection: IP 20 Frame dimensions: 224.7x277.5x12 mm (HxWxD)

Cavity wall mounting box for touch panel 7" For installing the 7" touch panel into a cavity wall. Dimensions Outer dimensions: 201x142x56 mm (HxWxD) Opening: 188x133x56 mm (HxWxD) ˜

In KNX, to be completed with: 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG62600007.

Version ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

metallic 1/4 9

USB cover for 7" touch panel For inserting into the intermediate frame. The USB cover is required as a spare part when damaged or lost. Version ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

Version

Thermoplastic classy matt

polar white black

To be completed with: Power supply REG, DC 24 V/1 A, art. no. 693004. Accessories: INSTABUS EIB module for IP touch panel art. no. 683093. Design frame for IP touch panel 10" art. no. 489960. Flush-mounted mounting box for IP touch panel 10" art. no. 683091. Cavity wall mounting box for IP touch panel 10" art. no. 683092. — Note: The TP VISU configuration tool is available on the Internet or on the Merten info CD. Contents: With Design M-Plan frames, aluminium. ˜

MEG6270-0002

MEG6270-0219 MEG6270-0222

10/60 9 10/60 9

˜

Art. no.

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

aluminium glossy

683090

1/1 9

INSTABUS module for IP touch panel Plug-in module for connecting the IP touch panel to the KNX.

KNX actuators

M

˜

In KNX, to be completed with: IP touch panel 10" art. no. 683090.

Version

Art. no.

www.merten.com

683093

502

KNX ACTUATORS | Devices for display and operation | ©2010

PU PG 1/52 9

Info


KNX ACTUATORS Real glass frame for IP touch panel 10"

LCD mini-panel MT 701 V2.0 Current building states can be centrally controlled and functions influenced via the LCD minipanel. The LCD mini-panel is ideal for private and office use thanks to its compact, flat design (213 mm x 125 mm) and functional scope. An LCD graphic display capable of displaying up to eight rows and 16 different states at the same time is used as the display medium. It is operated interactively via a touch-sensitive keyboard. The user menu is freely programmable, thus permitting the creation of function groups specifically adapted to the building and resulting in a clear display of the various applications. Detailed functions can be displayed and operated using the submenus. When planning the LCD minipanel, the menus and submenus are compiled in line with requirements and assigned to the various KNX functions. Standard functions can be planned, such as: switching, dimming, blind control and display of measured values. Limit values can also be created. Bus processes can be linked in order to group KNX actions and the result can be displayed.

For M-PLAN. Decorative frame for the IP touch panel 10". Dimensions: 228.6x281.4x13.5 mm (HxWxD) ˜

In KNX, to be completed with: IP touch panel 10" art. no. 683090.

Version ˜

Art. no.

PU PG

489960

1/5 1.1

Info

glass

Diamond silver

Flush-mounted mounting box for IP touch panel 10" For flush-mounted installation of the IP touch panel 10". Dimensions: 208x238x68 mm (HxWxD) ˜

In KNX, to be completed with: IP touch panel 10" art. no. 683090.

Version

Art. no. 683091

PU PG

Info

1/8 9

KNX software functions: Parameterisation using panel programming software EIB TAB 2 or ETS tool for MT 701 V2.0.

Cavity wall mounting box for IP touch panel 10"

Mains voltage: AC 230 V Dimensions: 125x213 mm (HxW) Opening: 121.5x209 mm (HxW)

For installing the IP touch panel 10" into a cavity wall.

˜

In KNX, to be completed with: IP touch panel 10" art. no. 683090.

Version

Art. no. 683092

PU PG 1/8 9

Info

In KNX, to be completed with: Flush mounting box for mini-panel, art. no. 682591. Accessories: Design frame for mini-panel, art. no. 682592/93. — Note: The panel programming software EIB TAB 2, art. no. 615901 and ETS tool for MT 701 V2.0, art. no. 615047 are available over the Internet or from the Merten info CD. ˜

Version

Art. no.

MT 701 module

682590

PU PG

Info

1/6 9

Flush mounting box for mini-panel For flush-mounted and cavity wall installation of the mini-panels MT 701 V2.0. ˜

In KNX, to be completed with: Mini-panel MT 701, art. no. 682590.

Version

Art. no.

black

682591

PU PG

Info

1/6 9

Design frame for mini-panel Decorative frame for the mini-panel MT 701 V2.0. ˜

In KNX, to be completed with: Mini-panel MT 701, art. no. 682590.

Version

Art. no.

polar white aluminium

682592 682593

PU PG

KNX actuators

M

Info

1/10 9 1/10 9

www.merten.com

Dimensions: 205x235x72 mm (HxWxD)

©2010

| Devices for display and operation | KNX ACTUATORS

503


KNX ACTUATORS ETS tool for MT 701 V2.0

Info display, flush-mounted

Programming software for the ETS for parameterising the LCD mini-panel MT 701 V2.0.

For System Design. LC display with max. 4 x 16 characters and acoustic signalling device. The info display is used to indicate freely-programmable texts and values and to control functions. Functions and texts can be allocated on up to 12 pages with a maximum of 4 lines. 12 lines of alarm signals can also be allocated. Automatic allocation of alarm signal priority which can be changed manually. Signals that are not shown are selected using two buttons on the display. The functions of two additional buttons are allocated to the display line. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Switching, dimming, blind control, temperature control, continuous status control, ASCII text provision, 8-bit scene retrieval, priority control, display of texts, values, date, time, date+time

In KNX, to be completed with: Mini-panel MT 701, art. no. 682590. — Note: The software is available on the Internet or on the Merten info CD. ˜

Info display, flush-mounted For System M. LC display with max. 4 x 16 characters and acoustic signalling device. The info display is used to indicate freely-programmable texts and values and to control functions. Functions and texts can be allocated on up to 12 pages with a maximum of 4 lines. 12 lines of alarm signals can also be allocated. Automatic allocation of alarm signal priority which can be changed manually. Signals that are not shown are selected using two buttons on the display. The functions of two additional buttons are allocated to the display line. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Switching, dimming, blind control, temperature control, continuous status control, ASCII text provision, 8-bit scene retrieval, priority control, display of texts, values, date, time, date+time Display: Illuminated LCD 4-line (16 characters) or 2-line (8 characters) or 1-line (4 characters) Operating elements: 4 buttons Signalling device: 2 signal tones Alarm signals: max. 12 —

Note: The display tool software V2.0, art. no. 615046, for programming the flush-mounted info display is available on the Internet or on the Merten info CD. Contents: With bus coupler.With bus connecting terminal.

Version ˜

˜

Info

MEG6250-0344 MEG6250-0319 MEG6250-0325

1/40 9 1/40 9 1/40 9

new new new

1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40

new new new new

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white anthracite aluminium

KNX actuators

PU PG

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

Art. no.

MEG6250-0444 MEG6250-0419 MEG6250-0414 MEG6250-0460

9 9 9 9

Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant

www.merten.com

M

504

KNX ACTUATORS | Devices for display and operation | ©2010

Display: Illuminated LCD 4-line (16 characters) or 2-line (8 characters) or 1-line (4 characters) Operating elements: 4 buttons Signalling device: 2 signal tones Alarm signals: max. 12 —

Note: The display tool software V2.0, art. no. 615046, for programming the flush-mounted info display is available on the Internet or on the Merten info CD. Contents: With bus coupler.With bus connecting terminal.

Version ˜

PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white polar white aluminium ˜

Art. no.

MEG6250-4044 MEG6250-4019 MEG6250-4060

1/40 9 1/40 9 1/40 9

new new new

MEG6250-4146

1/40 9

new

metallic

varnished stainless steel


KNX ACTUATORS

KNX actuators

www.merten.com

M

Š2010

| Devices for display and operation | KNX ACTUATORS

505


Appliance connection boxes| Plugs and connectors

SIMPLE AND SOLID CONNECTIONS

Appliance connection boxes Whether surface- or flush-mounted with simple or multiple connection boxes: Merten provides a broad range of cooker and appliance connection boxes, which ensure maximum safety in the installation of electrical devices. Merten's connection boxes are made of shatter-proof material to provide an additional measure of safety.

The perfect connection: SCHUKO rubber 速plugs by Merten are extremely robust and can withstand extreme external stress. For this reason, they are especially suited for daily use in the workshop and on construction sites. The modular system structure makes it easy to replace the snap collars, screwed joints, and hinged lids on all plugs and connectors. The rubber SCHUKO速 plugs and connectors bear the hammer symbol as well as many other recognised quality marks, and provide reliable safety for the electrician.

www.merten.de

Connection technology

SCHUKO rubber速rubber plugs and connectors

506

Connection technology | Cooker and appliance connection boxes | Plugs and connectors | 息2010


Appliance connection boxes | Plugs and connectors

Contents

Cooker connection box FM+SM Universal flush or surface-mounting

Rubber SCHUKOÂŽ plugs and connectors

Š2010

| Plugs and connectors | Cooker and appliance connection boxes | Connection technology

www.merten.de

Connection technology

507


COOKER AND APPLIANCE CONNECTION BOXES Cooker connection box, flushmounted, IP 21

Connection technologyCooker and appliance connection boxesConnection technologyCooker and appliance connection boxesCooker and appliance connection boxesS

Technical Information: Cooker sockets

Nominal cross-section 4 mm² Terminal block with 5 double terminals. Gasket on the underside of the cover and on the cable outlet.

Cooker and appliance connection boxes

Cooker connection box, flushmounted Nominal cross-section 2.5 mm² Particularly flat design. With shatter-proof lid and snap lock, removable terminal block with 5 double terminals.

– —

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

520427

5/60 6.1

Nominal cross-section 2.5 mm² With shatter-proof lid and snap lock. Screw and claw fixing for size 60 and 70 flush-mounted boxes with removable claws. Large, clear wiring compartment. Dowel fixing and cable entry from above also possible. Strain relief.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

520619

5/40 6.1

Nominal cross-section 6 mm² With 5-pole terminal block.

Version

Art. no.

white

520827

Nominal cross-section 4 mm²

Art. no. 520227

PU PG

Technical Information

Version

Art. no.

white

521044

PU PG

Info

5/20 6

Three-section appliance connection box, flush-mounted Nominal cross-section 2.5 mm² 2 x 5 double terminals, removable, to connect electric storage heaters or 2 different electrical household appliances.

Info

2/22 6

Version

Art. no.

white

521427

Connection technology

www.merten.com

S

508

Info

Nominal cross-section 2.5 mm² 2 shatter-proof lids with snap lock, 3 removable terminal blocks with 12 double terminals. Large, clearly visible wiring compartments. Screw and claw fixing for size 60 and size 70 flush-mounted boxes (brick walls, cavity walls and concrete), with removable spreading claws. Dowel fixing also possible.

Contents: With plaster adjustment ring, insulating mounting box, protective cover for plaster.

Version

PU PG 5/30 6

Three-section appliance connection box, flush- and surfacemounted

Info

Cooker connection box, flushmounted

white

Info

Cooker connection box, surfacemounted

Technical Information

polar white

PU PG 2/22 6

Info

Cooker connection box, flush- and surface-mounted

Art. no. 520327

Technical Information Note: If using extension claws art. no. 533591, also fits size 70 flush-mounted boxes.

polar white

Version white

COOKER AND APPLIANCE CONNECTION BOXES | Cooker and appliance connection boxes | ©2010

PU PG 5/10 6

Info


COOKER AND APPLIANCE CONNECTION BOXES

Three-section appliance connection box, flush-mounted, large terminal compartment Nominal cross-section 2.5 mm² 3 x 5 double terminals, 3 separate connection chambers to connect electric storage heaters or to power 3 different electrical household appliances. Version

Art. no.

white

521927

PU PG

Info

1/12 6

Terminal block 5-pole, for 2.5 mm2 Double terminals with hole diameter 3.8 mm. Very versatile. ˜

Accessories from: Cooker connection box, art. no. 520427, 521044, 521427, 521927.

Version

Art. no.

white

520900

PU PG

Info

10/480 6

Cable junction boxes • Cable junction boxes allow cables of different cross-sections, from 3 x 1.5 mm2 to 5 x 6 mm2, to be connected safely and quickly.

Cable junction box 5 x 2.5 mm², ø 27.5 mm For fixed cabling. With strain relief. Certified in line with VDE 0606. Version

Art. no.

5 x 2.5 mm², grey

526129

PU PG

Info

10/200 7

Cable junction box 5 x 6 mm², ø 34.5 mm For fixed cabling. With strain relief. Certified in line with VDE 0606. Art. no. 526229

PU PG

Info

10/100 7

Connection technology

S www.merten.com

Version 5 x 6 mm², grey

©2010

| Cable junction boxes | COOKER AND APPLIANCE CONNECTION BOXES

509


RUBBER SCHUKO PLUGS AND CONNECTORS Heavy-duty all-rubber SCHUKO connector with snap collar

Connection technologyRubber SCHUKO plugs and connectorsConnection technologyRubber SCHUKO plugs and connectorsRubber SCHUKO plugs and connectorsS

SCHUKO rubber plugs and connectors for wind and weather. • According to the regulations regarding electrical power systems (VDE 0100 § 55e), the only connectors and plugs permissible on building sites are those that conform to DIN 49440 and 49441 and are approved "for harsh conditions". These plugs and connectors bear the hammer symbol. • IP 44 splashwater protection is achieved in conjunction with a snap collar and hinged lid. • Modular system for the extension of SCHUKO plugs and connectors with snap collar, hinged lid and screwed joint. • Material: Natural rubber • Uniform design • Easy grip thanks to optimised shaping of the surface • Simple and quick installation thanks to easily accessible screws • The strain relief allows cables with different diameters to be used

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Robust design. Bend protection sleeve with membrane seal. Shatter-proof, corrosion-resistant. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHöu. ˜

Accessories: Replacement hinged lid for all-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 173097. Screwed joint, art. no. 535491. Replacement part: Snap collar for SCHUKO connector, art. no. 174196.

Version

Art. no.

black

173092

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Splash-proof connector. Robust design. Bend protection sleeve with membrane seal. Shatterproof, corrosion-resistant. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHöu.

Extra large terminal compartment Rubber insert for use in extreme conditions Screws at the front for ultimate tensile strength Modular system for easy extension Smart design ˜

Heavy-duty all-rubber SCHUKO plug 16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49441 Splash-proof plug. Robust design. Bend protection sleeve with membrane seal. Shatter-proof, corrosion-resistant. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHöu. Version

Art. no.

black

123551

PU PG

Accessories: Screwed joint, art. no. 535491. Replacement part: Snap collar for SCHUKO connector, art. no. 174196. Replacement hinged lid for all-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 173097.

Version

Art. no.

black

173051

10/80 4

Accessories: Snap collar for SCHUKO connector, art. no. 174196. Replacement hinged lid for all-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 173097. Screwed joint, art. no. 535491.

Version

Art. no.

black

173091

PU PG

Info

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440/49441 Splash-proof, heavy-duty all-rubber plugs and connectors with snap collar, hinged lid and screwed joint. Robust design. Bend protection sleeve with membrane seal. Shatter-proof, corrosion-resistant. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHöu.

Info

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Robust design. Bend protection sleeve with membrane seal. Shatter-proof, corrosion-resistant. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHöu.

PU PG 10/60 4

Heavy-duty all-rubber SCHUKO plugs and connectors

Heavy-duty all-rubber SCHUKO connector

˜

Info

Heavy-duty all-rubber SCHUKO connector with snap collar and hinged lid

Heavy-duty all-rubber plugs and connectors • • • • •

PU PG 10/40 4

˜

Replacement part: Snap collar for SCHUKO connector, art. no. 174196. Replacement hinged lid for all-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 173097. Screwed joint, art. no. 535491.

Version

Art. no.

black/yellow

535593

PU PG

Info

1/12 4

Info

10/60 4

Screwed joint For plugs and connectors with snap collars.

˜

Connection technology

Accessories from: SCHUKO plugs and connectors, art. no. 535451/93, 535593.

Version

Art. no.

yellow

535491

www.merten.com

S

510

RUBBER SCHUKO PLUGS AND CONNECTORS | Heavy-duty all-rubber plugs and connectors | ©2010

PU PG 1/80 4

Info


RUBBER SCHUKO PLUGS AND CONNECTORS Snap collar for SCHUKO connector ˜

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Robust design, corrosion-resistant. Highly shatter-resistant. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHöu.

Accessories from: Rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 1740.., 1741... All-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 1729... Heavy-duty all-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 1730...

Version

Art. no.

black

174196

PU PG

Info

˜

10/120 4

Replacement hinged lid for allrubber SCHUKO connector

˜

All-rubber SCHUKO connector with snap collar

Accessories: Replacement hinged lid for all-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 173097. Screwed joint, art. no. 535491. Replacement part: Snap collar for SCHUKO connector, art. no. 174196.

Version

Art. no.

black

172951

Art. no.

black

173097

PU PG

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Splash-proof connector. Robust design, corrosion-resistant. Highly shatter-resistant. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHöu.

Info

10/120 4

All-rubber plugs and connectors • • • • •

˜

Extra large terminal compartment Rubber insert for use in extreme conditions Screws at the front for ultimate tensile strength Modular system for easy extension Smart design

Accessories: Screwed joint, art. no. 535491. Replacement part: Snap collar for SCHUKO connector, art. no. 174196. Replacement hinged lid for all-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 173097.

Version

Art. no.

black

172993

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49441 Splash-proof plug. Robust design, corrosion-resistant. Highly shatter-resistant. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHöu. Version

Art. no. 122051

PU PG

Info

10/80 4

All-rubber SCHUKO connector 16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Robust design, corrosion-resistant. Highly shatter-resistant. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHöu.

Replacement part: Snap collar for SCHUKO connector, art. no. 174196. Replacement hinged lid for all-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 173097. Screwed joint, art. no. 535491.

Version

Art. no.

black/yellow

535493

Art. no. 172991

PU PG

For plugs and connectors with snap collars.

˜

Info

10/80 4

Info

Accessories from: SCHUKO plugs and connectors, art. no. 535451/93, 535593.

Version

Art. no.

yellow

535491

PU PG

Info

1/80 4 Connection technology

S www.merten.com

Version

PU PG 1/12 4

Screwed joint

Accessories: Snap collar for SCHUKO connector, art. no. 174196. Replacement hinged lid for all-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 173097. Screwed joint, art. no. 535491.

black

Info

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440/49441 Splash-proof, all-rubber plugs and connectors with snap collar, hinged lid and screwed joint. Robust design, corrosion-resistant. Highly shatter-resistant. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHöu.

˜

˜

PU PG 10/40 4

All-rubber SCHUKO plugs and connectors

All-rubber SCHUKO plug

black

Info

All-rubber SCHUKO connector with snap collar and hinged lid

Accessories from: All-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 1729... Heavy-duty all-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 1730...

Version

PU PG 10/80 4

©2010

| All-rubber plugs and connectors | RUBBER SCHUKO PLUGS AND CONNECTORS

511


RUBBER SCHUKO PLUGS AND CONNECTORS Snap collar for SCHUKO connector ˜

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 With shatter-proof insert. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHöu.

Accessories from: Rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 1740.., 1741... All-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 1729... Heavy-duty all-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 1730...

Version

Art. no.

black

174196

PU PG

Info

˜

10/120 4

Replacement hinged lid for allrubber SCHUKO connector

˜

Rubber SCHUKO connector with snap collar

Accessories: Replacement hinged lid for all-rubber connector, art. no. 174197. Screwed joint, art. no. 535491. Replacement part: Snap collar for SCHUKO connector, art. no. 174196.

Version

Art. no.

black

174051

Art. no.

black

173097

PU PG

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Splash-proof connector. With shatter-proof insert. Snap collar and hinged lid. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHöu.

Info

10/120 4

Rubber plugs and connectors

Info

Rubber SCHUKO connector with snap collar and hinged lid

Accessories from: All-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 1729... Heavy-duty all-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 1730...

Version

PU PG 10/80 4

˜

• Modular system for easy extension • Smart design

Accessories: Screwed joint, art. no. 535491. Replacement part: Snap collar for SCHUKO connector, art. no. 174196. Replacement hinged lid for all-rubber connector, art. no. 174197.

Version

Art. no.

black

174151

PU PG

Info

10/40 4

Rubber SCHUKO plug 16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49441 Splash-proof plug. With shatter-proof insert. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHöu.

Version

Art. no.

black

122151

PU PG

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440/49441 Splash-proof, all-rubber plugs and connectors with snap collar, hinged lid and screwed joint. Strain-resistant and shatter-proof plug-in connection.

Info

10/80 4

Rubber SCHUKO connector 16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 With shatter-proof insert. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHöu. ˜

Rubber SCHUKO plugs and connectors

˜

Replacement part: Snap collar for SCHUKO connector, art. no. 174196. Replacement hinged lid for all-rubber connector, art. no. 174197. Screwed joint, art. no. 535491.

Version

Art. no.

black/yellow

535451

Accessories: Snap collar for SCHUKO connector, art. no. 174196. Replacement hinged lid for all-rubber connector, art. no. 174197. Screwed joint, art. no. 535491.

Version

Art. no.

black

174091

PU PG

Info

Screwed joint For plugs and connectors with snap collars.

Info

10/80 4 ˜

Accessories from: SCHUKO plugs and connectors, art. no. 535451/93, 535593.

Version

Art. no.

yellow

535491

Connection technology

www.merten.com

S

512

PU PG 1/12 4

RUBBER SCHUKO PLUGS AND CONNECTORS | Rubber plugs and connectors | ©2010

PU PG 1/80 4

Info


RUBBER SCHUKO PLUGS AND CONNECTORS Snap collar for SCHUKO connector ˜

Accessories from: Rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 1740.., 1741... All-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 1729... Heavy-duty all-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 1730...

Version

Art. no.

black

174196

PU PG

Info

10/120 4

Replacement cover for all-rubber SCHUKO triple suspended connector

˜

Accessories from: All-rubber SCHUKO triple suspended connector, art. no. 179851.

Version

Art. no.

black

179891

Replacement hinged lid for rubber connector

˜

Version

Art. no. 174197

PU PG

Info

SCHUKO rubber socket-outlet, surface-mounted 16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Made of thermostable rubber, with compressionmoulded base, corrosion-resistant, shatter-proof. With screw terminals.

Accessories from: Rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 1740.., 1741...

black

PU PG 1/150 4

Info

10/120 4

Version

Art. no.

black

225251

PU PG

Info

10/70 4

Export versions • Modular system for easy extension. • Handy design.

Rubber SCHUKO plug (DE, FR, BE) 16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49441, CEE 7 Standard Sheet 7 With German and French earthing contact. Splash-proof plug. With shatter-proof insert. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHöu. Version

Art. no.

black

123251

PU PG

Info

10/60 4

Rubber SCHUKO connector

All-rubber SCHUKO triple suspended connector 16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Made from thermostable rubber. With moulded hook and hinged lids, corrosion-resistant. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F. Replacement part: Replacement cover for all-rubber SCHUKO triple suspended connector, art. no. 179851. — Note: The housing screws may only be tightened manually (tightening torque 0.8 Nm). ˜

Art. no. 179851

PU PG

Info Connection technology

1/21 4

S www.merten.com

Version black

©2010

| Export versions | RUBBER SCHUKO PLUGS AND CONNECTORS

513


SCHUKO PLUGS AND CONNECTORS SCHUKO angled plug with toggle switch and control lamp

Connection technologySCHUKO plugs and connectorsConnection technologySCHUKO plugs and connectorsSCHUKO plugs and connectorsS

SCHUKO plugs and sockets

SCHUKO plug 16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49441 Small, shatter-proof quality plug with recessed grips. Version

Art. no.

PU PG

white grey dark brazil

122427 122463 122415

30/240 3.1 30/180 3.1 30/180 3.1

Info

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49441 With 2-pole toggle switch. Shatter-proof lid, control light. Version

Art. no.

white

128474

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49441, CEE 7 Standard Sheet 7 With German and French earthing contact. Small, shatter-proof quality plug with recessed grips. Version

Art. no.

PU PG

123363

30/180 3.1

Info

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49441, CEE 7 Standard Sheet 7 With German and French earthing contact. With 2-pole toggle switch. Shatter-proof lid. Version

Art. no.

white

128527

Art. no.

PU PG

172427 172463 172415

15/120 3.1 15/90 3.1 15/90 3.1

Info Version

Art. no.

white

128574

Shatter-proof SCHUKO plug

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

120927 120915

25/200 3.1 25/150 3.1

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49441 With lateral insertion, bend protection sleeve and one-piece, shatter-proof housing. Art. no.

PU PG

grey

120963

20/120 3.1

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49441 Splash-proof plug. Large version, with bend protection sleeve.

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

polar white grey

125462 125463

15/90 3.1 15/120 3.1

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49441 With 2-pole toggle switch. Shatter-proof lid. Version

Art. no. 128427

PU PG

Info

15/90 3

Connection technology

www.merten.com

S

514

SCHUKO PLUGS AND CONNECTORS | SCHUKO plugs and sockets | Š2010

Info

PVC SCHUKO plug (DE, FR, BE) 16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49441, CEE 7 Standard Sheet 7 With German and French/Belgian earthing contact. Splash-proof. Large design, with bend protection sleeve.

Info

SCHUKO angled plug with toggle switch

white

Info

Info

Shock-proof SCHUKO plug with bend protection sleeve

Version

PU PG 15/90 3

PVC SCHUKO plug

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49441 With lateral insertion and one-piece, shatterproof housing.

white dark brazil

Info

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49441, CEE 7 Standard Sheet 7 With German and French/Belgian earthing contact. With 2-pole toggle switch. Shock-proof lid, control light.

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Small, easy-to-grip connector with shatter-proof housing. Version

PU PG 15/90 3

SCHUKO angled plug with toggle switch, control lamp (DE, FR, BE)

SCHUKO connector

white grey dark brazil

Info

SCHUKO angled plug with toggle switch (DE, FR, BE)

SCHUKO plug (DE, FR, BE)

grey

PU PG 15/90 3

Version

Art. no.

PU PG

grey

123463

15/90 3.1

Info


SCHUKO PLUGS AND CONNECTORS PVC SCHUKO connector 16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Large version, with bend protection sleeve.

Art. no.

PU PG

173762 173763

10/60 3.1 10/60 3.1

Info

Connection technology

S www.merten.com

Version polar white grey

Š2010

| SCHUKO plugs and sockets | SCHUKO PLUGS AND CONNECTORS

515


Article numbers

Merten in numbers

This section contains the Merten article numbers – divided into two rubrics: • Overview, article numbers • Overview, follow-up products All numbers are listed in ascending order. “Discontinued articles” can be found on our homepage under www.merten.de/catalogue

Article number overview

www.merten.de

The current prices in a variety of currencies are available under www.merten.de/preise

516

Article numbers | ©2010


System M

SYSTEM M / INSERTS

SCHUKO socket-outlet insert

System MSystem M / InsertsFlush-mounted rangesSystem M System M/InsertsSystem M / Insertsa

All articles that match the frames 1-M, ATELIER-M, MSMART, M-ARC, M-STAR, M-PLAN glass, M-PLAN metal and M-PLAN / M-PLAN II can be found under "System M/ All articles that match the frames 1-M, ATELIER-M, MInserts". SMART, M-STAR, M-PLAN • Notes M-ARC, on materials: The M-PLAN articles inglass, System M are metal available and / M-PLANAll II can be found under "System with M/ in M-PLAN various materials. versions are fully compatible Inserts". each other. • Notes on materials: The articles in System M are available in various materials. versions arematerial fully compatible ˜ Thermoplastic brilliant:AllShatter-proof with highwith each other. gloss finish. The version "active white glossy" also contains an antibacterial substance. ˜ brilliant: Shatter-proof material withwith highhigh˜ Thermoplastic classy matt: Shatter-proof material gloss finish. version "active white glossy" also contains quality matt The finish. an antibacterial substance. Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: Highly scratch-resistThe new Merten ˜ article numbers ˜ Thermoplastic classy Shatter-proof material with highant material with glossymatt: finish. Not all inserts are available in System M quality matt in finish. duroplastic, these cases you should use thermoplastic bril˜ Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: Highly scratch-resistliant.number The new Merten article system ant material with glossy finish. Not all inserts are available in ˜ 1-M frames → 92, ATELIER-M frames → 98, M-SMART will make ordering even easierinin duroplastic, these cases you should use thermoplastic brilframes → 104, M-ARC frames → 116, M-STAR frames liant. future. Each article number consists of frames → 130, M-PLAN metal → 118, M-PLAN real glass that match the frames 1-M, ATELIER-M, M˜ All 1-Marticles frames → 92, ATELIER-M frames → M-PLAN 98, M-SMART frames →with 132, M-PLAN frames → 122, II frames four logical number SMART, blocks two M-ARC, M-STAR, M-PLAN glass, M-PLAN metal frames 104, M-ARC frames → 116, M-STAR frames → 126 → M-PLAN / M-PLAN II can beMfound under "System M/ → 118, M-PLAN real glass frames → 130, M-PLAN metal numbers each. The number blocks – and Technical Information: System dimensions Inserts". frames → 132, M-PLAN frames → 122, M-PLAN II frames stand for functions, • variants, design → Notes 126 on materials: The articles in System M are available in various materials. versions are fully compatible with – Technical System M dimensions and colour code. This systemInformation: lets you All each other. socket-outlets see whether a plan SCHUKO is consistent and with plug-in terminals

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 With plug-in terminals.

SCHUKO socket-outlet insert

System MSystem M / InsertsFlush-mounted rangesSystem M System M/InsertsSystem M / Insertsa

SYSTEM M / INSERTS

a

System MSystem M / InsertsFlush-mounted rangesSystem M System M/InsertsSystem M / Insertsa

Thermoplastic brilliant: correct in terms of˜design, surface and Shatter-proof material with high gloss finish. The version "active white glossy"asalso • Socket-outlets with connecting terminals per contains SCHUKOnumbers socket-outlets with plug-in terminals colour . All Merten article anVDE antibacterial 0620 partsubstance. 1.will ˜ Thermoplastic matt: Shatter-proof material with highExplanation of classy symbols: in future be preceded by the identifier • Socket-outlets with connecting terminals as per quality matt finish. Integrated enhanced protection against accidental MEG. This system˜applies to every new VDE 0620 partas1. Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: Highly contact per VDE 0620 Part 1 (childscratch-resistprotection). Explanation of symbols: ant material with glossy finish. Not all inserts are available in article Merten launches inIntegrated future. enhanced protection against accidental

duroplastic, in these cases you should use thermoplastic brilliant. contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection).

˜

1-M frames → 92, ATELIER-M frames → 98, M-SMART SCHUKO socket-outlet

All the advantages frames at a glance → 104, M-ARC frames → 116, M-STAR frames

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 → 118, M-PLAN real glass frames → 130, M-PLAN metal

Features: • simple and quick checking of orders frames → 132, M-PLAN framessocket-outlet → 122, M-PLAN II frames SCHUKO • Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex addi→ 126 16tional A, 250 V, DIN concerning colour and consistency ofACmodules with49440 no disassembling of – Technical Information: System M dimensions Features: the socket-outlet. the articles • Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex addi-

MEG

Merten

www.merten.com www.merten.com

• Quick-fastening screws for securing of tional modules with no disassembling of claws. • the article's function is immediately the socket-outlet. • Flush-mounted claws with return springs. • Quick-fastening screws for securing socket-outlets with plug-in terminals High-gloss galvanised retaining ring of insurecognisable (is it aSCHUKO socket-outlet, claws.to the claw. lated a push-button etc.) • Flush-mounted claws with return springs. claw and screw fixing. • Socket-outlets With with connecting terminals as per • High-gloss galvanised retaining ring insuVDE 0620 partWith 1. plug-in terminals. • the type of materialExplanation is immediately lated to the claw. symbols: ˜ Accessories:of Central plate with labelling field and surge proWith claw and screw fixing. Integrated enhancedsocket-outlet, protection against accidental evident (Duroplastic, Thermoplastic tection module for SCHUKO MEG2335-03../With plug-in terminals. contact as per VDE Part outlet 1 (child protection). 04.., System M Central plate0620 with light and LED lightetc.) ˜ Accessories: plate with labelling field and surge proing module forCentral SCHUKO socket-outlet, MEG2334-03../-04.., tection module forplate SCHUKO System M Central withsocket-outlet, labelling field MEG2335-03../and control lamp • colour and design number are 04.., System M Central plate with light outlet and LED lightmodule forblocks SCHUKO socket-outlet, MEG2333-03../-04.., Sysfor SCHUKO socket-outlet, MEG2334-03../-04.., temmodule M always identical ing SCHUKO socket-outlet System M Central plate with labelling field and control lamp Version no.V, DIN PU PG Info 16 socket-outlet, A, ACArt. 250 49440 module for SCHUKO MEG2333-03../-04.., SysFeatures: tem M ˜ Thermoplastic brilliant • Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex addiwhite, glossy MEG2301-0344 10/60 new Version no. with PU PG Info tional Art. modules no 1.8 disassembling of polar white, glossy MEG2301-0319 10/60 1.8 new the socket-outlet. active white, glossy brilliant MEG2301-0325 10/60 1 new ˜ Thermoplastic • Quick-fastening screws for securing of white, glossy MEG2301-0344 10/60 1.8 new The new system based on an example ˜ Thermoplastic classy matt claws. polar white, glossy MEG2301-0319 10/60 1.8 new Flush-mounted claws white white, glossy •MEG2301-0444 10/60with 1.8 return new springs. active MEG2301-0325 10/60 1 new polar white 10/60 retaining 1.8 new ring insu•MEG2301-0419 High-gloss galvanised anthracite MEG2301-0414 ˜ Thermoplastic classy matt lated to the claw.10/60 1.1 new aluminium MEG2301-0460 10/60 1.1 white MEG2301-0444 10/60 1.8 new new With claw and screw fixing. polar white MEG2301-0419 10/60 1.8 new With plug-in terminals. ˜ Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant

2

3

anthracite

0

MEG2301-0414

0

-

10/60 1.1

new

10/60 1.8 10/60 1.8 10/60 1

new new new

10/60 1.8 10/60 1.8

new new

Article numbers

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 With plug-in terminals. Version ˜

Art. no.

Contents PU PG

Info

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy 233444 Version Art. no. polar white, glossy 233419 active white, glossy brilliant 233425 ˜ Thermoplastic white, glossy 233444 ˜ Thermoplastic classy matt polar white, glossy 233419 white 237144 active white, glossy 233425 polar white 237119 anthracite 237114 ˜ Thermoplastic classy matt aluminium 237160 white 237144

10/100 PU 1.8 PG 10/100 1.8 10/100 1

disc. Info disc. disc.

10/100 10/100 10/100 10/100 10/100 10/50 10/50 10/100

disc. disc. disc. disc. disc. disc. disc. disc.

1.8 1.8 1.8 1 1.8 1.1 1.1 1.8

polar white 237119 10/100 1.8 disc. ˜ Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant anthracite 237114 10/50 1.1 disc. white 235144 1.8 disc. disc. aluminium 237160 10/100 10/50 1.1 SCHUKO socket-outlet insert polar white 235119 10/100 1.8 disc. ˜

Duroplastic, highly 16 scratch-resistant A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440

white polar white

235144 10/100 1.8 disc. With plug-in terminals. 235119 10/100 1.8 disc. SCHUKO socket-outlet

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental SCHUKO socket-outlet contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child proVersion no.V, DIN 49440 PU PG Info 16 A, ACArt. 250 tection). Integrated protection against accidental Features: ˜ Thermoplastic brilliant contact asretrofitting per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child • Frontal of QuickFlex addi-prowhite, glossy 233444 10/100 1.8 disc. tection). tional233419 modules 10/100 with no 1.8 disassembling of polar white, glossy disc. the socket-outlet. active white, glossy Features: 233425 10/100 1 disc. Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex addi-of • Quick-fastening screws for securing ˜ Thermoplastic classy matt tional modules with no disassembling of claws. white 237144 10/100 1.8 disc. socket-outlet. • the Flush-mounted claws with return springs. polar white 237119 10/100 1.8 disc. Quick-fastening screwsretaining for securing • High-gloss galvanised ring of insuanthracite 237114 10/50 1.1 disc. claws. lated to the claw. aluminium 237160 10/50 1.1 disc. • Flush-mounted claws with return springs. With claw and screw fixing. ˜ Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant • High-gloss galvanised retaining ring insuWith plug-in terminals. white 10/100 1.8 disc. lated 235144 to the claw. ˜ Accessories: Central plate with labelling field surge propolar white 235119 10/100 1.8 and disc. With claw and screw fixing. tection module for SCHUKO socket-outlet, MEG2335-03../With plug-in terminals. 04.., System M Central plate with light outlet and LED light˜ ing Accessories: plate with labelling field and surge promodule forCentral SCHUKO socket-outlet, MEG2334-03../-04.., SCHUKO socket-outlet tection module forplate SCHUKO System M Central withsocket-outlet, labelling field MEG2335-03../and control lamp 16 socket-outlet, A, AC 250 V, light DIN 49440 04.., System M Central plate with outlet and LED lightmodule for SCHUKO MEG2333-03../-04.., SysIntegrated protection MEG2334-03../-04.., against accidental ing module for SCHUKO socket-outlet, tem M as per VDE 0620 Partcontrol 1 (childlamp proSystem M Centralcontact plate with labelling field and Version Art. no. MEG2333-03../-04.., PU PG Info tection). module for SCHUKO socket-outlet, SysFeatures: tem M ˜ Thermoplastic brilliant • Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex addiwhite, glossy MEG2300-0344 10/60 new Version no. with PU PG Info tional Art. modules no 1 disassembling of polar white, glossy MEG2300-0319 10/60 1 new the socket-outlet. active white, glossy brilliant MEG2300-0325 10/60 1 new ˜ Thermoplastic • Quick-fastening screws for securing of white, glossy MEG2300-0344 10/60 1 new ˜ Thermoplastic classy matt claws. polar white, glossy MEG2300-0319 10/60 1 new • Flush-mounted claws with return white MEG2300-0444 10/60 1 new active white, glossy MEG2300-0325 10/60 1 new springs. polar white 10/60 retaining 1 new ring insu•MEG2300-0419 High-gloss galvanised anthracite MEG2300-0414 ˜ Thermoplastic classy matt lated to the claw.10/60 1.1 new aluminium MEG2300-0460 10/60 1.1 new white MEG2300-0444 10/60 1 new With claw and screw fixing. polar white MEG2300-0419 10/60 1 new With plug-in terminals. ˜ Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, anthracite MEG2300-0414 10/60 1.1 new use thermoplastic brilliant ˜ Accessories: Central plate with labelling aluminium MEG2300-0460 10/60field 1.1 and newsurge pro˜

tection module for SCHUKO socket-outlet, MEG2335-03../Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, 04.., System M Central plate with light outlet and LED lightuse thermoplastic brilliant ing module for SCHUKO socket-outlet, MEG2334-03../-04.., System M Central plate with labelling field and control lamp module for SCHUKO socket-outlet, MEG2333-03../-04.., System M

Version

Art. no.

0 3 ˜ Thermoplastic brilliant white, glossy

PU PG

1

MEG2300-0344

Info

9 10/60 1

new

polar white, glossy MEG2300-0319 10/60 1 new MEG2301-0644 10/60field 1.8 and newsurge proCentral plate with labelling MEG2301-0460 10/60 1.1 new active white, glossy MEG2300-0325 10/60 1 new polar white MEG2301-0619 10/60 1.8 new tection module for SCHUKO socket-outlet, MEG2335-03../˜ Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant 04.., System M Central plate with light outlet and LED light˜ Thermoplastic classy matt Number block for variants, white MEG2301-0644 10/60 1.8 new ing module for SCHUKO socket-outlet, MEG2334-03../-04.., white block for surface MEG2300-0444 10/60 1 new Number e.g. SCHUKO socket-outlet Number polar blocks white for basic MEG2301-0619 10/60 1.8with new polardesign, white e.g. SystemMEG2300-0419 10/60number 1 new System M Central plateplug-in with terminals, labelling push-button field and control lamp functions, e.g. SCHUKO and M Well-known colour block, anthracite 10/60 1.1 new moduleM for SCHUKO| socket-outlet, MEG2333-03../-04.., call Mediopt function  brilliant  MEG2300-0414 e.g. 19 for polar white  12socket-outlet, SYSTEM / system  INSERTS SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in SysterminalsThermoplastic | ©2010 aluminium MEG2300-0460 10/60 1.1 new tem M ˜ Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, Art. no. PU PGwith Info 12 Version SYSTEM M / INSERTS | SCHUKO socket-outlets plug-in terminals | ©2010 use thermoplastic brilliant white ˜ Accessories: aluminium

˜

Thermoplastic brilliant

white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy ˜

MEG2301-0344 MEG2301-0319 MEG2301-0325

www.merten.de

a a

Thermoplastic classy matt

white polar white

MEG2301-0444 MEG2301-0419

©2010

| Article numbers

517

Article number overview


ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW

Article number overview

wwww.merten.com

Art. no.

518

120915 120927 120963 122051 122151 122415 122427 122463 123251 123363 123463 123551 125462 125463 128427 128474 128527 128574 172415 172427 172463 172951 172991 172993 173051 173091 173092 173097 173762 173763 174051 174091 174151 174196 174197 179851 179891 200919 200925 201219 201919 202053 202314 202319 202360 202419 202444 202446 203219 203919 203925 211118** 211124** 211194** 211199** 211419 211446 211460 212119 212129 212144 212146 212160 212169 213300 213419 213444 213446 213460 213514 213519 213544 213560 213619 213625 213644 214049** 214084** 214219**

PU 25/150 25/200 20/120 10/80 10/80 30/180 30/240 30/180 10/60 30/180 15/90 10/80 15/90 15/120 15/90 15/90 15/90 15/90 15/90 15/120 15/90 10/80 10/80 10/40 10/60 10/60 10/40 10/120 10/60 10/60 10/80 10/80 10/40 10/120 10/120 1/21 1/150 10/40 10/40 10/50 10/50 2/60 2/60 2/60 2/60 2/60 2/60 2/60 10/50 2/60 2/60 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 1/13 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/96 10/40 10/40 10/50

PG 3.1 3.1 3.1 4 4 3.1 3.1 3.1 4 3.1 3.1 4 3.1 3.1 3 3 3 3 3.1 3.1 3.1 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3.1 3.1 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 1.4 1.1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 1 1

Page 514 514 514 511 512 514 514 514 513 514 514 510 514 514 514 514 514 514 514 514 514 511 511 511 510 510 510 511, 512 515 515 512 512 512 511, 512, 513 513 513 513 35 35 35 151 151 35 35 35 151 151 151 211 35 35 294 294 297 297 193 193 193 192 192 192 192 192 192 36, 152 151 151 151 151 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 277 277 34

* New articles ** Discontinued articles

ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW |©2010

Art. no. 214225** 214244** 214349 214355 214356 214384 214414** 214419** 214444** 214460** 214515** 214519** 214529** 214543** 214546** 214560** 214569** 214594** 214599** 215219** 215225** 215244** 215414** 215419** 215444** 215460** 225251 227239 227319 227339 227875 229275 229286 229375 229377 229393 229395 229399 230119** 230144** 230205 230219 230242 230244 230418** 230419** 230424** 230474** 230519** 230544** 230660 230719 230744 230802** 230804** 230806** 230819** 230844** 230846** 230860** 230900 230914** 230919** 230944** 230960** 231018** 231024** 231094** 231099** 231114 231119 231144 231160 231319** 231344** 231418** 231424** 231519 231544

PU 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/40 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/40 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/70 5/30 5/30 5/30 1/20 1/20 1/20 2/8 2/8 2/8 1/4 2/96 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/50 10/40 10/50 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/50 4/32 4/32 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/40 10/50 1/100 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 5/30 5/60 5/60 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30

PG 1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 4 2.8 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1.8 1.8 1.2 1 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1.8 1.8 1.7 1 1 1 1 1.2 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Page 34 34 211 211 211 211 34 34 34 34 151 151 151 151 151 151 151 151 151 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 513 256 256 256 262 261 262 262 265 262 262 263 109 109 210 210 210 210 293 296 293 296 109 109 203 111 111 145 145 145 137 137 137 137 89 14 14 14 14 293 293 297 297 110 110 110 110 110 110 293 293 192 192

Art. no. 231719 231744 232115 232119 232129 232144 232146 232160 232169 232205 232219 232242 232244 232319 232519 232546 232560 232814 232819 232844 232860 233014** 233015** 233019** 233044** 233060** 233114** 233119** 233144** 233160** 233314** 233315** 233319** 233344** 233360** 233402** 233404** 233406** 233419** 233425** 233444** 233514** 233515** 233519** 233544** 233560** 233619** 233625** 233644** 233819 233825 233844 233905 233919 233942 233944 234005 234019 234042 234044 234105 234119 234142 234144 234219** 234274** 234319** 234374** 234419** 234474** 234619** 234674** 235019** 235025** 235044** 235119** 235144** 235214** 235219**

PU 4/32 4/32 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 10/40 10/50 10/40 10/50 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 1/24 1/24 1/24 1/24 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/100 10/100 10/100 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 2/30 2/30 2/30 1/24 1/24 1/24 10/40 10/50 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/100 10/100 10/100 10/40 10/50 10/40 10/50 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/100 10/100 10/40 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/100 10/100 10/20 10/20

PG 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1.2 1 1 1 1.1 1.1 8 8 8 8 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1 1 1.8 1 1.8 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1 1 8 8 8 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.8 1.8 2.1 2.1

Page 111 111 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 210 210 210 210 110 192 192 192 18 18 18 18 234 234 234 234 234 234 234 234 234 235 235 235 235 235 26 26 26 12 12 12 236 236 236 236 236 110 110 110 18 18 18 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 276 276 276 276 276 276 276 276 13 13 13 12 12 235 235


ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW PU

235244** 10/20 235260** 10/20 235314** 1/15 235319** 1/15 235344** 1/15 235360** 1/15 235419** 10/40 235444** 10/40 235539 10/1000 236017 5/35 236019 5/35 236044 5/35 236519 1/30 236539 1/30 236614** 1/50 236619** 1/50 236644** 1/50 236660** 1/50 236819 1/30 236839 1/30 236919 1/18 236939 1/18 237019** 1/50 237046** 1/50 237060** 1/50 237094** 1/50 237114** 10/50 237119** 10/100 237144** 10/100 237160** 10/50 237215** 10/50 237219** 10/50 237229** 10/50 237243** 10/40 237246** 10/40 237260** 10/50 237269** 10/50 237294** 10/40 237299** 10/40 237314** 10/50 237319** 10/50 237344** 10/50 237360** 10/50 237414** 10/50 237419** 10/50 237444** 10/50 237460** 10/50 237502** 10/50 237504** 10/50 237506** 10/50 237515** 10/50 237519** 10/100 237529** 10/50 237543** 10/40 237546** 10/40 237560** 10/50 237569** 10/50 237594** 10/100 237599** 10/100 237614** 10/50 237619** 10/50 237644** 10/50 237660** 10/50 237715** 10/50 237719** 10/50 237729** 10/50 237743** 10/40 237744** 10/50 237746** 10/40 237760** 10/50 237769** 10/50 237806** 10/50 237815** 10/50 237819** 10/50 237829** 10/50 237843** 10/40 237846** 10/40 237860** 10/50 237869** 10/50

PG 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1 2 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2 2 2 2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.1 1.8 1.8 1.1 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2

Page 235 235 236 236 236 236 15 15 257 270 270 270 255 255 16 16 16 16 255 255 255 255 139, 156 139, 156 139, 156 139, 156 12 12 12 12 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 13 13 13 13 15 15 15 15 145 145 145 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 15 15 15 15 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139

Art. no. 237894** 237915** 237919** 237929** 237943** 237946** 237960** 237969** 237994** 237999** 238039 238104 238105 238139 238219** 238225** 238244** 238319** 238325** 238344** 238419** 238425** 238444** 238919 238939 239039 239139 239219** 239225** 239244** 239319 239325 239344 239419 239425 239519 239539 239619 239639 239739 239819 239839 239902** 239904** 239906** 239919** 239925** 239944** 240760 240802** 240804** 240806** 240819** 240844** 240846** 240860** 240914** 240919** 240944** 240960** 246319** 246325** 246344** 246819** 246825** 246844** 247019** 247025** 247044** 247119** 247125** 247144** 247219** 247225** 247244** 247319** 247325** 247344** 247414**

PU 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/40 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/40 10/40 10/60 1/30 1/18 1/30 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/60 10/60 5/30 5/30 10/40 10/40 10/40 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 1/14 1/14 1/14 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 1/30 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/50

PG 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 2.8 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2 2 2.8 2.8 1.8 1 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.6 1 1 1.2 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.8 1 1.8 1 1 1 1.8 1 1.8 1 1 1 1.1

Page 139 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 254 254 254 254 15 15 15 15 15 15 16 16 16 254 254 255 255 109 109 109 110 110 110 110 110 255 255 255 255 255 256 256 27 27 27 14 14 14 246 146 146 146 138 138 138 138 14 14 14 14 96 96 96 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 95 95 95 95 95 95 17

Art. no. 247419** 247444** 247460** 247514** 247519** 247544** 247560** 247619** 247644** 247646** 247660** 247702** 247704** 247706** 247819** 247844** 247846** 247860** 247902** 247904** 247906** 247919** 247944** 247946** 247960** 248319** 248325** 248344** 248402** 248404** 248406** 248419** 248425** 248444** 248514** 248519** 248544** 248560** 249219** 249244** 249246** 249260** 249319** 249325** 249344** 249414** 249419** 249444** 249460** 249519** 249525** 249544** 249602** 249604** 249606** 249902** 249904** 249906** 249919** 249925** 249944** 265719** 265744** 265746** 265760** 265814** 265819** 265844** 265860** 266819** 266825** 266844** 270119** 270144** 270319** 270344** 270418** 270424** 270474**

PU 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40

PG 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.2 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.2 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1 1 1

Page 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 137 137 137 137 147 147 147 140 140 140 140 146 146 146 140 140 140 140 17 17 17 28 28 28 17 17 17 13 13 13 13 141 141 141 141 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 13 13 13 29 29 29 28 28 28 14 14 14 147 147 147 147 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 111 111 111 111 293 293 297

* New articles ** Discontinued articles

©2010

| ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW

wwww.merten.com

Art. no.

519

Article number overview


ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW

Article number overview

wwww.merten.com

Art. no.

520

270619** 270644** 270646** 270660** 270960 272068** 272419 272444 272518** 272524** 272574** 272619 272644 273419** 273425** 273444** 273519** 273574** 274419** 274464** 274468** 274474** 275017 275019 275044 275219** 275244** 275414** 275419** 275444** 275460** 275914** 275919** 275944** 275960** 276217 276219 276244 276254 277114** 277119** 277144** 277160** 277419** 277425** 277444** 277519** 277560** 277594** 277719** 277743** 277744** 277746** 277760** 278019 278039 278219 278244 278319 278344 278419** 278425** 278444** 278719** 278725** 278744** 278919** 278925** 278944** 279075 279077 279091 279175 279219** 279225** 279244** 281060 283114** 283115**

PU 10/50 10/50 10/40 10/50 1/30 2/36 10/50 10/50 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 1/50 1/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/20 10/20 10/20 10/20 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/40 10/50 10/60 10/60 10/30 10/30 10/30 10/30 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/50 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 10/40 10/40 10/40 1/30 10/40 10/40

PG 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1 1 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1.8 1 1.8 1.8 1 1.8 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1.8 1 1.8 1.6 2.1 2.1

* New articles ** Discontinued articles

ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW |©2010

Page 143 143 143 143 246 295 141 141 293 293 297 211 211 22 22 22 276 276 276 295 295 276 270 270 270 22 22 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 270 270 270 270 22 22 22 22 23 23 23 142 142 142 143 143 143 143 143 254 254 111 111 111 111 101 101 101 96 96 96 23 23 23 261 265 261 261 111 111 111 246 237 237

Art. no. 283119** 283144** 283160** 284219** 284225** 284244** 284314** 284319** 284344** 284360** 284515** 284519** 284529** 284543** 284544** 284546** 284560** 284569** 284619** 284674** 284805 284819 284842 284844 287414** 287419** 287444** 287460** 287819** 287843** 287846** 287860** 287894** 287902** 287904** 287906** 288019 288039 288319** 288325** 288344** 288402** 288404** 288406** 289019 289039 289378 290019 290025 290119 290125 290144 290219 290319 290325 290344 290419 290425 290444 290519 290544 290719 290819 290914 290919 290944 290960 291019 291025 291044 291319 291329 291344 291346 291360 291369 291414 291419 291460

PU 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/40 10/50 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/50 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/40 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/60 10/60 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 5/30 5/30 1/30 1/60 1/60 5/150 5/150 5/150 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/40 10/40 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 10/180 10/180 10/180 10/180 10/180 10/180 1/60 1/60 1/60

PG 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1.4 1.1 1.1 1 1 1 1.2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1.1

Page 237 237 237 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 149 149 149 149 149 149 149 149 277 277 211 211 211 211 32 32 32 32 149 149 149 149 149 150 150 150 256 256 32 32 32 33 33 33 256 256 262 73 73 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 73 68 68 68 29, 36 29, 36 29, 36 68 68 176 73 73 73 73 73 73 73 73 176 176 176 176 176 176 73 73 73

Art. no. 291719** 291774** 291819 291844 291846 291860 292005 292019 292042 292044 292105 292119 292142 292144 292349 292355 292356 292384 292519 292544 292615 292619 292629 292643 292644 292646 292660 292669 292719** 292774** 292819** 292874** 292919** 292974** 293046** 293060** 293146 293153 293160 293705 293719 293742 293744 293805 293819 293842 293844 294115 294119 294129 294143 294144 294146 294160 294169 294305 294319 294342 294344 294660 294819** 294874** 294919** 294974** 294994** 295205 295219 295242 295244 295314 295319 295344 295360 295514 295519 295544 295560 295614 295619

PU 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 5/60 5/60 5/60 5/60 10/180 10/180 10/180 10/180 1/150 1/150 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 10/40 1/60 10/40 5/200 5/200 5/200 5/200 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 5/250 5/250 5/250 5/250 5/250 5/250 5/250 5/250 5/250 5/250 5/250 5/250 1/100 5/150 5/150 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 5/90 5/90 5/90 5/90 1/50 1/50

PG 1 1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.4 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.6 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1

Page 286, 288 286, 288 176, 179, 423 176, 179, 423 176, 179, 423 176, 179, 423 223, 225, 424 223, 225, 424 223, 225, 424 223, 225, 424 223 223 223 223 223 223 223 223 223 223 177, 180, 424 177, 180, 424 177, 180, 424 177, 180, 424 177, 180, 424 177, 180, 424 177, 180, 424 177, 180, 424 288 288 286, 287, 288 286, 287, 288 288 288 178 178 176 176 176 224 224 224 224 222, 225, 227, 425 222, 225, 227, 425 222, 225, 227, 425 222, 225, 227, 425 181 181 181 181 181 181 181 181 226 226 226 226 248 288 288 288 288 283 227 227 227 227 81 81 81 81 75 75 75 75 69 69


ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW PU

295644 1/50 295660 1/50 295714 5/150 295719 5/150 295744 5/150 295760 5/150 295919 10/50 295944 10/50 296019 5/150 296025 5/150 296044 5/150 296119 10/120 296125 10/120 296144 10/120 296219 10/120 296225 10/120 296244 10/120 296319 1/50 296325 1/50 296344 1/50 296419 10/50 296444 10/50 296519 10/240 296525 10/240 296544 10/240 296719 5/250 296725 5/250 296744 5/250 296819 5/90 296825 5/90 296844 5/90 296919 10/50 296925 10/50 296944 10/50 297019** 10/40 297074** 10/40 297190 10/500 297319 10/50 297344 10/50 297346 10/40 297360 10/50 297414 10/50 297419 10/50 297444 10/50 297460 10/50 297514 5/250 297519 5/250 297544 5/250 297560 5/250 297615 10/50 297619 10/50 297629 10/50 297643 10/40 297644 10/50 297646 10/40 297660 10/50 297669 10/50 297719 10/50 297743 10/40 297744 10/50 297746 10/40 297760 10/50 297815 1/150 297819 1/150 297829 1/150 297843 1/150 297844 1/150 297846 1/150 425297860 1/150 297869 1/150 297914 5/150 297919 5/150 297944 5/150 297960 5/150 298014 10/120 298019 10/120 298044 10/120 298060 10/120 298194** 1/50

PG 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1

Page

69 69 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 82 82 72, 77, 81, 424, 438 72, 77, 81, 424, 438 72, 77, 81, 424, 438 74, 78, 424 74, 78, 424 74, 78, 424 74, 78, 423 74, 78, 423 74, 78, 423 69 69 69 68 68 81 81 81 80 80 80 75 75 75 82 82 82 277 277 29, 36, 152, 327 152 152 152 152 82 82 82 82 80 80 80 80 183 183 183 183 183 183 183 183 171 171 171 171 171 175, 179, 182, 425 175, 179, 182, 425, 175, 179, 182, 425 175, 179, 182, 425 175, 179, 182, 425 175, 179, 182, 175, 179, 182, 425 175, 179, 182, 425 72, 77, 81, 424, 438 72, 77, 81, 424, 438 72, 77, 81, 424, 438 72, 77, 81, 424, 438 74, 78, 424 74, 78, 424 74, 78, 424 74, 78, 424 171, 283

Art. no. 298199** 298219 298244 298314 298319 298344 298360 299460 300217 300219 300244 300517 300519 300544 300617 300619 300644 300717 300719 300744 302217 302219 302244 302617 302619 302644 304817 304819 304844 306619 306644 306844 307001 308019 308044 310119** 310174** 310219** 310274** 310319** 310374** 310519** 310574** 310696** 310819** 310874** 310894** 310899** 311200** 311201 311300 311500** 311501** 311502** 311600** 311601** 311700** 311819** 311834** 311839** 311874** 313660 313760 314060 315000** 315119** 315174** 315319 315344 315346 315360 315414 315419 315444 315460 315500** 315519** 315574** 315619

PU 1/50 10/50 10/50 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 1/30 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 4/32 60/300 10/70 10/70 10/400 10/400 5/225 5/225 5/120 5/120 5/225 10/400 1/6 10/240 10/400 5/225 5/225 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/100 10/50 10/50 10/100 10/50 10/50 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 1/30 1/30 1/30 10/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 10/50 5/225 5/225 1/100

PG 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1 1.5 1.5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.8 1 1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1

Page 171, 283 29, 36 29, 36 74, 78, 423 74, 78, 423 74, 78, 423 74, 78, 423 248 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 35, 151, 211, 277 269 269 277 277 277 277 278 278 277 277 279, 296 278 278 278 278 304 304 304, 306 304 317 317 304 304 304 278 278 278 278 247 247 247 304 280 280 157 157 157 157 46 46 46 46 317 281 281 46

Art. no.

PU

315625 1/100 315644 1/100 315800** 10/50 315900** 10/50 315901** 10/50 315902** 10/50 315903** 10/50 316546 1/100 316919 1/100 316943 1/100 316944 1/100 316946 1/100 316960 1/100 317005 1/100 317019 1/100 317042 1/100 317044 1/100 317100 1/40 317200 1/40 317234** 1/100 317239** 1/100 317319 1/100 317344 1/100 317400 1/40 317418** 1/100 317424** 1/100 318114 1/60 318119 1/60 318144 1/60 318160 1/60 318260 1/21 318460 1/21 318501 1/50 318601 1/50 318618** 1/60 318624** 1/60 318646** 1/60 318660** 1/60 318760 1/32 318860 1/32 318901 1/50 319011 1/250 319012 1/250 319013 1/250 319014 1/250 319016 10/50 319105 1/100 319119 1/100 319142 1/100 319144 1/100 319215 1/100 319219 1/100 319229 1/100 319243 1/100 319246 1/100 319260 1/100 319269 1/100 319294 1/100 319299 1/100 319314 1/60 319319 1/60 319344 1/60 319360 1/60 319419 1/60 319425 1/60 319444 1/60 319519 1/60 319525 1/60 319544 1/60 322660 1/30 325200** 10/50 325500** 10/50 325600** 10/100 330119** 5/225 330174** 5/225 330500 10/50 330519** 5/225 330574** 5/225 330600 10/50

PG 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 8 8 8 8 8 1.2 1 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1.6 1.6 8 8 8 8 8 8 1.6 1.6 8 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1.6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Page 46 46 305 304 304 304 304 157 157 157 157 157 157 216 216 216 216 310 318 281 281 214 214 310 279 279 46 46 46 46 248 248 318 310 157, 279 157, 279 157 157 247 248 318 326 326 326 326 326 219 219 219 219 163 163 163 163 163 163 163 163 163 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 46 46 46 247 304 304 304 278 278 213, 279 278 278 213, 279

* New articles ** Discontinued articles

©2010

| ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW

wwww.merten.com

Art. no.

521

Article number overview


ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW

Article number overview

wwww.merten.com

Art. no.

522

330700 330819** 330874** 331505 331519 331542 331544 331805 331819 331842 331844 331892 331894 331895 331899 332105 332119 332142 332144 332200 332205 332219 332242 332244 332305 332319 332342 332344 332505 332519 332542 332544 332600 332805 332819 332842 332844 333105 333119 333142 333144 333505 333519 333542 333544 333805 333819 333842 333844 334605 334619 334642 334644 334905 334919 334942 334944 336619 336644 340219 340239 340319 340339 340394 340519 340539 340619 340639 340719 340739 341519 341539 342219 342239 342294 342619 342639 342694 343019

PU 10/50 5/225 5/225 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 10/260 5/120 10/120 10/50 5/120 10/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 10/120 10/50 5/120 10/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 10/120 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 10/50 10/50 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/60 10/60 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 5/120

PG 1 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2.8 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2.1

* New articles ** Discontinued articles

ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW |©2010

Page

Art. no.

PU

213, 279 278 278 215 215 215 215 213 213 213 213 213 213 213 213 212 212 212 212 213, 279 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 213, 279 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 213 213 213 213 213 213 213 213 214 214 214 214 216 216 216 216 213 213 252 252 252 252 253 252 252 252 252 252 252 253 253 252 252 253 252 252 253 238

343044 343114 343115 343119 343144 343160 343219 343319 343414 343415 343419 343444 343460 343514 343515 343519 343544 343560 343619 343814 343815 343819 343844 343860 343914 343915 343919 343944 343960 344019 344039 344819 344839 344919 344939 345519 345539 346629 347619 347639 347919 347939 348019 348039 348214 348215 348219 348244 348260 348314 348315 348319 348344 348360 370675 370677 370775 372275 372375 372675 372677 375975 375977 375997 375998 378075 380539 380554 380617 380619 380644 382539 382554 382617 382619 382644 385219 385225 385244

5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/40 10/40 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/40 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 5/30 1/24 1/24 1/24 1/24 1/30 1/30 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 5/35 5/35 5/35 5/35 5/35 5/20 5/20 5/20 5/20 5/20 2/96 2/96 2/96

PG 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2 2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2 2.8 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 8 8 8 8 2 2 8 8 8 8 8 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1 1 1

Page 238 237 237 237 237 237 253 253 238 238 238 238 238 237 237 237 237 237 253 238 238 238 238 238 238 238 238 238 238 253 253 253 253 253 253 254 254 253 254 254 254 254 257 257 238 238 238 238 238 239 239 239 239 239 260 264 260 260 260 260 264 260 264 260 260 263 270 270 270 270 270 271 271 270 270 270 93 93 93

Art. no. 385319 385325 385344 385419 385425 385444 385519 385525 385544 387100* 387119 387125 387144 387219 387225 387244 387319 387325 387344 387419 387425 387444 387519 387525 387544 388119 388125 388144 388219 388225 388244 388319 388325 388344 388419 388425 388444 388519 388525 388544 388819 388825 388844 388919 388925 388944 389119 389125 389144 389219 389225 389244 389319 389325 389344 389419 389425 389444 389519 389525 389544 389819 389825 389844 389919 389925 389944 390199 391619 391625 391644 391719 391744 391814 391819 391844 391860 391915 391919

PU 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/44 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/100 2/176 2/176 2/176 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/44 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/38 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/160 10/160 10/160 10/100 10/100 10/100 2/44 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/38 10/90 10/90 10/90 2/64 2/64 2/64 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/160 10/160 10/160 10/100 10/100 10/100 2/44 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/38 10/90 10/90 10/90 2/64 2/64 2/64 1/600 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 1/100 1/100

PG 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.8 1 1.8 1.8 1 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.8 1 1.8 1.8 1 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.6 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.2 1

Page 93 93 93 93 93 93 94 94 94 94 92 92 92 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 94 94 94 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 249 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 172 172


ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW PU

391929 1/100 391943 1/100 391946 1/100 391960 1/100 391969 1/100 391994 1/100 391999 1/100 392019** 5/120 392074** 5/120 392203** 5/120 392274** 5/120 392298** 5/120 392360 1/100 392519** 5/90 392574** 5/90 392605 1/100 392619 1/100 392642 1/100 392644 1/100 392705 1/50 392719 1/50 392742 1/50 392744 1/50 392795 1/100 392796 1/100 392797 1/100 392798 1/100 393803 5/120 393819 5/120 393825 5/120 393844 5/120 393903 5/120 393914 5/120 393919 5/120 393944 5/120 393960 5/120 395019 1/100 395100 20/4080 395120 20/240 395121 20/240 395122 20/240 395123 20/240 395124 20/240 395131 20/240 395132 20/240 395133 20/240 395134 20/240 395135 20/240 395339 1/1000 395412 10/500 395444 10/2040 395500 100/4000 395530 100/4000 395539 1/1000 395568 100/4000 395569 100/4000 395600 100/4000 395630 100/4000 395639 1/1000 395668 100/4000 395669 100/4000 395700 100/4000 395730 100/4000 395739 1/1000 395768 100/4000 395769 100/4000 395800 100/4000 395830 100/4000 395839 1/1000 395868 100/4000 395869 100/4000 395900 100/4000 395930 100/4000 395939 1/1000 396176** 1/150 396276** 1/150 396376 5/1020 396502 10/1000 396576 10/1000

PG 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.6 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1

Page 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 284 284 171, 284 171, 283 171, 283 248 178, 286 178, 286 220 220 220 220 219 219 219 219 224 224 224 224 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 185 247, 261, 265, 269 247, 261, 265, 269 247, 261, 265, 326 247, 261, 265, 326 247, 261, 265, 326 247, 261, 265, 326 247, 261, 265, 269 247, 261, 265, 326 247, 261, 265, 326 247, 261, 265, 326 247, 261, 265, 326 256 269 269 89, 185, 241 228, 269, 289 256 228, 269, 289 89, 185, 241, 260 89, 185, 241 228, 269, 289 256 228, 269, 289 89, 185, 241, 260 89, 185, 241 228, 269, 289 256 228, 269, 289 89, 185, 241, 260 89, 185, 241 228, 269, 289 256 228, 269, 289 89, 185, 241, 260 89, 185, 241, 260 228, 269, 289 256 326 326 252, 261, 326 247, 260, 264, 325 247, 261, 264, 325

Art. no.

PU

396611 2/80 396612 2/80 396613 2/80 396676 5/1020 396772 5/300 396774 5/300 396776 10/1000 396876 5/300 397100** 1/100 397118** 10/220 397119** 10/220 397124** 10/220 397174** 10/220 397184** 5/150 397188** 5/150 397198** 10/180 397199** 10/180 397218** 10/120 397219** 10/120 397224** 10/120 397274** 10/120 397296** 10/100 397297** 10/100 397298** 10/100 397299** 10/100 397318** 10/80 397319** 10/80 397324** 10/80 397374** 10/130 397396** 10/60 397397** 10/60 397398** 10/60 397399** 10/60 397418** 10/60 397419** 10/60 397424** 10/60 397474** 10/60 397518** 1/38 397519** 1/38 397524** 1/38 397574** 1/38 397619 5/200 397625 5/200 397644 5/200 397819 5/200 397844 5/200 397998** 10/180 399105 2/180 399119 10/360 399142 2/270 399144 10/360 399205 2/100 399219 10/240 399242 2/100 399244 10/240 399305 2/68 399319 10/80 399342 2/68 399344 10/80 399405 2/44 399419 2/44 399442 2/44 399444 2/44 399505 1/38 399519 1/38 399542 1/38 399544 1/38 399898 10/1000 399911 10/300 399916 10/300 399919 10/300 399922 10/300 399939 10/600 399941 10/600 399944 10/300 399972 10/300 399979 10/300 400114 10/60 400115 10/60

PG 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1

Page

Art. no.

PU

257, 263 257, 263 257, 263 257, 263 253 253 253 253 292 291 295 291 295 295 295 291 291 291 295 291 295 292 292 292 292 291 295 291 295 292 292 292 292 291 295 291 295 291 295 291 295 65 65 65 65 65 291, 292, 295 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 89, 186, 228 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 241 241

400119 400144 400160 400214 400215 400219 400244 400260 400314 400315 400319 400344 400360 400414 400415 400419 400444 400460 401114 401115 401119 401144 401160 401214 401215 401219 401244 401260 401314 401315 401319 401344 401360 401414 401415 401419 401444 401460 411515 411519 411529 411543 411546 411560 411569 411594 411599 411815 411819 411829 411843 411846 411860 411869 411894 411899 412019 412046 412060 412094 412115 412119 412129 412143 412146 412160 412169 412194 412199 412215 412219 412229 412246 412260 412269 412294 412299 412306 412315

10/60 10/60 10/60 8/32 8/32 8/32 8/32 8/32 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 8/32 8/32 8/32 8/32 8/32 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/120 10/120 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 5/120 10/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/120 10/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/120 10/120 5/120 5/120

PG 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.2 1.2

Page 241 241 241 241 241 241 241 241 241 241 241 241 241 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 153, 155 153, 155 153, 155 153, 155 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153

* New articles ** Discontinued articles

©2010

| ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW

wwww.merten.com

Art. no.

523

Article number overview


Article number overview

wwww.merten.com

ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW

524

Art. no.

PU

412319 412329 412343 412346 412360 412369 412394 412399 412515 412519 412529 412543 412546 412560 412569 412594 412599 412719 412746 412760 412794 413519 413543 413544 413546 413560 413619 413644 413646 413660 413915 413919 413929 413946 413960 413969 413994 413999 416619 416644 430714 430719 430744 430760 430814 430819 430844 430860 430914 430919 430944 430960 431014 431019 431044 431060 431619 431714 431719 431744 431760 431814 431819 431844 431860 432019 432025 432044 432119 432125 432144 432219 432225 432244 432319 432325 432344 432419 432425

5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/120 10/120 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/50 10/50 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 1/10 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 1/60 1/60 1/60 10/400 10/400 10/400 5/225 5/225 5/225 10/240 10/240 10/240 5/225 5/225

PG 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.8 1 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

* New articles ** Discontinued articles

ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW |©2010

Page 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 154, 156 154, 156 154, 156 154, 156 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 157 157 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 40 40 40 40 45 42 42 42 42 43 43 43 43 38, 43 38, 43 38, 43 38 38 38 39 39 39 38 38 38 52 52

Art. no.

PU

432444 5/225 432519 10/240 432525 10/240 432544 10/240 432619 5/225 432625 5/225 432644 5/225 432719 1/60 432725 1/60 432744 1/60 432819 10/240 432825 10/240 432844 10/240 432919 5/225 432925 5/225 432944 5/225 433014 1/60 433019 1/60 433044 1/60 433060 1/60 433114 5/225 433119 10/400 433144 10/400 433160 5/225 433214 5/225 433219 5/225 433244 5/225 433260 5/225 433314 5/225 433319 10/240 433344 10/240 433360 5/225 433514 5/225 433519 10/240 433544 10/240 433560 5/225 433619** 1/6 433714 1/60 433719 1/60 433744 1/60 433760 1/60 433814 5/225 433819 10/240 433844 10/240 433860 5/225 433919 5/225 433944 5/225 434119 10/400 434144 10/400 434219 5/120 434244 5/120 434319 10/240 434344 10/240 434419 5/120 434444 5/120 434519 10/240 434544 10/240 434614 5/225 434619 5/225 434644 5/225 434660 5/225 434719 5/225 434725 5/225 434744 5/225 434791 10/1000 434792 10/1000 434793 10/1000 434794 10/1000 434819 10/240 434844 10/240 434919 5/120 434944 5/120 435119 5/225 435125 5/225 435144 5/225 435219 5/225 435225 5/225 435244 5/225 435319 5/225

PG 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.8 1 1.8 1 1 1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.1 1.8 1.8 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.1 1.8 1.8 1.1 1 1 1.8 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.8 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Page 52 38 38 38 40, 66 40, 66 40, 66 40, 44 40, 44 40, 44 40 40 40 43 43 43 38, 43 38, 43 38, 43 38, 43 38 38 38 38 39 39 39 39 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 45, 109 40, 44 40, 44 40, 44 40, 44 40 40 40 40 43 43 38 38 39 39 38 38 52 52 38 38 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 17, 28, 33, 39, 42 17, 28, 33, 39, 42 17, 28, 33, 39, 42 17, 28, 33, 39, 42 40 40 43 43 43 43 43 42 42 42 42

Art. no. 435325 435344 435514 435519 435544 435560 435614 435619 435644 435660 435819 435825 435844 435919 435925 435944 436019 436025 436044 436619** 436644** 436719** 436725** 436744** 437019 437043 437044 437046 437060 437119 437144 437219 437243 437244 437246 437260 437319 437344 437514 437519 437544 437560 437619 437643 437644 437646 437660 437719 437760 437819 437843 437844 437846 437860 437919 437943 437944 437946 437960 438019 438043 438044 438046 438060 438519 438525 438544 438719 438725 442519 442544 442619 442644 442719 442744 442819 442844 442919 442944

PU 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 1/100 1/100 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 1/100 1/100 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120

PG 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 8 8 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.1 1 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Page 42 42 52 52 52 52 40, 66 40, 66 40, 66 40, 66 42 42 42 42 42 42 40 40 40 46 46 46 46 46 155 155 155 155 155 46 46 155 155 155 155 155 46 46 41 41 41 41 155 155 155 155 155 43, 67 43, 67 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 154 154 154 154 154 41 41 41 43, 67 43, 67 183 183 183 183 183 183 183 183 183 183


ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW PU

443019 443044 443119 443144 443219 443244 443319 443344 443419 443444 443519 443544 443619 443644 443719 443744 443819 443844 443919 443944 444019 444044 444119 444144 444219 444244 444319 444344 444419 444444 444519 444544 444619 444644 444719 444744 444819 444844 447319 447325 447419 447425 447519 447525 447619 447625 447719 447725 447819 447825 447919 447925 450019 450025 450119 450125 450219 450225 450319 450325 450419 450425 450519 450525 450619 450625 450719 450725 450819 450825 450919 450925 451019 451025 451119 451125 451219 451225 451319

10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150

PG 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Page 183 183 183 183 183 183 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 185 185 184 184 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87

Art. no. 451325 451419 451425 451519 451525 451619 451625 451719 451725 451819 451825 451919 451925 452019 452025 452119 452125 452219 452225 452319 452325 460019** 460074** 460119** 460174** 460219** 460274** 460319** 460374** 460419** 460474** 460519** 460574** 460619 460644 460719** 460774** 460819** 460860 460874** 460919** 460974** 461119** 461174** 461318** 461324** 461381** 461385** 461386** 461387** 461388** 461389** 461390** 461391** 461392** 461393** 461394** 461395** 461396** 461397** 461398** 461399** 461518** 461524** 461590 461591 461592 461593 461594 461619 461644 461646 461660 461714 461719 461744 461760 461819 461825

PU 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 10/180 10/180 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 10/40 10/40 10/180 10/180 5/150 5/150 5/150 1/30 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 1/50 1/50 10/300 10/300 10/300 5/150 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 5/200 5/200 4/240 4/240 4/240 4/240 4/240 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/200 5/200 5/200 5/200 10/180 10/180

PG 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1

Page 87 87 87 88 88 88 88 88 88 87 87 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 178, 287 178, 287 287 287 287 287 287 287 287 287 287, 289 287, 289 76 76 287 287 289 249 289 289 289 289 289 284 284 286 286 286 285 284 285 285 284 284 285 286 285 285 285 285 285 180, 288 180, 288 80, 181, 428 80, 181, 428 80, 181, 428 80, 181, 428 80, 181, 428 181 181 181 181 80, 427 80, 427 80, 427 80, 427 76 76

Art. no. 461844 461919 461925 461944 462119 462144 462219 462244 462319 462344 462419 462444 462519 462544 463305 463319 463342 463344 463386 463387 463388 463389 463390 463391 463392 463393 463395 463397 463398 463399 463919 463944 464019 464025 464044 464215 464219 464229 464244 464246 464260 464269 464315 464319 464329 464344 464346 464360 464369 464379 464380 464381 464383 464384 464386 464387 464389 464390 464391 464392 464393 464394 464395 464396 464397 464398 464399 464505 464519 464542 464544 464614 464619 464644 464660 464819** 464874** 464919 464925

PU 10/180 5/200 5/200 5/200 10/220 10/220 10/120 10/120 10/80 10/80 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/300 5/150 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 5/150 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/240 10/240 1/50 1/50

PG 1 1 1 1 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1

Page 76 80, 427 80, 427 80, 427 104 104 104 104 104 104 105 105 105 105 220, 426 220, 426 220, 426 220, 426 221 221 220 221 221 220 220 221 221 221 221, 426 221, 426 80 80 80 80 80 182 182 182 182 182 182 182 172, 425 172, 240, 425 172, 425 172, 240, 425 172, 425 172, 240, 425 172, 425 71, 173 70, 173 71, 174 71, 174 72, 174, 240, 426 71, 174 71, 174 71, 173 71, 173 70, 173 70, 173 70, 173 71, 174, 426 70, 173 71, 174 70, 173 71, 173, 426 71, 173, 425 227 227 227 227 70, 425 70, 425 70, 425 70, 425 288 288 70, 425 70, 425

* New articles ** Discontinued articles

©2010

| ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW

wwww.merten.com

Art. no.

525

Article number overview


Article number overview

wwww.merten.com

ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW

526

Art. no.

PU

464944 465009 465010 465015 465025 465104 465108 465206 465226 465236 465304 465404 465408 465516 465518 465580 465581 465582 465583 465590 465591 465595 465701 465702 465703 465706 465707 465708 465709 465710 465711 465712 465713 465714 465720 465721 465760 465930 466097 466098 466099 466814 466819 466844 466914 466919 467014 467019 467114 467119 467144 467214 467219 467244 467314 467319 467344 467414 467419 467444 467514 467519 467544 467619 467625 467644 467719 467725 467744 467819 467825 467844 467919 467925 467944 468019 468025 468044 468114

1/50 5/500 5/500 5/500 5/500 10/40 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/40 5/150 5/250 5/250 5/250 2/100 2/100 2/100 2/100 10/600 1/60 5/120 10/40 10/40 1/50 1/50 1/60 1/60 1/60 10/150 1/15 1/16 1/150 1/16 10/50 1/50 1/30 1/1 1/54 1/54 1/54 2/96 2/96 2/96 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 2/176 2/176 2/176 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/44 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/38 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150

PG

Page

Art. no.

PU

70, 425 1 76, 174, 221, 323 1 77, 83, 175, 222 1 76, 175, 222, 323 1 77, 175, 222, 323 1 178, 224, 323 1 178, 224, 323 1 72, 175, 222, 321 1 72, 175, 222, 321 1 72, 175, 222, 321 1 75, 178, 224, 323 1 178, 224, 323 1 178, 224, 323 1 80, 181, 226, 323 1 80, 181, 226, 323 1 72, 174, 240, 324 1 72, 174, 240, 324 1 72, 174, 240, 324 1 72, 174, 240, 324 1 240, 324 1 240, 324 1 80, 181, 226, 323 1 174, 78, 177, 180, 223, 175, 79, 177, 180, 223, 175, 79, 177, 180, 224, 1 75, 79, 177, 180, 224 1 73, 77, 176, 179, 222 1 74, 79, 177, 180, 223 1 73, 78, 176, 179, 223 423 1 422 1 422 1 422 1 422 1 74, 78, 177, 179, 1 74, 78, 177, 179, 1 249 1.6 73, 176, 222, 321 1 81, 182, 227, 324 1 81, 181, 226, 324 1 81, 182, 226, 324 1 118 1.1 118 1.1 118 1.1 82, 182, 227, 325 1 82, 182, 227, 325 1 82, 182, 227, 325 1 82, 182, 227, 325 1 118 1.1 118 1.1 118 1.1 118 1.1 118 1.1 118 1.1 119 1.1 119 1.1 119 1.1 119 1.1 119 1.1 119 1.1 119 1.1 119 1.1 119 1.1 76 1 76 1 76 1 76 1 76 1 76 1 76 1 76 1 76 1 77 1 77 1 77 1 83 1 83 1 83 1 76 1.1

468119 468144 468160 468214 468219 468244 468260 468314 468319 468344 468360 468419 468425 468444 468514 468519 468544 468560 468714 468719 468744 468760 468819 468825 468844 468914 468919 468944 468960 469019 469025 469044 469119 469125 469144 469214 469219 469244 469260 469314 469319 469344 469360 469414 469419 469444 469460 470119 470125 470144 470219 470225 470244 470319 470325 470344 470419 470425 470444 470519 470525 470544 470914 470919 470944 471219 471225 471244 471319 471325 471344 471419 471425 471444 471519 471525 471544 472214 472219

5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 1/100 1/100 1/100 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 10/50 10/50 10/50 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 2/176 2/176 2/176 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/44 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/38 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/44 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/38 2/96 2/96

* New articles ** Discontinued articles

ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW |©2010

PG 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1

Page

Art. no.

PU

76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 83 83 83 77, 83 77, 83 77, 83 77, 83 77 77 77 77 82 82 82 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 77, 83 77, 83 77, 83 83 83 83 83 82 82 82 82 83 83 83 83 105 105 105 106 106 106 106 106 106 107 107 107 107 107 107 119 119 119 105 105 105 106 106 106 106 106 106 107 107 107 123 123

472244 472260 472314 472319 472344 472360 473219 473244 473319 473344 473419 473444 473519 473544 474119 474144 474219 474244 474319 474344 474419 474444 474519 474544 475114 475139 475160 475214 475239 475260 475314 475339 475360 475414 475439 475460 475514 475539 475560 475814 475839 475860 475914 475939 475960 476114 476119 476144 476160 476214 476219 476244 476260 476314 476319 476344 476360 476814 476819 476844 476914 476919 476944 477114 477119 477144 477214 477219 477244 477314 477319 477344 477414 477419 477444 477514 477519 477544 477903

2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 2/176 2/176 2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/88 1/88 1/88 1/48 1/48 1/48 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/48 1/48 1/48 1/32 1/32 1/32 2/176 2/176 2/176 2/176 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/176 2/176 2/176 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/44 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/32

PG 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1

Page 123 123 123 123 123 123 105 105 106 106 106 106 107 107 105 105 106 106 106 106 107 107 107 107 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 124 124 124 124 118 118 118 119 119 119 118 118 118 118 118 118 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 130


ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW PU

477906 477915 477919 477960 477978 478014 478019 478025 478044 478060 478119 478125 478144 478219 478225 478244 478319 478325 478344 478419 478425 478444 478519 478525 478544 478819 478825 478844 478919 478925 478944 480160 480260 480360 481106 481115 481119 481129 481146 481160 481169 481194 481199 481215 481219 481229 481246 481260 481269 481294 481299 481315 481319 481329 481346 481360 481369 481394 481399 481415 481419 481429 481446 481460 481469 481494 481499 481515 481519 481529 481546 481560 481569 481594 481599 481819 481844 481846 481860

1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 5/40 5/40 5/40 5/40 5/40 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/200 10/200 10/200 10/60 10/60 10/60 2/44 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/38 10/200 10/200 10/200 2/64 2/64 2/64 1/100 1/75 1/58 2/196 2/196 10/300 2/196 2/196 2/196 2/196 10/220 10/220 2/100 10/200 2/100 2/100 2/100 2/100 10/120 10/120 2/68 10/60 2/68 2/68 2/68 2/68 10/80 10/80 2/44 2/44 2/44 2/44 2/44 2/44 10/60 10/60 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/38 10/200 10/200 2/96 2/96

PG 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.8 1 1.8 1.8 1 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.2 1.2 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1.2 1.2

Page

Art. no.

PU

130 130 130 130 130 112 112 112 112 112 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 105 105 105 105 105 105 104 104 104 104 104 104 249 249 249 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 191 191 191 191 191 191 191 191 191 191 191 191 191 191 191 191 190 190 190 190

481919 481944 481946 481960 482160 482260 482360 482460 482860 483115 483119 483121 483143 483144 483215 483219 483221 483243 483244 483315 483319 483321 483343 483344 483415 483419 483421 483443 483444 483515 483519 483521 483543 483544 483819 483821 483843 483844 484100 484119 484144 484219 484244 484319 484344 484419 484444 484519 484544 484819 484844 484919 484944 485114 485119 485144 485160 485170 485178 485214 485219 485244 485260 485270 485278 485314 485319 485344 485360 485370 485378 485414 485419 485444 485460 485470 485478 485514 485519

2/100 2/100 2/100 2/100 2/176 2/102 2/60 2/42 2/102 2/160 2/160 2/160 2/160 2/160 2/90 2/90 2/90 2/90 2/90 2/72 2/72 2/72 2/72 2/72 2/44 2/44 2/44 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/38 2/90 2/90 2/90 2/90 1/100 10/300 10/300 10/200 10/200 10/60 10/60 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 10/200 10/200 2/64 2/64 2/176 10/300 10/300 2/176 2/176 2/176 2/96 10/160 10/160 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/64 10/60 10/60 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/44 2/44 2/44 2/44 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38

PG 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1

Page

Art. no.

PU

190 190 190 190 202 202 202 202 202 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 107 104 104 104 104 104 104 105 105 105 105 104 104 104 104 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 117 117

485544 485560 485570 485578 485814 485819 485844 485860 485870 485878 485914 485919 485944 485960 485970 485978 486100 486114 486119 486144 486160 486214 486219 486244 486260 486314 486319 486344 486360 486414 486419 486444 486460 486514 486519 486544 486560 486814 486819 486844 486914 486919 486944 487114 487119 487144 487214 487219 487244 487314 487319 487344 487414 487419 487444 487514 487519 487544 487803 487806 487815 487819 487860 487878 488114 488119 488160 488214 488219 488260 488314 488319 488360 488814 488819 488844 488860 488914 488919

1/38 1/38 1/38 1/38 2/96 10/160 10/160 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 1/100 2/176 10/300 10/300 2/176 2/96 10/160 10/160 2/96 2/64 10/60 10/60 2/64 2/44 2/44 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/38 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/176 2/176 2/176 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/44 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/48 1/48 1/48 1/48 1/48 1/48 2/176 10/180 2/176 2/96 10/90 2/96 2/64 10/60 2/64 2/96 10/90 10/90 2/96 2/64 2/64

PG 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1

Page 117 117 117 117 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 124 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 118 118 118 119 119 119 118 118 118 118 118 118 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 130 130 130 130 130 130 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 122 122 122 122 122 122

* New articles ** Discontinued articles

©2010

| ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW

wwww.merten.com

Art. no.

527

Article number overview


Article number overview

wwww.merten.com

ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW

528

Art. no.

PU

488944 488960 489103 489106 489115 489119 489160 489178 489203 489206 489215 489219 489260 489278 489303 489306 489315 489319 489360 489378 489403 489406 489415 489419 489460 489478 489503 489506 489515 489519 489560 489578 489960 500114 500119 500144 500160 501119 501125 501144 502414 502419 502444 502460 502514 502519 502544 502560 502614 502619 502644 502660 503119 503125 503219 503225 503319 503325 503419 503425 503444 503519 503525 503544 503619 503625 503644 504419 504444 504446 504460 504519 504544 504546 504560 504619 504644 504646 504660

2/64 2/64 1/88 1/88 1/88 1/88 1/88 1/88 1/48 1/48 1/48 1/48 1/48 1/48 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/5 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 10/180 10/180 10/90 10/90 10/60 10/60 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100

PG 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

Page 122 122 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 131 131 131 131 131 131 478, 503 24, 48 24, 48 24, 48 24, 48 24, 48 24, 48 24, 48 49, 338, 359 49, 338, 359 49, 338, 359 49, 338, 359 54, 340, 374 54, 340, 374 54, 340, 374 54, 340, 374 49, 337, 358 49, 337, 358 49, 337, 358 49, 337, 358 126 126 126 126 126 126 49, 338, 359 49, 338, 359 49, 338, 359 54, 340, 374 54, 340, 374 54, 340, 374 49, 337, 358 49, 337, 358 49, 337, 358 160, 338, 359 160, 338, 359 160, 338, 359 160, 338, 359 164, 341, 375 164, 341, 375 164, 341, 375 164, 341, 375 160, 337, 358 160, 337, 358 160, 337, 358 160, 337, 358

* New articles ** Discontinued articles

ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW |©2010

Art. no.

PU

505114 1/40 505119 1/40 505144 1/40 505160 1/40 505214 1/40 505219 1/40 505244 1/40 505260 1/40 505599 1/70 505919 1/6 505960 1/6 506004 1/100 506119 1/40 506125 1/40 506144 1/40 506219 1/40 506225 1/40 506244 1/40 506801 1/12 506923 1/6 507119 1/40 507144 1/40 507146 1/40 507160 1/40 507219 1/40 507244 1/40 507246 1/40 507260 1/40 507501 1/100 507502 1/100 507601 1/100 507801 1/100 507900 1/100 508014 1/40 508019 1/40 508044 1/40 508060 1/40 508119 1/40 508125 1/40 508144 1/40 508219 1/40 508244 1/40 508246 1/40 508260 1/40 508519 1/16 508619 1/16 509201** 1/10 509519 1/12 509560 1/12 509590 1/48 510501 5/300 511019** 1/40 511074** 1/40 511119** 1/40 511174** 1/40 511219** 1/20 511274** 1/20 511319** 1/15 511374** 1/15 512106 1/40 512115 1/40 512119 1/40 512129 1/40 512144 1/40 512169 1/40 512215 1/20 512219 1/20 512229 1/20 512244 1/20 512269 1/20 512315 1/15 512319 1/15 512329 1/15 512344 1/15 512369 1/15 512400 1/160 512403 1/56 512499 10/180 512503 1/45

PG 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8.4 8.4 8.4 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1 1 1 1

Page 50, 334 50, 334 50, 334 50, 334 51, 335 51, 335 51, 335 51, 335 333 332 332 336 50, 334 50, 334 50, 334 51, 335 51, 335 51, 335 333 321, 333, 363, 380 161, 336 161, 336 161, 336 161, 336 161, 336 161, 336 161, 336 161, 336 338 339 339 341 339 50, 334 50, 334 50, 334 50, 334 50, 334 50, 334 50, 334 160, 335 160, 335 160, 335 160, 335 339 340 342 341, 392 341, 392 342, 393 95, 99, 272 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 191, 230, 272 191, 272 108, 191, 230, 272 191, 272 108, 191, 230, 272 191, 272 191, 272 108, 191, 230, 272 191, 272 108, 191, 230, 272 191, 272 191, 273 108, 191, 230, 273 191, 273 108, 191, 230, 273 191, 273 127 126 127 126

Art. no. 512599 512603 512699 513219 513225 513244 513319 513325 513344 514119 514125 514144 514219 514225 514244 514319 514325 514344 514919 514925 514944 515119 515125 515144 515219 515225 515244 515319 515325 515344 515419 515425 515444 515519 515525 515544 515819 515825 515844 515990 516094 516099 516119 516144 516146 516160 516314 516315 516319 516344 516360 516419 516443 516444 516446 516460 516514 516515 516519 516544 516560 516614 516615 516619 516644 516660 516819 516844 516914 516915 516919 516944 516960 517005** 517042** 517094** 517099** 517119** 517174**

PU 10/90 1/30 10/60 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/176 2/176 2/176 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/160 10/160 10/160 10/60 10/60 10/60 2/44 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/38 2/96 2/96 2/96 1/150 5/300 5/300 5/75 5/75 5/75 5/75 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/500 5/500 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 5/300 5/300

PG 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2.1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1

Page 127 126 127 123 123 123 124 124 124 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 123 123 123 123 123 123 122 122 122 142, 144, 148, 153 172 172 172 172 172 172 241 241 241 241 241 89, 186 89, 186 89, 186 89, 186 89, 186 240 240 240 240 240 241 241 241 241 241 220 220 240 240 240 240 240 228, 289 228, 289 228, 289 228, 289 284 284


ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW

517405** 517453 517474** 517497** 517498** 517617 517619 517644 517717 517719 517744 517817 517819 517844 517917 517919 517944 518015** 518019** 518029** 518044** 518046** 518060** 518069** 518114 518119 518144 518160 518214 518219 518244 518260 518314 518319 518344 518360 518415 518419 518429 518444 518446 518460 518469 518519 518525 518544 518619 518625 518644 519119 519125 519144 519219 519225 519244 519319 519325 519344 520227 520327 520427 520619 520827 520900 521044 521427 521927 522175 523017 523019 523044 526129 526229 528068 533497 533498 533591 533963 534062

PU 5/75 5/60 5/75 5/75 5/75 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/210 10/210 10/210 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/200 10/200 10/200 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 5/300 5/300 5/300 5/300 5/75 5/75 5/75 5/75 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 5/300 5/300 5/300 5/75 5/75 5/75 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/20 1/20 1/20 1/15 1/15 1/15 2/22 2/22 5/60 5/40 5/30 10/480 5/20 5/10 1/12 1/30 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/200 10/100 10/40 1/100 1/50 50/900 10/180 10/240

PG

Page

220 1.1 172 1.4 172, 220, 284 1 220 1.1 172, 220, 284 1 271 1.5 271 1.5 271 1.5 271 1.5 271 1.5 271 1.5 271 1.5 271 1.5 271 1.5 271 1.5 271 1.5 271 1.5 186, 193, 289 1.2 186, 193, 289 1 186, 193, 289 1.2 186, 193, 289 1 186, 193, 289 1.2 186, 193, 289 1.2 186, 193, 289 1.2 69 1.1 69 1 69 1 69 1.1 70 1.1 70 1 70 1 70 1.1 241 2.1 241 2.1 241 2.1 241 2.1 89, 186 1.2 89, 186 1 89, 186 1.2 89, 186 1 89, 186 1.2 89, 186 1.2 89, 186 1.2 69 1 69 1 69 1 70 1 70 1 70 1 94, 99, 272 1.5 94, 99, 272 1.5 94, 99, 272 1.5 94, 99, 272 1.5 94, 99, 272 1.5 94, 99, 272 1.5 94, 99, 272 1.5 94, 99, 272 1.5 94, 99, 272 1.5 508 6 508 6 508 6.1 508 6.1 508 6 509 6 508 6 508 6 509 6 263 2 271 1.5 271 1.5 271 1.5 509 7 509 7 241, 249 1.6 327 8 8 22, 26, 30, 142, 144 326 1 263, 265 2 257 2

Art. no.

PU

534119 10/240 534162 10/240 534719 1/150 534725 1/150 534744 1/150 534819 1/150 534825 1/150 534844 1/150 534919 1/150 534925 1/150 534944 1/150 535060 10/1000 535062 10/1000 535063 10/1000 535160 20/2000 535162 20/2000 535163 20/2000 535451 1/12 535491 1/80 535493 1/12 535563 10/300 535593 1/12 535814 1/150 535819 1/150 535844 1/150 535860 1/150 535919 10/500 535960 10/1000 535962 10/500 536019 10/1000 536061 10/1000 536062 10/1000 536114 1/150 536119 1/150 536144 1/150 536160 1/150 536214 1/150 536219 1/150 536244 1/150 536260 1/150 536302 1/50 536304 1/50 536400 1/50 536401 1/50 536492 1/150 536494 1/150 536495 1/150 536499 1/150 536518** 1/150 536524** 1/150 537100 1/12 537119** 1/150 537174** 1/150 537292 1/150 537294 1/150 537295 1/150 537299 1/150 537415 1/150 537419 1/150 537429 1/150 537443 1/150 537444 1/150 537446 1/150 537460 1/150 537469 1/150 537515 1/150 537519 1/150 537529 1/150 537543 1/150 537544 1/150 537546 1/150 537560 1/150 537569 1/150 538000 1/40 538034** 1/100 538039** 1/100 538105 1/100 538119 1/100 538142 1/100

PG 2 2 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 4 4 4 2 4 8 8 8 8 2 2 2 2 2 2 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8.5 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

Page 257 257 56 56 56 56 56 56 57 57 57 95, 99, 108, 192, 95, 99, 108, 192, 192, 273 95, 99, 108, 192, 95, 99, 108, 192, 192, 273 512 510, 511, 512 511 257 510 57 57 57 57 257 263, 265 257 257 263, 265 257 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56, 166, 218, 319 56, 166, 218, 319 57, 166, 219, 320 57, 166, 219, 320 219 219 219 219 283 283 57, 166, 219, 320 283 283 219 219 219 219 166 166 166 166 166 166 166 166 166 166 166 166 166 166 166 166 310 280 280 214 214 214

Art. no. 538144 538200 538234** 538239** 538315 538319 538329 538343 538346 538360 538369 538394 538399 538415 538419 538429 538443 538446 538460 538469 538494 538499 538519** 538574** 538719 538744 538819 538844 538905 538919 538942 538944 539014 539019 539044 539060 539105 539119 539142 539144 539214 539219 539244 539260 539319 539344 539419 539444 539591 539654 539656 539715 539719 539729 539743 539744 539746 539760 539769 539819 539844 539919** 539944** 542894** 542895 544529 544819 544829 544890 544894 545715 545719 547000 547019 547119 547519 547560 548001 548019

PU 1/100 1/40 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/150 1/150 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 14/224 1/1000 1/1000 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/100 1/100 5/120 5/120 1/48 10/450 1/45 1/35 1/35 1/35 1/35 1/20 1/20 1/50 1/23 1/23 1/10 1/10 1/60 1/10

PG 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3

Page 214 310 280 280 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 283 283 52 52 46 46 214 214 214 214 47 47 47 47 218 218 218 218 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 326 30, 148, 210 30, 148, 210 166 166 166 166 166 166 166 166 52 52 51, 352 51, 352 316, 327, 351, 365 327, 395, 413 412 412 413 412 413 388 388 418 418 418 417 417 418 416

* New articles ** Discontinued articles

©2010

| ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW

wwww.merten.com

Art. no.

529

Article number overview


ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW

Article number overview

wwww.merten.com

Art. no.

530

PU

548060 1/10 548519 1/10 548560 1/10 550419 1/6 550499 1/6 550590 1/6 550591 1/6 550619 1/21 550892 20/4080 550992 20/4080 551092 20/4080 551192 20/4080 551292 20/4080 552019 1/60 552119 1/150 554395 1/40 554399 1/40 561119 1/60 561160 1/60 561219 1/60 561260 1/60 561319 1/40 561360 1/40 564315 1/3 564319 1/3 564415 1/6 564419 1/6 565119 1/6 565219 1/12 565291 1/21 565292 1/21 565293 1/21 565415 1/6 565419 1/12 565426 1/6 565469 1/6 565495 1/24 565519 1/12 565560 1/12 565590 1/100 565615 1/6 565619 1/6 565669 1/6 567019** 5/120 567025** 5/120 567044** 5/120 567119 1/100 567125 1/100 567144 1/100 567219 1/100 567225 1/100 567244 1/100 567319 1/100 567325 1/100 567419 1/100 567425 1/100 567444 1/100 567519 1/100 567525 1/100 567544 1/100 567619 1/100 567625 1/100 567644 1/100 567714 1/60 567719 1/60 567744 1/60 567760 1/60 567819 1/60 567825 1/60 567844 1/60 568099 1/50 568199 1/100 568200 1/15 568201 1/15 568300 1/15 568301 1/15 568499 1/100 568714 1/40 568719 1/40

PG 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8.4 8.4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8 8 8 1 1 1 8 8 8 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 8 8 8

* New articles ** Discontinued articles

ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW |©2010

Page 416 417 417 404 404 405 405 408, 469 327 327 327 327 327 365 327, 365 394 394 68 68 68 68 68 68 391 391 391 391 388 389 394 394 394 389 389 390 389 394 392 392 395 390 390 390 51, 352 51, 352 51, 352 52 52 52 46 46 46 46 46 47 47 47 47 47 47 52 52 52 52, 348 52, 348 52, 348 52, 348 52, 348 52, 348 52, 348 311, 353 159, 353 203 203 204 204 49, 353 55, 398 55, 398

Art. no.

PU

568744 1/40 568760 1/40 568819 1/40 568825 1/40 568844 1/40 569000 1/100 569090 1/100 569091 1/100 569092 1/100 569100 1/15 569101 1/15 569190 1/100 569200 1/15 569201 1/15 569290 1/100 569300 1/15 569301 1/15 569390 1/100 569400 1/15 569401 1/15 569500 1/15 569501 1/15 569614 1/100 569619 1/100 569644 1/100 569660 1/100 569814 1/100 569819 1/100 569844 1/100 569860 1/100 569914** 5/120 569919** 5/120 569944** 5/120 569960** 5/120 570114 1/100 570119 1/100 570144 1/100 570160 1/100 570222 1/48 570314 1/100 570319 1/100 570344 1/100 570360 1/100 570419 1/100 570444 1/100 570915 1/100 570919 1/100 570929 1/100 570943 1/100 570944 1/100 570946 1/100 570960 1/100 570969 1/100 571119 1/100 571144 1/100 571519** 1/100 571544** 1/100 571617** 1/72 571619** 1/72 571644** 1/72 571715** 1/100 571719** 1/100 571729** 1/100 571743** 1/100 571744** 1/100 571746** 1/100 571760** 1/100 571769** 1/100 571829 1/72 571915 1/10 571930 1/10 571950 1/10 572015** 5/120 572019** 10/120 572029** 5/120 572043** 5/120 572046** 5/120 572060** 5/120 572069** 5/120

PG 8 8 8 8 8 1.7 8 8 8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 8 8 8 8 1.1 1 1 1.1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

Page 55, 398 55, 398 55, 398 55, 398 55, 398 207 204 206 207 202 202 204 203 203 204 203 203 204 203 203 204 204 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 51, 352 51, 352 51, 352 51, 352 48, 357 48, 357 48, 357 48, 357 320, 362, 380, 469 48, 357 48, 357 48, 357 48, 357 48, 357 48, 357 159, 358 159, 358 159, 358 159, 358 159, 358 159, 358 159, 358 159, 358 48, 357 48, 357 215, 353 215, 353 269, 360 269, 360 269, 360 162, 353 162, 353 162, 353 162, 353 162, 353 162, 353 162, 353 162, 353 360 361 361 361 162, 352 162, 352 162, 352 162, 352 162, 352 162, 352 162, 352

Art. no. 572094** 572099** 572199** 572299** 572319** 572374** 572499** 572529 572599** 572605 572619 572642 572644 572799** 572819 572825 572844 572999** 573299** 573399 573417** 573419** 573444** 573529 573599 573715 573719 573729 573743 573744 573746 573760 573769 573814 573815 573819 573844 573860 573998 573999 574029 574099 574174** 574198** 574205 574219 574242 574244 574697 574819** 574874** 574905 574919 574942 574944 575305 575319 575342 575344 575519 575525 575544 575605 575619 575642 575644 575799 575897 576101 576102 576397 576398 576399 576499 576799 576897 577099 577129 577199**

PU 5/120 5/120 1/50 1/72 5/120 5/120 1/72 1/72 1/72 5/120 10/120 5/120 10/120 1/30 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/50 1/50 1/60 1/72 1/72 1/72 1/50 1/60 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/60 1/60 1/50 1/60 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/60 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/50 1/50 10/300 10/300 1/40 1/100 1/24 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50

PG 8 8 8.5 8.5 8 8 8 8 8.5 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8.5

Page 162, 352 162, 352 315, 351 315, 351 281 281 315, 351 360 316, 351 215, 350, 352 215, 350, 352 215, 350, 352 215, 350, 352 315, 352 55, 399 55, 399 55, 399 316, 351, 360 316, 351 206, 311, 354 269, 360 269, 360 269, 360 362 206, 312, 354 159, 357 159, 357 159, 357 159, 357 159, 357 159, 357 159, 357 159, 357 238, 357 238, 357 238, 357 238, 357 238, 357 204, 314, 356, 365 314, 356, 365 359 320, 359 280 280 215, 357 215, 357 215, 357 215, 357 205, 312, 355 281 281 215, 358 215, 358 215, 358 215, 358 217, 399 217, 399 217, 399 217, 399 55, 398 55, 398 55, 398 218, 400 218, 400 218, 400 218, 400 205, 312, 355 205, 313, 355 327 327 370, 490 319, 369, 490 319, 369, 490 206, 207, 313, 318 56, 165, 218, 239 56, 165, 218, 239 205, 311, 337, 348 361 316, 351


ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW

577299 577399 577619 577625 577644 577791 577794 577796 577797 577798 577829 577899 577919 577925 577944 578114 578115 578119 578144 578160 578219** 578274** 578319** 578374** 578414 578419 578444 578460 578514 578519 578544 578560 578615 578619 578629 578644 578646 578660 578669 579515 579519 579529 579544 579546 579560 579569 580019** 580074** 580119** 580174** 580219** 580274** 580319** 580374** 580419** 580474** 580519** 580574** 580690 580691 580692 580693 580698 580699 580919** 580974** 581119** 581174** 581219 581225 581244 581419 581425 581444 581519 581525 581544 581619 581625

PU 1/60 1/60 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/24 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/50 1/60 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/2 1/54 1/2 1/25 1/50 1/50 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10

PG 8 8 8 8 8 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

Page 206, 311, 354 320, 359 48, 357 48, 357 48, 357 363 360 363 364 364 362 206, 312, 355 48, 357 48, 357 48, 357 239, 400 239, 400 239, 400 239, 400 239, 400 282 282 283 283 55, 398 55, 398 55, 398 55, 398 55, 399 55, 399 55, 399 55, 399 165, 399 165, 399 165, 399 165, 399 165, 399 165, 399 165, 399 165, 399 165, 399 165, 399 165, 399 165, 399 165, 399 165, 399 280 280 282 282 281 281 282 282 282 282 281 281 379 379 379 380 318, 340, 369 319, 340, 369 282 282 282 282 47 47 47 54, 375 54, 375 54, 375 54, 377 54, 377 54, 377 55, 378 55, 378

Art. no. 581644 581914* 581919 581944 581960* 582005 582019 582042 582044 582105 582119 582142 582144 582205 582219 582242 582244 582305 582319 582342 582344 582405 582419 582442 582444 582505 582519 582542 582544 583105 583119 583142 583144 583619** 583674** 583699 583905 583919 583942 583944 584015 584019 584029 584043 584044 584046 584060 584069 584115 584119 584129 584143 584144 584146 584160 584169 584215 584219 584229 584243 584244 584246 584260 584269 584315 584319 584329 584343 584344 584346 584360 584369 584415 584419 584429 584443 584444 584446 584460

PU 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 5/120 5/120 1/50 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/60 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60

PG 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

Page

Art. no.

PU

55, 378 54, 375 54, 375 54, 375 54, 375 214 214 214 214 217, 377 217, 377 217, 377 217, 377 216, 370 216, 370 216, 370 216, 370 216, 373 216, 373 216, 373 216, 373 217, 374 217, 374 217, 374 217, 374 216, 371 216, 371 216, 371 216, 371 217, 379 217, 379 217, 379 217, 379 279 279 317 217, 376 217, 376 217, 376 217, 376 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 164, 377 164, 377 164, 377 164, 377 164, 377 164, 377 164, 377 164, 377 163, 370 163, 370 163, 370 163, 370 163, 370 163, 370 163, 370 163, 370 163, 372 163, 372 163, 372 163, 372 163, 372 163, 372 163, 372 163, 372 164, 374 164, 374 164, 374 164, 374 164, 374 164, 374 164, 374

584469 584515 584519 584529 584543 584544 584546 584560 584569 585115 585119 585129 585143 585144 585146 585160 585169 585919 585944 585946 585960 586014 586019 586044 586060 586114 586119 586144 586160 586214 586219 586244 586260 586314 586319 586344 586360 586414 586419 586444 586460 586514 586519 586544 586560 586714 586719 586744 586760 587014 587019 587044 587060 587090 587091 587092 587093 587094 587095 587096 587419 587425 587444 587514 587519 587544 587560 587614 587619 587644 587660 587719 587725 587744 587819 587825 587844 587919 587925

1/60 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/60 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/150 1/150 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100

PG 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

Page 164, 374 163, 371 163, 371 163, 371 163, 371 163, 371 163, 371 163, 371 163, 371 164, 378 164, 378 164, 378 164, 378 164, 378 164, 378 164, 378 164, 378 164, 376 164, 376 164, 376 164, 376 47 47 47 47 54, 377 54, 377 54, 377 54, 377 53, 370 53, 370 53, 370 53, 370 53, 372 53, 372 53, 372 53, 372 54, 373 54, 373 54, 373 54, 373 53, 371 53, 371 53, 371 53, 371 55, 378 55, 378 55, 378 55, 378 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 68 68 68 68 67 67 67 67 53, 370 53, 370 53, 370 53, 371 53, 371 53, 371 53, 372 53, 372

* New articles ** Discontinued articles

©2010

| ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW

wwww.merten.com

Art. no.

531

Article number overview


Article number overview

wwww.merten.com

ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW

532

Art. no.

PU

587944 588019 588025 588044 590722 591019 591519 592119 592144 592146 592160 592219 592244 592246 592260 592290 592591 592599 594114 594119 594144 594160 594214 594219 594244 594260 615014 615022 615034 616002 616719 616725 616744 616790 616814 616819 616844 616860 616919 616944 616946 616960 617119 617125 617144 617219 617225 617244 617419 617425 617444 617519 617525 617544 617819 618319 618320 618419 618420 619119 619125 619144 619219 619225 619244 619319 619325 619344 619419 619425 619444 619519 619525 619544 619619 619625 619644 619719 619725

1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/12 1/16 1/16 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/60 1/100 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/1 1/20 1/4 1/1 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/48 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150

PG 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

Page

Art. no.

PU

53, 372 54, 373 54, 373 54, 373 461 499 499 462 462 462 462 462 462 462 462 394 500 462 461 461 461 461 462 462 462 462 437 327, 447, 453 475 440 63, 458 63, 458 63, 458 458, 461 63, 458 63, 458 63, 458 63, 458 171, 460 171, 460 171, 460 171, 460 57, 444 57, 444 57, 444 57, 444 57, 444 57, 444 58, 445 58, 445 58, 445 58, 446 58, 446 58, 446 168, 453 59, 447 59, 447 59, 447 59, 447 59, 447 59, 447 59, 447 49, 60, 353, 448 49, 60, 353, 448 49, 60, 353, 448 60, 448 60, 448 60, 448 60, 448 60, 448 60, 448 60, 449 60, 449 60, 449 61, 449 61, 449 61, 449 61, 449 61, 449

619744 625114 625119 625144 625160 625199 625214 625219 625244 625260 625299 625414 625419 625444 625460 625514 625519 625544 625560 625614 625619 625644 625660 625714 625719 625744 625760 625814 625819 625844 625860 626119 626144 626146 626160 626199 626219 626244 626246 626260 626299 626419 626444 626446 626460 626519 626544 626546 626560 626619 626644 626646 626660 626719 626744 626746 626760 626819 626844 626846 626860 627514 627519 627544 627560 627591 627614 627619 627644 627660 627814 627819 627844 627860 627914 627919 627944 627960 628019

1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/60 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/60 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/60 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/60 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 10/160 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60

* New articles ** Discontinued articles

ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW |©2010

PG 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

Page

Art. no.

PU

61, 449 59, 447 59, 447 59, 447 59, 447 59, 447 49, 60, 353, 448 49, 60, 353, 448 49, 60, 353, 448 49, 60, 353, 448 60, 448 60, 448 60, 448 60, 448 60, 448 60, 448 60, 448 60, 448 60, 448 60, 449 60, 449 60, 449 60, 449 61, 449 61, 449 61, 449 61, 449 61, 449 61, 449 61, 449 61, 449 169, 453 169, 453 169, 453 169, 453 169, 453 159, 169, 354, 454 159, 169, 354, 454 159, 169, 354, 454 159, 169, 354, 454 169, 454 169, 453 169, 453 169, 453 169, 453 169, 453 169, 453 169, 453 169, 453 170, 454 170, 454 170, 454 170, 454 170, 454 170, 454 170, 454 170, 454 170, 454 170, 454 170, 454 170, 454 57, 444 57, 444 57, 444 57, 444 59, 447 57, 444 57, 444 57, 444 57, 444 58, 445 58, 445 58, 445 58, 445 58, 446 58, 446 58, 446 58, 446 167, 450

628044 628046 628060 628091 628119 628144 628146 628160 628219 628244 628246 628260 628319 628344 628346 628360 628419 628444 628446 628460 629993 630419 630425 630444 630614 630619 630644 630660 630719 630760 630819 630860 630919 630960 631619 631625 631644 631719 631725 631744 631819 631844 631846 631860 632515 632519 632569 632614 632619 632644 632660 632714 632719 632744 632760 639110 639118 639119 639125 639126 639150 639178 639180 639190 639898 644492 644592 644692 644792 644892 644992 645094 645129 646630 646704 646808 646991 647091 647393

1/60 1/60 1/60 10/160 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/100 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/6 1/6 1/6 1/6 1/6 1/6 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/6 1/12 1/6 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 5/400 1/35 1/35 1/50 1/50 5/400 5/400 5/400 10/180 1/50 1/30 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/30 1/30 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/30

PG 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9.1 9 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3

Page 167, 450 167, 450 167, 450 168, 453 167, 450 167, 450 167, 450 167, 450 167, 451 167, 451 167, 451 167, 451 168, 451 168, 451 168, 451 168, 451 168, 452 168, 452 168, 452 168, 452 487 62, 407, 467 62, 407, 467 62, 407, 467 62, 407, 467 62, 407, 467 62, 407, 467 62, 407, 467 406, 468 406, 468 406, 468 406, 468 407, 469 407, 469 61, 400, 465 61, 400, 465 61, 400, 465 62, 401, 466 62, 401, 466 62, 401, 466 170, 401, 466 170, 401, 466 170, 401, 466 170, 401, 466 393, 467 393, 467 393, 467 61, 400, 465 61, 400, 465 61, 400, 465 61, 400, 465 62, 401, 466 62, 401, 466 62, 401, 466 62, 401, 466 498 496 496 497 498 498 498 498 496 463 464 464 465 464 464 465 497 496 493 489 486 494 494 485


ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW PU

647395 647593 647595 647893 647895 648493 648495 648704 649202 649204 649208 649212 649310 649315 649325 649330 649350 649704 649802 649804 649808 649908 649912 660790 662114 662119 662144 662160 662219 662244 662246 662260 662319 662325 662344 662929 663529 663591 663592 663593 663594 663595 663596 663692 663990 663991 663992 668091 668092 668990 668991 670802 670804 671198 671199 671298 671299 676029 676090 676099 677029 677129 677290 680129 680191 680204 680329 680602 680790 680999 681799 681829 682191 682192 682291 682292 682590 682591 682592

1/30 1/10 1/10 1/6 1/6 1/6 1/6 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/6 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/6 1/6 1/6 1/8 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 5/500 1/15 1/2 1/2 1/80 1/70 1/16 1/70 1/1 1/1 1/20 1/24 1/20 1/80 1/2 1/1 1/150 1/150 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/10 1/10 1/35 1/20 1/20 1/35 1/70 2/140 1/6 1/50 1/50 1/35 1/25 1/25 1/25 1/25 1/6 1/6 1/10

PG 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.1 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9.3 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9.1 8.2 8.2 9 9 9 9 9 9 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9 9 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9 9 9

Page

Art. no.

PU

486 485 486 485 486 485 486 489 485 485 485 485 493 491 491 492 492 489 488 488 489 487 488 439 61, 435 61, 435 61, 435 61, 435 170, 435 170, 435 170, 435 170, 435 61, 435 61, 435 61, 435 435 434 473 473 473 474 473 474 472 471 471 471 474 476 433 433 463 463 455 455 455 455 437 436 436 475 475 474 495 495 433 434 434 439 438, 461, 499 437 438 470 470 500 500 479, 503 479, 503 479, 503

682593 682991 683090 683091 683092 683093 683816 683832 683890 683901 684016 684032 684064 689701 689702 689801 689901 690098 693003 693004 695190 695191 695192 700119 700125 700144 700219 700225 700244 700519 700525 700544 701114 701119 701144 701160 701214 701219 701244 701260 701514 701519 701544 701560

1/10 1/25 1/1 1/8 1/8 1/52 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 50/2500 50/2500 5/50 5/500 10/300 1/60 1/15 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12

PG 9 9.3 9 9 9 9 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9 9 9 9 9 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 8.9 8.9 8.9 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.9 8.9 8.9 8.9 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8

Page

Art. no.

PU

PG

Page

479, 503 472 478, 502 478, 503 478, 503 478, 502 432 432 433 433 432 432 432 435 435 435 434 435 434 434 439 439 439 63, 384 63, 384 63, 384 64, 384 64, 384 64, 384 64, 385 64, 385 64, 385 63, 384 63, 384 63, 384 63, 384 64, 384 64, 384 64, 384 64, 384 64, 385 64, 385 64, 385 64, 385

wwww.merten.com

Art. no.

* New articles ** Discontinued articles

©2010

| ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW

533

Article number overview


ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW

Article number overview

wwww.merten.com

Art. no.

534

MEG2000-0319* MEG2000-0325* MEG2000-0344* MEG2000-0414* MEG2000-0419* MEG2000-0444* MEG2000-0460* MEG2000-4019* MEG2000-4044* MEG2000-4060* MEG2000-4143* MEG2000-4146* MEG2001-0319* MEG2001-0325* MEG2001-0344* MEG2001-0414* MEG2001-0419* MEG2001-0444* MEG2001-0460* MEG2003-0004* MEG2005-0004* MEG2100-0414* MEG2100-0460* MEG2151-0319* MEG2151-0325* MEG2151-0344* MEG2151-0414* MEG2151-0419* MEG2151-0444* MEG2151-0460* MEG2156-0319* MEG2156-0325* MEG2156-0344* MEG2156-0414* MEG2156-0419* MEG2156-0444* MEG2156-0460* MEG2300-0302* MEG2300-0304* MEG2300-0306* MEG2300-0319* MEG2300-0325* MEG2300-0344* MEG2300-0414* MEG2300-0419* MEG2300-0444* MEG2300-0460* MEG2300-1019* MEG2300-1025* MEG2300-1044* MEG2300-1219* MEG2300-1225* MEG2300-1244* MEG2300-1419* MEG2300-1425* MEG2300-1444* MEG2300-1519* MEG2300-1544* MEG2300-4002* MEG2300-4004* MEG2300-4006* MEG2300-4015* MEG2300-4019* MEG2300-4029* MEG2300-4044* MEG2300-4060* MEG2300-4069* MEG2300-4143* MEG2300-4146* MEG2300-7214* MEG2300-7215* MEG2300-7219* MEG2300-7244* MEG2300-7260* MEG2301-0319* MEG2301-0325* MEG2301-0344* MEG2301-0414* MEG2301-0419*

PU 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 1/150 1/150 10/50 10/50 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60

* New articles ** Discontinued articles

ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW |©2010

PG

Page

34 1 34 1 34 1 34 1.1 34 1 34 1 34 1.1 151 1 151 1 151 1.2 151 1.4 151 1.2 34 1 34 1 34 1 34 1.1 34 1 34 1 34 1.1 1 22, 26, 30, 38, 142, 144, 148, 152 8 21, 25, 29, 37, 141, 144, 147, 152 29, 36 1.1 29, 36 1.1 33 1 33 1 33 1 33 1.1 33 1 33 1 33 1.1 34 1 34 1 34 1 34 1.1 34 1 34 1 34 1.1 26 1 26 1 26 1 12 1 12 1 12 1 12 1.1 12 1 12 1 12 1.1 95 1 95 1 95 1 100 1 100 1 100 1 109 1 109 1 109 1 109 1 109 1 145 1 145 1 145 1 136 1.2 136 1 136 1.2 136 1 136 1.2 136 1.2 136 1.4 136 1.2 236 2.1 236 2.1 236 2.1 236 2.1 236 2.1 12 1.8 12 1 12 1.8 12 1.1 12 1.8

Art. no. MEG2301-0444* MEG2301-0460* MEG2301-0619* MEG2301-0644* MEG2301-1019* MEG2301-1025* MEG2301-1044* MEG2301-1219* MEG2301-1225* MEG2301-1244* MEG2301-1419* MEG2301-1425* MEG2301-1444* MEG2301-1519* MEG2301-1544* MEG2301-1619* MEG2301-1644* MEG2301-4019* MEG2301-4060* MEG2301-4143* MEG2301-4146* MEG2301-4219* MEG2301-4244* MEG2302-0302* MEG2302-0304* MEG2302-0306* MEG2302-0307* MEG2302-0319* MEG2302-0325* MEG2302-0329* MEG2302-0344* MEG2302-0378* MEG2302-0414* MEG2302-0419* MEG2302-0444* MEG2302-0460* MEG2302-4002* MEG2302-4004* MEG2302-4006* MEG2302-4019* MEG2302-4044* MEG2302-4060* MEG2302-4146* MEG2303-0302* MEG2303-0304* MEG2303-0306* MEG2303-0319* MEG2303-0325* MEG2303-0344* MEG2303-0414* MEG2303-0419* MEG2303-0444* MEG2303-0460* MEG2303-4002* MEG2303-4004* MEG2303-4006* MEG2303-4019* MEG2303-4044* MEG2303-4060* MEG2303-4146* MEG2304-0319* MEG2304-0325* MEG2304-0344* MEG2304-0414* MEG2304-0419* MEG2304-0444* MEG2304-0460* MEG2305-0319* MEG2305-0325* MEG2305-0344* MEG2305-0414* MEG2305-0419* MEG2305-0444* MEG2305-0460* MEG2305-4019* MEG2305-4044* MEG2305-4060* MEG2305-4146* MEG2310-0319*

PU 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/40 10/60 10/60 10/40 10/60 10/40 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/60

PG 1.8 1.1 1.8 1.8 1.8 1 1.8 1.8 1 1.8 1.8 1 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1.2 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1

Page 12 12 12 12 95 95 95 99 99 99 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 136 136 136 136 136 136 27 27 27 27 14 14 27 14 27 14 14 14 14 145 145 145 137 137 137 137 27 27 27 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 146 146 146 138 138 138 138 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 141 141 141 141 15


ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW

MEG2310-0325* MEG2310-0344* MEG2310-0414* MEG2310-0419* MEG2310-0444* MEG2310-0460* MEG2310-0619* MEG2310-0644* MEG2310-4015* MEG2310-4019* MEG2310-4029* MEG2310-4044* MEG2310-4060* MEG2310-4069* MEG2310-4143* MEG2310-4146* MEG2310-7214* MEG2310-7215* MEG2310-7219* MEG2310-7244* MEG2310-7260* MEG2311-0319* MEG2311-0325* MEG2311-0344* MEG2311-0414* MEG2311-0419* MEG2311-0444* MEG2311-0460* MEG2311-4019* MEG2311-4060* MEG2311-4143* MEG2311-4146* MEG2311-4219* MEG2311-4244* MEG2312-0319* MEG2312-0325* MEG2312-0344* MEG2312-0414* MEG2312-0419* MEG2312-0444* MEG2312-0460* MEG2312-4019* MEG2312-4044* MEG2312-4060* MEG2312-4146* MEG2312-7214* MEG2312-7215* MEG2312-7219* MEG2312-7244* MEG2312-7260* MEG2313-0302* MEG2313-0304* MEG2313-0306* MEG2313-0319* MEG2313-0325* MEG2313-0344* MEG2313-0414* MEG2313-0419* MEG2313-0444* MEG2313-0460* MEG2313-4002* MEG2313-4004* MEG2313-4006* MEG2313-4019* MEG2313-4044* MEG2313-4060* MEG2313-4146* MEG2314-0319* MEG2314-0325* MEG2314-0344* MEG2314-0414* MEG2314-0419* MEG2314-0444* MEG2314-0460* MEG2314-4019* MEG2314-4044* MEG2314-4060* MEG2314-4146* MEG2315-0319*

PU 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/40

PG 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.2 1.4 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1

Page 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 234 234 234 234 234 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 138 138 138 138 138 138 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 140 140 140 140 234 234 234 234 234 28 28 28 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 146 146 146 140 140 140 140 16, 44 16, 44 16, 44 16, 44 16, 44 16, 44 16, 44 139, 156 139, 156 139, 156 139, 156 16

Art. no. MEG2315-0325* MEG2315-0344* MEG2315-0414* MEG2315-0419* MEG2315-0444* MEG2315-0460* MEG2316-7214* MEG2316-7215* MEG2316-7219* MEG2316-7244* MEG2316-7260* MEG2317-7214* MEG2317-7215* MEG2317-7219* MEG2317-7244* MEG2317-7260* MEG2318-7214* MEG2318-7215* MEG2318-7219* MEG2318-7244* MEG2318-7260* MEG2328-1019* MEG2328-1025* MEG2328-1044* MEG2328-1219* MEG2328-1225* MEG2328-1244* MEG2328-1419* MEG2328-1425* MEG2328-1444* MEG2328-1519* MEG2328-1544* MEG2333-0319* MEG2333-0325* MEG2333-0344* MEG2333-0414* MEG2333-0419* MEG2333-0444* MEG2333-0460* MEG2334-0319* MEG2334-0325* MEG2334-0344* MEG2334-0414* MEG2334-0419* MEG2334-0444* MEG2334-0460* MEG2335-0319* MEG2335-0325* MEG2335-0344* MEG2335-0414* MEG2335-0419* MEG2335-0444* MEG2335-0460* MEG2350-0319* MEG2350-0325* MEG2350-0344* MEG2350-0414* MEG2350-0419* MEG2350-0444* MEG2350-0460* MEG2350-4019* MEG2350-4044* MEG2350-4060* MEG2350-4146* MEG2351-0319* MEG2351-0325* MEG2351-0344* MEG2351-0414* MEG2351-0419* MEG2351-0444* MEG2351-0460* MEG2352-0319* MEG2352-0325* MEG2352-0344* MEG2352-0414* MEG2352-0419* MEG2352-0444* MEG2352-0460* MEG2353-0319*

PU 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/15 1/15 1/15 1/15 1/15 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40

PG 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1

Page 16 16 16 16 16 16 235 235 235 235 235 235 235 235 235 235 236 236 236 236 236 96 96 96 100 100 100 110 110 110 110 110 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 141 141 141 141 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20

* New articles ** Discontinued articles

©2010

| ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW

wwww.merten.com

Art. no.

535

Article number overview


ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW

Article number overview

wwww.merten.com

Art. no.

536

MEG2353-0325* MEG2353-0344* MEG2353-0414* MEG2353-0419* MEG2353-0444* MEG2353-0460* MEG2354-0319* MEG2354-0325* MEG2354-0344* MEG2354-0414* MEG2354-0419* MEG2354-0444* MEG2354-0460* MEG2355-0319* MEG2355-0325* MEG2355-0344* MEG2355-0414* MEG2355-0419* MEG2355-0444* MEG2355-0460* MEG2356-0319* MEG2356-0325* MEG2356-0344* MEG2356-0414* MEG2356-0419* MEG2356-0444* MEG2356-0460* MEG2370-0319* MEG2370-0325* MEG2370-0344* MEG2370-0414* MEG2370-0419* MEG2370-0444* MEG2370-0460* MEG2370-4019* MEG2370-4044* MEG2370-4060* MEG2370-4146* MEG2372-0302* MEG2372-0304* MEG2372-0306* MEG2372-4002* MEG2372-4004* MEG2372-4006* MEG2400-0319* MEG2400-0325* MEG2400-0344* MEG2400-0414* MEG2400-0419* MEG2400-0444* MEG2400-0460* MEG2400-4019* MEG2400-4044* MEG2400-4060* MEG2400-4143* MEG2400-4146* MEG2401-0319* MEG2401-0325* MEG2401-0344* MEG2401-0414* MEG2401-0419* MEG2401-0444* MEG2401-0460* MEG2401-0619* MEG2401-0644* MEG2401-1019* MEG2401-1025* MEG2401-1044* MEG2401-1219* MEG2401-1225* MEG2401-1244* MEG2401-1419* MEG2401-1425* MEG2401-1444* MEG2401-1519* MEG2401-1544* MEG2401-1619* MEG2401-1644* MEG2401-4019*

PU 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60

* New articles ** Discontinued articles

ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW |©2010

PG 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.8 1 1.8 1.8 1 1.8 1.8 1 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1

Page 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 137 137 137 137 29 29 29 147 147 147 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 143 143 143 143 143 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 96 96 96 101 101 101 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 142

Art. no. MEG2401-4060* MEG2401-4143* MEG2401-4146* MEG2401-4219* MEG2401-4244* MEG2402-0319* MEG2402-0325* MEG2402-0344* MEG2402-0414* MEG2402-0419* MEG2402-0444* MEG2402-0460* MEG2402-4019* MEG2402-4044* MEG2402-4060* MEG2402-4146* MEG2414-0319* MEG2414-0325* MEG2414-0344* MEG2414-0414* MEG2414-0419* MEG2414-0444* MEG2414-0460* MEG2414-4019* MEG2414-4044* MEG2414-4060* MEG2414-4146* MEG2500-0319* MEG2500-0325* MEG2500-0344* MEG2500-0414* MEG2500-0419* MEG2500-0444* MEG2500-0460* MEG2500-4019* MEG2500-4044* MEG2500-4060* MEG2500-4143* MEG2500-4146* MEG2504-0319* MEG2504-0325* MEG2504-0344* MEG2504-0414* MEG2504-0419* MEG2504-0444* MEG2504-0460* MEG2510-0319* MEG2510-0325* MEG2510-0344* MEG2510-0414* MEG2510-0419* MEG2510-0444* MEG2510-0460* MEG2510-4019* MEG2510-4044* MEG2510-4060* MEG2510-4143* MEG2510-4146* MEG2514-0319* MEG2514-0325* MEG2514-0344* MEG2514-0414* MEG2514-0419* MEG2514-0444* MEG2514-0460* MEG2514-4019* MEG2514-4044* MEG2514-4060* MEG2514-4146* MEG2533-0319* MEG2533-0325* MEG2533-0344* MEG2533-0414* MEG2533-0419* MEG2533-0444* MEG2533-0460* MEG2534-0319* MEG2534-0325* MEG2534-0344*

PU 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60

PG 1.2 1.4 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 8 8 8

Page 142 142 142 142 142 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 143 143 143 143 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 144, 156 144, 156 144, 156 144, 156 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 148 148 148 148 148 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 149 149 149 149 149 32, 44 32, 44 32, 44 32, 44 32, 44 32, 44 32, 44 150 150 150 150 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37


ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW

MEG2534-0414* MEG2534-0419* MEG2534-0444* MEG2534-0460* MEG2535-0319* MEG2535-0325* MEG2535-0344* MEG2535-0414* MEG2535-0419* MEG2535-0444* MEG2535-0460* MEG2600-0319* MEG2600-0325* MEG2600-0344* MEG2600-0414* MEG2600-0419* MEG2600-0444* MEG2600-0460* MEG2600-4015* MEG2600-4019* MEG2600-4029* MEG2600-4044* MEG2600-4060* MEG2600-4069* MEG2600-4143* MEG2600-4146* MEG2610-0319* MEG2610-0325* MEG2610-0344* MEG2610-0414* MEG2610-0419* MEG2610-0444* MEG2610-0460* MEG2610-4019* MEG2610-4044* MEG2610-4060* MEG2610-4143* MEG2610-4146* MEG2612-0302* MEG2612-0304* MEG2612-0306* MEG2612-4002* MEG2612-4004* MEG2612-4006* MEG2612-7214* MEG2612-7215* MEG2612-7219* MEG2612-7244* MEG2612-7260* MEG2614-0319* MEG2614-0325* MEG2614-0344* MEG2614-0414* MEG2614-0419* MEG2614-0444* MEG2614-0460* MEG2614-4019* MEG2614-4044* MEG2614-4060* MEG2614-4146* MEG3050-0000* MEG3055-0000* MEG3056-0000* MEG3059-0000* MEG3101-0000 MEG3102-0000* MEG3105-0000* MEG3106-0000* MEG3111-0000 MEG3112-0000* MEG3114-0000 MEG3115-0000* MEG3116-0000* MEG3117-0000* MEG3125-0000* MEG3126-0000* MEG3128-0000* MEG3135-0000* MEG3136-0000*

PU 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60

PG 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.2 1.4 1.2 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1

Page 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 148 148 148 148 148 148 148 148 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 149 149 149 149 149 33 33 33 150 150 150 237 237 237 237 237 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 150, 157 150, 157 150, 157 150, 157 308, 364 308 308, 364 308, 364 307 307 307 306 305 306 307 305 305 305 306 306 306, 309 307 306

Art. no. MEG3137-0000* MEG3150-0000* MEG3151-0000* MEG3153-0000* MEG3154-0000* MEG3155-0000* MEG3156-0000* MEG3159-0000* MEG3160-0000* MEG3165-0000* MEG3182-0000* MEG3184-0000* MEG3186-0000* MEG3300-0306* MEG3302-0319* MEG3302-0325* MEG3302-0344* MEG3302-0414* MEG3302-0419* MEG3302-0444* MEG3302-0460* MEG3303-0319* MEG3303-0325* MEG3303-0344* MEG3303-0414* MEG3303-0419* MEG3303-0444* MEG3303-0460* MEG3305-0319* MEG3305-0325* MEG3305-0344* MEG3305-0414* MEG3305-0419* MEG3305-0444* MEG3305-0460* MEG3307-0319* MEG3307-0325* MEG3307-0344* MEG3307-0414* MEG3307-0419* MEG3307-0444* MEG3307-0460* MEG3327-0414* MEG3327-0460* MEG3341-1406* MEG3341-1419* MEG3365-0319* MEG3365-0325* MEG3365-0344* MEG3365-0414* MEG3365-0419* MEG3365-0444* MEG3365-0460* MEG3370-0302* MEG3370-0304* MEG3370-0306* MEG3370-0307* MEG3380-0319* MEG3380-0325* MEG3380-0344* MEG3380-0414* MEG3380-0419* MEG3380-0444* MEG3380-0460* MEG3420-0319* MEG3420-0325* MEG3420-0344* MEG3420-0414* MEG3420-0419* MEG3420-0444* MEG3420-0460* MEG3424-0319* MEG3424-0325* MEG3424-0344* MEG3424-0414* MEG3424-0419* MEG3424-0444* MEG3424-0460* MEG3429-0319*

PU 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/240 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 1/6 1/6 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 5/120

PG 1 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1

Page 307 308, 364 309 308 308 308 308, 364 308, 364 309 309 310 310 309 38 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 43 43 45, 108 45, 108 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 41 41 41 41 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41, 44 41, 44 41, 44 41, 44 41, 44 41, 44 41, 44 43, 67

* New articles ** Discontinued articles

©2010

| ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW

wwww.merten.com

Art. no.

537

Article number overview


ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW

Article number overview

wwww.merten.com

Art. no.

538

MEG3429-0325* MEG3429-0344* MEG3429-0414* MEG3429-0419* MEG3429-0444* MEG3429-0460* MEG3456-0319* MEG3456-0325* MEG3456-0344* MEG3456-0414* MEG3456-0419* MEG3456-0444* MEG3456-0460* MEG3501-0000 MEG3502-0000* MEG3506-0000* MEG3515-0000* MEG3516-0000* MEG3517-0000* MEG3526-0000* MEG3535-0000* MEG3536-0000* MEG3560-0000* MEG3601-0000 MEG3602-0000* MEG3605-0000* MEG3606-0000* MEG3612-0000* MEG3615-0000* MEG3616-0000* MEG3617-0000* MEG3626-0000* MEG3635-0000* MEG3636-0000* MEG3637-0000* MEG3714-0000* MEG3715-0000* MEG3754-0000* MEG3755-0000* MEG3760-0000* MEG3900-0000* MEG3901-0000* MEG3901-0006* MEG3902-0000* MEG3921-0000* MEG3922-0000* MEG3942-0000* MEG3985-0001* MEG3985-0003* MEG4010-2844* MEG4010-2944* MEG4014-1425* MEG4020-2844* MEG4020-2944* MEG4024-1425* MEG4030-2844* MEG4030-2944* MEG4034-1425* MEG4122-0319* MEG4122-0325* MEG4122-0344* MEG4122-0414* MEG4122-0419* MEG4122-0444* MEG4122-0460* MEG4211-0319* MEG4211-0325* MEG4211-0344* MEG4211-0414* MEG4211-0419* MEG4211-0444* MEG4211-0460* MEG4214-0000* MEG4216-0000* MEG4350-0319* MEG4350-0325* MEG4350-0344* MEG4350-0414* MEG4350-0419*

PU 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 1/60 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/48 1/48 10/180 10/180 1/40 10/90 10/90 1/20 10/60 10/60 1/15 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/120 5/120 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60

* New articles ** Discontinued articles

ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW |©2010

PG 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1

Page 43, 67 43, 67 43, 67 43, 67 43, 67 43, 67 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 307 307 306 305 305 305 306 307 306 309 307 307 307 306 306 305 305 305 306 307 306 307 317 317 309 317 309 327 325 325 325 325 325 325 248, 310, 318 248, 310, 318 126 126 108, 272 126 126 108, 272 126 126 108, 273 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 82 82 82 82 82

Art. no. MEG4350-0444* MEG4350-0460* MEG4351-0319* MEG4351-0325* MEG4351-0344* MEG4351-0414* MEG4351-0419* MEG4351-0444* MEG4351-0460* MEG4353-0319* MEG4353-0325* MEG4353-0344* MEG4353-0414* MEG4353-0419* MEG4353-0444* MEG4353-0460* MEG4420-0000* MEG4420-0319* MEG4420-0325* MEG4420-0344* MEG4420-0414* MEG4420-0419* MEG4420-0444* MEG4420-0460* MEG4449-0319* MEG4449-0325* MEG4449-0344* MEG4450-0000* MEG4450-0319* MEG4450-0325* MEG4450-0344* MEG4450-0414* MEG4450-0419* MEG4450-0444* MEG4450-0460* MEG4451-0000* MEG4528-0414* MEG4528-0460* MEG4541-0319* MEG4541-0325* MEG4541-0344* MEG4541-0414* MEG4541-0419* MEG4541-0444* MEG4541-0460* MEG4542-0319* MEG4542-0325* MEG4542-0344* MEG4542-0414* MEG4542-0419* MEG4542-0444* MEG4542-0460* MEG4840-0319 MEG4840-0325 MEG4841-0319 MEG4841-0325 MEG4842-0319 MEG4842-0325 MEG4843-0319 MEG4843-0325 MEG4844-0319 MEG4844-0325 MEG4846-0319 MEG4846-0325 MEG4847-0319 MEG4847-0325 MEG5091-0319 MEG5091-0325 MEG5091-0344 MEG5092-0319 MEG5092-0325 MEG5092-0344 MEG5131-0000* MEG5132-0000* MEG5133-0000* MEG5135-0000* MEG5136-0000* MEG5137-0000* MEG5138-0000*

PU 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/50 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/50 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/50 5/225 5/225 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/72 1/72 1/72 1/72 1/72 1/72 1/72

PG 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 8 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 8 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 8 1.1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

Page 82 82 82 82 82 82 82 82 82 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 68 68 68 65 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 65 80 80 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 461 461 461 462 462 462 314, 349 315, 349 315, 349 315, 349 316, 349 316, 349 314, 348


ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW

MEG5139-0000* MEG5142-0000* MEG5209-0319* MEG5209-0325* MEG5209-0344* MEG5250-0319* MEG5250-0325* MEG5250-0344* MEG5250-0414* MEG5250-0419* MEG5250-0444* MEG5250-0460* MEG5250-0619* MEG5250-0644* MEG5250-4015* MEG5250-4019* MEG5250-4029* MEG5250-4060* MEG5250-4069* MEG5250-4143* MEG5250-4146* MEG5250-4219* MEG5250-4244* MEG6164-4600* MEG6212-0319* MEG6212-0325* MEG6212-0344* MEG6212-0414* MEG6212-0419* MEG6212-0444* MEG6212-0460* MEG6212-4019* MEG6212-4044* MEG6212-4060* MEG6212-4146* MEG6214-0319* MEG6214-0325* MEG6214-0344* MEG6214-0414* MEG6214-0419* MEG6214-0444* MEG6214-0460* MEG6214-4019* MEG6214-4044* MEG6214-4060* MEG6214-4146* MEG6221-0319 MEG6221-0325 MEG6221-0344 MEG6221-0414 MEG6221-0419 MEG6221-0444 MEG6221-0460 MEG6241-0319 MEG6241-0325 MEG6241-0344 MEG6241-0414 MEG6241-0419 MEG6241-0444 MEG6241-0460 MEG6241-4019 MEG6241-4044 MEG6241-4060 MEG6241-4146 MEG6250-0319* MEG6250-0325* MEG6250-0344* MEG6250-0414* MEG6250-0419* MEG6250-0444* MEG6250-0460* MEG6250-4019* MEG6250-4044* MEG6250-4060* MEG6250-4146* MEG6260-0007 MEG6270-0001 MEG6270-0002 MEG6270-0019

PU 1/72 1/72 1/100 1/100 1/100 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 1/40 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/35 1/35 1/35 1/35 1/35 1/35 1/35 1/35 1/35 1/35 1/35 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/3 1/4 1/4 1/10

PG 8 8 1 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

Page 314, 348 316, 350 67 67 67 51, 350 51, 350 51, 350 51, 350 51, 350 51, 350 51, 350 51, 350 51, 350 162, 350 162, 350 162, 350 162, 350 162, 350 162, 350 162, 350 162, 350 162, 350 207, 455 58, 445, 456 58, 445, 456 58, 445, 456 58, 445, 456 58, 445, 456 58, 445, 456 58, 445, 456 167, 451, 459 167, 451, 459 167, 451, 459 167, 451, 459 59, 446, 456 59, 446, 456 59, 446, 456 59, 446, 456 59, 446, 456 59, 446, 456 59, 446, 456 168, 452, 459 168, 452, 459 168, 452, 459 168, 452, 459 63, 457 63, 457 63, 457 63, 457 63, 457 63, 457 63, 457 62, 457 62, 457 62, 457 62, 457 62, 457 62, 457 62, 457 171, 460 171, 460 171, 460 171, 460 62, 479, 504 62, 479, 504 62, 479, 504 62, 479, 504 62, 479, 504 62, 479, 504 62, 479, 504 170, 480, 504 170, 480, 504 170, 480, 504 170, 480, 504 476, 501 477, 502 477, 502 477, 502

Art. no. MEG6270-0022 MEG6270-0119 MEG6270-0122 MEG6270-0219 MEG6270-0222 MEG6270-3619 MEG6270-3714 MEG6270-3719 MEG6270-3721 MEG6270-3722 MEG6270-3760

PU 1/10 1/10 1/10 10/60 10/60 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10

PG 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

Page 477, 502 477, 501 477, 501 477, 502 477, 502 477, 501 477, 501 477, 501 477, 501 477, 501 477, 501

wwww.merten.com

Art. no.

* New articles ** Discontinued articles

©2010

| ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW

539

Article number overview


OVERVIEW OF REPLACEMENTARTICLES

Article number overview

www.merten.com

Discontinue

540

discontinue ?214219 214225 214244 214414 214419 214444 214460 214519 214543 214546 214560 214594 214599 215219 215225 215244 215414 215419 215444 215460 230119 230144 230519 230544 230802 230804 230806 230819 230844 230846 230860 230914 230919 230944 230960 231319 231344 233014 233015 233019 233044 233060 233114 233119 233144 233160 233314 233315 233319 233344 233360 233402 233404 233406 233419 233425 233444 233514 233515 233519 233544 233560 233619 233625 233644 235019 235025 235044 235119 235144 235214 235219 235244 235260 235314 235319 235344 235360

Replacement Description replacement MEG2001-0319 MEG2001-0325 MEG2001-0344 MEG2001-0414 MEG2001-0419 MEG2001-0444 MEG2001-0460 MEG2000-4019 MEG2000-4143 MEG2000-4146 MEG2000-4060 MEG2000-4044 MEG2000-4019 MEG2000-0319 MEG2000-0325 MEG2000-0344 MEG2000-0414 MEG2000-0419 MEG2000-0444 MEG2000-0460 MEG2301-1519 MEG2301-1544 MEG2301-1619 MEG2301-1644 MEG2302-4002 MEG2302-4004 MEG2302-4006 MEG2302-4019 MEG2302-4044 MEG2302-4146 MEG2302-4060 MEG2302-0414 MEG2302-0419 MEG2302-0444 MEG2302-0460 MEG2328-1519 MEG2328-1544 MEG2310-7214 MEG2310-7215 MEG2310-7219 MEG2310-7244 MEG2310-7260 MEG2312-7214 MEG2312-7219 MEG2312-7244 MEG2312-7260 MEG2316-7214 MEG2316-7215 MEG2316-7219 MEG2316-7244 MEG2316-7260 MEG2300-0302 MEG2300-0304 MEG2300-0306 MEG2301-0319 MEG2301-0325 MEG2301-0344 MEG2300-7214 MEG2300-7215 MEG2300-7219 MEG2300-7244 MEG2300-7260 MEG2328-1419 MEG2328-1425 MEG2328-1444 MEG2300-0319 MEG2300-0325 MEG2300-0344 MEG2301-0619 MEG2301-0644 MEG2317-7214 MEG2317-7219 MEG2317-7244 MEG2317-7260 MEG2318-7214 MEG2318-7219 MEG2318-7244 MEG2318-7260

PU

PG

Page

description PU Socket-outlet without earthing contact, polar white, glossy, System M 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, active white, glossy, System M 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, white, glossy, System M 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, anthracite, System M 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, polar white, System M 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, white, System M 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, aluminium, System M 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, polar white, System Design 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, antique brass, System Design 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, stainless steel, System Design 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, aluminium, System Design 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, white, System Design 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, polar white, System Design 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, polar white, glossy, System M 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, active white, glossy, System M 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, white, glossy, System M 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, anthracite, System M 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, polar white, System M 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, white, System M 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, aluminium, System M 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, polar white, M-SMART 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, white, M-SMART 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, polar white, M-SMART 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, white, M-SMART 10/60 SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. w.label.field, or, Sys.Des. 10/60 SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. w.label.field, green, Sys.Des. 10/60 SCHUKO sckt-outlts for special circuits with labelling field, rby rd, Sys.Des. 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, polar white, System Design 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, white, System Design 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, stainless steel, System Design 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, aluminium, System Design 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, anthracite, System M 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, polar white, System M 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, white, System M 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, aluminium, System M 10/60 SCHUKO double socket-outlet, polar white, M-SMART 2/30 SCHUKO double socket-outlet, white, M-SMART 2/30 SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, anthracite, AQUADESIGN 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, dark brazil, AQUADESIGN 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, polar white, AQUADESIGN 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, white, AQUADESIGN 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, aluminium, AQUADESIGN 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid and labelling field, anthracite, AQUADESIGN 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with hngd lid and labelling field, polar white, AQUADESIGN 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid and labelling field, white, AQUADESIGN 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid and labelling field, aluminium, AQUADESIGN 10/60 SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid& label.field,lockable with various locks,anthr. AQ.DES. 1/30 SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid& label.field,lockable with various locks, dk brazil, AQ.DES. 1/30 SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid& label.field,lockable with various locks,pol.wht. AQ.DES. 1/30 SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid& label.field,lockable with various locks,wht, AQ.DES. 1/30 SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid& label.field,lockable with various locks,alum. AQ.DES. 1/30 SCHUKO sckt-outlts f. spec.circ. With addit. safety pow.supply marking, or,Sys.M 10/60 SCHUKO sckt-outlts for special circuits, With power supply marking, green, Sys.M 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlets for special circuits, ruby red, System M 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, glossy, System M 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet, active white, glossy, System M 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, glossy, System M 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet, anthracite, AQUADESIGN 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet, dark brazil, AQUADESIGN 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, AQUADESIGN 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, AQUADESIGN 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet, aluminium, AQUADESIGN 10/60 SCHUKO double socket-outlet, polar white, glossy, M-SMART 2/30 SCHUKO double socket-outlet, active white, glossy, M-SMART 2/30 SCHUKO double socket-outlet, white, glossy, M-SMART 2/30 SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, glossy, System M 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet, active white, glossy, System M 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, glossy, System M 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, System M 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, System M 10/60 SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid& label.field,lockable w. identical locks,anthr. AQ.DES. 1/30 SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid& label.field,lockable w. identical locks,pol.wht. AQ.DES. 1/30 SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid& label.field,lockable w. identical locks,wht, AQ.DES. 1/30 SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid& label.field,lockable w. identical locks,alum. AQ.DES. 1/30 SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid& label.field,lockable w. two identical locks,anthr. AQ.DES. 1/15 SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid& label.field,lockable w. two identical locks,pol.wht. AQ.DES.1/15 SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid& label.field,lockable w. two identical locks,wht, AQ.DES. 1/15 SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid& label.field,lockable w. two identical locks,alum. AQ.DES. 1/15

PG 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1.4 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1 1 1.8 1 1.8 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.8 1.8 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1

Page 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 151 151 151 151 151 151 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 109 109 109 109 145 145 145 137 137 137 137 14 14 14 14 110 110 234 234 234 234 234 234 234 234 234 235 235 235 235 235 26 26 26 12 12 12 236 236 236 236 236 110 110 110 12 12 12 12 12 235 235 235 235 236 236 236 236

OVERVIEW OF REPLACEMENTARTICLES |Š2010


Discontinue 235419 235444 236614 236619 236644 236660 237019 237046 237060 237094 237114 237119 237144 237160 237219 237243 237246 237260 237294 237299 237314 237319 237344 237360 237414 237419 237444 237460 237502 237504 237506 237519 237543 237546 237560 237594 237599 237614 237619 237644 237660 237715 237719 237729 237743 237744 237746 237760 237769 237815 237819 237829 237843 237846 237860 237869 237894 238219 238225 238244 238319 238325 238344 238419 238425 238444 239219 239225 239244 239902 239904 239906 239919 239925 239944 240802 240804 240806 240819

Replacement Description MEG2310-0619 MEG2310-0644 MEG2314-0414 MEG2314-0419 MEG2314-0444 MEG2314-0460 MEG2314-4019 MEG2314-4146 MEG2314-4060 MEG2314-4044 MEG2301-0414 MEG2301-0419 MEG2301-0444 MEG2301-0460 MEG2311-4019 MEG2311-4143 MEG2311-4146 MEG2311-4060 MEG2311-4244 MEG2311-4219 MEG2300-0414 MEG2300-0419 MEG2300-0444 MEG2300-0460 MEG2310-0414 MEG2310-0419 MEG2310-0444 MEG2310-0460 MEG2300-4002 MEG2300-4004 MEG2300-4006 MEG2301-4019 MEG2301-4143 MEG2301-4146 MEG2301-4060 MEG2301-4244 MEG2301-4219 MEG2311-0414 MEG2311-0419 MEG2311-0444 MEG2311-0460 MEG2300-4015 MEG2300-4019 MEG2300-4029 MEG2300-4143 MEG2300-4044 MEG2300-4146 MEG2300-4060 MEG2300-4069 MEG2310-4015 MEG2310-4019 MEG2310-4029 MEG2310-4143 MEG2310-4146 MEG2310-4060 MEG2310-4069 MEG2310-4044 MEG2311-0319 MEG2311-0325 MEG2311-0344 MEG2310-0319 MEG2310-0325 MEG2310-0344 MEG2314-0319 MEG2314-0325 MEG2314-0344 MEG2301-1419 MEG2301-1425 MEG2301-1444 MEG2302-0302 MEG2302-0304 MEG2302-0306 MEG2302-0319 MEG2302-0325 MEG2302-0344 MEG2303-4002 MEG2303-4004 MEG2303-4006 MEG2303-4019

SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, polar white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, IP44, anthracite, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, IP44, polar white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, IP44, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, IP44, aluminium, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, IP44, polar white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, IP44, stainless steel, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, IP44, aluminium, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, IP44, white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, anthracite, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, aluminium, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, polar white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, antique brass, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, stainless steel, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, aluminium, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, polar white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, anthracite, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, aluminium, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, anthracite, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, polar white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, aluminium, System M SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. With addit.safety pow.supply marking, or,Sys.Des. SCHUKO sckt-outlts f. spec. circ., With power supply marking, green, Sys.Des. SCHUKO socket-outlets for special circuits, ruby red, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, antique brass, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, stainless steel, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, aluminium, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, anthracite, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, polar white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, aluminium, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, dark brazil, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, light grey, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, antique brass, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, stainless steel, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, aluminium, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, black grey, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, dark brazil, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, polar white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, light grey, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, antique brass, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, stainless steel, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, aluminium, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, black grey, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, polar white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, active white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, polar white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, active white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, IP44, polar white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, IP44, active white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, IP44, white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, polar white, glossy, M-SMART SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, active white, glossy, M-SMART SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, white, glossy, M-SMART SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. w.label.field, or, Sys.M SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. w.label.field, green, Sys.M SCHUKO socket-outlets for special circuits with labelling field, rby rd, Sys. M SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, polar white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, active white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, white, glossy, System M SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. with ctrl lamp& label.field, or, Sys.Des. SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. with ctrl lamp& label.field, green, Sys.Des. SCHUKO sckt-outlts f. spec.circ. with ctrl lamp& label.field, rby rd,Sys.Des. SCHUKO socket-outlet with ctrl lamp & labelling field, polar white, Sys. Design

Š2010

PU

PG

Page

10/60 10/60 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50

1 1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.1 1.8 1.8 1.1 1 1.4 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1.4 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.8 1 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

15 15 16,44 16,44 16,44 16,44 139,156 139,156 139,156 139,156 12 12 12 12 138 138 138 138 138 138 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 145 145 145 136 136 136 136 136 136 15 15 15 15 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 15 15 15 15 15 15 16,44 16,44 16,44 109 109 109 27 27 27 14 14 14 146 146 146 138

| OVERVIEW OF REPLACEMENTARTICLES

www.merten.com

OVERVIEW OF REPLACEMENTARTICLES

541

Article number overview


OVERVIEW OF REPLACEMENTARTICLES

Article number overview

www.merten.com

Discontinue

542

240844 240846 240860 240914 240919 240944 240960 246319 246325 246344 246819 246825 246844 247019 247025 247044 247119 247125 247144 247219 247225 247244 247319 247325 247344 247414 247419 247444 247460 247514 247519 247544 247560 247619 247644 247646 247660 247702 247704 247706 247819 247844 247846 247860 247902 247904 247906 247919 247944 247946 247960 248319 248325 248344 248402 248404 248406 248419 248425 248444 248514 248519 248544 248560 249219 249244 249246 249260 249319 249325 249344 249414 249419 249444 249460 249519 249525 249544 249602

Replacement Description MEG2303-4044 MEG2303-4146 MEG2303-4060 MEG2303-0414 MEG2303-0419 MEG2303-0444 MEG2303-0460 MEG2328-1019 MEG2328-1025 MEG2328-1044 MEG2328-1219 MEG2328-1225 MEG2328-1244 MEG2301-1219 MEG2301-1225 MEG2301-1244 MEG2300-1219 MEG2300-1225 MEG2300-1244 MEG2301-1019 MEG2301-1025 MEG2301-1044 MEG2300-1019 MEG2300-1025 MEG2300-1044 MEG2312-0414 MEG2312-0419 MEG2312-0444 MEG2312-0460 MEG2313-0414 MEG2313-0419 MEG2313-0444 MEG2313-0460 MEG2370-4019 MEG2370-4044 MEG2370-4146 MEG2370-4060 MEG2372-4002 MEG2372-4004 MEG2372-4006 MEG2312-4019 MEG2312-4044 MEG2312-4146 MEG2312-4060 MEG2313-4002 MEG2313-4004 MEG2313-4006 MEG2313-4019 MEG2313-4044 MEG2313-4146 MEG2313-4060 MEG2312-0319 MEG2312-0325 MEG2312-0344 MEG2313-0302 MEG2313-0304 MEG2313-0306 MEG2313-0319 MEG2313-0325 MEG2313-0344 MEG2370-0414 MEG2370-0419 MEG2370-0444 MEG2370-0460 MEG2350-4019 MEG2350-4044 MEG2350-4146 MEG2350-4060 MEG2350-0319 MEG2350-0325 MEG2350-0344 MEG2350-0414 MEG2350-0419 MEG2350-0444 MEG2350-0460 MEG2370-0319 MEG2370-0325 MEG2370-0344 MEG2372-0302

SCHUKO socket-outlet with control lamp and labelling field, white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with ctrl lamp & labelling field, stainless steel, Sys.Des. SCHUKO socket-outlet with ctrl lamp & labelling field, aluminium, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with control lamp and labelling field, anthracite, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with control lamp & labelling field, polar white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with control lamp and labelling field, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with control lamp and labelling field, aluminium, System M SCHUKO double socket-outlet, polar white, glossy, 1-M SCHUKO double socket-outlet, active white, glossy, 1-M SCHUKO double socket-outlet, white, glossy, 1-M SCHUKO double socket-outlet, polar white, glossy, ATELIER-M SCHUKO double socket-outlet, active white, glossy, ATELIER-M SCHUKO double socket-outlet, white, glossy, ATELIER-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, polar white, glossy, ATELIER-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, active white, glossy, ATELIER-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, white, glossy, ATELIER-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, polar white, glossy, ATELIER-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, active white, glossy, ATELIER-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, white, glossy, ATELIER-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, polar white, glossy, 1-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, active white, glossy, 1-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, white, glossy, 1-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, polar white, glossy, 1-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, active white, glossy, 1-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, white, glossy, 1-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid and labelling field, anthracite, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid and labelling field, polar white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid and labelling field, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid and labelling field, aluminium, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hngd lid, ctrl lamp & labelling field, anthr., Sys. M SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid, ctrl lamp & labelling field, pol.wht., Sys. M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hngd lid, ctrl lamp & labelling field, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hngd lid, ctrl lamp & labelling field, alum., Sys. M SCHUKO socket-outlet 45°, polar white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet 45°, white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet 45°, stainless steel, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet 45°, aluminium, System Design SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. 45° w.label.field, or, Sys.Des. SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. 45° w.label.field, green, Sys.Des. SCHUKO sckt-outlts f. spec. circ. 45° with labelling field, rby rd, Sys.Des. SCHUKO socket-outlet with hngd lid & labelling field, polar white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid and labelling field, white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hngd lid & labelling field, stainless steel, Sys. Des. SCHUKO socket-outlet with hngd lid and labelling field, aluminium, System Design SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. with hngd lid, ctrl lamp& label.field, or, Sys.Des. SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. with hngd lid, ctrl lamp& label.field, green, Sys.Des. SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. with hngd lid, ctrl lamp& label.field, rby rd, Sys.Des. SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid, ctrl lamp & labelling field, pol.wht., Sys.Des. SCHUKO socket-outlet with hngd lid, ctrl lamp & labelling field, white, Sys.Des. SCHUKO socket-outlet with hngd lid, ctrl lamp & labelling field, ss., Sys.Des. SCHUKO socket-outlet with hngd lid, ctrl lamp & labelling field, alum., Sys.Des. SCHUKO socket-outlet with hngd lid & labelling field, pol. wht., glossy, Sys. M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hngd lid & labelling field, active wht, glossy, Sys. M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hngd lid and labelling field, white, glossy, System M SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. with hngd lid, ctrl lamp& label.field, or, Sys.M SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. with hngd lid, ctrl lamp& label.field, green, Sys.M SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. with hngd lid, ctrl lamp& label.field, rby rd,Sys.M SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid, ctrl lamp& labelling field,pol.wht.,glos.,Sys.M SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid, ctrl lamp& labelling field, act.wht,glos.,Sys.M SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid, ctrl lamp & labelling field, wht, glossy, Sys.M SCHUKO socket-outlet 45°, anthracite, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet 45°, polar white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet 45°, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet 45°, aluminium, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with computer marking, polar white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with computer marking, white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with computer marking, stainless steel, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with computer marking, aluminium, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with computer marking, polar white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with computer marking, active white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with computer marking, white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with computer marking, anthracite, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with computer marking, polar white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with computer marking, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with computer marking, aluminium, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet 45°, polar white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet 45°, active white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet 45°, white, glossy, System M SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. 45° w.label.field, or, Sys.M

OVERVIEW OF REPLACEMENTARTICLES |©2010

PU

PG

Page

1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/60 10/60 10/60 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60

1 1.2 1.2 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.8 1 1.8 1 1 1 1.8 1 1.8 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1

138 138 138 14 14 14 14 96 96 96 100 100 100 99 99 99 100 100 100 95 95 95 95 95 95 16 16 16 16 17 17 17 17 137 137 137 137 147 147 147 140 140 140 140 146 146 146 140 140 140 140 16 16 16 28 28 28 17 17 17 13 13 13 13 141 141 141 141 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 13 13 13 29


Discontinue 249604 249606 249902 249904 249906 249919 249925 249944 265719 265744 265746 265760 265814 265819 265844 265860 266819 266825 266844 270119 270144 270319 270344 270619 270644 270646 270660 273419 273425 273444 275219 275244 275414 275419 275444 275460 275914 275919 275944 275960 277114 277119 277144 277160 277419 277425 277444 277519 277560 277594 277719 277743 277744 277746 277760 278419 278425 278444 278719 278725 278744 278919 278925 278944 279219 279225 279244 283114 283115 283119 283144 283160 284219 284225 284244 284314 284319 284344 284360

Replacement Description MEG2372-0304 MEG2372-0306 MEG2303-0302 MEG2303-0304 MEG2303-0306 MEG2303-0319 MEG2303-0325 MEG2303-0344 MEG2305-4019 MEG2305-4044 MEG2305-4146 MEG2305-4060 MEG2305-0414 MEG2305-0419 MEG2305-0444 MEG2305-0460 MEG2305-0319 MEG2305-0325 MEG2305-0344 MEG2401-1519 MEG2401-1544 MEG2401-1619 MEG2401-1644 MEG2402-4019 MEG2402-4044 MEG2402-4146 MEG2402-4060 MEG2401-0319 MEG2401-0325 MEG2401-0344 MEG2401-0619 MEG2401-0644 MEG2400-0414 MEG2400-0419 MEG2400-0444 MEG2400-0460 MEG2402-0414 MEG2402-0419 MEG2402-0444 MEG2402-0460 MEG2401-0414 MEG2401-0419 MEG2401-0444 MEG2401-0460 MEG2400-0319 MEG2400-0325 MEG2400-0344 MEG2401-4019 MEG2401-4060 MEG2401-4244 MEG2400-4019 MEG2400-4143 MEG2400-4044 MEG2400-4146 MEG2400-4060 MEG2401-1219 MEG2401-1225 MEG2401-1244 MEG2401-1019 MEG2401-1025 MEG2401-1044 MEG2402-0319 MEG2402-0325 MEG2402-0344 MEG2401-1419 MEG2401-1425 MEG2401-1444 MEG2612-7214 MEG2612-7215 MEG2612-7219 MEG2612-7244 MEG2612-7260 MEG2600-0319 MEG2600-0325 MEG2600-0344 MEG2600-0414 MEG2600-0419 MEG2600-0444 MEG2600-0460

SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. 45° w.label.field, green,Sys.M SCHUKO sckt-outlts for special circuits 45° with labelling field, rby rd, Sys. M SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. with ctrl lamp& label.field, or,Sys.M SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. with ctrl lamp& label.field, green,Sys.M SCHUKO sckt-outlts f. spec. circ. with ctrl lamp & labelling field, rby rd,Sys.M SCHUKO socket-outlet with ctrl lamp & labelling field, pol. wht., glossy, Sys. M SCHUKO sckt-outlt with ctrl lamp & labelling field, active wht, glossy, Sys. M SCHUKO socket-outlet with ctrl lamp & labelling field, white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with surge protection & labelling field, pol.wht., Sys.Des. SCHUKO socket-outlet with surge protection & labelling field, white, Sys. Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with surge protection & labelling field, ss., Sys.Des. SCHUKO socket-outlet with surge protection & labelling field, alum., Sys.Des. SCHUKO socket-outlet with surge protection & labelling field, anthracite, Sys. M SCHUKO socket-outlet with surge protection & labelling field, pol. wht., Sys. M SCHUKO socket-outlet with surge protection and labelling field, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with surge protection & labelling field, aluminium, Sys. M SCHUKO sckt-outlt with surge protection & labelling field, pol.wht.,glos., Sys.M SCHUKO sckt-outlt with surge protection & labelling field, act. wht,glos., Sys.M SCHUKO sckt-outlt with surge protection & labelling field, wht, glossy, Sys. M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, polar white, M-SMART SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, white, M-SMART SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, polar white, M-SMART SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, white, M-SMART SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, polar white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, stainless steel, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, aluminium, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, active white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, anthracite, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, aluminium, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, anthracite, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, polar white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, aluminium, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, anthracite, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, aluminium, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, active white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, aluminium, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, antique brass, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, stainless steel, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, aluminium, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, polar white, glossy, ATELIER-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, active white, glossy, ATELIER-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, white, glossy, ATELIER-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, polar white, glossy, 1-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, active white, glossy, 1-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, white, glossy, 1-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, polar white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, active white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, polar white, glossy, M-SMART SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, active white, glossy, M-SMART SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, white, glossy, M-SMART Socket-outlet with earth. pin, hngd lid & labelling field, anthracite, AQ.DES. Socket-outlet with earth. pin, hngd lid & labelling field, dark brazil, AQ.DES. Socket-outlet with earth. pin, hngd lid & labelling field, polar white, AQ.DES. Socket-outlet with earthing pin, hngd lid and labelling field, white, AQUADESIGN Socket-outlet with earth. pin, hngd lid & labelling field, aluminium, AQUADESIGN Socket-outlet with earthing pin, polar white, glossy, System M Socket-outlet with earthing pin, active white, glossy, System M Socket-outlet with earthing pin, white, glossy, System M Socket-outlet with earthing pin, anthracite, System M Socket-outlet with earthing pin, polar white, System M Socket-outlet with earthing pin, white, System M Socket-outlet with earthing pin, aluminium, System M

©2010

PU

PG

Page

10/60 10/60 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1 1 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1.8 1 1.8 1.8 1 1.8 1 1 1 1.8 1 1.8 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1

29 29 27 27 27 14 14 14 141 141 141 141 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 111 111 111 111 143 143 143 143 22 22 22 22 22 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 22 22 22 22 23 23 23 142 142 142 143 143 143 143 143 101 101 101 96 96 96 23 23 23 111 111 111 237 237 237 237 237 31 31 31 31 31 31 31

| OVERVIEW OF REPLACEMENTARTICLES

www.merten.com

OVERVIEW OF REPLACEMENTARTICLES

543

Article number overview


OVERVIEW OF REPLACEMENTARTICLES Discontinue

Article number overview

MEG2600-4015 MEG2600-4019 MEG2600-4029 MEG2600-4143 MEG2600-4044 MEG2600-4146 MEG2600-4060 MEG2600-4069 MEG2610-0414 MEG2610-0419 MEG2610-0444 MEG2610-0460 MEG2610-4019 MEG2610-4143 MEG2610-4146 MEG2610-4060 MEG2610-4044 MEG2612-4002 MEG2612-4004 MEG2612-4006 MEG2610-0319 MEG2610-0325 MEG2610-0344 MEG2612-0302 MEG2612-0304 MEG2612-0306 MEG3112-0000 MEG3115-0000 MEG3715-0000 MEG3714-0000 MEG3116-0000 MEG3126-0000 MEG3117-0000 MEG3150-0000 MEG3755-0000 MEG3754-0000 MEG3154-0000 MEG3156-0000 MEG3155-0000 MEG3153-0000 MEG3102-0000 MEG3125-0000 MEG3106-0000 MEG3902-0000 MEG3942-0000 MEG5131-0000 MEG5133-0000 MEG5132-0000 MEG5133-0000 MEG5135-0000 MEG5142-0000 MEG5135-0000 MEG5136-0000

Socket-outlet with earthing pin, dark brazil, System Design Socket-outlet with earthing pin, polar white, System Design Socket-outlet with earthing pin, light grey, System Design Socket-outlet with earthing pin, antique brass, System Design Socket-outlet with earthing pin, white, System Design Socket-outlet with earthing pin, stainless steel, System Design Socket-outlet with earthing pin, aluminium, System Design Socket-outlet with earthing pin, black grey, System Design Socket-outlet with earthing pin and hinged lid, anthracite, System M Socket-outlet with earthing pin and hinged lid, polar white, System M Socket-outlet with earthing pin and hinged lid, white, System M Socket-outlet with earthing pin and hinged lid, aluminium, System M Socket-outlet with earthing pin and hinged lid, polar white, System Design Socket-outlet with earthing pin and hinged lid, antique brass, System Design Socket-outlet with earthing pin and hinged lid, stainless steel, System Design Socket-outlet with earthing pin and hinged lid, aluminium, System Design Socket-outlet with earthing pin and hinged lid, white, System Design Socket-outlet with earth. pin, hngd lid& label.field f.spec.circ., or, Sys.Des. Socket-outlet with earth. pin, hngd lid& label.field f.spec.circ., green, Sys.Des. Socket-outlet with earth. pin, hngd lid& label.field f.spec.circ. rby rd,Sys.Des. Socket-outlet with earthing pin and hinged lid, polar white, glossy, System M Socket-outlet with earthing pin and hinged lid, active white, glossy, System M Socket-outlet with earthing pin and hinged lid, white, glossy, System M Socket-outlet with earth. pin, hngd lid& label.field f.spec.circ., or, Sys.M Socket-outlet with earth. pin, hngd lid& label.field f.spec.circ.,Sys.M Socket-outlet with earth. pin, hngd lid& label.field f. spec.circ., rby rd,Sys.M One-way switch insert 2 pole, flush-mounted, 10 AX, AC 250 V, plug-in terminals Two-circuit switch insert 1 pole, flush-mntd, 10 AX, AC 250 V, plug-in terminals Roller shutter swit. insrt 1 pole, flush-mntd, 10 A, AC 250 V, plug-in terminals Roller shutter swit.insrt with additional cont. 1 pole,10 A, AC 250 V,plug-in terminals Two-way switch insert 1 pole, flush-mounted, 10 AX, AC 250 V, plug-in terminals Double two-way swit. insrt 1 pole, flush-mntd,10 AX, AC 250 V, plug-in terminals Intermediate switch insrt 1 pole, flush-mntd, 10 AX, AC 250 V, plug-in terminals Push-btn insrt make cont. 1 pole, flush-mntd, 10 A, AC 250 V, plug-in terminals Roller shutter pbtn insrt 1 pole, flush-mntd, 10 A, AC 250 V, plug-in terminals Push-btn insrt make cont. 1 pole for hotelcard holder,10 A,250 V AC,plug-in terminals Push-btn insrt make cont. 1 pole,10 A, AC 250 V,plug-in terminals Push-button insert two-way 1 pole, flush-mntd, 10 A, AC 250 V, plug-in terminals Double pbtn insrt make cont. 1 pole, flush-mntd,10 A, AC 250 V,plug-in terminals Double pbtn insrt 1 make cont. 1 p.+ 1 break cont. 1 p.,10 A, AC 250 V,plug-in terminals One-way swit.insrt 2 p. with indicator light,flush-mntd,10 AX, AC 250 V,plug-in terminals Two-circuit swit.insrt 1 p. with N terminal,flush-mntd,10 AX,250 V AC,plug-in terminals Two-way swit.insrt 1 p. with indicator light,flush-mntd,10 AX, AC 250 V,plug-in terminals LED lighting module for double switch/pbtn as ctrl lamp, 100-230 V,multicoloured LED lighting module for double swit.es/pbtns as orient. light,100-230 V,multicoloured Rotary dimmer insrt for ohm. load with pressure-operated on/off switch, 40-400 W Rotary dimmer insert for inductive load, 40-600 W/VA Rotary dimm. insrt for ohm. load with pressure-operated two-way switch, 40-400 W Rotary dimmer insert for inductive load, 40-600 W/VA Rotary dimmer insert for inductive load, 60-1000 VA Electronic potentiometer insert 1-10 V Rotary dimmer insert for inductive load, 60-1000 VA Rotary dimmer insert for capacitive load, 20-315 W

www.merten.com

284515 284519 284529 284543 284544 284546 284560 284569 287414 287419 287444 287460 287819 287843 287846 287860 287894 287902 287904 287906 288319 288325 288344 288402 288404 288406 311200 311500 311501 311502 311600 311601 311700 315000 315500 315800 315900 315901 315902 315903 325200 325500 325600 396176 396276 572199 572299 572499 572599 572799 572999 573299 577199

Replacement Description

544

OVERVIEW OF REPLACEMENTARTICLES |Š2010

PU

PG

Page

10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 1/150 1/150 1/72 1/72 1/72 1/72 1/72 1/72 1/72 1/72

1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1.4 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.8 1 1 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

148 148 148 148 148 148 148 148 32 32 32 32 149 149 149 149 149 150 150 150 32 32 32 33 33 33 306 305 317 317 305 306 305 308,364 317 309 308 308,364 308 308 307 306 306 325 325 314,349 315,349 315,349 315,349 315,349 316,350 315,349 316,349


OVERVIEW OF REPLACEMENTARTICLES Replacement Description

PU

PG

Page

www.merten.com

Discontinue

©2010

| OVERVIEW OF REPLACEMENTARTICLES

545

Article number overview


Terms and conditions of sale and supply

Terms and conditions of sale and supply

www.merten.de

I. General provisions 1) The written agreements signed by the two parties shall determine the scope of the deliveries or services (hereinafter: deliveries). The General Terms and Conditions of Business of the customer will only apply when they conform with these sales and supply conditions or when we have expressly approved the same in writing. 2) We shall unrestrictedly reserve our exploitation rights under proprietary right and copyright law to cost estimates, drawings and other documents (hereinafter: documents). Such documents may only be rendered accessible to third parties with our prior consent and in the event that we are not awarded the order must be returned to us without delay should we so request. Articles 1 and 2 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the customer's submissions, though such submissions may be rendered accessible to third parties to whom we have assigned responsibility for supplies. 3) Partial supplies shall be admissible insofar as the customer may be reasonably expected to accept the same.

546

II. Prices and conditions of payment 1) Prices shall be understood to be ex-works excluding packaging and plus the statutory sales tax applicable at the time. 2) Given the complete acceptance of goods involving a net amount of Euro 500.00, delivery shall be effected to the point of receipt on the basis of carriage-paid goods, excluding packaging; orders involving net amounts of less than Euro 250.00 shall be subject to a surcharge for administrative costs of Euro 15.00. Given the complete acceptance of goods involving a net amount of Euro 1000.00, delivery shall be effected to the point of receipt on the basis of carriagepaid goods, including packaging. Sales shall only be effected against invoices. Special terms and conditions, which we shall confirm in individual cases, shall apply to exports. 3) Packaging will be invoiced at the lowest possible prices and will not be taken back. 4) Insofar as nothing is agreed to the contrary, payment shall, irrespective of the receipt of the goods involved, be made to us net within thirty days of the invoice date or within eight days with a 2 % discount. Should the payment deadline be exceeded, interest will, without a reminder being required, be calculated at 9 % over the base rate. Payments shall be made to our payment agent. 5) The customer may only offset receivables which are undisputed or have been established on a legally binding basis.

III. Retention of title Goods shall be supplied subject to reservation of title involving the following extensions: 1) All supplied goods shall remain our property until such time as our claims against the customer, including any such claims which may arise from the business connection in the future, are paid in full and for such time as the account, including the bill and cheque commitments, has not been settled. This will also apply in the event that the purchase price for certain deliveries of goods specified by the customer is to be paid. In the case of a current account, the reserved title shall constitute security for our balance claim. 2) The customer shall have a revocable right and, as long as he fulfils his obligations to ourselves and, taking the following provisions into account, shall be entitled to sell on or process during the normal course of business goods which are encumbered with reservation of title. However, the customer shall be forbidden from pledging or assigning as security goods supplied or processed subject to reservation of title. The customer shall, insofar as this is compatible with commercial practices, likewise undertake only to resell reserved goods which we have supplied in conjunction with reser­va­tion of title. Upon justified request and in the case of default, the customer shall be obliged to apprise us of the name of the third party customer. 3) Insofar as goods encumbered with reservation of title are processed, such processing shall, though without any guarantee on our part, be effected for us. In the event of processing by the customer in conjunction with goods which are not our property, we shall be entitled to co-ownership of the new item in proportion to the value of the reserved goods to the other processed goods at the time of processing. 4) In the event that goods which we have supplied are combined with other goods, we shall acquire coownership of the amount in proportion to the value of the reserved goods at the point of combination. 5) Should the customer sell reserved goods which we have supplied or should such goods be supplied to a third party – irrespective of the value or condition – or should such goods be installed within the framework of a contract of manufacture, supply or construction, the customer shall, until such time as the claims stipulated in sub-section 1) are settled in full, hereby assign to us, up to the amount of the invoice value of our deliveries, the claim, together with all ancillary rights, including the compensation claims accruing to them from the legal transaction involving the re-

Terms and conditions of sale and supply | ©2010

6)

7)

8)

9)

sale or installation, accruing to them vis-à-vis their customer or buyer from such sale, delivery or installation. In the event of an assignment ban in such contract of manufacture, supply or construction and in the event of payment default, the customer shall undertake to apprise their third party customers of the advance assignment. In the event that reserved goods which we have supplied should be sold to third parties in conjunction with other goods, we shall be assigned that proportion of the total asking price corresponding to the invoice value of our deliveries. The reservation of title with the extensions pursuant to the above provisions shall also remain in force in the event of individual claims against customers on the part of our customer being included in the current account. In this case, the customer shall, at this early juncture, assign to us the balance pertaining to his credit. The customer shall, upon request and particularly in the event of payment default on the part of the purchaser, be obliged to facilitate the direct assertion of the claims involved and apprise the third party debtor of the assignment. We must be apprised without delay of any attachments and every kind of restriction which pertain in respect of our property. In the event that the value of the overall collateral stemming from the business connection with which we have been furnished should exceed our delivery claims by more than 20%, we shall, at the request of the customer, be obliged to reassign the assigned claims to this extent. In the event of any incidence of damage or other impairment to the equipment supplied on the basis of our terms and conditions, the customer shall, at this early juncture, assign to us in advance the compensation claim accruing to him from his insurance to the amount of the incidence of damage relating to our reserved property.

IV. Deadline for deliveries; default 1) The deadline for deliveries or services shall commence on the day on which written agreement is presented pertaining to the order in question between the customer and ourselves. The observance of such deadline presupposes the prompt receipt of all the documents, requisite licences and releases to be furnished by the customer, the prompt clarification and approval of the plans and the observance of the agreed Terms and Conditions of Payment and other obligations. Should these requirements not be fulfilled on time, the delivery deadline shall be extended by an adequate period of time; this shall not apply if we are responsible for the delay.

2) Should the non-observance of deadlines be attributable to force majeure, such as mobilisation, war, civil commotion or similar occurrences, e.g. strike or lockout, delivery deadlines shall be extended by adequate periods of time. 3) In the event of default, the customer may, insofar as he can plausibly establish that he has been prejudiced by the delay in question, request default compensation for every completed week of such delay of 0.5% up to a total amount of 5% of the value of that component of the deliveries or services which it has not been possible to put into appropriate operation due to the late completion of individual accompanying items. 4) Both compensation claims on the part of the customer for delivery default and compensation claims in lieu of performance which exceed the limits stipulated in para. 3 shall, in all instances of delayed delivery, including following the expiry of any delivery deadline which we may have set, be excluded. This shall not apply in cases of wilful intent or gross negligence or injury to life, body or health, where compulsory liability applies. The customer may withdraw from the contract within the framework of the prevailing statutory provisions only insofar as we are responsible for a delay in delivery. The above stipulations shall not entail a change in the burden of proof to the detriment of the customer. 5) The customer shall, at our request, undertake to declare within a reasonable period of time whether he is withdrawing from the contract due to a delay in delivery or is insisting upon delivery. 6) In the event that dispatch or delivery should, at the behest of the customer, be delayed by more than one month following notification of readiness for dispatch, the customer may, for every month commenced, be invoiced storage costs to the amount of 0.5% of the price of the delivery items, though no more than a total of 5%. The contracting parties shall be at liberty to prove that lower or higher storage costs have accrued. If the customer is delayed in accepting the goods, the legal consequences for the delay in acceptance of goods will remain unaffected.


Terms and conditions of sale and supply

VI. Acceptance The customer may not refuse to accept deliveries on the grounds of minor defects. VII. Material defects 1) The prerequisite for the assertion of material defects liability shall be the submission to us or our authorised representative of proof of acquisition (delivery note, invoice, etc.). The warranty entitlement may not be transferred to third parties without our consent. 2) We do not assume any guarantees for the quality of the services. Our statements regarding the quality of specific features or characteristics of services are intended only to define the agreed quality of services as defined by Article 434 of the German Civil Code. All those components or services which exhibit a material defect within the limitation period – irrespective of operating life – shall, as we see fit, be repaired, resupplied or refurnished insofar as the cause of the same occurred at the time of transfer of risk. 3) Material defects claims shall lapse after twelve months. This will not apply when legislation as per Articles 438 Para. 1.2 (Structures and items for structures), 479 Para. 479 1 (Claim under a right of recourse) and 643a Para. 1.2 (Construction defects) of the German Civil Code makes provision for longer periods of time, in instances of injury to life, body or health, in the event of a wilful or grossly negligent breach of duty on our part and in the event of the malicious non-disclosure of a defect. The statutory provisions pertaining to the suspension of expiration, suspension and recommencement of periods shall remain unaffected.

4) The customer shall submit complaints pertaining to material defects to us in writing without delay. 5) In the event of notification of defects, payments on the part of the customer may be withheld on a scale which is in a reasonable ratio to the material defects which have occurred. The customer may only withhold payments should a complaint be asserted whose justification is beyond doubt. Should a complaint have been submitted without justification, we shall be entitled to request that the customer reimburse the costs which we have incurred. 6) In the first instance, we shall be granted the opportunity to effect subsequent fulfilment within a reasonable period of time. We may elect to effect subsequent fulfilment by remedying the defect or by providing a defect-free service. 7) Should such subsequent fulfilment be unsuccessful, the customer – any compensation claims pursuant to Section IX notwithstanding – may withdraw from the contract or reduce the amount of payment. The customer may not rescind the contract when a service has not been performed in accordance with the contract when the customer's right to subsequent fulfilment in accordance with Section VII, para. 3 of our conditions has become subject to the statute of limitations and we invoke this stipulation. 8) Claims arising from defects shall not prevail in respect of a minor deviation from an agreed quality level, a minor impairment to usability, natural wear and tear or incidences of prejudice which arise subsequent to the risk transfer due to faulty or negligent handling, excessive strain, unsuitable operating facilities, faulty construction operations, unsuitable subsoil and, in particular, any external influences which are not presupposed by the contract, as well as non-reproducible software defects. In the event that modifications or maintenance operations should be improperly performed by the customer or any third parties, it shall likewise be the case that no claims arising from defects shall prevail for such modifications and maintenance operations or any resulting consequences. 9) Any claims on the part of the customer for expenditure which it is necessary to incur for subsequent fulfilment purposes, particularly transport, travelling, labour and material costs, shall be excluded insofar as such expenditure increases due to the fact that a delivery item has been subsequently transported to a location other than the customer's business premises unless such transportation is in line with the normal use of such item.

10) Claims under rights of recourse against ourselves on the part of the customer pursuant to Article 478 of the German Civil Code (Contractor's recourse) shall only persist insofar as the customer has not agreed any arrangements with his customer exceeding the scope of the statutory claims arising from defects. Section 7, para. 9 of our conditions shall also apply mutatis mutandis to the scope of the customer's claim under a right of recourse against ourselves pursuant to Article 478 Para. 2 of the German Civil Code. 11) It should be noted that Section IX (Other compensation claims) shall apply to compensation claims. Any further claims for a material defect against us and our agents on the part of the customer and any claims for a material defect against us and our agents on the part of the customer other than those stipulated in Section VII shall be excluded. VIII. Impossibility, Contract amendment 1) Insofar as a delivery is impossible, the customer shall be entitled to claim compensation unless we are not responsible for such impossibility. However, the customer's entitlement to compensation shall be restricted to 10% of the value of that component of the delivery which cannot be put into appropriate operation as a result. This entitlement shall not apply in cases of wilful intent, gross negligence or injury to life, body or health where compulsory liability prevails; this shall not entail a change in the burden of proof to the detriment of the customer. The right of the customer to withdraw from the contract shall remain unaffected. 2) Insofar as any unforeseeable occurrences within the purport of Section IV, Para. 2 considerably alter the economic importance of the item of delivery or exercise a major influence on our operations, the contract shall be suitably revised in compliance with the principle of good faith. Insofar as this is not economically justifiable, we shall be entitled to withdraw from the contract. In the event that we should wish to exercise this right of withdrawal, we shall apprise the customer accordingly without delay upon becoming aware of the implications of this occurrence, also in the event that an extension of the delivery period should initially have been agreed with the customer. IX. Other claims for damages 1) Claims for compensation and claims for the compensation of expenses (hereinafter: compensation claims) on the part of the customer, irrespective of the legal grounds, particularly for a breach of the duties arising from the contractual obligation and for tortious acts, shall be excluded.

(c)2010

2) This shall not apply insofar as compulsory liability prevails, e.g. pursuant to the Product Liability Act, in cases of wilful intent, gross negligence, injury to life, body or health and a breach of major contractual obligations. However, a claim for compensation with regard to a breach of major contractual obligations shall be restricted to the contractually typical, foreseeable prejudice insofar as wilful intent or gross negligence do not exist or liability exists due to injury to life, body or health. The above stipulations shall not entail a change in the burden of proof to the detriment of the customer. 3) Insofar as the customer is entitled to compensation claims pursuant to Section IX, such claims shall lapse upon the expiry of the limitation period pursuant to Section VII, Para. 3 applying to claims for material defects. In the case of compensation claims pursuant to the Product Liability Act, the prevailing statutory limitation provisions shall apply. X. Depictions, dimensions and weights shall always be regarded as approximate. XI. Place of contract fulfilment, place of jurisdiction and applicable law 1) Insofar as nothing to the contrary is agreed, the place of contract fulfilment shall be Gummersbach, Germany. 2) In the event of the customer being a businessman, the sole place of jurisdiction for all disputes arising directly or indirectly from the contractual relationship shall be Gummersbach, Germany. However, we also have the right to file suit against the customer at his legal place of venue. 3) German substantive law shall, to the exclusion of the UN Convention on Contracts pertaining to the International Sale of Goods (CISG), apply to the legal relations in connection with this contract. XII. In the event that one or several of the stipulations of the above terms and conditions of sale and supply are or become invalid, the validity of the remaining stipulations as well as of these the terms and conditions of sale and supply are not affected. Sentence 1 also applies to all additional contractual agreements between the parties, as long as adhering to the contract would not constitute an undue hardship for one of the parties.

| Terms and Conditions of Sale and Supply

www.merten.de

V. Transfer of risk Risk is transferred to the customer upon transfer to a transport carrier, and at the latest at the point when the delivery leaves our works or warehouse, even if delivery on a carriage paid basis has been agreed. Deliveries are shipped at the customer's expense only insofar as not otherwise specified under Section II, para. 2 of our conditions. In the absence of a written arrangement to the contrary, dispatch shall always be effected according to our best judgement. We cannot assume any responsibility for transporting by the cheapest method available. We shall only arrange transport insurance policies when their cost is borne by the purchaser and when there is express, written agreement.

547

Terms and conditions of sale and supply


1

0

System M/Einsätze

90

1-M/Rahmen

0

Vorschaltseite

90

Artikelübersicht

1

Vorschaltseite

91

Artikelübersicht

2

Vorschaltseite

3

Vorschaltseite

4

Vorschaltseite

92

1-M/frame

5

Vorschaltseite

92

1-M/frame

6

Vorschaltseite

92

1-M frame with labelling bracket

7

Vorschaltseite

94

8

Vorschaltseite

Surface-mounted housing for 1-M, ATELIERM

9

Vorschaltseite

95

10

Vorschaltseite

SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals

11

Vorschaltseite

96

SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals

12

System M / Inserts

98

ATELIER-M/frames

12

SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals

98

ATELIER-M/frames

99

Surface-mounted housing for 1-M, ATELIERM

99

SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals

101

SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals

102

M-SMART/Rahmen

22

SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals

26

SCHUKO socket-outlets for special circuits

30

Socket-outlets (international)

38

Switch rockers

40

Rocker switches (illuminated)

43

Splash-proof - IP 44

45

The round switch

45

JUMBO, the big switch

102

Artikelübersicht

45

Special switch functions

103

Artikelübersicht

47

Time switch insert

48

Touch sensor surfaces (switching/ dimming)

104

M-SMART/Frames

51

Covers for rotary dimmers

104

M-SMART frames

52

Roller shutter switches

105

M-SMART frames with labelling bracket

53

Blind control system

108

55

Movement detectors

Surface-mounted housing for M-SMART, ARTEC, OCTOCOLOR

56

Room temperature control units

108

JUMBO, the big switch

57

KNX

109

63

Components for Ritto TwinBus

SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals

64

Signal and info covers

111

SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals

68

Central plates for communications technology

112

Splash-proof - IP 44

70

Communications inserts

72

Telecommunications

114

M-ARC/Rahmen

76

Data technology

114

Artikelübersicht

80

TV/audio

115

Artikelübersicht

84

ELSO MEDIOPT care®

85

Visual call systems

86

Visual call systems

116

M-ARC/Frames

89

Accessories

116

M-ARC frames

| | ©2010


118

M-STAR/Frames

118

M-STAR frames

120

M-PLAN/Rahmen

120

Artikelübersicht

121

Artikelübersicht

122

M-PLAN/Frames

122

M-PLAN frames

123

M-PLAN frames, with labelling option

126

M-PLAN II/Frames

126

M-PLAN II frames, flush-mounted

128

M-PLAN-Echtglasrahmen

128

Artikelübersicht

129

Artikelübersicht

130

M-PLAN real glass frames

130

M-PLAN real glass frames

132

M-PLAN metal frames

132

M-PLAN metal frames

134

System Fläche/Einsätze

134

Artikelübersicht

135

Artikelübersicht

136

System Design/Inserts

136 142

162

Roller shutter switches

163

Blind control system

165

Movement detectors

166

Room temperature control units

167

KNX

171

Central plates for communications technology

172

Communications inserts

175

Telecommunications

178

Data technology

181

TV/audio

183

Visual call systems

185

Accessories

188

ARTEC/Rahmen

188

Artikelübersicht

189

Artikelübersicht

190

ARTEC/Frames

190

ARTEC frames

191

Surface-mounted housing for M-SMART, ARTEC, OCTOCOLOR

192

SCHUKO socket-outlets

192

Socket-outlets

193

Accessories

194

ANTIK/Rahmen

194

Artikelübersicht

195

Artikelübersicht

196

ANTIK/Frames

196

ANTIK frames

SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals

198

TRANCENT/Rahmen

SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals

198

Artikelübersicht

199

Artikelübersicht

200

TRANCENT/Frames

145

SCHUKO socket-outlets for special circuits

148

Socket-outlets (international)

153

Switch rockers

154

Rocker switches (illuminated)

155

Splash-proof - IP 44

202

TRANCENT/Frames

157

Special switch functions

158

Time switch insert

202

TRANCENT frames

159

Touch sensor surfaces (switching/ dimming)

202

TRANCENT glass sensor covers

203

TRANCENT socket-outlets

162

Covers for rotary dimmers

204

TRANCENT cover foils

204

TRANCENT control electronics, 1-gang and ©2010

| |

2


3

inserts

234

AQUADESIGN

206

TRANCENT two-circuit control electronics with insert

234

207

TRANCENT roller shutter control electronics and insert

SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals

237

Socket-outlets (international)

207

KNX

237

Switch rockers

207

Signal and info covers

238

Touch sensor surfaces (switching/ dimming)

208

OCTOCOLOR/Einsätze

238

Roller shutter switches

239

Waterproof movement detectors

208

Artikelübersicht

239

KNX

209

Artikelübersicht

239

Communications technology

241

Accessories

210

OCTOCOLOR/Inserts

241

AQUADESIGN frames

210

SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals

244

PANZER

211

SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals

244

Artikelübersicht

245

Artikelübersicht

211

Socket-outlets (international)

212

Switch rockers

212

Rocker switches (illuminated)

246

ANTI-VANDALISM

212

Push-down buttons

246

213

Special switch functions

SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals

214

Time switch insert

246

215

Touch sensor surfaces (switching/ dimming)

SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals

246

Socket-outlets (international)

215

Covers for rotary dimmers

247

Switches and push-buttons, without frames

215

Roller shutter switches

247

Roller shutter switches

216

Blind control system

248

KNX

217

Movement detectors

248

Communications inserts and accessories

218

Room temperature control units

249

ANTI-VANDALISM frames

219

Central plates for communications technology

220

Communications inserts

250

AQUASTAR

222

Telecommunications

250

Artikelübersicht

225

Data technology

251

Artikelübersicht

226

TV/audio

228

Accessories

252

AQUASTAR

229

OCTOCOLOR/Frames

252

Switches, push-buttons and accessories

253

Roller shutter switches SCHUKO socket-outlets

229

OCTOCOLOR frames

254

230

Surface-mounted housing for M-SMART, ARTEC, OCTOCOLOR

256

Socket-outlets (international)

256

Accessories

232

AQUADESIGN

258

SCHLAGFEST

232

Artikelübersicht

258

Artikelübersicht

233

Artikelübersicht

259

Artikelübersicht

| | ©2010


260

IMPACT-RESISTANT

260

Switches, push-buttons and accessories

261

SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals

262

Socket-outlets (international)

263

Accessories

283

Room temperature control units

283

Central plates for communications technology

284

Communications inserts

286

Telecommunications

287

Data technology

288

TV/audio

289

Accessories

264

AGRAR

264

Switches, push-buttons and accessories

291

M1/Frames

265

SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals

291

M1 frames

265

Accessories

291

M1 frames, with labelling option

292

266

AUFPUTZ

Surface-mounted housing for M-SMART, ARTEC, OCTOCOLOR

293

SCHUKO socket-outlets and accessories

266

Artikelübersicht

294

Socket-outlets

267

Artikelübersicht

295

ATELIER/Frames

268

SURFACE-MOUNTED

295

ATELIER frames

268

Switches, push-buttons and accessories

296

Surface-mounted housing for ATELIER

270

SCHUKO socket-outlets

296

JUMBO, the big switch

271

Accessories for surface-mounted socketoutlets and combinations

296

SCHUKO socket-outlets

297

Socket-outlets

272

Surface-mounted housing for 1-M, ATELIERM

272

Surface-mounted housing for M-SMART, ARTEC, OCTOCOLOR

298

Unterputzeinsätze/Zubehör

298

Artikelübersicht

273

Accessories for surface-mounted housing

299

Artikelübersicht

300

Artikelübersicht

274

System Basis/Einsätze

301

Artikelübersicht

302

Artikelübersicht

274

Artikelübersicht

303

Artikelübersicht

275

Artikelübersicht

276

System Basis/Inserts

304

Flush-mounted inserts/ accessories

276

SCHUKO socket-outlets and accessories

277

Socket-outlets and accessories

304

Switch and push-button inserts

277

Switch rockers

305

Rocker switch inserts

278

Push-down buttons

307

Rocker button inserts

279

JUMBO, the big switch

309

Special switch functions

279

Special switch functions

311

Button dimmer

280

Time switch insert

312

Contact switch

280

Touch sensor surfaces (switching/ dimming)

314

Extension inserts

314

Rotary dimmers

281

Covers for rotary dimmers

317

Roller shutter switch inserts

281

Roller shutter switches

318

Blind control system

281

Blind control system

319

Room temperature control inserts

282

Movement detectors

320

Power boosters

320

Remote controls ©2010

| |

4


5

321

Communications inserts and accessories

324

TV/audio

325

Accessories for universal inserts

328

Funk-System CONNECT

328

Artikelübersicht

329

Artikelübersicht

364

Electronic transformers/low voltage halogen systems MET D

364

Control inserts for MET D

365

Accessories

366

Jalousiesteuerungssystem

366

Artikelübersicht

367

Artikelübersicht

368

Blind control system

369

Blind control system

330

CONNECT radio system

332

CONNECT radio system

332

CONNECT radio system, central unit

333

CONNECT radio system, configurator

369

Inserts

333

CONNECT radio system, push-button

370

Blind push-button

337

CONNECT radio system, switching/dimming

371

Blind push-button with sensor connection

340

CONNECT radio system, roller shutter

372

341

CONNECT radio system, ARGUS movement detector

Blind push-button with memory function and sensor connection

373

342

CONNECT radio system, heating

Blind push-button with IR receiver and sensor connection

374

344

Dimmersystem / Trafos

CONNECT roller shutter push-button with sensor connection

375

Standard blind time switch

344

Artikelübersicht

377

Comfort blind time switch

345

Artikelübersicht

379

Sensors

380

Remote controls

346

Dimmer system/transformers

382

348

Dimmer system/transformers

Gebäudekommunikation / Ritto Twinbus

382

Artikelübersicht

348

Comfort rotary dimmer

383

Artikelübersicht

348

Rotary dimmers

351

Rotary dimmer inserts for 600 VA

352

Rotary dimmer up to 900 VA

384

353

Double touch dimmer

Building communications / Ritto Twinbus

354

Button dimmer

384

Components for Ritto TwinBus

355

Contact switch

356

Extension inserts

357

Touch sensor surfaces (switching/ dimming)

386

ARGUS Bewegungsmelder Aufputz

359

Power boosters

360

Control units 1-10 V

386

Artikelübersicht

360

Rotary dimmers

387

Artikelübersicht

360

DIN rail mounted rotary dimmers

361

DIN rail mounted dimmers

388

362

DIN rail mounted memory super dimmers

ARGUS surface-mounted movement detector

362

Remote controls

388

ARGUS movement detector, standard

363

Electronic transformers/low voltage halogen systems MET B

392

ARGUS movement detector, remote control

392

ARGUS movement detector, CONNECT

| | ©2010


radio system

416

ARGUS smoke detector

393

ARGUS movement detector, KNX

418

Accessories

394

Accessories

420

Netzwerktechnik

420

Artikelübersicht

421

Artikelübersicht

422

Network technology

422

Line 21

422

Network components

396

ARGUS Präsenzmelder

396

Artikelübersicht

397

Artikelübersicht

398

ARGUS flush-mounted movement detector

398

Flush-mounted inserts for ARGUS movement detectors

423

Communications inserts and accessories

425

Communications inserts

398

ARGUS flush-mounted movement detectors

427

Communications technology

399

ARGUS flush-mounted movement detector with switch

400

ARGUS flush-mounted movement detectors, waterproof

430

KNX Systemgeräte / Zubehör

400

ARGUS movement detector, KNX

430

Artikelübersicht

431

Artikelübersicht

402

ARGUS Präsenzmelder

432

402

Artikelübersicht

KNX system devices/accessories

403

Artikelübersicht

432

Bus voltage supply

404

ARGUS presence detectors

433

System components

434

System accessories

404

ARGUS Presence system

436

Function module

405

ARGUS Presence

437

Interfaces/gateways

406

KNX ARGUS Presence

440

Teaching aids

408

Accessories

442

KNX Sensoren

410

ARGUS Dämmerungsschalter

442

Artikelübersicht

410

Artikelübersicht

443

Artikelübersicht

411

Artikelübersicht

444

KNX sensors

412

ARGUS light-sensitive switches

444

Push-buttons System M

450

System Design push-button

455

TRANCENT push-button

455

Bus coupling unit for switch rockers

456

Room temperature control unit System M

459

Room temperature control unit System Design

461

Radio transmitters

463

Binary inputs

465

Movement detectors

467

Presence detector

469

Other sensors

474

Time switch

412

ARGUS light-sensitive time switch

412

ARGUS light-sensitive switches

413

Accessories

414

ARGUS Rauchmelder

414

Artikelübersicht

415

Artikelübersicht

416

ARGUS smoke detectors

©2010

| |

6


7

476

Devices for display and operation

513

Rubber SCHUKO connector

482

KNX Systemgeräte / Zubehör

514

482

Artikelübersicht

SCHUKO plugs and connectors

483

Artikelübersicht

514

SCHUKO plugs and sockets

484

KNX actuators

516

Informationen

516

Artikelübersicht

517

Artikelübersicht

546

Herd- und Geräteanschlussdosen

546

Artikelübersicht

547

Artikelübersicht

485

KNX actuators

485

Switch actuators REG-K, 10 A with manual mode

485

Switch actuators REG-K, 16 A with manual mode

486

Switch actuators REG-K, 16 A with manual mode and current detection

486

Switch actuators REG-K

487

Flush-mounted switch actuators

487

Blinds/switch actuators REG-K with manual mode

488

Blind actuators REG-K with manual mode

489

Blind actuators and accessories

491

Dimming actuators

494

Control units 0-10 V

495

DALI gateways

496

Room temperature control unit

499

Complete radio receiver units, switching and dimming

500

Other actuators

501

Devices for display and operation

506

Herd- und Geräteanschlussdosen

506

Artikelübersicht

507

Artikelübersicht

508

Cooker and appliance connection boxes

508

Cooker and appliance connection boxes

509

Cable junction boxes

510

Rubber SCHUKO plugs and connectors

510

Heavy-duty all-rubber plugs and connectors

511

All-rubber plugs and connectors

512

Rubber plugs and connectors

513

Export versions

| | ©2010


©2010

| |

8

merten prize part2  

prize si intrerupatoare